Ford 2013 Fusion Owners Manual

2015-10-23

: Ford Ford-2013-Ford-Fusion-Owners-Manual-815487 ford-2013-ford-fusion-owners-manual-815487 ford pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 458

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

2013 FUSION Owner’s Manual

DE5J 19A321 AA

February 2013

2013 FUSION Owner’s Manual

fordowner.com

ford.ca

Third Printing

Owner’s Manual

Fusion

Litho in U.S.A.

The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. In the interest of
continuous development, we reserve the right to change specifications, design or equipment at any time
without notice or obligation. No part of this publication may be reproduced, transmitted, stored in a
retrieval system or translated into any language in any form by any means without our written permission.
Errors and omissions excepted.
© Ford Motor Company 2013
All rights reserved.
Part Number: 20130107203745

Table of Contents
Side Airbags.....................................................38
Side Curtain Airbags.....................................39
Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator.......40
Airbag Disposal................................................41

Introduction
About This Manual...........................................7
Symbols Glossary.............................................7
Data Recording..................................................9
California Proposition 65..............................11
Perchlorate.........................................................11
Ford Credit..........................................................11
Replacement Parts
Recommendation........................................11
Special Notices................................................12
Mobile Communications
Equipment.....................................................12
Export Unique Options..................................12

Keys and Remote Controls
General Information on Radio
Frequencies..................................................42
Remote Control..............................................42
Replacing a Lost Key or Remote
Control............................................................47

MyKey™
Principle of Operation..................................48
Creating a MyKey...........................................49
Clearing All MyKeys.......................................49
Checking MyKey System Status..............50
Using MyKey With Remote Start
Systems.........................................................50
MyKey Troubleshooting...............................50

Child Safety
General Information.......................................13
Child Seat Positioning...................................15
Booster Seats...................................................16
Installing Child Seats.....................................18
Child Safety Locks..........................................23

Locks

Safety Belts

Locking and Unlocking.................................52
Keyless Entry....................................................55
Interior Luggage Compartment
Release..........................................................58

Principle of Operation...................................25
Fastening the Safety Belts..........................26
Safety Belt Height Adjustment.................28
Safety Belt Warning Lamp and Indicator
Chime.............................................................29
Safety Belt Minder.........................................29
Child Restraint and Safety Belt
Maintenance.................................................31

Security
Passive Anti-Theft System........................59
Anti-Theft Alarm.............................................61

Personal Safety System™

Steering Wheel

Personal Safety System™..........................32

Adjusting the Steering Wheel....................62
Audio Control...................................................62
Voice Control...................................................63
Cruise Control..................................................63
Information Display Control.......................63

Supplementary Restraints
System
Principle of Operation...................................33
Driver and Passenger Airbags...................34
Knee Airbag......................................................35
Front Passenger Sensing System............36

Wipers and Washers
Windshield Wipers........................................65

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Table of Contents
Satellite Radio................................................113
Auxiliary Input Jack.......................................116
USB Port............................................................117
Media Hub.........................................................117

Autowipers.......................................................65
Windshield Washers.....................................66

Lighting
Lighting Control..............................................67
Autolamps........................................................67
Instrument Lighting Dimmer.....................68
Headlamp Exit Delay....................................68
Daytime Running Lamps............................68
Automatic High Beam Control.................69
Front Fog Lamps............................................70
Direction Indicators.......................................70
Interior Lamps.................................................70

Climate Control
Manual Climate Control.............................118
Automatic Climate Control.......................119
Automatic Climate Control........................121
Automatic Climate Control.......................123
Hints on Controlling the Interior
Climate.........................................................124
Heated Windows and Mirrors..................126
Cabin Air Filter................................................127
Remote Start..................................................127

Windows and Mirrors
Power Windows..............................................72
Global Opening and Closing......................73
Exterior Mirrors.................................................73
Interior Mirror....................................................74
Sun Visors..........................................................75
Moonroof...........................................................75

Seats
Sitting in the Correct Position..................129
Head Restraints.............................................129
Manual Seats..................................................131
Power Seats.....................................................131
Memory Function..........................................132
Rear Seats.......................................................134
Heated Seats..................................................135
Ventilated Seats............................................135
Rear Seat Armrest........................................136

Instrument Cluster
Gauges................................................................77
Warning Lamps and Indicators.................79
Audible Warnings and Indicators.............82

Universal Garage Door
Opener

Information Displays
General Information......................................83
Information Messages..................................91

Universal Garage Door Opener................137

Auxiliary Power Points

Audio System

Auxiliary Power Points.................................141

General Information....................................105
Audio unit - Vehicles With:
AM/FM/CD/SYNC/Satellite
Radio............................................................106
Audio unit - Vehicles With: Premium
AM/FM/CD.................................................108
Audio unit - Vehicles With: Sony
AM/FM/CD..................................................110

Storage Compartments
Center Console..............................................143
Overhead Console........................................143

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Table of Contents
Using Stability Control................................176

Starting and Stopping the
Engine
General Information....................................144
Ignition Switch...............................................144
Keyless Starting............................................144
Starting a Gasoline Engine.......................145
Engine Block Heater....................................148

Parking Aids

Unique Driving Characteristics
Start-Stop.......................................................150

Principle of Operation................................186
Using Cruise Control...................................186
Using Adaptive Cruise Control.................187

Fuel and Refueling

Driving Aids

Safety Precautions.......................................152
Fuel Quality.....................................................153
Refueling..........................................................153
Running Out of Fuel....................................154
Fuel Consumption.......................................156
Emission Control System...........................157

Driver Alert......................................................193
Lane Keeping System.................................194
Blind Spot Monitor.......................................197
Steering............................................................201
Collision Warning System........................202

Parking Aid.......................................................177
Active Park Assist.........................................179
Rear View Camera.......................................182

Cruise Control

Load Carrying
Transmission

Load Limit......................................................205

Manual Transmission.................................160
Automatic Transmission.............................161
Hill Start Assist..............................................164

Towing
Towing a Trailer..............................................212
Recommended Towing Weights.............212
Essential Towing Checks...........................214
Transporting the Vehicle............................216
Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels......216

All-Wheel Drive
Using All-Wheel Drive................................166

Brakes
Driving Hints

General Information......................................171
Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock
Brakes.............................................................171
Electric Parking Brake..................................172

Breaking-In......................................................218
Economical Driving......................................218
Driving Through Water................................218
Floor Mats........................................................219

Traction Control
Principle of Operation.................................175
Using Traction Control................................175

Customer Assistance
Getting the Services You Need................221
In California (U.S. Only).............................222

Stability Control
Principle of Operation.................................176
3

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Table of Contents
The Better Business Bureau (BBB) Auto
Line Program (U.S. Only)......................223
Utilizing the Mediation/Arbitration
Program (Canada Only).......................223
Getting Assistance Outside the U.S. and
Canada........................................................224
Ordering Additional Owner's
Literature.....................................................225
Reporting Safety Defects (U.S.
Only).............................................................225
Reporting Safety Defects (Canada
Only).............................................................226

Changing the 12V Battery..........................251
Checking the Wiper Blades......................252
Changing the Wiper Blades.....................252
Changing the Engine Air Filter.................253
Adjusting the Headlamps.........................254
Removing a Headlamp..............................255
Changing a Bulb...........................................257
Bulb Specification Chart..........................260

Vehicle Care
General Information...................................262
Cleaning Products.......................................262
Cleaning the Exterior..................................262
Repairing Minor Paint Damage..............263
Waxing.............................................................263
Cleaning the Engine...................................264
Cleaning the Windows and Wiper
Blades..........................................................264
Cleaning the Interior...................................264
Cleaning the Instrument Panel and
Instrument Cluster Lens.......................265
Cleaning Leather Seats.............................266
Cleaning the Alloy Wheels.......................266
Vehicle Storage.............................................267

Roadside Emergencies
Roadside Assistance...................................227
Hazard Warning Flashers..........................228
Fuel Shutoff...................................................228
Jump-Starting the Vehicle.......................228

Fuses
Changing a Fuse............................................231
Fuse Specification Chart............................231

Maintenance
General Information....................................241
Opening and Closing the Hood...............241
Under Hood Overview - 1.6L
EcoBoost™................................................243
Under Hood Overview - 2.0L
EcoBoost™................................................244
Under Hood Overview - 2.5L...................245
Engine Oil Dipstick - 1.6L
EcoBoost™................................................245
Engine Oil Dipstick......................................246
Engine Oil Check..........................................246
Engine Coolant Check................................247
Automatic Transmission Fluid
Check...........................................................250
Brake Fluid Check........................................250
Power Steering Fluid Check....................250
Fuel Filter........................................................250
Washer Fluid Check....................................250

Wheels and Tires
Tire Care..........................................................269
Tire Pressure Monitoring System...........283
Using Snow Chains.....................................287
Changing a Road Wheel...........................288
Technical Specifications...........................292

Capacities and Specifications
Engine Specifications................................293
Motorcraft Parts..........................................294
Vehicle Identification Number................295
Vehicle Certification Label.......................295
Transmission Code Designation............296
Technical Specifications...........................297

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Table of Contents
Accessories
Accessories...................................................300

Ford Extended Service Plan
(ESP)
Ford Extended Service Plan (ESP).......302

SYNC™
General Information...................................305
Using Voice Recognition...........................307
Using SYNC™ With Your Phone...........309
SYNC™ Applications and Services.......322
Using SYNC™ With Your Media
Player...........................................................329
SYNC™ Troubleshooting..........................337

MyFord Touch™
General Information...................................343
Settings...........................................................355
Entertainment..............................................364
Phone..............................................................384
Information....................................................390
Climate...........................................................400
Navigation......................................................403

Appendices
End User License Agreement...................413

Scheduled Maintenance
Scheduled Maintenance..........................428

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Introduction
ABOUT THIS MANUAL
Thank you for choosing Ford. We
recommend that you take some time to
get to know your vehicle by reading this
manual. The more that you know about it,
the greater the safety and pleasure you
will get from driving it.
WARNING
Always drive with due care and
attention when using and operating
the controls and features on your
vehicle.

E154903

Note: This manual describes product
features and options available throughout
the range, sometimes even before they are
generally available. It may describe options
not fitted to your vehicle.

Right-hand side

Left-hand side

Protecting the Environment
You must play your part in protecting the
environment. Correct vehicle usage and
the authorized disposal of waste, cleaning
and lubrication materials are significant
steps toward this aim.

Note: Some of the illustrations in this
manual may be used for different models,
so may appear different to your vehicle.
However, the essential information in the
illustrations is always correct.

SYMBOLS GLOSSARY

Note: Always use and operate your vehicle
in line with all applicable laws and
regulations.

These are some of the symbols you may
see on your vehicle.
Safety alert

Note: Pass on this manual when selling
your vehicle. It is an integral part of the
vehicle.

See Owner's Manual

This manual may qualify the location of a
component as left-hand side or right-hand
side. The side is determined when facing
forward in the seat.

Anti-lock braking system

Avoid smoking, flames or sparks

Battery

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Introduction
Battery acid

Explosive gas

Brake fluid - non petroleum
based

Fan warning

Brake system

Fasten safety belt

Cabin air filter

Front airbag

Check fuel cap

Front fog lamps

Child safety door lock or unlock

Fuel pump reset

Child seat lower anchor

Fuse compartment

Child seat tether anchor

Hazard warning flashers

Cruise control

Heated rear window

Do not open when hot

Heated windshield

E71340

E91392

Engine air filter

Interior luggage compartment
release

Engine coolant

Jack

Engine coolant temperature

Lighting control

Engine oil

Low tire pressure warning

Maintain correct fluid level

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Introduction
systems. In order to properly diagnose and
service your vehicle, Ford Motor Company,
Ford of Canada, and service and repair
facilities may access or share among them
vehicle diagnostic information received
through a direct connection to your vehicle
when diagnosing or servicing your vehicle.
Additionally, when your vehicle is in for
service or repair, Ford Motor Company,
Ford of Canada, and service and repair
facilities may access or share among them
data for vehicle improvement purposes.
For U.S. only (if equipped), if you choose
to use the SYNC Vehicle Health Report,
you consent that certain diagnostic
information may also be accessed
electronically by Ford Motor Company and
Ford authorized service facilities, and that
the diagnostic information may be used
for any purpose. See SYNC™ (page 305).

Panic alarm

Parking aid
E139213

Parking brake

Power steering fluid

Power windows front/rear

Power window lockout

Service engine soon

Event Data Recording
This vehicle is equipped with an event
data recorder. The main purpose of an
event data recorder is to record, in
certain crash or near crash-like
situations, such as an airbag
deployment or hitting a road obstacle;
this data will assist in understanding
how a vehicle’s systems performed.
The event data recorder is designed to
record data related to vehicle dynamics
and safety systems for a short period
of time, typically 30 seconds or less.

Side airbag

Stability control

Windshield wash and wipe

Air conditioning system
E162384

The event data recorder in this vehicle
is designed to record such data as:
• How various systems in your vehicle
were operating;
• Whether or not the driver and
passenger safety belts were
buckled/fastened;
• How far (if at all) the driver was
depressing the accelerator and/or
the brake pedal; and

DATA RECORDING
Service Data Recording
Service data recorders in your vehicle are
capable of collecting and storing
diagnostic information about your vehicle.
This potentially includes information about
the performance or status of various
systems and modules in the vehicle, such
as engine, throttle, steering or brake

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Introduction
•
•

How fast the vehicle was travelling;
and
Where the driver was positioning
the steering wheel.

Note: Including to the extent that any
law pertaining to Event Data Recorders
applies to SYNC or its features, please
note the following: Once 911 Assist (if
equipped) is enabled (set ON), 911 Assist
may, through any paired and connected
cell phone, disclose to emergency
services that the vehicle has been in a
crash involving the deployment of an
airbag or, in certain vehicles, the
activation of the fuel pump shut-off.
Certain versions or updates to 911 Assist
may also be capable of being used to
electronically or verbally provide to 911
operators the vehicle location (such as
latitude and longitude), and/or other
details about the vehicle or crash or
personal information about the
occupants to assist 911 operators to
provide the most appropriate emergency
services. If you do not want to disclose
this information, do not activate the 911
Assist feature. See SYNC™ (page 305).

This data can help provide a better
understanding of the circumstances in
which crashes and injuries occur.
Note: Event data recorder data is
recorded by your vehicle only if a
non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data
is recorded by the event data recorder
under normal driving conditions and no
personal data or information (e.g., name,
gender, age, and crash location) is
recorded (see limitations regarding 911
Assist and Traffic, directions and
Information privacy below). However,
parties, such as law enforcement, could
combine the event data recorder data
with the type of personally identifying
data routinely acquired during a crash
investigation.

Additionally, when you connect to
Traffic, Directions and Information (if
equipped, U.S. only), the service uses
GPS technology and advanced vehicle
sensors to collect the vehicle’s current
location, travel direction, and speed
(“vehicle travel information”), only to
help provide you with the directions,
traffic reports, or business searches
that you request. If you do not want
Ford or its vendors to receive this
information, do not activate the
service. Ford Motor Company and the
vendors it uses to provide you with this
information do not store your vehicle
travel information. For more
information, see Traffic, Directions and
Information, Terms and Conditions.
See SYNC™ (page 305).

To read data recorded by an event data
recorder, special equipment is required,
and access to the vehicle or the event
data recorder is needed. In addition to
the vehicle manufacturer, other
parties, such as law enforcement, that
have such special equipment, can read
the information if they have access to
the vehicle or the event data recorder.
Ford Motor Company and Ford of
Canada do not access event data
recorder information without obtaining
consent, unless pursuant to court order
or where required by law enforcement,
other government authorities or other
third parties acting with lawful
authority. Other parties may seek to
access the information independently
of Ford Motor Company and Ford of
Canada.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Introduction
REPLACEMENT PARTS
RECOMMENDATION

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65
WARNING

Your vehicle has been built to the highest
standards using quality parts. We
recommend that you demand the use of
genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts
whenever your vehicle requires scheduled
maintenance or repair. You can clearly
identify genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts
by looking for the Ford, FoMoCo or
Motorcraft branding on the parts or their
packaging.

Some constituents of engine
exhaust, certain vehicle components,
certain fluids contained in vehicles
and certain products of component wear
contain or emit chemicals known to the
State of California to cause cancer and
birth defects or other reproductive harm.

PERCHLORATE

Scheduled Maintenance and
Mechanical Repairs

Certain components in your vehicle such
as airbag modules, safety belt
pretensioners and remote control batteries
may contain perchlorate material. Special
handling may apply for service or vehicle
end of life disposal. For more information
visit:

One of the best ways for you to make sure
that your vehicle provides years of service
is to have it maintained in line with our
recommendations using parts that
conform to the specifications detailed in
this Owner’s Manual. Genuine Ford and
Motorcraft parts meet or exceed these
specifications.

Web Address

www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/
perchlorate

Collision Repairs
We hope that you never experience a
collision, but accidents do happen. Genuine
Ford replacement collision parts meet our
stringent requirements for fit, finish,
structural integrity, corrosion protection
and dent resistance. During vehicle
development we validate these parts
deliver the intended level of protection as
a whole system. A great way to know for
sure you are getting this level of protection
is to use genuine Ford replacement
collision parts.

FORD CREDIT
(U.S. Only)
Ford Credit offers a full range of financing
and lease plans to help you acquire your
vehicle. If you have financed or leased your
vehicle through Ford Credit, thank you for
your business.
For your convenience we offer a number
of ways to contact us, as well as help
manage your account.
Phone: 1-800-727-7000
For more information regarding Ford Credit,
as well as access Account Manager, please
go to www.fordcredit.com.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Introduction
Warranty on Replacement Parts

enhance personal safety and security when
appropriately used, particularly in
emergency situations. Safety must be
paramount when using mobile
communications equipment to avoid
negating these benefits. Mobile
communication equipment includes, but
is not limited to, cellular phones, pagers,
portable email devices, text messaging
devices and portable two-way radios.

Genuine Ford and Motorcraft replacement
parts are the only replacement parts that
benefit from a Ford Warranty. Damage
caused to your vehicle as a result of the
failure of non-Ford parts may not be
covered by the Ford Warranty. For
additional information, refer to the terms
and conditions of the Ford Warranty.

WARNING

SPECIAL NOTICES

Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, accident and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device or feature that may take your focus
off the road. Your primary responsibility is
the safe operation of your vehicle. We
recommend against the use of any
handheld device while driving and that you
comply with all applicable laws.

New Vehicle Limited Warranty
For a detailed description of what is
covered and what is not covered by your
vehicle’s New Vehicle Limited Warranty,
refer to the Warranty Manual that is
provided to you along with your Owner’s
Manual.

Special Instructions

EXPORT UNIQUE OPTIONS

For your added safety, your vehicle is fitted
with sophisticated electronic controls.

For your particular global region, your
vehicle may be equipped with features and
options that are different from the features
and options that are described in this
Owner’s Manual. A market unique
supplement may be supplied that
complements this book. By referring to the
market unique supplement, if provided,
you can properly identify those features,
recommendations and specifications that
are unique to your vehicle. This Owner’s
Manual is written primarily for the U.S. and
Canadian Markets. Features or equipment
listed as standard may be different on units
built for Export. Refer to this Owner’s
Manual for all other required
information and warnings.

WARNINGS
Failure to follow the specific
warnings and instructions could
result in personal injury. See
Supplementary Restraints System
(page 33).
Front seat mounted rear-facing child
or infant seats should NEVER be
placed in front of an active
passenger airbag.

MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS
EQUIPMENT
Using mobile communications equipment
is becoming increasingly important in the
conduct of business and personal affairs.
However, you must not compromise your
own or others’ safety when using such
equipment. Mobile communications can

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Child Safety
GENERAL INFORMATION

WARNINGS
requirements of law. Ford recommends
checking with a NHTSA Certified Child
Passenger Safety Technician and consult
your pediatrician to make sure your child
seat is appropriate for your child, and is
compatible with and properly installed in
your vehicle. To locate a child seat fitting
station and CPST, contact the NHTSA toll
free at 1-888-327-4236 or locate NHTSA
on the internet. In Canada, check with your
local St. John Ambulance office for referral
to a CPST or for further information,
contact your provincial ministry of
transportation, locate your local St. John
Ambulance office by searching for St. John
Ambulance on the internet, or Transport
Canada at 1-800-333-0371
(http://www.tc.gc.ca). Failure to properly
restrain children in safety seats made
especially for their height, age, and weight
may result in an increased risk of serious
injury or death to your child.

See the following sections for directions
on how to properly use safety restraints
for children.
WARNINGS
Always make sure your child is
secured properly in a device that is
appropriate for their height, age and
weight. Child safety restraints must be
bought separately from your vehicle.
Failure to follow these instructions and
guidelines may result in an increased risk
of serious injury or death to your child.
All children are shaped differently.
The recommendations for safety
restraints are based on probable
child height, age and weight thresholds
from National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration and other safety
organizations, or are the minimum

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Child Safety
Recommendations for Safety Restraints for Children
Child

Child size, height, weight, or age

Recommended restraint
type

Infants or
toddlers

Children weighing 40 lb (18 kg) or less
(generally age four or younger).

Use a child safety seat
(sometimes called an
infant carrier, convertible
seat, or toddler seat).

Small children

Children who have outgrown or no longer
properly fit in a child safety seat (generally children who are less than 4 ft. 9 in.
(1.45 m) tall, are greater than age four (4)
and less than age twelve (12), and
between 40 lb (18 kg) and 80 lb (36 kg)
and upward to 100 lb (45 kg) if recommended by your child restraint manufacturer).

Use a belt-positioning
booster seat.

Larger children Children who have outgrown or no longer
properly fit in a belt-positioning booster
seat (generally children who are at least
4 ft. 9 in. (1.45 m) tall or greater than 80
lb (36 kg) or 100 lb (45 kg) if recommended by child restraint manufacturer).

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Use a vehicle safety belt
having the lap belt snug
and low across the hips,
shoulder belt centered
across the shoulder and
chest, and seat back
upright.

Child Safety
•

•

You are required by law to properly use
safety seats for infants and toddlers in
the United States and Canada.
Many states and provinces require that
small children use approved booster
seats until they reach age eight, a
height of 4 feet 9 inches (1.45 meters)
tall, or 80 pounds (36 kilograms).
Check your local and state or provincial
laws for specific requirements about
the safety of children in your vehicle.
When possible, always properly
restrain children twelve years of age
and under in a rear seating position of
your vehicle. Accident statistics
suggest that children are safer when
properly restrained in the rear seating
positions than in a front seating
position. See Front Passenger
Sensing System (page 36).

WARNINGS
Always carefully follow the
instructions and warnings provided
by the manufacturer of any child
restraint to determine if the restraint device
is appropriate for your child's size, height,
weight, or age. Follow the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions and warnings
provided for installation and use in
conjunction with the instructions and
warnings provided by your vehicle
manufacturer. A safety seat that is
improperly installed or utilized, is
inappropriate for your child's height, age,
or weight or does not properly fit the child
may increase the risk of serious injury or
death.
Never let a passenger hold a child on
his or her lap while your vehicle is
moving. The passenger cannot
protect the child from injury in a collision,
which may result in serious injury or death.

CHILD SEAT POSITIONING

Never use pillows, books, or towels
to boost a child. They can slide
around and increase the likelihood
of injury or death in a collision.

WARNINGS
Airbags can kill or injure a child in a
child seat. Never place a rear-facing
child seat in front of an active airbag.
If you must use a forward-facing child seat
in the front seat, move the vehicle seat
upon which the child seat is installed all
the way back. When possible, all children
age 12 and under should be properly
restrained in a rear seating position. If all
children cannot be seated and restrained
properly in a rear seating position, properly
restrain the largest child in the front seat.

Always restrain an unoccupied child
seat or booster seat. These objects
may become projectiles in a collision
or sudden stop, which may increase the
risk of serious injury.
Never place, or allow a child to place,
the shoulder belt under a child's arm
or behind the back because it
reduces the protection for the upper part
of the body and may increase the risk of
injury or death in a collision.
To avoid risk of injury, do not leave
children or pets unattended in your
vehicle.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Child Safety

Restraint
Type

Child
Weight

Use any attachment method as indicated below by X
LATCH
(lower
anchors
and top
tether
anchor)

LATCH
(lower
anchors
only)

Rear facing Up to 48 lb
child seat
(21 kg)
Forward
facing
child seat

Up to 48 lb
(21 kg)

Forward
facing
child seat

Over 48 lb
(21 kg)

Safety belt Safety belt Safety belt
and LATCH
only
and top
(lower
tether
anchors
anchor
and top
tether
anchor)

Note: The child seat must rest tightly
against the vehicle seat upon which it is
installed. It may be necessary to lift or
remove the head restraint. See Seats (page
129).

recommended by your child restraint
manufacturer). Many state and provincial
laws require that children use approved
booster seats until they reach age eight, a
height of 4 feet 9 inches (1.45 meters) tall,
or 80 pounds (36 kilograms).

BOOSTER SEATS

Booster seats should be used until you can
answer YES to ALL of these questions
when seated without a booster seat:

WARNING
Never place, or allow a child to place,
the shoulder belt under a child's arm
or behind the back because it
reduces the protection for the upper part
of the body and may increase the risk of
injury or death in a collision.
Use a belt-positioning booster seat for
children who have outgrown or no longer
properly fit in a child safety seat (generally
children who are less than 4 feet 9 inches
(1.45 meters) tall, are greater than age four
(4) and less than age twelve (12), and
between 40 pounds (18 kilograms) and
80 pounds (36 kilograms) and upward to
100 pounds (45 kilograms) if

E142595

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Child Safety
•

•
•
•
•

Can the child sit all the way back
against their vehicle seat back with
knees bent comfortably at the edge of
the seat cushion?
Can the child sit without slouching?
Does the lap belt rest low across the
hips?
Is the shoulder belt centered on the
shoulder and chest?
Can the child stay seated like this for
the whole trip?

Always use booster seats in conjunction
with your vehicle lap and shoulder belt.

E70710

Types of Booster Seats

•

High back booster seats

If, with a backless booster seat, you cannot
find a seating position that adequately
supports your child's head, a high back
booster seat would be a better choice.
Children and booster seats vary in size and
shape. Choose a booster that keeps the
lap belt low and snug across the hips,
never up across the stomach, and lets you
adjust the shoulder belt to cross the chest
and rest snugly near the center of the
shoulder. The following drawings compare
the ideal fit (center) to a shoulder belt
uncomfortably close to the neck and a
shoulder belt that could slip off the
shoulder. The drawings also show how the
lap belt should be low and snug across the
child's hips.

E68924

•

Backless booster seats

If your backless booster seat has a
removable shield, remove the shield. If a
vehicle seating position has a low seat
back or no head restraint, a backless
booster seat may place your child's head
(as measured at the tops of the ears)
above the top of the seat. In this case,
move the backless booster to another
seating position with a higher seat back or
head restraint and lap and shoulder belts,
or consider using a high back booster seat.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Child Safety

E142596

E142597

If the booster seat slides on the vehicle
seat upon which it is being used, placing a
rubberized mesh sold as shelf or carpet
liner under the booster seat may improve
this condition. Do not introduce any item
thicker than this under the booster seat.
Check with the booster seat
manufacturer's instructions.

INSTALLING CHILD SEATS
Child Seats

E142594

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Child Safety
•

Use a child safety seat (sometimes called
an infant carrier, convertible seat, or
toddler seat) for infants, toddlers, or
children weighing 40 pounds (18
kilograms) or less (generally age four or
younger).

•

Using Lap and Shoulder Belts

Place the vehicle seat upon which the
child seat will be installed in the upright
position.
Put the safety belt in the automatic
locking mode. See Step 5. This vehicle
does not require the use of a locking
clip.

Perform the following steps when
installing the child seat with combination
lap and shoulder belts:

Note: Although the child seat illustrated is
a forward facing child seat, the steps are
the same for installing a rear facing child
seat.

Airbags can kill or injure a child in a
child seat. Children 12 and under
should be properly restrained in the
rear seat whenever possible.
Depending on where you secure a
child restraint, and depending on the
child restraint design, you may block
access to certain safety belt buckle
assemblies and LATCH lower anchors,
rendering those features potentially
unusable. To avoid risk of injury, occupants
should only use seating positions where
they are able to be properly restrained.

E142528

When installing a child safety seat with
combination lap and shoulder belts:
• Use the correct safety belt buckle for
that seating position.
• Insert the belt tongue into the proper
buckle until you hear a snap and feel it
latch. Make sure the tongue is securely
fastened in the buckle.
• Keep the buckle release button
pointing up and away from the safety
seat, with the tongue between the child
seat and the release button, to prevent
accidental unbuckling.

E142529

2. Pull down on the shoulder belt and
then grasp the shoulder belt and lap
belt together.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Position the child safety seat in a seat
with a combination lap and shoulder
belt.

Child Safety

E142530

E142875

3. While holding the shoulder and lap belt
portions together, route the tongue
through the child seat according to the
child seat manufacturer's instructions.
Be sure the belt webbing is not twisted.

5. To put the retractor in the automatic
locking mode, grasp the shoulder
portion of the belt and pull downward
until all of the belt is pulled out.
Note: The automatic locking mode is
available on the front passenger and rear
seats. This vehicle does not require the use
of a locking clip.
6. Allow the belt to retract to remove
slack. The belt will click as it retracts
to indicate it is in the automatic locking
mode.
7. Try to pull the belt out of the retractor
to make sure the retractor is in the
automatic locking mode (you should
not be able to pull more belt out). If the
retractor is not locked, unbuckle the
belt and repeat Steps 5 and 6.

E142531

4. Insert the belt tongue into the proper
buckle (the buckle closest to the
direction the tongue is coming from)
for that seating position until you hear
a snap and feel the latch engage. Make
sure the tongue is latched securely by
pulling on it.

E142533

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Child Safety
Using Lower Anchors and Tethers
for CHildren (LATCH)

8. Remove remaining slack from the belt.
Force the seat down with extra weight,
for example, by pressing down or
kneeling on the child restraint while
pulling up on the shoulder belt in order
to force slack from the belt. This is
necessary to remove the remaining
slack that will exist once the extra
weight of the child is added to the child
restraint. It also helps to achieve the
proper snugness of the child seat to
your vehicle. Sometimes, a slight lean
toward the buckle will additionally help
to remove remaining slack from the
belt.
9. Attach the tether strap (if the child seat
is equipped).

WARNINGS
Never attach two child safety seats
to the same anchor. In a crash, one
anchor may not be strong enough to
hold two child safety seat attachments
and may break, causing serious injury or
death.
Depending on where you secure a
child restraint, and depending on the
child restraint design, you may block
access to certain safety belt buckle
assemblies or LATCH lower anchors,
rendering those features potentially
unusable. To avoid risk of injury, occupants
should only use seating positions where
they are able to be properly restrained.
The LATCH system is composed of three
vehicle anchor points: two lower anchors
located where seat back and seat cushion
meet (called the seat bight) and one top
tether anchor located behind that seating
position.
LATCH compatible child safety seats have
two rigid or webbing mounted
attachments that connect to the two lower
anchors at the LATCH equipped seating
positions in your vehicle. This type of
attachment method eliminates the need
to use safety belts to attach the child seat,
however the safety belt can still be used
to attach the child seat. For forward-facing
child seats, the top tether strap must also
be attached to the proper top tether
anchor, if a top tether strap has been
provided with your child seat.

E142534

10.

Before placing the child in the seat,
forcibly move the seat forward and
back to make sure the seat is securely
held in place. To check this, grab the
seat at the belt path and attempt to
move it side to side and forward and
back. There should be no more than
1 inch (2.5 centimeters) of movement
for proper installation.

Ford recommends checking with a NHTSA
Certified Child Passenger Safety
Technician to make certain the child
restraint is properly installed. In Canada,
check with your local St. John Ambulance
office for referral to a Certified Passenger
Seat Technician.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Child Safety
Use of Inboard Lower Anchors from the
Outboard Seating Positions (Center
Seating Use)
Note: The standardized spacing for LATCH
lower anchors is 11 inches (28 centimeters)
center to center. Do not use LATCH lower
anchors for the center seating position
unless the child seat manufacturer's
instructions permit and specify using
anchors spaced at least as far apart as
those in this vehicle.

E142535

The lower anchors at the center of the
second row rear seat are spaced 18 inches
(46 centimeters) apart. A child seat with
rigid LATCH attachments cannot be
installed at the center seating position.
LATCH compatible child seats (with
attachments on belt webbing) can only be
used at this seating position provided that
the child seat manufacturer's instructions
permit use with the anchor spacing stated.
Do not attach a child seat to any lower
anchor if an adjacent child seat is attached
to that anchor.

Your vehicle has LATCH lower anchors for
child seat installation at the seating
positions marked with the child seat
symbol.

Each time you use the safety seat, check
that the seat is properly attached to the
lower anchors and tether anchor, if
applicable. Tug the child seat from side to
side and forward and back where it is
secured to your vehicle. The seat should
move less than one inch when you do this
for a proper installation.

E144054

The LATCH anchors are located at the rear
section of the rear seat between the
cushion and seat back below the symbols
as shown. Follow the child seat
manufacturer's instructions to properly
install a child seat with LATCH
attachments. Follow the instructions on
attaching child safety seats with tether
straps.

If the safety seat is not anchored properly,
the risk of a child being injured in a crash
greatly increases.
Combining Safety Belt and LATCH
Lower Anchors for Attaching Child
Safety Seats

Attach LATCH lower attachments of the
child seat only to the anchors shown.

When used in combination, either the
safety belt or the LATCH lower anchors
may be attached first, provided a proper
installation is achieved. Attach the tether
strap afterward, if included with the child
seat.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Child Safety
Using Tether Straps

Many forward-facing child safety
seats include a tether strap
which extends from the back of
the child safety seat and hooks to an
anchoring point called the top tether
anchor. Tether straps are available as an
accessory for many older safety seats.

Route the child safety seat tether strap
over the back of the seat. For outboard
seating positions, route the tether strap
under the head restraint and between
the head restraint posts. For the center
seating positions, route the tether strap
over the top of the head restraint. If
needed, the head restraints can also
be removed.

Contact the manufacturer of your child
seat for information about ordering a
tether strap, or to obtain a longer tether
strap if the tether strap on your safety seat
does not reach the appropriate top tether
anchor in your vehicle.
Once the child safety seat has been
installed using either the safety belt, the
lower anchors of the LATCH system, or
both, you can attach the top tether strap.

E144274

2. Locate the correct anchor for the
selected seating position, then open
the tether anchor cover.

The tether strap anchors in your vehicle
are in the following positions (shown from
top view):

E144275

3. Clip the tether strap to the anchor as
shown.
4. Tighten the child safety seat tether
strap according to the manufacturer's
instructions. If your child restraint
system is equipped with a tether strap,
and the child restraint manufacturer
recommends its use, Ford also
recommends its use.

E142537

Perform the following steps to install a
child safety seat with tether anchors:
Note: If you install a child seat with rigid
LATCH attachments, do not tighten the
tether strap enough to lift the child seat off
your vehicle seat cushion when the child is
seated in it. Keep the tether strap just snug
without lifting the front of the child seat.
Keeping the child seat just touching your
vehicle seat gives the best protection in a
severe crash.

CHILD SAFETY LOCKS
When these locks are set, the rear doors
cannot be opened from the inside.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Child Safety

E112197

The childproof locks are located on the
rear edge of each rear door and must be
set separately for each door.

Left-Hand Side
Turn counterclockwise to lock and
clockwise to unlock.

Right-Hand Side
Turn clockwise to lock and
counterclockwise to unlock.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Safety Belts
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION

WARNINGS
When possible, all children 12 years
old and under should be properly
restrained in a rear seating position.
Failure to follow this could seriously
increase the risk of injury or death.

WARNINGS
Always drive and ride with your seat
back upright and the lap belt snug
and low across the hips.

Safety belts and seats can become
hot in a vehicle that has been closed
up in sunny weather; they could burn
a small child. Check seat covers and
buckles before you place a child anywhere
near them.

To reduce the risk of injury, make
sure children sit where they can be
properly restrained.
Never let a passenger hold a child on
his or her lap while the vehicle is
moving. The passenger cannot
protect the child from injury in a crash.

Front and rear seat occupants,
including pregnant women, should
wear safety belts for optimum
protection in an accident.

All occupants of the vehicle,
including the driver, should always
properly wear their safety belts, even
when an airbag supplemental restraint
system is provided. Failure to properly wear
your safety belt could seriously increase
the risk of injury or death.

All seating positions in this vehicle have
lap and shoulder safety belts. All
occupants of the vehicle should always
properly wear their safety belts, even when
an airbag supplemental restraint system
is provided.

It is extremely dangerous to ride in a
cargo area, inside or outside of a
vehicle. In a crash, people riding in
these areas are more likely to be seriously
injured or killed. Do not allow people to ride
in any area of your vehicle that is not
equipped with seats and safety belts. Be
sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat
and using a safety belt properly.

The safety belt system consists of:
• lap and shoulder safety belts.
• shoulder safety belt with automatic
locking mode, (except driver safety
belt).
• height adjuster at the front outboard
seating positions.
• safety belt pretensioner at the front
outboard seating positions.
• belt tension sensor at the front
outboard passenger seating position.

In a rollover crash, an unbelted
person is significantly more likely to
die than a person wearing a safety
belt.
Each seating position in your vehicle
has a specific safety belt assembly
which is made up of one buckle and
one tongue that are designed to be used
as a pair. 1) Use the shoulder belt on the
outside shoulder only. Never wear the
shoulder belt under the arm. 2) Never
swing the safety belt around your neck over
the inside shoulder. 3) Never use a single
belt for more than one person.

•

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Safety belt warning light and chime.

Safety Belts
•

Crash sensors and monitoring system
with readiness indicator.

The safety belt pretensioners at the front
seating positions are designed to tighten
the safety belts when activated. In frontal
and near-frontal crashes, the safety belt
pretensioners may be activated alone or,
if the crash is of sufficient severity, together
with the front airbags. The pretensioners
may also activate when a side curtain
airbag is deployed.
E142588

FASTENING THE SAFETY
BELTS

2. To unfasten, press the release button
and remove the tongue from the
buckle.

The front outboard and rear safety
restraints in the vehicle are combination
lap and shoulder belts.

Restraint of Pregnant Women
WARNING
Always ride and drive with your
seatback upright and the safety belt
properly fastened. The lap portion of
the safety belt should fit snug and be
positioned low across the hips. The
shoulder portion of the safety belt should
be positioned across the chest. Pregnant
women should also follow this practice.
See the following figure.

E142587

Insert the belt tongue into the proper
buckle (the buckle closest to the
direction the tongue is coming from)
until you hear a snap and feel it latch.
Make sure the tongue is securely
fastened in the buckle.

E142590

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Safety Belts
Pregnant women should always wear their
safety belt. The lap belt portion of a
combination lap and shoulder belt should
be positioned low across the hips below
the belly and worn as tight as comfort will
allow. The shoulder belt should be
positioned to cross the middle of the
shoulder and the center of the chest.

Vehicle Sensitive Mode
This is the normal retractor mode, which
allows free shoulder belt length
adjustment to your movements and
locking in response to vehicle movement.
For example, if the driver brakes suddenly
or turns a corner sharply, or the vehicle
receives an impact of approximately 5 mph
(8 km/h) or more, the combination safety
belts will lock to help reduce forward
movement of the driver and passengers.

Safety Belt Locking Modes
WARNINGS
After any vehicle collision, the safety
belt system at all passenger seating
positions must be checked by an
authorized dealer to verify that the
automatic locking retractor feature for
child seats is still functioning properly. In
addition, all safety belts should be checked
for proper function.

In addition, the retractor is designed to lock
if the webbing is pulled out too quickly. If
this occurs, let the belt retract slightly and
pull webbing out again in a slow and
controlled manner.
Automatic Locking Mode
In this mode, the shoulder belt is
automatically pre-locked. The belt will still
retract to remove any slack in the shoulder
belt. The automatic locking mode is not
available on the driver safety belt.

BELT AND RETRACTOR ASSEMBLY
MUST BE REPLACED if the safety
belt assembly automatic locking
retractor feature or any other safety belt
function is not operating properly when
checked by an authorized dealer. Failure
to replace the belt and retractor assembly
could increase the risk of injury in collisions.

When to Use the Automatic Locking
Mode
This mode should be used any time a child
safety seat, except a booster, is installed
in passenger front or rear seating positions.
Children 12 years old and under should be
properly restrained in a rear seating
position whenever possible. See Child
Safety (page 13).

All safety restraints in the vehicle are
combination lap and shoulder belts. The
driver safety belt has the first type of
locking mode, and the front outboard
passenger and rear seat safety belts have
both types of locking modes described as
follows:

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Safety Belts
Use only extensions manufactured by the
same supplier as the safety belt.
Manufacturer identification is located at
the end of the webbing on the label. Also,
use the safety belt extension only if the
safety belt is too short for you when fully
extended.

How to Use the Automatic Locking
Mode

SAFETY BELT HEIGHT
ADJUSTMENT
WARNING
Position the safety belt height
adjuster so that the belt rests across
the middle of your shoulder. Failure
to adjust the safety belt properly could
reduce the effectiveness of the safety belt
and increase the risk of injury in a crash.

E142591

Buckle the combination lap and
shoulder belt.
2. Grasp the shoulder portion and pull
downward until the entire belt is pulled
out.

Adjust the height of the shoulder belt so
the belt rests across the middle of your
shoulder.

Allow the belt to retract. As the belt
retracts, you will hear a clicking sound. This
indicates the safety belt is now in the
automatic locking mode.
How to Disengage the Automatic
Locking Mode
Disconnect the combination lap and
shoulder belt and allow it to retract
completely to disengage the automatic
locking mode and activate the vehicle
sensitive (emergency) locking mode.

Safety Belt Extension Assembly
E145664

WARNING

To adjust the shoulder belt height:

Do not use extensions to change the
fit of the shoulder belt across the
torso.

Pull the button and slide the height
adjuster up or down.
2. Release the button and pull down on
the height adjuster to make sure it is
locked in place.

If the safety belt is too short when fully
extended, a safety belt extension assembly
can be obtained from an authorized dealer.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Safety Belts
This lamp illuminates and an
audible warning will sound if the
driver's safety belt has not been
fastened when the vehicle's ignition is
turned on.

SAFETY BELT WARNING LAMP
AND INDICATOR CHIME

Conditions of operation
If...

Then...

The driver's safety belt is not buckled
before the ignition switch is turned to the
on position...

The safety belt warning light illuminates 12 minutes and the warning chime sounds
4-8 seconds.

The driver's safety belt is buckled while the
indicator light is illuminated and the
warning chime is sounding...

The safety belt warning light and warning
chime turn off.

The driver's safety belt is buckled before The safety belt warning light and indicator
the ignition switch is turned to the on posichime remain off.
tion...
The system uses information from the
front passenger sensing system to
determine if a front seat passenger is
present and therefore potentially in need
of a warning. To avoid activating the
Belt-Minder feature for objects placed in
the front passenger seat, warnings will only
be given to front seat occupants as
determined by the front passenger sensing
system.

SAFETY BELT MINDER
Belt-Minder®
This feature supplements the safety belt
warning function by providing additional
reminders by intermittently sounding a
chime and illuminating the safety belt
warning light when the driver's or front
passenger's seat is occupied and the
safety belt is unbuckled.

If the Belt-Minder warnings have expired
(warnings for about five minutes) for one
occupant (driver or front passenger), the
other occupant can still activate the
Belt-Minder feature.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Safety Belts

If...

Then...

The driver's and front passenger's safety
belts are buckled before the ignition switch
is turned to the on position or less than 1-2
minutes have elapsed since the ignition
switch has been turned to on...

The Belt-Minder feature will not activate.

The driver's or front passenger's safety belt The Belt-Minder feature is activated - the
is not buckled when the vehicle has reached safety belt warning light illuminates and
at least 6 mph (9.7 km/h) and 1-2 minutes the warning chime sounds for six seconds
have elapsed since the ignition switch has every 25 seconds, repeating for about five
minutes or until the safety belts are
been turned to on...
buckled.
The driver's or front passenger's safety belt The Belt-Minder feature is activated - the
becomes unbuckled for about one minute safety belt warning light illuminates and
while the vehicle is traveling at least 6 mph the warning chime sounds for six seconds
(9.7 km/h) and more than 1-2 minutes have every 25 seconds, repeating for about five
minutes or until the safety belts are
elapsed since the ignition switch has been
buckled.
turned to on...
The system can be deactivated or
activated by performing the following
procedure:

Deactivating and Activating the
Belt-Minder Feature

Before following the procedure, make sure
that:
• the parking brake is set
• the transmission selector lever is in
position P (automatic transmission)
or N (manual transmission)
• the ignition is off
• the driver and front passenger safety
belts are unbuckled.

WARNING
While the system allows you to
deactivate it, this system is designed
to improve your chances of being
safely belted and surviving an accident.
We recommend you leave the system
activated for yourself and others who may
use the vehicle. To reduce the risk of injury,
do not deactivate or activate the system
while driving the vehicle.

Turn the ignition on. Do not start the
engine.
2. Wait until the safety belt warning light
turns off (about one minute). After
Step 2, wait an additional five seconds
before proceeding with Step 3. Once
Step 3 is started, the procedure must
be completed within 30 seconds.

Note: The driver and front passenger
warning are deactivated and activated
independently. When deactivating or
activating one seating position, do not
buckle the other position as this will
terminate the process.
Read Steps 1 - 4 thoroughly before
proceeding with the programming
procedure.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Safety Belts
3. For the seating position being disabled,
buckle then unbuckle the safety belt
three times at a moderate speed,
ending in the unbuckled state. After
Step 3, the safety belt warning light will
turn on.
4. While the safety belt warning light is
on, buckle and then unbuckle the
safety belt. After Step 4, the safety belt
warning light will flash for confirmation.
• This will disable the feature for that
seating position if it is currently
enabled.
• This will enable the feature for that
seating position if it is currently
disabled.

Ford Motor Company recommends that
all safety belt assemblies in use in vehicles
involved in a crash be replaced. However,
if the crash was minor and an authorized
dealer finds that the belts do not show
damage and continue to operate properly,
they do not need to be replaced. Safety
belt assemblies not in use during a crash
should also be inspected and replaced if
either damage or improper operation is
noted.
Properly care for safety belts. See Vehicle
Care (page 262).

CHILD RESTRAINT AND
SAFETY BELT MAINTENANCE
Inspect the vehicle safety belts and child
safety seat systems periodically to make
sure they work properly and are not
damaged. Inspect the vehicle and child
seat safety belts to make sure there are no
nicks, tears or cuts. Replace if necessary.
All vehicle safety belt assemblies, including
retractors, buckles, front safety belt buckle
assemblies, buckle support assemblies
(slide bar-if equipped), shoulder belt
height adjusters (if equipped), shoulder
belt guide on seat back (if equipped), child
safety seat LATCH and tether anchors, and
attaching hardware, should be inspected
after a crash. Read the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions for additional
inspection and maintenance information
specific to the child restraint.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Personal Safety System™
The Personal Safety System provides an
improved overall level of frontal crash
protection to front seat occupants and is
designed to help further reduce the risk of
airbag-related injuries. The system is able
to analyze different occupant conditions
and crash severity before activating the
appropriate safety devices to help better
protect a range of occupants in a variety
of frontal crash situations.

module. During a crash, the restraints
control module may activate the safety
belt pretensioners and may activate either
one or both stages of the dual-stage airbag
supplemental restraints based on crash
severity and occupant conditions.

Your vehicle's Personal Safety System
consists of:
• Driver and passenger dual-stage airbag
supplemental restraints.
• Front outboard safety belts with
pretensioners, energy management
retractors (first row only), and safety
belt usage sensors.
• Driver’s seat position sensor.
• Front passenger sensing system.
• Passenger airbag off and on indicator
lamp.
• Front crash severity sensors.
• Restraints control module with impact
and safing sensors.
• Restraint system warning light and
backup tone.
• The electrical wiring for the airbags,
crash sensor(s), safety belt
pretensioners, front safety belt usage
sensors, driver seat position sensor,
front passenger sensing system, and
indicator lights.

How Does the Personal Safety
System Work?
The Personal Safety System can adapt the
deployment strategy of your vehicle’s
safety devices according to crash severity
and occupant conditions. A collection of
crash and occupant sensors provides
information to the restraints control

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Supplementary Restraints System
The airbags are a supplemental restraint
system and are designed to work with the
safety belts to help protect the driver and
right front passenger from certain upper
body injuries. Airbags do not inflate slowly;
there is a risk of injury from a deploying
airbag.

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
WARNINGS
Airbags do not inflate slowly or
gently, and the risk of injury from a
deploying airbag is the greatest close
to the trim covering the airbag module.

Note: You will hear a loud bang and see a
cloud of harmless powdery residue if an
airbag deploys. This is normal.

All occupants of your vehicle,
including the driver, should always
properly wear their safety belts, even
when an airbag supplemental restraint
system is provided. Failure to properly wear
your safety belt could seriously increase
the risk of injury or death.

The airbags inflate and deflate rapidly
upon activation. After airbag deployment,
it is normal to notice a smoke-like, powdery
residue or smell the burnt propellant. This
may consist of cornstarch, talcum powder
(to lubricate the bag) or sodium
compounds (for example, baking soda)
that result from the combustion process
that inflates the airbag. Small amounts of
sodium hydroxide may be present which
may irritate the skin and eyes, but none of
the residue is toxic.

Always transport children 12 years
old and under in the back seat and
always properly use appropriate
child restraints. Failure to follow this could
seriously increase the risk of injury or death.
Never place your arm over the airbag
module as a deploying airbag can
result in serious arm fractures or
other injuries.

While the system is designed to help
reduce serious injuries, contact with a
deploying airbag may also cause abrasions
or swelling. Temporary hearing loss is also
a possibility as a result of the noise
associated with a deploying airbag.
Because airbags must inflate rapidly and
with considerable force, there is the risk of
death or serious injuries such as fractures,
facial and eye injuries or internal injuries,
particularly to occupants who are not
properly restrained or are otherwise out of
position at the time of airbag deployment.
Thus, it is extremely important that
occupants be properly restrained as far
away from the airbag module as possible
while maintaining vehicle control.

Airbags can kill or injure a child in a
child seat. Never place a rear-facing
child seat in front of an active airbag.
If you must use a forward-facing child seat
in the front seat, move the seat all the way
back.
Do not attempt to service, repair, or
modify the airbag supplemental
restraint systems or its fuses as you
could be seriously injured or killed. Contact
your authorized dealer as soon as possible.
Several airbag system components
get hot after inflation. To reduce the
risk of injury, do not touch them after
inflation.

Routine maintenance of the airbags is not
required.

If the airbag has deployed, the airbag
will not function again and must be
replaced immediately. If the airbag
is not replaced, the unrepaired area will
increase the risk of injury in a crash.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Supplementary Restraints System
SOS POST-CRASH ALERT
SYSTEM

DRIVER AND PASSENGER
AIRBAGS

The system flashes the turn signal lamps
and sounds the horn (intermittently) in the
event of a serious impact that deploys an
airbag (front, side, side curtain or Safety
Canopy) or the safety belt pretensioners.

WARNINGS
Never place your arm or any objects
over an airbag module. Placing your
arm over a deploying airbag can
result in serious arm fractures or other
injuries. Objects placed on or over the
airbag inflation area may cause those
objects to be propelled by the airbag into
your face and torso causing serious injury.

The horn and lamps will turn off when:
• the hazard control button is pressed
• the panic button (if equipped) is
pressed on the remote entry
transmitter, or
• your vehicle runs out of power.

Spin out Detection
If a spinout is detected, the vehicle comes
to a stop, and the hazard warning flashers
come on, the message Spinout Detected
Hazards Activated will appear on the
instrument cluster. The message may not
appear if your vehicle runs out of power.
Once the hazard warning flashers have
been activated, you can turn them off by:
• pressing the hazard warning flasher
button.
• pressing the remote control unlock
button.
• pressing the remote control panic
button.
• cycling the ignition on and off twice.

E151127

The driver and front passenger airbags will
deploy during significant frontal and near
frontal crashes.
The driver and passenger front airbag
system consists of:
• driver and passenger airbag modules.
• front passenger sensing system.
· crash sensors and monitoring
system with readiness indicator.
See Crash Sensors and Airbag
Indicator (page 40).

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Supplementary Restraints System
Proper Driver and Front Passenger
Seating Adjustment
WARNING
National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA)
recommends a minimum distance
of at least 10 inches (25 centimeters)
between an occupant’s chest and the
driver airbag module.
E142846

To properly position yourself away from
the airbag:
• Move your seat to the rear as far as you
can while still reaching the pedals
comfortably.
• Recline the seat slightly (one or two
degrees) from the upright position.

Children must always be properly
restrained. Accident statistics suggest that
children are safer when properly restrained
in the rear seating positions than in the
front seating position. Failure to follow
these instructions may increase the risk of
injury in a crash.

After all occupants have adjusted their
seats and put on safety belts, it is very
important that they continue to sit
properly. A properly seated occupant sits
upright, leaning against the seat back, and
centered on the seat cushion, with their
feet comfortably extended on the floor.
Sitting improperly can increase the chance
of injury in a crash event. For example, if
an occupant slouches, lies down, turns
sideways, sits forward, leans forward or
sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the
chance of injury during a crash is greatly
increased.

KNEE AIRBAG
A driver’s and passenger’s knee airbag is
located under or within the instrument
panel. During a crash, the restraints control
module may activate the driver’s and
passenger’s knee airbag (individually or
both) based on crash severity and
respective occupant conditions. Under
certain crash and occupant conditions, the
driver’s and passenger’s knee airbag may
deploy (individually or both) but the
corresponding driver’s front airbag may not
activate. As with front and side airbags, it
is important to be properly seated and
restrained to reduce the risk of death or
serious injury.

Children and Airbags
WARNING
Airbags can kill or injure a child in a
child seat. Never place a rear-facing
child seat in front of an active airbag.
If you must use a forward-facing child seat
in the front seat, move the seat all the way
back.

Make sure the knee airbags are
operating properly. See Crash
Sensors and Airbag Indicator
(page 40).

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Supplementary Restraints System
FRONT PASSENGER SENSING
SYSTEM
WARNINGS
Even with Advanced Restraints
Systems, children 12 and under
should be properly restrained in a
rear seating position. Failure to follow this
could seriously increase the risk of injury or
death.

E157152

The front passenger sensing system uses
a pass airbag off indicator which will
illuminate and stay lit to remind you that
the front passenger frontal airbag is
disabled. The indicator lamp is located at
the top center of the instrument panel.

Sitting improperly out of position or
with the seat back reclined too far
can take off weight from the seat
cushion and affect the decision of the front
passenger sensing system, resulting in
serious injury or death in a crash.

Note: The indicator lamp will illuminate for
a short period of time when the ignition is
turned on to confirm it is functional.

To reduce the risk of possible serious
injury: Do not stow objects in seat
back map pocket or hang objects off
seat back if a child is in the front passenger
seat. Do not place objects underneath the
front passenger seat or between the seat
and the center console. Check the
passenger airbag off or pass airbag off
indicator lamp for proper airbag status.
Failure to follow these instructions may
interfere with the front passenger seat
sensing system.

The front passenger sensing system is
designed to disable (will not inflate) the
front passenger's frontal airbag when a
rear facing infant seat, a forward-facing
child restraint, or a booster seat is
detected. Even with this technology,
parents are STRONGLY encouraged to
always properly restrain children in the rear
seat. The sensor also turns off the
passenger front airbag and seat-mounted
side airbag when the passenger seat is
empty.

Any alteration or modification to the
front passenger seat may affect the
performance of the front passenger
sensing system.

•

This system works with sensors that are
part of the front passenger’s seat and
safety belt to detect the presence of a
properly-seated occupant and determine
if the front passenger’s frontal airbag
should be enabled (may inflate) or not.

•

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

When the front passenger sensing
system disables (will not inflate) the
front passenger frontal airbag, the
indicator lamp will illuminate and stay
lit to remind you that the front
passenger frontal airbag is disabled.
If the child restraint has been installed
and the indicator lamp is not lit, then
turn the vehicle off, remove the child
restraint from the vehicle and reinstall
the restraint following the child
restraint manufacturer's instructions.

Supplementary Restraints System
The front passenger sensing system is
designed to enable (may inflate) the front
passenger's frontal airbag anytime the
system senses that a person of adult size
is sitting properly in the front passenger
seat.
•

If a person of adult size is sitting in the front
passenger’s seat, but the airbag off
indicator lamp is lit, it is possible that the
person isn’t sitting properly in the seat. If
this happens:
• Turn the vehicle off and ask the person
to place the seat back in the full upright
position.
• Have the person sit upright in the seat,
centered on the seat cushion, with the
person’s legs comfortably extended.
• Restart the vehicle and have the person
remain in this position for about two
minutes. This will allow the system to
detect that person and enable the
passenger’s frontal airbag.
• If the indicator lamp remains lit even
after this, the person should be advised
to ride in the rear seat.

When the front passenger sensing
system enables the front passenger
frontal airbag (may inflate), the
indicator lamp will be unlit and stay
unlit.

Occupant

Passenger Airbag OFF Indicator

Passenger Airbag

Empty

Unlit

Disabled

Child

Lit

Disabled

Adult

Unlit

Enabled

Note: When the passenger airbag off light
is illuminated, the passenger (seat
mounted) side airbag may be disabled to
avoid the risk of airbag deployment injuries.

of injury in a crash event. For example, if
an occupant slouches, lies down, turns
sideways, sits forward, leans forward or
sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the
chance of injury during a crash is greatly
increased.

If you think that the status of the passenger
airbag off indicator lamp is incorrect, check
for the following:
•
•
•
•
•
37

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Objects lodged underneath the seat
Objects between the seat cushion and
the center console
Objects hanging off the seat back
Objects stowed in the seat back map
pocket
Objects placed on the occupant's lap

Supplementary Restraints System
•
•
•

Cargo interference with the seat
Other passengers pushing or pulling on
the seat
Rear passenger feet and knees resting
or pushing on the seat

Do not attempt to repair or service the
system. Take your vehicle immediately to
an authorized dealer.
If it is necessary to modify an advanced
front airbag system to accommodate a
person with disabilities, contact the Ford
Customer Relationship Center. See
Getting the Services You Need (page
221).

The conditions listed above may cause the
weight of a properly seated occupant to
be incorrectly interpreted by the front
passenger sensing system. The person in
the front passenger seat may appear
heavier or lighter due to the conditions
described in the list above.

SIDE AIRBAGS
WARNINGS
Do not place objects or mount
equipment on or near the airbag
cover, on the side of the seat backs
(of the front seats), or in front seat areas
that may come into contact with a
deploying airbag. Failure to follow these
instructions may increase the risk of
personal injury in the event of a crash.

To know if the front passenger
sensing system is operating
properly, See Crash Sensors
and Airbag Indicator (page 40).
If the airbag readiness light is lit, do the
following:
The driver and adult passengers should
check for any objects that may be lodged
underneath the front passenger seat or
cargo interfering with the seat.

Do not use accessory seat covers.
The use of accessory seat covers
may prevent the deployment of the
side airbags and increase the risk of injury
in an accident.

If objects are lodged or cargo is interfering
with the seat; please take the following
steps to remove the obstruction:
•
•
•

•
•
•

•

Do not lean your head on the door.
The side airbag could injure you as it
deploys from the side of the seat

Pull the vehicle over.
Turn the vehicle off.
Driver and adult passengers should
check for any objects lodged
underneath the front passenger seat
or cargo interfering with the seat.
Remove the obstruction(s) (if found).
Restart the vehicle.
Wait at least two minutes and verify
that the airbag readiness light is no
longer illuminated.
If the airbag readiness light remains
illuminated, this may or may not be a
problem due to the front passenger
sensing system.

back.
Do not attempt to service, repair, or
modify the airbag, its fuses or the
seat cover on a seat containing an
airbag as you could be seriously injured or
killed. Contact your authorized dealer as
soon as possible.
If the side airbag has deployed, the
airbag will not function again. The
side airbag system (including the
seat) must be inspected and serviced by
an authorized dealer. If the airbag is not
replaced, the unrepaired area will increase
the risk of injury in a crash.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Supplementary Restraints System
The side airbags are located on the
outboard side of the seat backs of the front
seats. In certain lateral crashes, the airbag
on the side affected by the crash will be
inflated. The airbag was designed to inflate
between the door panel and occupant to
further enhance the protection provided
occupants in side impact crashes.

SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAGS
WARNINGS
Do not place objects or mount
equipment on or near the headliner
at the siderail that may come into
contact with a deploying side curtain
airbag. Failure to follow these instructions
may increase the risk of personal injury in
the event of a crash.
Do not lean your head on the door.
The side curtain airbag could injure
you as it deploys from the headliner.
Do not attempt to service, repair, or
modify the side curtain airbags, its
fuses, the A, B, or C pillar trim, or the
headliner on a vehicle containing side
curtain airbags. Contact your authorized
dealer as soon as possible.

E152533

All occupants of the vehicle including
the driver should always wear their
safety belts even when an airbag
supplemental restraint system and side
curtain airbag is provided.

The system consists of the following:
• A label or embossed side panel
indicating that side airbags are fitted
to your vehicle
• Side airbags located inside the driver
and front passenger seat backs
• Front passenger sensing system

To reduce risk of injury, do not
obstruct or place objects in the
deployment path of the side curtain
airbag.

·Crash sensors and monitoring
system with readiness indicator.
See Crash Sensors and Airbag
Indicator (page 40).

If the side curtain airbags have
deployed, the side curtain airbags
will not function again. The side
curtain airbags (including the A, B and C
pillar trim and headliner) must be
inspected and serviced by an authorized
dealer. If the side curtain airbag is not
replaced, the unrepaired area will increase
the risk of injury in a crash.

Note: The passenger sensing system will
deactivate the passenger seat-mounted
side airbag if it detects an empty passenger
seat.
The design and development of the side
airbag system included recommended
testing procedures that were developed
by a group of automotive safety experts
known as the Side Airbag Technical
Working Group. These recommended
testing procedures help reduce the risk of
injuries related to the deployment of side
airbags.

The side curtain airbags will deploy during
significant side crashes. The side curtain
airbags are mounted to the roof side-rail
sheet metal, behind the headliner, above
each row of seats. In certain lateral
crashes, the side curtain airbags on the

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Supplementary Restraints System
The design and development of the side
curtain airbags included recommended
testing procedures that were developed
by a group of automotive safety experts
known as the Side Airbag Technical
Working Group. These recommended
testing procedures help reduce the risk of
injuries related to the deployment of side
curtain airbags.

impacted side of the vehicle will be
activated. The side curtain airbags are
designed to inflate between the side
window area and occupants to further
enhance protection provided in side impact
crashes.
The system consists of the following:

CRASH SENSORS AND
AIRBAG INDICATOR
WARNING
Modifying or adding equipment to
the front end of the vehicle (including
frame, bumper, front end body
structure and tow hooks) may affect the
performance of the airbag system,
increasing the risk of injury. Do not modify
the front end of the vehicle.

E75004

•

Side curtain airbags located above the
trim panels over the front and rear side
windows identified by a label or
wording on the headliner or roof-pillar
trim.
A flexible headliner which opens above
the side doors to allow side air curtain
deployment.

The vehicle has a collection of crash and
occupant sensors which provide
information to the restraints control
module which deploys (activates) the
front safety belt pretensioners, driver
airbag, passenger airbag, knee airbag(s),
seat mounted side airbags, and the side
curtain airbags. Based on the type of crash
(frontal impact or side impact), the
restraints control module will deploy the
appropriate safety devices.

Crash sensors and monitoring
system with readiness indicator.
See Crash Sensors and Airbag
Indicator (page 40).
Children 12 years old and under should
always be properly restrained in the back
seats. The side curtain airbags will not
interfere with children restrained using a
properly installed child or booster seat
because it is designed to inflate downward
from the headliner above the doors along
the side window opening.

The restraints control module also
monitors the readiness of the above safety
devices plus the crash and occupant
sensors. The readiness of the safety
system is indicated by a warning indicator
light in the instrument cluster or by a
backup tone if the warning light is not
working. Routine maintenance of the
airbag is not required.
A difficulty with the system is indicated by
one or more of the following:

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Supplementary Restraints System

•
•

· The readiness light will not
illuminate immediately after the
ignition is turned on.

•

The readiness light will either flash or
stay lit.
A series of five beeps will be heard. The
tone pattern will repeat periodically
until the problem, the light or both are
repaired.

•

If any of these things happen, even
intermittently, have the supplemental
restraint system serviced at an authorized
dealer immediately. Unless serviced, the
system may not function properly in the
event of a crash.

AIRBAG DISPOSAL
Contact your authorized dealer as soon as
possible. Airbags must be disposed of by
qualified personnel.

The safety belt pretensioners and the front
airbag supplemental restraint system are
designed to activate when the vehicle
sustains longitudinal deceleration
sufficient to cause the restraints control
module to deploy a safety device.
The fact that the safety belt pretensioners
or front airbags did not activate for both
front seat occupants in a crash does not
mean that something is wrong with the
system. Rather, it means the restraints
control module determined the accident
conditions (crash severity, belt usage)
were not appropriate to activate these
safety devices.
•

•

Front airbags are designed to activate
only in frontal and near-frontal crashes
(not rollovers, side impacts or rear
impacts) unless the crash causes
sufficient longitudinal deceleration.
The safety belt pretensioners are
designed to activate in frontal and
near-frontal crashes, and may also
activate when a side curtain deploys.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

A knee airbag deploys from under the
instrument panel when the front airbag
activates in a crash.
Side airbags and side curtain airbags
are designed to inflate in side-impact
crashes, not rollovers, rear impacts,
frontal or near-frontal crashes, unless
the crash causes sufficient lateral
deceleration.

Keys and Remote Controls
Intelligent Access (If Equipped)

GENERAL INFORMATION ON
RADIO FREQUENCIES

The system uses a radio frequency signal
to communicate with your vehicle and
authorize your vehicle to unlock when one
of the following conditions are met:
• You touch the inside of the front
exterior door handle.
• You press the luggage compartment
button.
• You press a button on the transmitter.

This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules and with Industry Canada
license-exempt RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) This device may not cause
harmful interference, and (2) This device
must accept any interference received,
including interference that may cause
undesired operation.

If excessive radio frequency interference
is present in the area or if the transmitter
battery is low, you may need to
mechanically unlock your door. You can
use the mechanical key blade in your
intelligent access key to open the driver
door in this situation. See Remote
Control (page 42).

Note: Changes or modifications not
expressively approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate the equipment.
The term IC before the radio certification
number only signifies that Industry Canada
technical specifications were met.
The typical operating range for your
transmitter is approximately 33 feet (10
meters). Vehicles with the remote start
feature will have a greater range. One of
the following could cause a decrease in
operating range:
• weather conditions
• nearby radio towers
• structures around the vehicle
• other vehicles parked next to your
vehicle

REMOTE CONTROL
Integrated Keyhead Transmitters
(If Equipped)

Use the key blade is used to start the
vehicle and unlock or lock the driver’s door
from outside the vehicle. The transmitter
portion functions as the remote control.

The radio frequency used by your remote
control can also be used by other short
distance radio transmissions, for example
amateur radios, medical equipment,
wireless headphones, remote controls and
alarm systems. If the frequencies are
jammed, you will not be able to use your
remote control. You can lock and unlock
the doors with the key.

E151797

Press the button to release the key. Press
and hold the button to fold the key back
in when not in use.

Note: Make sure to lock your vehicle before
leaving it unattended.
Note: If you are in range, the remote control
will operate if you press any button
unintentionally.
42

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Keys and Remote Controls

E151795

Note: Your vehicle’s keys came with a
security tag that provides important vehicle
key cut information. Keep the tag in a safe
place for future reference.

E151796

Slide the release on the back of the remote
control and pivot the cover off to access
the key blade.

Intelligent Access Key (If Equipped)

E151795

Note: Your vehicle’s backup keys came with
a security tag that provides important
vehicle key cut information. Keep the tag in
a safe place for future reference.

E144506

Your intelligent access keys operate the
power locks and the remote start system.
The key must be in your vehicle to activate
the push-button start system.

Using the Key Blade
The key cylinder is hidden under a cap on
the driver door handle.

Removable Key Blade

To remove the cap:

The intelligent access key also contains a
removable mechanical key blade that you
can use to unlock the driver door.

E151956

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Keys and Remote Controls
Integrated Keyhead Transmitter

Insert the key blade into the slot on the
bottom of the handle and press up.
2. While maintaining upward pressure,
move the cap rearward to release it.
Gently remove the key while doing so.

The remote control uses one coin-type
three-volt lithium battery CR2032 or
equivalent.
Press the button to release the key before
beginning the procedure.

To install the cap:

E151957

E151798

Place the cap just forward of the key
cylinder.
2. While applying pressure to the cap,
move it forward until it is in place. You
may hear a snap as it engages.

Insert a screwdriver in the position
shown and gently push the clip.
2. Press the clip down to release the
battery cover.

Make sure the cap is properly installed by
trying to move it rearward.

Replacing the Battery
Note: Refer to local regulations when
disposing of transmitter batteries.
Note: Do not wipe off any grease on the
battery terminals or on the back surface of
the circuit board.
Note: Replacing the battery will not delete
the transmitter from the vehicle. The
transmitter should operate normally.

E151799

3. Carefully remove the cover.

A message will appear in the information
display when the remote control battery
is low. See Information Messages (page
91).

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Keys and Remote Controls

E151796

Note: Do not touch the battery contacts or
the printed circuit board with the
screwdriver.

Slide the release on the back of the
remote control and pivot the cover off.

4. Insert a screwdriver as shown to
release the battery.

E153890

2. Insert a coin into the slot and twist to
separate the housing.
E151801

5. Remove the battery.
6. Install a new battery with the + facing
up.
7. Replace the battery cover.
Intelligent Access Transmitter
The remote control uses two coin-type
three-volt lithium batteries CR2025 or
equivalent.
E153891

3. Remove the batteries.
4. Install new batteries with the + facing
each other.
Note: Make sure to replace the label
between the two batteries.
45

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Keys and Remote Controls
5. Reinstall the housing and cover.

Many states and provinces have
restrictions for the use of remote start.
Check your local and state or provincial
laws for specific requirements regarding
remote start systems.

Car Finder
Press the button twice within
three seconds. The horn will
E138623
sound and the turn signals will
flash. It is recommended that this method
be used to locate your vehicle, rather than
using the panic alarm.

The remote start system will not work if:
• the ignition is on
• the alarm system triggered
• you disable the feature
• the hood is open
• the transmission is not in P
• the vehicle battery voltage is too low
• the service engine soon light is on.

Sounding a Panic Alarm
Note: The panic alarm will only operate
when the ignition is off.

E138624

Press the button to activate the
alarm. Press the button again or
turn the ignition on to deactivate.

Remote Start

Remote Control Feedback
An LED on the remote control provides
status feedback of remote start or stop
commands.

(If Equipped)

WARNING
To avoid exhaust fumes, do not use
remote start if your vehicle is parked
indoors or areas that are not well
ventilated.
Note: Do not use remote start if your vehicle
is low on fuel.
The remote start button is on the
transmitter.

LED

Status

Solid green

Remote start or
extension
successful

Solid red

Remote stop
successful; engine
off

Blinking red

Remote start or
stop failed

Blinking green

Waiting for status
update

E138625

This feature allows you to start your
vehicle from outside the vehicle. The
transmitter has an extended operating
range.

Remote Starting the Vehicle

Vehicles with automatic climate control
can be configured to operate when the
vehicle is remote started. See Climate
Control (page 118). A manual climate
control system will run at the setting it was
set to when the vehicle was last turned off.

Note: Each button press must be done
within three seconds of each other. The
vehicle will not remote start if this sequence
is not followed and the horn will not sound.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Keys and Remote Controls
Extending the Vehicle Run Time
Repeat Steps 1 and 2 with the vehicle still
running to extend the run time for another
remote start duration. If you programmed
the duration to last 10 minutes, the second
10 minutes will begin after what is left of
the first activation time. For example, if the
vehicle had been running from the first
remote start for five minutes, the vehicle
will continue to run now for a total of 15
minutes.

E138626

The tag with your transmitter details the
starting procedure.

Wait at least five seconds before remote
starting after a vehicle shutdown.

To remote start your vehicle:
1.

Press the lock button to lock all the
doors.
2. Press the remote start button twice.
The exterior lamps will flash twice.

Turning the Vehicle Off After Remote
Starting
Press the button once. The
parking lamps will turn off.

The horn will sound if the system fails to
start, unless quiet start is on. Quiet start
will run the blower fan at a slower speed
to reduce noise. It can be switched on or
off in the information display. See General
Information (page 83).

E138625

You may have to be closer to the
vehicle than when starting due to ground
reflection and the added noise of the
running vehicle.
You can disable or enable the remote start
system through the information display.
See General Information (page 83).

Note: If the vehicle has been remote started
and is equipped with an integrated keyhead
transmitter, you must turn the ignition on
before driving the vehicle. If equipped with
an intelligent access transmitter, you must
press the START/STOP button on the
instrument panel once while applying the
brake pedal before driving your vehicle.

REPLACING A LOST KEY OR
REMOTE CONTROL
Replacement keys or remote controls can
be purchased from an authorized dealer.
Authorized dealers can program remote
controls for your vehicle. See Passive
Anti-Theft System (page 59).

The power windows will be inhibited during
the remote start and the radio will not turn
on automatically.
The parking lamps will remain on and the
engine will run for 5, 10, or 15 minutes,
depending on the setting.

To re-program the passive anti-theft
system see an authorized dealer.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

MyKey™
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION

•

MyKey allows you to program keys with
restricted driving modes to promote good
driving habits. Program all but one of the
keys to activate the restricted modes.

•

Any keys that remain unprogrammed are
referred to as administrator keys or admin
keys. They can be used to:
•
•
•

Optional Settings
You can configure MyKey settings while
programming a MyKey or change them
while using an admin key.

create a MyKey
program optional MyKey settings
clear all MyKey features.

•

Once you program a MyKey, you can
access the following information through
the information display to learn:
•
•

The number of admin keys and MyKeys
programmed to your vehicle.
The total distance your vehicle traveled
with a MyKey.

•

Note: Switch the ignition on to use the
system.
Note: All MyKeys are programmed to the
same settings. You cannot program them
individually.

•

Note: In vehicles equipped with the
intelligent access key (push-button start):
When both a MyKey and an admin fob are
present, your vehicle will recognize the
admin fob to start the engine.

•

Standard Settings
The following settings cannot be changed:
•

•

Belt-Minder. You cannot disable this
feature. With a MyKey, the five-minute
timer does not expire and the audio
system mutes.
Early low fuel. The low-fuel warning
activates earlier, giving MyKey users
more time to refuel.

Vehicle speed limit: You can set various
vehicle speed limits of 65, 70, 75 and
80 mph (105, 113, 121 and 130 km/h) so
that drivers receive visual warnings and
an audible tone when they reach the
selected top speed.
Vehicle speed minders: You can set
various vehicle speed minders of 45,
55 or 65 mph (75, 90, or 105 km/h) so
that drivers receive visual warnings and
an audible tone when they exceed the
preselected vehicle speed limit.
Audio system maximum volume limit:
You can limit the audio system's
maximum output to 45% and disable
the speed-sensitive compensated
volume feature. The audio system
displays a message when drivers
attempt to exceed the volume limit.
Always on setting: Certain driving aids
cannot be disabled or turned off when
drivers use a MyKey, such as
AdvanceTrac, 911 Assist or the Do not
disturb feature (if your vehicle is
equipped with these features).

Vehicles with Keyless Entry
If a MyKey and an admin key are present
within the vehicle at the same time, your
vehicle will recognize the admin key only.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Driver assist features, if equipped, are
forced on: Rear parking aid, blind spot
information system (BLIS) with cross
traffic alert, lane keeping system and
collision warning system.
Satellite radio adult content
restrictions activate.

MyKey™
4. Press OK or > to scroll through
settings.
5. Press OK or > to make a selection.

CREATING A MYKEY
Use the information display control to
create a MyKey:
1.

2.
3.

4.
5.

Insert the key you want to program into
the ignition or, if the vehicle is equipped
with push button start, put the
intelligent access key in the backup
slot. Backup slot information is located
in a different chapter. See Starting
and Stopping the Engine (page 144).
Switch the ignition on.
Access the main menu on the
information display controls and select
Settings, then MyKey by pressing OK
or the > button.
Press OK to select Create.
When prompted, hold the OK button
until you see a message informing you
to label this key as a MyKey. The key
will be restricted at the next start.

CLEARING ALL MYKEYS
You can clear all MyKeys within the same
key cycle as you created the MyKey. If you
switch your ignition off, however, you will
need to use an admin key to clear your
MyKeys.
Note: When you clear your MyKeys, you
remove all restrictions and return the keys
to their original admin key status.
To clear your MyKey settings, use the
information display to do the following:
1.

Access the main menu and select
Settings, then MyKey.
2. Scroll to Clear All and press the OK
button.
3. Hold the OK button until ALL
MYKEYS CLEARED displays.

The key is successfully programmed. Make
sure you label it so you can distinguish it
from the admin keys.
You can program optional settings for the
key(s). Refer to Programming/Changing
Optional Settings.

Programming/Changing Optional
Settings
All programmed keys can be cleared within
the same key cycle in which a key was
programmed, otherwise an admin key is
required to clear the keys. See Clearing
All MyKeys (page 49).
You can access the optional settings
through the information display control.
1.

Switch the ignition on using an admin
key.
2. Access the main menu and select
Settings, then MyKey.
3. Use the arrow buttons to get to an
optional feature.
49

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

MyKey™
•

CHECKING MYKEY SYSTEM
STATUS
The information display shows the
programmed keys' status:
• MYKEY DISTANCE: Tracks distance
when drivers use restricted keys. The
only way to delete the accumulated
distance is by using an admin key to
reset this to zero. If the MyKey distance
does not accumulate as expected,
then:
• The intended user is not using the
programmed key.
• An admin key user recently reset
the distance.

•

NUMBER OF MYKEY(S): Indicates
the number of restricted keys
programmed to the vehicle. Use this
feature to detect how many restricted
keys you have for your vehicle, or when
a MyKey has recently been deleted.
NUMBER OF ADMIN KEY(S):
Indicates how many admin keys are
programmed to the vehicle. Use this
feature to determine how many
unrestricted keys you have for your
vehicle, or if an additional MyKey has
been programmed.

USING MYKEY WITH REMOTE
START SYSTEMS
MyKey is not compatible with non
Ford-approved, aftermarket remote start
systems. If you choose to install a remote
start system, see an authorized dealer for
a Ford-approved remote start system.

MYKEY TROUBLESHOOTING
Condition

Potential Causes

I cannot program a key.

· The key in the ignition does not have admin
privileges.
· The key in the ignition is the only admin
key (there always has to be at least one
admin key).
· The intelligent access key is not in the
backup slot (vehicles with push-button
start).
· SecuriLock passive anti-theft system is
disabled or in unlimited mode.

I cannot program the optional settings.

· The key in the ignition does not have admin
privileges.
· No keys are programmed to the vehicle.
See Creating a MyKey (page 49).

I cannot clear the restricted keys.

· The key in the ignition does not have admin
privileges.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

MyKey™
Condition

Potential Causes

· No restricted keys are programmed to the
vehicle. See Creating a MyKey (page 49).
I lost the only admin key.

· Purchase a new key from your authorized
dealer.

I lost a key.

· Program a spare key. See Passive AntiTheft System (page 59).

No restricted key functions with intelligent · An admin fob is present at engine startaccess key (push-button start).
up.
· No MyKey keys are programmed to the
vehicle. See Creating a MyKey (page 49).
MyKey miles do not accumulate.

· The intended user is not using the
programmed MyKey.
· An admin key holder reset the key system.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Locks
LOCKING AND UNLOCKING

Remote Control

You can use the power door lock control
or the remote control to lock and unlock
the vehicle.

You can use the remote control at any
time. The luggage compartment release
button will only work when the vehicle
speed is less than 5 mph (8 km/h).

Power Door Locks

Unlocking the Doors (Two-Stage
Unlock)

The power door lock control is on the driver
and front passenger door panels.

Press the button to unlock the
driver door.
E138629

Press the button again within
three seconds to unlock all doors. The turn
signals will flash.
Press and hold both the lock and unlock
buttons on the remote control for three
seconds to change between driver door or
all doors unlock mode. The turn signals will
flash twice to indicate a change to the
unlocking mode. Driver door unlock mode
will only unlock the driver door when the
unlock button is pressed once. All door
unlock mode will unlock all doors with one
press of the unlock button. The unlocking
mode applies to the remote control,
keyless entry keypad and intelligent
access. You can also change the mode in
the information display. See General
Information (page 83).

E138628

Unlock

Lock

Door Lock Indicator
An LED on each door window trim will light
when you lock the door. It will remain lit for
up to 10 minutes after you switch off the
ignition.
Switch Inhibitor

Locking the Doors

When you electronically lock your vehicle,
the power door lock switch will no longer
operate after 20 seconds. You must unlock
your vehicle with the remote control or
keyless keypad, or switch the ignition on,
to restore function to these switches. You
can switch this feature on or off in the
information display. See General
Information (page 83).

E138623

Press the button again within three
seconds to confirm that all the doors are
closed. The doors will lock again, the horn
will sound and the turn signals will
illuminate if all the doors and the luggage
compartment are closed.

Rear Door Unlocking and Opening
Pull the interior door release handle twice
to unlock and open the rear door. The first
pull unlocks the door and the second pull
will unlatch the door.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Press the button to lock all the
doors. The turn signals will
illuminate.

Locks
Mislock

At the Luggage Compartment

If any door or the luggage compartment is
open, or if the hood is open on vehicles
with an anti-theft alarm or remote start,
the horn will sound twice and the lamps
will not flash. You can enable or disable
this feature in the information display. See
General Information (page 83).
Opening the Luggage Compartment

E138630

Press twice within three seconds
to open the luggage
compartment.

E144402

Press the exterior release button hidden
above the license plate.

Make sure to close and latch the luggage
compartment before driving your vehicle.
An unlatched luggage compartment may
cause objects to fall out or block your view.

Activating Intelligent Access

Smart Unlocks For Integrated
Keyhead Transmitter
This feature helps to prevent you from
locking yourself out of your vehicle if your
key is still in the ignition.

(If

Equipped)

You must have the intelligent access key
within 3 feet (1 meter) of your vehicle.

When you open one of the front doors and
lock the vehicle with the power door lock
control, all the doors will lock then unlock
and the horn will sound twice if your key is
still in the ignition.

At a Door
Pull an exterior door handle to unlock and
open the door. Make sure not to touch the
lock sensor on top of the handle.

Your vehicle can still be locked with the
key in the ignition by using the keyless entry
keypad with the driver door closed, or by
pressing the lock button on the transmitter
even if the doors are not closed.
If both front doors are closed, the vehicle
can be locked by any method, regardless
of whether the key is in the ignition or not.

Smart Unlocks For Intelligent
Access Keys (If Equipped)
This feature helps to prevent you from
unintentionally locking your intelligent
access key inside your vehicle’s passenger
compartment or rear cargo area.

E157085

Touch the top of the door handle to lock
your vehicle.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Locks
•

When you electronically lock your vehicle
using the driver or passenger power door
lock control (with any door open, vehicle
in park and ignition off), the vehicle will
search for an intelligent access key in the
passenger compartment after you close
the last door. If your vehicle finds a key, all
of the doors will immediately unlock and
the horn will sound twice, indicating that
a key is inside.

•

The autolock feature repeats when:
• you open then close any door while the
ignition is on and your vehicle speed is
9 mph (15 km/h) or lower, and
• your vehicle then attains a speed
greater than 12 mph (20 km/h).

You can override the smart unlock feature
and intentionally lock the intelligent access
key inside your vehicle. To do this, lock your
vehicle after all doors are closed by:
• using the keyless entry keypad
• pressing the lock button on another
intelligent access key
• touching the locking area on the handle
with another intelligent access key in
your hand.

Autounlock Feature
The autounlock feature will unlock all the
doors when:
• the ignition is on, all the doors are
closed, and your vehicle has been in
motion at a speed greater than 12 mph
(20 km/h);
• your vehicle comes to a stop and you
switch the ignition off or to accessory;
and
• you open the driver door within 10
minutes of the switching the ignition
off or to accessory.

When you open one of the front doors and
lock your vehicle using the power door lock
control, all doors will lock then unlock if:
• the ignition is on, or
• the ignition is off and your vehicle is not
in P.

Note: The doors will not autounlock if you
electronically lock your vehicle after you
switch the ignition off and before you open
the driver door.

Auto Relock
If you press the unlock button on the
remote control and do not open a door
within 45 seconds, your vehicle will lock
and the alarm will arm. You can enable or
disable this feature in the information
display. See General Information (page
83).

Enabling or Disabling
Note: You can enable or disable the
autolock and autounlock features
independently of each other.
You can enable or disable these features
in the information display or your
authorized dealer can do it for you. See
General Information (page 83).

Autolock Feature
The autolock feature will lock all the doors
when:
• all doors are closed,
• the ignition is on,

Illuminated Entry
The interior lamps and select exterior
lamps will illuminate when you unlock the
doors with the remote entry system.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

you shift into any gear putting your
vehicle in motion, and
your vehicle attains a speed greater
than 12 mph (20 km/h).

Locks
The illuminated entry system will turn off
the lights if:
• the ignition is on,
• you press the remote control lock
button, or
• after 25 seconds of illumination.

Luggage Compartment

The lights will not turn off if:

From Outside Your Vehicle

•
•

With the Remote Control
Press twice within three seconds
to unlatch the trunk.
E138630

you turn them on with the lamp control,
or
any door is open.

Illuminated Exit
The interior lamps and select exterior
lamps will illuminate when all doors are
closed, you switch the ignition off and you
remove the key from the ignition
(integrated keyhead transmitter only).
E144402

The lamps will turn off if all the doors
remain closed and:
• 25 seconds elapse
• you insert the key in the ignition
(integrated keyhead transmitter only)
• you press the START/STOP button
(intelligent access key only).

Press the release button above the license
plate to unlatch the trunk. Your vehicle
must be unlocked or have an intelligent
access transmitter within 3 feet (1 meter)
of the trunk.

KEYLESS ENTRY (IF EQUIPPED)

Battery Saver

SECURICODE™ KEYLESS ENTRY
KEYPAD

If you leave the courtesy lamps, dome
lamps or headlamps on, the battery saver
will shut them off 10 minutes after you
switch the ignition off.

The keypad is located near the driver
window. It is invisible until touched and
then it lights up so you can see and touch
the appropriate buttons.

Accessory Mode Battery Saver for
Intelligent Access Keys (If Equipped)

Note: If you enter your entry code too fast
on the keypad, the unlock function may not
work. Re-enter your entry code more slowly.

If you leave your vehicle in the run ignition
state, it will shut off once it detects a
certain amount of battery drain or after 45
minutes.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Locks
The doors will lock then unlock to confirm
that programming was successful.
To program additional personal entry
codes, repeat Steps 1-3, then for Step 4:
•
•
•
•

press 3·4 to save personal code 2
press 5·6 to save personal code 3
press 7·8 to save personal code 4
press 9·0 to save personal code 5.

You may also program a personal entry
code through the MyFord Touch system
(if equipped).
Tips:
• Do not set a code that uses five of the
same number.
• Do not use five numbers in sequential
order.
• The factory-set code will work even if
you have set your own personal code.

E138637

You can use the keypad to:
• lock or unlock the doors
• release the trunk
• recall memory seat and mirror
positions (if equipped)
• program and erase user codes
• arm and disarm the anti-theft alarm.

Recalling Memory Positions (If
Equipped)
The programmed entry codes will recall
driver memory positions as follows:

You can operate the keypad with the
factory-set 5-digit entry code. The code is
located on the owner’s wallet card in the
glove box and is available from an
authorized dealer. You can also create up
to five of your own 5-digit personal entry
codes.

•
•
•

Programming a Personal Entry Code

Entry code 1 will recall driver 1 memory
positions.
Entry code 2 will recall driver 2 memory
positions.
Entry code 3 will recall driver 3 memory
positions.

Note: Personal entry codes 4 and 5 will not
recall memory positions.

To create your own personal entry code:
1. Enter the factory-set code.
2. Press 1·2 on the keypad within five
seconds.
3. Enter your personal 5-digit code. You
must enter each number within five
seconds of each other.
4. Press 1·2 on the keypad to save
personal code 1.

Erasing a Personal Code
1. Enter the factory-set 5-digit code.
2. Press and release 1·2 on the keypad
within five seconds.
3. Press and hold 1·2 for two seconds.
You must do this within five seconds
of completing Step 2.
All personal codes are now erased and only
the factory-set 5–digit code will work.
56

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Locks
To display the factory-set code in the
information display:

Anti-Scan Feature
The keypad will go into an anti-scan mode
if you enter the wrong code seven times
(35 consecutive button presses). This
mode disables the keypad for one minute
and the keypad lamp will flash.

Insert a key into the ignition and switch
the ignition on for a few seconds.
2. Switch the ignition off and remove the
key.
3. Insert the second key into the ignition
and switch the ignition on.

The anti-scan feature will turn off after:
• one minute of keypad inactivity
• pressing the unlock button on the
remote control
• switching the ignition on
• unlocking your vehicle using intelligent
access.

The factory-set code will display for a few
seconds.
Note: The code may not display until after
any other warning messages first display.
With Intelligent Access Keys

Unlocking and Locking the Doors

Note: You will need to have two
programmed intelligent access keys for this
procedure.

To Unlock the Driver Door
Enter the factory-set 5-digit code or your
personal code. You must press each
number within five seconds of each other.
The interior lamps will illuminate.

To display the factory-set code in the
information display:

Note: All doors will unlock if you enable the
all-door unlocking mode. See Locking and
Unlocking (page 52).
To Unlock All Doors
Enter the factory-set code or your personal
code, then press 3·4 within five seconds.
To Lock All Doors
Press and hold 7·8 and 9·0 at the same
time (with the driver door closed). You do
not need to enter the keypad code first.

E147165

Place the first programmed key in the
backup slot inside the center console.
The key ring must be at the top with
the buttons facing toward the rear.
2. Press the START/STOP button once
and wait a few seconds.
3. Press the START/STOP button again
and remove the key.
4. Insert the second programmed key into
the backup slot, then press the
START/STOP button.

To Release the Trunk
Enter the factory-set code or your personal
code, then press 5·6 within five seconds.
Displaying the Factory Set Code
With Integrated Keyhead Transmitters
Note: You will need to have two
programmed passive anti-theft keys for this
procedure.
57

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Locks
The factory-set code will appear in the
information display for a few seconds.
Note: The code may not display until after
any other warning messages first display.

INTERIOR LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT RELEASE
WARNINGS
Keep vehicle doors and luggage
compartment locked and keep keys
and remote transmitters out of a
child’s reach. Unsupervised children could
lock themselves in the trunk and risk injury.
Children should be taught not to play in
vehicles.
Do not leave children, unreliable
adults, or animals unattended in the
vehicle. On hot days, the
temperature in the trunk or vehicle interior
can rise very quickly. Exposure of people
or animals to these high temperatures for
even a short time can cause death or
serious heat-related injuries, including brain
damage. Small children are particularly at
risk.

E144403

The handle is located inside the luggage
compartment either on the luggage
compartment door (lid) or near the tail
lamps. It is composed of a material that
will glow for hours in darkness following
brief exposure to ambient light.

Your vehicle is equipped with a release
handle that provides a means of escape
for children and adults if they become
locked inside the luggage compartment.

Pull the handle and push up on the luggage
compartment door (lid) to open from
within the luggage compartment.

Adults should familiarize themselves with
the operation and location of the release
handle.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Security
Replacement Keys

PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT
SYSTEM

Note: Your vehicle comes equipped with
two integrated keyhead transmitters or two
intelligent access keys.

Note: The system is not compatible with
non-Ford aftermarket remote start systems.
Use of these systems may result in vehicle
starting problems and a loss of security
protection.

The integrated keyhead transmitter
functions as a programmed ignition key
that operates all the locks and starts the
vehicle, as well as a remote control.

Note: Metallic objects, electronic devices
or a second coded key on the same key
chain may cause vehicle starting problems
if they are too close to the key when starting
the engine. Prevent these objects from
touching the coded key while starting the
engine. Switch the ignition off, move all
objects on the key chain away from the
coded key and restart the engine if a
problem occurs.

The intelligent access key functions as a
programmed key that operates the driver
door lock and activates the intelligent
access with push button start system, as
well as a remote control.
If your programmed transmitters or
standard SecuriLock coded keys
(integrated keyhead transmitters only) are
lost or stolen and you do not have an extra
coded key, you will need to have your
vehicle towed to an authorized dealer. The
key codes need to be erased from your
vehicle and new coded keys will need to
be programmed.

Note: Do not leave a duplicate coded key
in the vehicle. Always take your keys and
lock all doors when leaving the vehicle.

SecuriLock®

Store an extra programmed key away from
the vehicle in a safe place to help prevent
any inconveniences. See your authorized
dealer to purchase additional spare or
replacement keys.

The system is an engine immobilization
system. It is designed to help prevent the
engine from starting unless you use a
coded key programmed to your vehicle.
Using the wrong key may prevent the
engine from starting. A message may
appear in the information display.

Programming a Spare Integrated
Keyhead Transmitter

If you are unable to start the engine with a
correctly coded key, a malfunction has
happened and a message may appear in
the information display.

Note: You can program a maximum of eight
coded keys to your vehicle. All eight can be
integrated keyhead transmitters.
You can program your own integrated
keyhead transmitter or standard
SecuriLock coded keys to your vehicle. This
procedure will program both the engine
immobilizer keycode and the remote entry
portion of the remote control to your
vehicle.

Automatic Arming
The vehicle arms immediately after
switching the ignition off.
Automatic Disarming
Switching the ignition on with a coded key
disarms the vehicle.

Only use integrated keyhead transmitters
or standard SecuriLock keys.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Security
You must have two previously
programmed coded keys and the new
unprogrammed key readily accessible. See
an authorized dealer to have the spare key
programmed if two previously
programmed coded keys are not available.

Programming a Spare Intelligent
Access Key
Note: You can program a maximum for four
intelligent access keys to your vehicle.
You must have two previously
programmed intelligent access keys inside
your vehicle and the new unprogrammed
intelligent access keys readily accessible.
See an authorized dealer to have the spare
key programmed if two previously
programmed keys are not available.

Read and understand the entire procedure
before you begin.
1.
2.

3.
4.

8.
9.

Insert the first previously programmed
coded key into the ignition.
Switch the ignition from off to on. Keep
the ignition on for at least three
seconds, but no more than 10 seconds.
Switch the ignition off and remove the
first coded key from the ignition.
After three seconds but within 10
seconds of switching the ignition off,
insert the second previously coded key
into the ignition.
Switch the ignition from off to on. Keep
the ignition on for at least three
seconds, but no more than 10 seconds.
Switch the ignition off and remove the
second previously programmed coded
key from the ignition.
After three seconds but within 10
seconds of switching the ignition off
and removing the previously
programmed coded key, insert the new
unprogrammed key into the ignition.
Switch the ignition from off to on. Keep
the ignition on for at least six seconds.
Remove the newly programmed coded
key from the ignition.

Make sure that the vehicle is off before
beginning this procedure. Make sure that
you close all the doors before beginning
and that they remain closed throughout
the procedure. Perform all steps within 30
seconds of starting the sequence. Stop
and wait for at least one minute before
starting again if you perform any steps out
of sequence.
Read and understand the entire procedure
before you begin.

E147165

Place a programmed intelligent access
key in the backup slot in the center
console. The key ring must be at the
top with the buttons facing toward the
rear.
2. Wait 5 seconds, then press the
START/STOP button.
3. Remove the intelligent access key.

If the key has been successfully
programmed it will start the engine and
operate the remote entry system (if the
new key is an integrated keyhead
transmitter).
If it was not programmed successfully,
wait 10 seconds and repeat Steps 1 through
8. If you are still unsuccessful, take your
vehicle to an authorized dealer.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Security
4. Within 10 seconds, place a second
programmed intelligent access key in
the backup slot and press the
START/STOP button.
5. Wait 5 seconds, then press the
START/STOP button again.
6. Remove the intelligent access key.
7. Wait 5 seconds, then place the
unprogrammed intelligent access key
in the backup slot and press the
START/STOP button.

•

•
•

Note: Pressing the panic button on the
remote control will stop the horn and signal
indicators, but will not disarm the system.

Programming is now complete. Verify the
remote control functions operate and the
vehicle starts with the new intelligent
access key.
If programming was not successful, wait
10 seconds and repeat Steps 1 through 7.
If you are still unsuccessful, take your
vehicle to your authorized dealer.

ANTI-THEFT ALARM
The system will warn you of an
unauthorized entry to your vehicle. It will
be triggered if any door, the luggage
compartment or the hood is opened
without using the key, remote control or
keyless entry keypad.
The direction indicators will flash and the
horn will sound if unauthorized entry is
attempted while the alarm is armed.
Take all remote controls to an authorized
dealer if there is any potential alarm
problem with your vehicle.

Arming the Alarm
The alarm is ready to arm when there is
not a key in the ignition. Electronically lock
the vehicle to arm the alarm.

Disarming the Alarm
Disarm the alarm by any of the following
actions:

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Unlock the doors or luggage
compartment with the remote control
or keyless entry keypad.
Switch the ignition on or start the
vehicle.
Use a key in the driver’s door to unlock
the vehicle, then switch the ignition on
within 12 seconds.

Steering Wheel
ADJUSTING THE STEERING
WHEEL
WARNING
Do not adjust the steering wheel
when your vehicle is moving.
Note: Make sure that you are sitting in the
correct position. See Sitting in the Correct
Position (page 129).

E144503

2
2

Volume up

Volume down

Mute

Media

Seek down or previous

Seek up or next

MEDIA

E157083

Press repeatedly to scroll through available
audio sources.

1. Unlock the steering column.
2. Adjust the steering wheel to the desired
position.

Seek, Next or Previous
Press the seek button to:
• tune the radio to the next or previous
stored preset
• play the next or the previous track.
Press and hold the seek button to:
• tune the radio to the next station up or
down the frequency band
• seek through a track.

E157084

3. Lock the steering column.

AUDIO CONTROL (IF EQUIPPED)
You can operate the following functions
with the control:
62

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Steering Wheel
Type 2

VOICE CONTROL (IF EQUIPPED)

A
B
C

E144501

E144504

See Cruise Control (page 186).
A

End a call

Answer a call

Voice recognition

INFORMATION DISPLAY
CONTROL

See SYNC™ (page 305). See MyFord
Touch™ (page 343).

CRUISE CONTROL
Type 1

E144636

See Information Displays (page 83).

E144500

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Steering Wheel
Cluster Display Control Features

E144811

If equipped with:
MyFord system: This control functions
the same as the center control on the
faceplate. See Audio unit (page 106).
MyFord Touch: Use this control to adjust
the right side of the cluster display.
Navigate through the screen and press OK
to select. See MyFord Touch™ (page
343).

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Wipers and Washers
Intermittent Wipe

WINDSHIELD WIPERS
Note: Fully defrost the windshield before
switching on the windshield wipers.
Note: Make sure the windshield wipers are
switched off before entering a car wash.
Note: Clean the windshield and wiper
blades if they begin to leave streaks or
smears. If that doesn't resolve the issue,
install new wiper blades.
Note: Do not operate the wipers on a dry
windshield. This may scratch the glass,
damage the wiper blades or cause the wiper
motor to burn out. Always use the
windshield washers before wiping a dry
windshield.

E144496

Shortest wipe interval

Intermittent wipe

Longest wipe interval

Use the rotary control to adjust the
intermittent wipe interval.

Speed Dependent Wipers
When your vehicle speed increases, the
interval between wipes will decrease.

AUTOWIPERS (IF EQUIPPED)
E144495

Single wipe

Intermittent wipe

Normal wipe

High speed wipe

Note: Fully defrost the windshield before
switching on the windshield wipers.
Note: Make sure the windshield wipers are
switched off before entering a car wash.
Note: Clean the windshield and wiper
blades if they begin to leave streaks or
smears. If that doesn't resolve the issue,
install new wiper blades.
Note: If you switch autolamps on in
conjunction with autowipers, your low beam
headlamps will illuminate automatically
when the rain sensor activates the
windshield wipers continuously.
Note: Wet road conditions can cause
unexpected wiping or smearing.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Wipers and Washers
To reduce smearing we recommend the
following:
• Lower the sensitivity of the autowipers.
• Switch to normal or high speed wipe.
• Switch the autowipers off.

WINDSHIELD WASHERS
Note: Do not operate the washers when
the washer reservoir is empty. This may
cause the washer pump to overheat.

E144498
E144497

Highest sensitivity

Lowest sensitivity

The washers will spray for as long as you
pull the lever toward you. When you
release the lever, the wipers will operate
for a short time.
A wipe will occur a few seconds after
washing to clear any remaining washer
fluid. This feature can be switched on or
off in the information display. See General
Information (page 83).

The wipers will function when moisture is
detected on the windshield. The rain
sensor will continue to monitor the amount
of moisture on the windshield and adjust
the speed of the wipers automatically. This
feature can be switched on or off in the
information display. See General
Information (page 83).
Use the rotary control to adjust the
sensitivity of the rain sensor. With low
sensitivity, the wipers will operate when
the sensor detects a large amount of
moisture on the windshield. With high
sensitivity, the wipers will operate when
the sensor detects a small amount of
moisture on the windshield.
Keep the outside of the windshield clean.
Sensor performance will be affected if the
area around the interior mirror is dirty. The
rain sensor is very sensitive and the wipers
may operate if dirt, mist or flies hit the
windshield.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Lighting
LIGHTING CONTROL

Headlamp Flasher

E142449

Pull the lever toward you slightly and
release it to flash the headlamps.

E162680

Off

Parking lamps, instrument panel
lamps, license plate lamps and
tail lamps

AUTOLAMPS (IF EQUIPPED)
Note: It may be necessary to switch your
headlamps on manually in severe weather
conditions.

Headlamps

High Beams

E142451
E162679

The headlamps will switch on and off
automatically in low light situations or
during inclement weather.

Push the lever forward to switch the high
beams on.
Push the lever forward again or pull the
lever toward you to switch the high beams
off.

The headlamps will remain on for a period
of time after you switch the ignition off.
You can adjust the time delay using the
information display controls. See
Information Displays (page 83).

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Lighting
Vehicles Without Front Fog Lamps

Note: If you switch autolamps on in
conjunction with autowipers, low beam
headlamps will illuminate automatically
when the rain sensor activates the
windshield wipers continuously.

INSTRUMENT LIGHTING
DIMMER
A

Note: If you disconnect the battery or it
becomes discharged, the illuminated
components will switch to the maximum
setting.

E142452

Vehicles With Front Fog Lamps

Press repeatedly or press and
hold to dim.

Press repeatedly or press and
hold to brighten.

HEADLAMP EXIT DELAY
After you switch the ignition off, you can
switch the headlamps on by pulling the
direction indicator lever toward you. You
will hear a short tone. The headlamps will
switch off automatically after three
minutes with any door open or 30 seconds
after the last door has been closed. You
can cancel this feature by pulling the
direction indicator toward you again or
switching the ignition on.

E132712

Press repeatedly or press and hold until
the desired level is reached.

DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS (IF
EQUIPPED)

WARNING
Always remember to switch your
headlamps on in low light situations
or during inclement weather. The
system does not activate the tail lamps
and may not provide adequate lighting
during these conditions. Failure to activate
your headlamps under these conditions
may result in a collision.
68

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Lighting
The system switches the low beam
headlamps on at a reduced intensity in
daylight conditions.

Note: Modification of the vehicle ride height
(e.g. using much larger tires) may degrade
feature performance.

To switch the system on, switch the
ignition on, and switch the lighting control
to the off, autolamp or parking lamp
position.

A camera sensor is centrally mounted
behind the windshield of the vehicle, and
monitors conditions continuously to decide
when to switch the high beams off and on.
Once the system is active, the high beams
will switch on if:
• The ambient light level is low enough
that high beams are needed.
• There is no traffic in front of the vehicle.
• The vehicle speed is greater than
25 mph (40 km/h).

AUTOMATIC HIGH BEAM
CONTROL (IF EQUIPPED)
The system will automatically turn on your
high beams if it is dark enough and no other
traffic is present. When it detects an
approaching vehicle’s headlights, a
preceding vehicle’s tail lamps or street
lighting, the system will turn off the high
beams before they distract other drivers.
The low beams remain on.

The high beams will switch off if:
• An approaching vehicle's headlights or
a preceding vehicle's tail lamps are
detected.
• Vehicle speed falls below 16 mph
(25 km/h).
• The ambient light level is high enough
that high beams are not required.
• Severe rain, snow, or fog is detected.
• The camera is blocked.

Note: If it appears that automatic control
of the high beams is not functioning
properly, check the windshield in front of
the camera for blockage. A clear view of the
road is required for proper system operation.
Any windshield damage in the area of the
camera field-of-view should be repaired.
Note: If a blockage is detected (e.g. bird
dropping, bug splatter, snow, or ice) and no
changes are observed, the system will go
into low beam mode until the blockage is
cleared. A message may also appear in the
instrument cluster display noting the front
camera is blocked.

Activating the System
Switch on the system using the information
display and autolamps. See Information
Displays (page 83). See Autolamps
(page 67).

Note: Typical road dust, dirt and water
spots will not affect the automatic high
beam system’s performance. However, in
cold or inclement weather conditions, the
automatic high beam system's availability
may be decreased, especially at startup. If
you want to change the beam state
independently of the system, you may turn
the high beams ON or OFF using the
multifunction switch lever. Automatic
control will resume when conditions are
correct.

E142451

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Lighting
Turn the lighting control to the autolamps
position.

DIRECTION INDICATORS

Manually Overriding the System

E145595

Push the lever up or down to use the
direction indicators.

E130140

When the automatic control has activated
the high beams, pushing or pulling the stalk
will provide a temporary override to low
beam.

Note: Tap the lever up or down to make the
direction indicators flash three times to
indicate a lane change.

To permanently deactivate the system,
use the information display menu or turn
the lighting control switch from autolamps
to headlamps.

INTERIOR LAMPS
The lamps will switch on when one of the
following conditions have been met:

FRONT FOG LAMPS (IF EQUIPPED)

•
•
•

You open any door.
You press a remote control button.
You touch switch A on the front interior
lamp.

Front Interior Lamp
Note: The front interior lamp switches are
on the overhead console. The exact location
of each switch on the overhead console
depends upon which roof, sunroof, and
window shade features are equipped on the
vehicle.
E142453

Press the control to switch the fog lamps
on or off.
You can switch the fog lamps on when the
lighting control is in any position except off
and the high beams are not on.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Lighting
Note: Touch switch C to switch the door
function off when you open any door. The
indicator lamp will illuminate amber when
the door function is off. When the door
function is off and you open a door, the
courtesy and door lamps will stay off. Touch
switch C again to switch the door function
back on. The indicator lamp will illuminate
blue when the door function is on. When the
door function is on and you open a door, the
courtesy and door lamps will switch on.

E146410

You can switch individual dome lamps on
independently by pressing switch A.

All lamps on switch

All lamps off switch

Door function switch

You can switch individual map lamps on
independently by touching a map lens.

Rear Interior Lamp (If Equipped)

A
E142455

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Windows and Mirrors
Bounce-Back

POWER WINDOWS

The window will stop automatically while
closing. It will reverse some distance if
there is an obstacle in the way.

WARNINGS
Do not leave children unattended in
your vehicle and do not let them play
with the power windows. They may
seriously injure themselves.

Overriding the Bounce-Back Feature
WARNING

When closing the power windows,
you should verify they are free of
obstructions and make sure that
children and pets are not in the proximity
of the window openings.

When you override the bounce-back
feature the window will not reverse
if it detects an obstacle. Take care
when closing the windows to avoid
personal injury.
Pull up the window switch and hold within
two seconds of the window reaching the
bounce-back position. The window will
travel up with no bounce-back protection.
The window will stop if you release the
switch before the window is fully closed.

Window Lock

E146043

Note: You may hear a rumbling noise when
just one of the windows are open. Lower the
opposite window slightly to reduce this
noise.
Press the switch to open the window.
Lift the switch to close the window.

One-Touch Down

E144072

Press the switch fully and release it. Press
again or lift it to stop the window.

Press the control to lock or unlock the rear
window controls. It will illuminate when
you lock the rear window controls.

One-Touch Up

Accessory Delay

Lift the switch fully and release it. Press or
lift it again to stop the window.

You can use the window switches for
several minutes after you switch the
ignition off or until you open either front
door.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Windows and Mirrors
GLOBAL OPENING AND
CLOSING
You can use the remote control to operate
the windows with the ignition off.
Note: You can enable or disable this feature
in the information display or see an
authorized dealer. See General
Information (page 83).
Note: To operate this feature, accessory
delay must not be active.

E144073

Opening the Windows
You can only open the windows for a short
time after you unlock your vehicle with the
remote control. After you unlock your
vehicle, press and hold the remote control
unlock button to open the windows and
vent the moonroof. Release the button
once movement starts. Press the lock or
unlock button to stop movement.

Left-hand mirror

Adjustment control

Right-hand mirror

To adjust a mirror:
1.

Select the mirror you want to adjust.
The control will illuminate.
2. Adjust the position of the mirror.
3. Press the mirror switch again.

Closing the Windows

Fold-Away Exterior Mirrors

WARNING

Push the mirror toward the door window
glass. Make sure that you fully engage the
mirror in its support when returning it to its
original position.

When closing the windows and
moonroof, you should verify they are
free of obstructions and make sure
that children and pets are not in the
proximity of the window openings.

Heated Exterior Mirrors (If Equipped)
See Heated Windows and Mirrors (page
126).

To close the windows and moonroof, press
and hold the remote control lock button.
Release the button once movement starts.
Press the lock or unlock button to stop
movement.

Memory Mirrors (If Equipped)

EXTERIOR MIRRORS

You can save and recall the mirror
positions through the memory function.
See Memory Function (page 132).

Power Exterior Mirrors

Auto-Dimming Feature (If Equipped)
The driver’s exterior mirror will
automatically dim when the interior
auto-dimming mirror is activated.

WARNING
Do not adjust the mirrors when your
vehicle is moving.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Windows and Mirrors
Signal Indicator Mirrors (If Equipped)
The outer portion of the appropriate mirror
housing will blink when the turn signal is
activated.

Integrated Blind Spot Mirrors (If
Equipped)

WARNING
Objects in the blind spot mirror are
closer than they appear.
Blind spot mirrors have an integrated
convex mirror built into the upper outboard
corner of the exterior mirrors. They are
designed to increase your visibility along
the side of your vehicle.

Check the main mirror first before a lane
change, then check the blind spot mirror.
If no vehicles are present in the blind spot
mirror and the traffic in the adjacent lane
is at a safe distance, signal that you intend
to change lanes. Glance over your shoulder
to verify traffic is clear and carefully
change lanes.

A
E138665

The image of the approaching vehicle is
small and near the inboard edge of the
main mirror when it is at a distance. The
image becomes larger and begins to move
outboard across the main mirror as the
vehicle approaches (A). The image will
transition from the main mirror and begin
to appear in the blind spot mirror as the
vehicle approaches (B). The vehicle will
transition to your peripheral field of view
as it leaves the blind spot mirror (C).

Blind Spot Monitor (If Equipped)
See Blind Spot Monitor (page 197).

INTERIOR MIRROR
WARNING
Do not adjust the mirror when your
vehicle is moving.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Windows and Mirrors
Illuminated Vanity Mirror

Note: Do not clean the housing or glass of
any mirror with harsh abrasives, fuel or other
petroleum or ammonia-based cleaning
products.
You can adjust the interior mirror to your
preference. Some mirrors also have a
second pivot point. This lets you move the
mirror head up or down and from side to
side.
Pull the tab below the mirror toward you
to reduce glare at night.

Auto-Dimming Mirror (If Equipped)

E162197

Lift the cover to switch the lamp on.

Note: Do not block the sensors on the front
and back of the mirror. Mirror performance
may be affected. A rear center passenger or
raised rear center head restraint may also
block light from reaching the sensor.

MOONROOF (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNINGS
Do not let children play with the
moonroof or leave them unattended
in the vehicle. They may seriously
hurt themselves.

The mirror will dim automatically to reduce
glare when bright lights are detected from
behind your vehicle. It will automatically
return to normal reflection when you select
reverse gear to make sure you have a clear
view when backing up.

When closing the moonroof, you
should verify that it is free of
obstructions and make sure that
children and pets are not in the proximity
of the roof opening.

SUN VISORS

The sliding shade can be manually opened
or closed when the moonroof is closed.
Pull the shade toward the front of the
vehicle to close it.
The moonroof controls are located on the
overhead console and have a one-touch
open and close feature. To stop it during
one-touch operation, touch the control a
second time.
E138666

Rotate the sun visor toward the side
window and extend it rearward for extra
shade.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Windows and Mirrors

E144499

Open

Vent

Opening and Closing the Moonroof
Touch (A) to open the moonroof. It will
stop short of the fully opened position.
Note: This position helps to reduce wind
noise or rumbling which may happen with
the moonroof fully open. Touch (A) again
to fully open the moonroof.
Touch (C) to close the moonroof.

Bounce-Back
The moonroof will stop automatically and
reverse some distance if an obstacle is
detected while closing.
Touch and hold (C) within two seconds of
a bounce-back event to override this
function.

Venting the Moonroof
Touch (B) to vent the moonroof. Touch
(C) to close it.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Instrument Cluster
GAUGES
Type 1 and 2

E144485

Tachometer

Information Display (Type 2 shown Type 1 similar)

Speedometer

Fuel Gauge

Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge
Outside Air Temperature

Information Display

Shows the outside air temperature.

Odometer

Compass

Located in the bottom of the information
display Registers the accumulated
distance your vehicle has traveled.

Displays the vehicle’s heading direction.
Trip Computer
See General Information (page 83).

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Instrument Cluster
Vehicle Settings and Personalization

WARNING

See General Information (page 83).

Never remove the coolant reservoir
cap while the engine is running or hot.

Engine Coolant Temperature
Gauge

Fuel Gauge

Shows the temperature of the engine
coolant. At normal operating temperature,
the needle will remain in the center section.
If the needle enters the red section, the
engine is overheating. Stop the engine,
switch the ignition off and determine the
cause once the engine has cooled down.

Switch the ignition on. The fuel gauge will
indicate approximately how much fuel is
left in the fuel tank. The fuel gauge may
vary slightly when your vehicle is moving
or on a gradient. The arrow adjacent to the
fuel pump symbol indicates on which side
of the vehicle the fuel filler door is located.

Note: Do not restart the engine until the
cause of overheating has been resolved.

Type 3

E144486

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Instrument Cluster
A

Left Information Display

Speedometer

Right Information Display See General Information (page 343).
Engaged (green light): Illuminates when
the adaptive cruise control system is
engaged. Turns off when the speed control
system is disengaged.

Left Information Display
Odometer
Located in the bottom of the information
display Registers the accumulated
distance your vehicle has traveled.

Anti-Lock Braking System
If it illuminates when you are
driving, this indicates a
malfunction. You will continue
to have the normal braking system
(without ABS) unless the brake system
warning lamp is also illuminated. Have the
system checked by your authorized dealer.

Trip Computer
See General Information (page 83).
Vehicle Settings and Personalization
See General Information (page 83).

Auto Start-stop (If Equipped)

WARNING LAMPS AND
INDICATORS

It will illuminate to inform you
when the engine shuts down or
in conjunction with a message.

The following warning lamps and
indicators will alert you to a vehicle
condition that may become serious. Some
lamps will illuminate when you start your
vehicle to make sure they work. If any
lamps remain on after starting your vehicle,
refer to the respective system warning
lamp for further information.

Battery
If it illuminates while driving, it
indicates a malfunction. Switch
off all unnecessary electrical
equipment and have the system checked
by your authorized dealer immediately.

Note: Some warning indicators appear in
the information display and function the
same as a warning lamp but do not display
when you start your vehicle.

Blind Spot Monitor (If Equipped)
It will illuminate when you switch
this feature off or in conjunction
with a message. See Blind Spot
Monitor (page 197). See Information
Messages (page 91).

Adaptive Cruise Control (If Equipped)

E151262

The speed control system
indicator light changes color to
E144524
indicate what mode the system
is in: See Using Cruise Control (page 186).

Brake System

On (white light): Illuminates when the
adaptive cruise control system is turned
on. Turns off when the speed control
system is turned off.

E144522

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

It will illuminate when you
engage the parking brake with
the ignition on.

Instrument Cluster
Engine Coolant Temperature

If it illuminates when you are driving, check
that the parking brake is not engaged. If
the parking brake is not engaged, this
indicates low brake fluid level or a brake
system malfunction. Have the system
checked immediately by your authorized
dealer.

Illuminates when the engine
coolant temperature is high.
Stop the vehicle as soon as
possible, switch off the engine and let cool.

Engine Oil

WARNING

If it illuminates with the engine
running or when you are driving,
this indicates a malfunction.
Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to
do so and switch the engine off. Check the
engine oil level. See Engine Oil Check
(page 246).

Driving your vehicle with the warning
lamp on is dangerous. A significant
decrease in braking performance
may occur. It will take you longer to stop
your vehicle. Have your vehicle checked by
your authorized dealer immediately. Driving
extended distances with the parking brake
engaged can cause brake failure and the
risk of personal injury.

Note: Do not resume your journey if it
illuminates despite the level being correct.
Have the system checked by your authorized
dealer immediately.

Cruise Control (If Equipped)

Fasten Safety Belt

It will illuminate when you switch
this feature on.

It will illuminate and a chime will
sound to remind you to fasten
your safety belt. See Safety
Belt Minder (page 29).

E71340

Direction Indicator
Illuminates when the left or right
turn signal or the hazard warning
flasher is turned on. If the
indicators stay on or flash faster, check for
a burned out bulb. See Changing a Bulb
(page 257).

Front Airbag
If it fails to illuminate when you
start your vehicle, continues to
flash or remains on, it indicates
a malfunction. Have the system checked
by your authorized dealer.

Door Ajar
Displays when the ignition is on
and any door is not completely
closed.

Front Fog Lamps (If Equipped)
It will illuminate when you switch
the front fog lamps on.

Electric Park Brake
E146190

It will illuminate or flash when
the electric parking brake has a
malfunction.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Instrument Cluster
Heads Up Display (If Equipped)

It will also illuminate momentarily when
you switch the ignition on to confirm the
lamp is functional. If it does not illuminate
when you switch the ignition on, or begins
to flash at any time, have the system
checked by your authorized dealer.

A red beam of lights will
illuminate on the windshield in
certain instances when using
adaptive cruise control and/or the collision
warning system. It will also illuminate
momentarily when you start your vehicle
to make sure the display works.
E156133

Parking Lamps
It will illuminate when you switch
the parking lamps on.

High Beam
It will illuminate when you switch
the high beam headlamps on. It
will flash when you use the
headlamp flasher.

Powertrain Fault
Illuminates when a powertrain
or an AWD fault has been
detected. Contact your
authorized dealer as soon as possible.

Hood Ajar

E159324

Displays when the ignition is on
and the hood is not completely
closed.

Service Engine Soon
If the service engine soon
indicator light stays illuminated
after the engine is started, it
indicates that the On Board Diagnostics
system (OBD) has detected a malfunction
of the vehicle emissions control system.
Refer to On board diagnostics (OBD) in
the Fuel and Refueling chapter for more
information about having your vehicle
serviced. See Emission Control System
(page 157).

Lane Keeping Aid (If Equipped)
Illuminates when the lane
keeping system is activated.
E144813

Low Fuel Level
It will illuminate when the fuel
level is low or the fuel tank is
nearly empty. Refuel as soon as
possible.

If the light is blinking, engine misfire is
occurring which could damage your
catalytic converter. Drive in a moderate
fashion (avoid heavy acceleration and
deceleration) and have your vehicle
serviced immediately.

Low Tire Pressure Warning
It will illuminate when your tire
pressure is low. If the lamp
remains on with the engine
running or when driving, check
your tire pressure as soon as possible.

Note: Under engine misfire conditions,
excessive exhaust temperatures could
damage the catalytic converter or other
vehicle components.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Instrument Cluster
The service engine soon indicator light
illuminates when the ignition is first turned
on prior to engine start to check the bulb
and to indicate whether the vehicle is ready
for Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) testing.

AUDIBLE WARNINGS AND
INDICATORS

Normally, the service engine soon light will
stay on until the engine is cranked, then
turn itself off if no malfunctions are
present. However, if after 15 seconds the
service engine soon light blinks eight times,
it means that the vehicle is not ready for
I/M testing. See Emission Control
System (page 157).

Sounds when you open the driver's door
and you have left the key in the ignition
with it in the off or accessory position.

Key in Ignition Warning Chime

Keyless Warning Alert (If Equipped)
Chirps the horn twice when you exit the
vehicle and the keyless vehicle is in RUN,
indicating the vehicle is still on.

Stability Control

Headlamps On Warning Chime

It will flash when the system is
active. If it remains illuminated
E138639
or does not illuminate when you
switch the ignition on, this indicates a
malfunction. During a malfunction the
system will switch off. Have the system
checked by your authorized dealer
immediately. See Using Stability
Control (page 176).

Sounds when you remove the key from the
ignition and open the driver's door and you
have left the headlamps or parking lamps
on.

Parking Brake On Warning Chime
Sounds when you have left the parking
brake on and drive your vehicle. If the
warning chime remains on after you have
released the parking brake, have the
system checked by your authorized dealer
immediately.

Stability Control Off
It will illuminate when you switch
the system off. It will go out
when you switch the system
back on or when you switch the ignition
off. See Using Stability Control (page
176).

Trunk Ajar

E159323

Displays when the ignition is on
and the trunk is not completely
closed.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Information Displays
Information Display Controls
(Type 1 and Type 2)

GENERAL INFORMATION
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, accident and
injury. Ford strongly recommends
that drivers use extreme caution when
using any device or feature that may take
their focus off the road. Your primary
responsibility is the safe operation of the
vehicle. We recommend against the use
of any handheld device while driving and
that you comply with all applicable laws.

E144637

Note: Your vehicle may or may not be
equipped with all the messages listed in this
chapter. Your vehicle will not display
messages of systems it is not equipped with.

•

Various systems on your vehicle can be
controlled using the information display
controls on the steering wheel.
Corresponding information is displayed in
the information display.

•
•

•

Press the up and down arrow buttons
to scroll through and highlight the
options within a menu.
Press the right arrow button to enter a
sub-menu.
Press the left arrow button to exit a
menu.
Press and hold the left arrow button at
any time to return to the main menu
display (escape button).
Press the OK button to choose and
confirm settings or messages.

Menu
You can access the menu using the
information display control.
Note: Some options may appear slightly
different or not at all if the items are
optional.
Trip 1 and 2

Trip Odometer
Trip Timer
Fuel Used
Average Fuel

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Information Displays
Trip 1 and 2

All Values
Outside Temperature
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Resetting the Trip Computer — Press and hold OK on the current screen to reset the
respective trip, distance, time and fuel information.
Trip Odometer — Registers the distance of individual journeys.
Trip Timer — timer stops when the vehicle is turned off and restarts when the vehicle
is restarted.
Fuel Used — shows the amount of fuel used for a given trip.
Average Fuel — shows the average fuel economy for a given trip.
All Values — Shows all trip values.
Outside Temperature — Shows the outside air temperature.

Fuel Economy

Distance to E
Inst Fuel Econ
Long Term Average Fuel
Fuel History
All Values

Information

Auto Stop/Start

Available Auto Start-Stop messaging will provide details
about what is happening with your system. See Information Messages (page 91).

Intelligent AWD

MyKey

System Check

All active warnings will display first if applicable. The
system check menu may appear different based upon
equipment options and current vehicle status. Use the up/
down arrow buttons to scroll through the list.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Information Displays

Settings

Driver Assist

Vehicle

Traction Ctrl

On or Off

Blind Spot

On (default on key cycle) or Off

Rear Park Aid

On or Off

Hill Start
Assist

On or Off

Cross Traffic

On or Off

Auto Engine Off
Fuel History

5, 10 or 30 minutes

Lighting

Auto Highbeam
Autolamp Delay

Off or XX Seconds

Settings (cont’d)

Vehicle
(cont’d)

Locks

Autolock
Autounlock
Relock
Mislock
Remote Unlock

Oil Life Rest

Set to XXX %

Switch Inhibit

MyKey

Windows

Remote Open / Remote Close

Wipers

Courtesy Wipe / Rain Sensing

Create MyKey Hold OK to Create MyKey
911 Assist

Always On / User Selectable

Traction
Control

Always On / User Selectable

Max Speed

Choose desired speed or Off

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

All Doors / Driver
First

Information Displays
Settings (cont’d)

Speed Minder Choose desired speed or Off

Display

Volume
Limiter

On or Off

Do Not
Disturb

On or Off

Clear MyKeys

Hold OK to Clear All MyKeys

Language

Choose your applicable setting

Units

Distance

Choose your
applicable setting

Temperature

Choose your
applicable setting
Main menu

Information Display Controls
(Type 3)

From the main menu bar on the left side
of the information display, you can choose
from the following categories:
Display Mode
E144639

Trip 1 & 2
E138660

Fuel Economy
E144640

Information

E144638

•

•
•
•

•

E144642

Settings
E100023

Scroll up/down to highlight one of the
categories, then press the right arrow key
or OK to enter into that category. Press the
left arrow key as needed to exit back to the
main menu.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Information Displays
Display Mode

Use the up/down arrow buttons
to choose between the following
display options.

E144639

Display mode

•
•

•

Option 1

Option 2

Option 3

Option 4

XXX mi (km) to empty

Fuel gauge

Round tachometer

Vertical tachometer

Engine coolant temp gauge

XXX mi (km) to empty: Shows the approximate distance the vehicle will travel.
Fuel gauge: Indicates approximately how much fuel is left in the fuel tank. The fuel
gauge may vary slightly when the vehicle is in motion or on a grade. When the fuel
level becomes low, the level indicator will change to amber. When the fuel level
becomes critically low, the level indicator will change to red. Note: When a MyKey®
is in use, low fuel warnings will display earlier. The fuel icon and arrow indicates which
side of the vehicle the fuel filler door is located.
Round tachometer: Indicates the engine speed in revolutions per minute. Driving with
your tachometer pointer continuously at the top of the scale may damage the engine.
During SelectShift Automatic™ transmission (SST) use, the currently selected gear
will appear in the display.
Engine coolant temperature gauge: Indicates engine coolant temperature. At normal
operating temperature, the level indicator will be in the normal range. If the engine
coolant temperature exceeds the normal range, stop the vehicle as soon as safely
possible, switch off the engine and let the engine cool.

Trip 1 & 2
Choose between the standard
or enhanced trip display.
E138660

Trip 1 & 2

Standard display

Enhanced display

Trip Odometer

Trip Timer

Average Fuel

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Information Displays
Trip 1 & 2

Standard display

Enhanced display

Fuel Used
Press and hold OK to reset the currently
displayed trip information.
•
•

•

Trip Odometer — shows the accumulated trip distance.
Trip Timer— timer stops when the vehicle is turned off and restarts when the vehicle
is restarted.
Average Fuel — shows the average fuel economy for a given trip.

•

Fuel Used — shows the amount of fuel used for a given trip.

Fuel Economy

E144640

Use the left/right arrow buttons
to choose the desired fuel
economy display.
Fuel Economy

Option 1

Option 2

DTE

Inst Fuel Econ

Average Fuel

Fuel History

Fuel History Duration
•
•
•
•
•

5, 10, or 30 minute

DTE: Distance To Empty shows the approximate distance the vehicle will travel on
the fuel remaining in the tank. Changes in driving pattern may cause the value to vary.
Inst Fuel Econ: This display shows a visual graph of your instantaneous fuel economy.
Average Fuel: Indicates the average fuel consumption since the function was last
reset.
Fuel History: shows a bar chart of your fuel history.
Fuel History Duration: shows fuel usage over a 5, 10, or 30 minute time span.

Info
In this mode, you can view
different vehicle system
information and perform a
system check.
E144642

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Information Displays

Information

Auto Stop/Start

Available Auto Start-Stop messaging will provide details
about what is happening with your system. See Information Messages (page 91).

Driver Alert

MyKey

System Check

Settings
In this mode, you can configure
different driver setting choices.
E100023

Settings

Driver
Assist

Traction Ctrl

On / Off

Blindspot

On (default on key cycle) / Off

Collision Warning

Sensitivity

High / Normal / Low

Distance Alert

On / Off

Warn

On (default on key
cycle) / Off

Cruise Control

Adaptive (default on key cycle) or Normal

Cross Traffic

On (default on key cycle) / Off

Driver Alert

On / Off

Hill start

On / Off

Settings (cont’d)

Driver
Assist
(cont’d)

Lane Keeping System

Front Park Aid

Mode

Alert / Aid / Both

Intensity

High / Normal / Low

On (default on key cycle) / Off

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Information Displays
Settings (cont’d)

Vehicle

Rear Park Aid

On (default on key cycle) / Off

Auto Engine Off

On (default on key cycle) / Off

Easy Entry/Exit

On / Off

Lighting

Auto Highbeam

Locks

Oil Life Reset

Autolamp Delay

Off or XX Seconds

Autolock

On / Off

Autounlock

On / Off

Mislock

On / Off

Remote Unlocking

All doors / Driver’s door

Set to XXX %

Settings (cont’d)

Vehicle
(cont’d)

Remote Start

Climate Control (using
this feature allows you
to select different
climate control modes
when the vehicle is
started using the
remote start feature)

Heater – A/C: Auto /
Last Settings
Front Defrost: Auto / Off
Rear Defrost: Auto / Off
Driver Seat: Auto / Off
Passenger Seat: Auto /
Off

Duration

5 / 10 /15 minutes

Quiet Start

On / Off

System

Enable / Disable

Settings (cont’d)

Vehicle
(cont’d)

Switch Inhibit

On / Off

Windows

Remote Open

On / Off

Remote Close

On / Off

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Information Displays
Settings (cont’d)

Wipers

MyKey

Display

Courtesy Wipe

On / Off

Rain Sensing

On / Off

Create MyKey

Hold OK to Create MyKey

911 Assist

Always On / User Selectable

Traction Control

Always On / User Selectable

Max Speed

Choose desired speed or off

Speed Minder

Choose desired speed or off

Volume Limiter

On / Off

Do Not Disturb

Always On / User Selectable

Clear MyKeys

Hold OK to Clear All MyKeys

Language

Choose your applicable setting

Units

Distance

Choose your applicable
setting

Temperature

Choose your applicable
setting

Gauge Display

Fuel Gauge / Fuel + Tach

INFORMATION MESSAGES
Note: Depending on the vehicle options
equipped with your vehicle, not all of the
messages will display or be available.
Certain messages may be abbreviated or
shortened depending upon which cluster
type you have.
E144636

Press the OK button to acknowledge and
remove some messages from the
information display. Other messages will
be removed automatically after a short
time.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Information Displays
Certain messages need to be confirmed

before you can access the menus.

Active Park
Message

Action

Active Park Fault

Displayed when the system needs service. Contact your
authorized dealer as soon as possible.

Adaptive Cruise Control
Message

Action

Adaptive Cruise
Malfunction

Displayed when a radar malfunction is preventing the ACC
from engaging. See Using Adaptive Cruise Control (page
187).

Adaptive Cruise Not
Available

Displayed when conditions exist such that the adaptive cruise
cannot function properly. See Using Adaptive Cruise
Control (page 187).

Adaptive Cruise Not
Available Sensor
Blocked See Manual

Displayed when the radar is blocked because of poor radar
visibility due to bad weather or ice/mud/water in front of
radar. Driver can typically clean the sensor to resolve. See
Using Adaptive Cruise Control (page 187).

Cruise Control Automatic Braking Turned
Off

Displayed when the automatic braking has been disabled.

Front Sensor Not Aligned

Displayed when a radar malfunction is preventing the ACC
from engaging.

Adaptive Cruise - Driver
Resume Control

Displayed when the adaptive cruise has reinstated controls
to the driver.

Adaptive Cruise Speed
Too Low to Activate

Displays when the vehicle speed is too slow to activate the
adaptive cruise.

Adaptive Cruise Shift
Down

Displays when the adaptive cruise is automatically adjusting
the gap distance and the driver needs to shift the transmission
into a lower gear.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Information Displays
AdvanceTrac®
Message

Action

Service AdvanceTrac

Displays when the system detects a malfunction due to a
blocked sensor.

AdvanceTrac Off On

Displayed when the traction control has been disabled or
enabled by the driver.

Airbag
Message

Action

Occupant Sensor
BLOCKED Remove
Objects Near Passenger
Seat

Displays when the system detects a malfunction due to a
blocked sensor.

Alarm
Message

Action

Vehicle Alarm to Stop
Alarm, Start Vehicle

Displays when the alarm has been triggered due to unauthorized entry. See Anti-Theft Alarm (page 61).

Auto Start-Stop
Message

Action

Auto StartStop Press
Brake to Start Engine

The engine needs to be restarted, press the brake pedal to
start.

Auto StartStop Press
The engine needs to be restarted, press the brake pedal harder
Brake Harder to Activate
to start.
Auto StartStop Press
Clutch to Start Engine

The engine needs to be restarted, press the clutch pedal to
start.

Auto StartStop Press
Any Pedal

The engine needs to be restarted, press any pedal to start.

Auto StartStop Select
Neutral To Start Engine

Select neutral for the system to restart the engine.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Information Displays
Message

Action

Auto StartStop Shift to
P Restart Engine

Select park for the system to restart the engine.

Auto StartStop Manual
Restart Required

The system is not functioning. A manual restart is required.

Auto StartStop Not
Available

Displays when conditions are not met for the Auto StartStop
system to function properly See Start-Stop (page 150).

Engine Stopped

StartStop has shutoff the engine automatically.

Engine On due to Vehicle The wheels are at a sharp angle or the steering wheel is being
Maneuvering
turned.
Engine On due to
The wheels are at a sharp angle or the steering wheel is being
Steering Wheel Maneuvturned.
ering
Engine On due to
Accessory Usage

Engine may be on to support high demand for electrical
accessories, such as operating power windows, rear defroster,
or when using the power point.

Engine On Normal Operation

Engine is on to support normal vehicle operation. Includes
external vehicle conditions, such as altitude, traffic, low
ambient temperature. Also includes battery outside optimal
operating conditions (state of charge and temperature), and
inadequate brake vacuum (can occur if the brake pedal is
depressed a number of times in succession).

Heating or Cooling

Engine is on to achieve or maintain interior compartment at
an acceptable level.

Power Outlet in Use

Engine is on, which is required to support the use of the power
outlet (110V).

Automatic Engine Shutdown
Message

Action

Engine Shuts Off in XX
Seconds

Displays when the engine is getting ready to shut off.

Engine Shut Off for Fuel
Economy

Displays when the engine has shut off to help increase fuel
economy.

Engine Shuts Off in XX
Seconds Press Ok to
Override

Displays when the engine is getting ready to shut off. You can
press OK on the left steering wheel button to override the shut
down.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Information Displays
AWD
Message

Action

AWD Temporarily
Disabled

Displayed when the AWD system has been temporarily
disabled to protect itself from overheating.

AWD Off

Displayed when the AWD system has been automatically
disabled to protect itself. This is caused by operating the
vehicle with the compact spare tire installed or if the system
is overheating.

AWD Restored

The AWD system will resume normal function and clear this
message after driving a short distance with the road tire reinstalled or after the system is allowed to cool.

AWD Malfunction
Service Required

Displayed in conjunction with the Throttle Control/Transmission/AWD light when the AWD system is not operating properly. If the warning stays on or continues to come on, contact
your authorized dealer as soon as possible.

Battery and Charging System
Message

Action

Check Charging System

Displayed when the charging system needs servicing. If the
warning stays on or continues to come on, contact your
authorized dealer as soon as possible.

Low Battery Features
Temporarily Turned Off

Displayed when the battery management system detects an
extended low-voltage condition. Various vehicle features will
be disabled to help preserve the battery. Turn off as many of
the electrical loads as soon as possible to improve system
voltage. If the system voltage has recovered, the disabled
features will operate again as normal

Turn Power Off to Save
Battery

Displayed when the battery management system determines
that the battery is at a low state of charge. Turn the ignition
off as soon as possible to protect the battery. This message
will clear once the vehicle has been started and the battery
state of charge has recovered. Turning off unnecessary electrical loads will allow faster battery state-of-charge recovery.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Information Displays
Blind Spot Information and Cross Traffic Alert System
Message

Action

Blindspot System Fault Displayed when a fault with the system has occurred. Contact
your authorized dealer as soon as possible.
Blindspot Not Available Displayed when the system sensors are blocked. Contact your
Sensor Blocked See
authorized dealer as soon as possible. See Blind Spot
Manual
Monitor (page 197).
Cross Traffic Vehicle
Coming From X

Displayed when the system detects a vehicle. See Blind Spot
Monitor (page 197).

Cross Traffic Not Avail- Displayed when the blind spot information system and cross
able Sensor Blocked See
traffic alert system sensors are blocked. See Blind Spot
Manual
Monitor (page 197).
Cross Traffic System
Fault

Displays when a fault with the system has occurred. Contact
your authorized dealer as soon as possible.

Collision Warning System
Message

Action

Collision Warning
Malfunction

Displayed when there is a system malfunction with the collision warning system. The system will be disabled. Contact
your authorized dealer as soon as possible.

Collision Warning Not
Available Sensor
Blocked See Manual

Displayed when the collision warning system radar is blocked
because of poor radar visibility due to bad weather or ice/
mud/water in front of the radar. Driver can typically clean the
sensor to resolve. Contact your authorized dealer as soon as
possible.

Collision Warning Not
Available

Displayed when there is a system malfunction with the collision warning system. The system will be disabled. Contact
your authorized dealer as soon as possible.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Information Displays
Doors and Locks
Message

Action

X Door Ajar

Displays when the door(s) listed is not completely closed and
the vehicle is moving.
Displays when the door(s) listed is not completely closed.

Trunk ajar

Displays when the luggage compartment is not completely
closed.

Switches Inhibited
Security Mode

Displays when the door switches have been disabled.

Child Lock Malfunction
Service Required

Displayed when there is a system malfunction with the child
locks. Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible.

Factory Keypad Code
XXXXX

Displays the factory keypad code after the keypad has been
reset.

Driver Alert
Message

Action

Driver Alert Warning Rest
Now

Stop and rest as soon as it is safe to do so.

Driver Alert Warning Rest
Suggested

Take a rest break soon.

Fuel
Message

Action

Fuel Level Low

Displayed as an early reminder of a low fuel condition.

Check Fuel Fill Inlet

Displayed when the fuel fill inlet may not be properly closed.

Hill Start Assist
Message

Action

Hill Start Assist Not
Available

Displays when hill start assist is not available. Contact your
authorized dealer. See Hill Start Assist (page 164).

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Information Displays
Keys and Intelligent Access
Message

Action

Press Brake to START

Displayed as a reminder to press the brake while starting the
vehicle.

No Key Detected

Displayed if the key is not detected by the system. See
Keyless Starting (page 144).

Restart Now or Key is
Needed

Displayed when the StartStop button is pressed to shut off
the engine and an Intelligent Access key is not detected inside
the vehicle.

Run Power Active

Displayed when the vehicle is in the run ignition state.

Starting System Fault

This message is displayed when there is a problem with your
vehicle’s starting system. See your authorized dealer for
service.

Press Brake and Clutch
to Start

Displayed as a reminder to press the brake and clutch while
starting the vehicle.

Press Clutch to Start

Displayed as a reminder to press the clutch in while starting
the vehicle.

Cranking Time Exceeded

Displays when the starter has exceeded its cranking time in
attempting to start the vehicle.

Key Program Successful Displayed during spare key programming, when an intelligent
access key is programmed to the system.
Key Program Failure

Displayed during spare key programming, when an intelligent
access key has failed to be programmed.

Max Number of Keys
Learned

Displayed during spare key programming when the maximum
number of keys have been programmed.

Not Enough Keys
Learned

Displayed during spare key programming when not enough
keys have been programmed.

Key Battery Low Replace
Soon

Displays when the key battery is low. Change the battery as
soon as possible.

Could Not Program
Integrated Key

Displayed when an attempt is made to program a spare key
using two existing keys.

Engine On

Displays to inform the driver that they are exiting the vehicle
and the engine is on.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Information Displays
Lane Keeping System
Message

Action

Lane Keeping Sys.
Malfunction Service
Required

The system has malfunctioned. Contact your authorized
dealer as soon as possible.

Front Camera Temporarily Not Available

The system has detected a condition that has caused the
system to be temporarily unavailable.

Front Camera Low Visib- The system has detected a condition that requires the windility Clean Screen
shield to be cleaned to operate properly.
Front Camera Malfunction Service Required

The system has malfunctioned. Contact your authorized
dealer as soon as possible.

Keep Hands on Steering
Wheel

Displayed when the system requests the driver to keep their
hands on the steering wheel.

Maintenance
Message

Action

LOW Engine Oil Pressure Stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible, turn off the engine.
Check the oil level. If the warning stays on or continues to
come on with your engine running, contact your authorized
dealer as soon as possible.
Change Engine Oil Soon

Displayed when the engine oil life remaining is 10% or less.
See Engine Oil Check (page 246).

Oil Change Required

Displayed when the oil life left reaches 0%. See Engine Oil
Check (page 246).

Brake Fluid Level LOW

Indicates the brake fluid level is low and the brake system
should be inspected immediately. See Brake Fluid Check
(page 250).

Check Brake System

Displays when the brake system needs servicing. Stop the
vehicle in a safe place. Contact your authorized dealer.

Engine Coolant Overtemperature

Displays when the engine temperature is too high. Stop the
vehicle in a safe place and allow the engine to cool. If the
problem persists, contact your authorized dealer. See Engine
Coolant Check (page 247).

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Information Displays
Message

Action

Power Reduced to
Lower Engine Temp

Displays when the engine has reduced power in order to help
reduce high coolant temperatures.

Transport / Factory
Mode

Displays to indicate that the vehicle is still in Transport or
Factory mode. This may not allow some features to operate
properly. See your authorized dealer.

See Manual

Informs the driver that the powertrain needs service due to a
powertrain malfunction.

MyKey
Message

Action

MyKey Not Created

Displayed during key programming when MyKey cannot be
programmed.

MyKey Active Drive
Safely

Displays when MyKey is active.

Speed Limited to XX
MPH/km/h

Displays when starting the vehicle and MyKey is in use and
the MyKey speed limit is on.

Near Vehicle Top Speed Displays when a MyKey is in use and the MyKey speed limit is
on and the vehicle speed is approaching 80 mph (130 km/h).
Vehicle at Top Speed of Displays when a MyKey is in use and the MyKey speed limit is
MyKey Setting
reached.
Check Speed Drive
Safely

Displays when MyKey is active.

Buckle Up to Unmute
Audio

Displays when a MyKey is in use and Belt-Minder is activated.

AdvanceTrac On MyKey Setting

Displays when a MyKey is in use and AdvanceTrac is activated.

Traction Control On MyKey Setting

Displays when a MyKey is in use and Traction control is
activated.

MyKey Park Aid Cannot
be Deactivated

Displays when a MyKey is in use and park aid is activated.

Lane Keeping Alert On
MyKey Setting

Displayed when the lane keeping aid is on per MyKey settings.

100

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Information Displays
Park Aid
Message

Action

Check Front Park Aid

Displays when the system has detected a condition that
requires service. Contact your authorized dealer. See Parking
Aid (page 177).

Check Rear Park Aid

Displays when the system has detected a condition that
requires service. Contact your authorized dealer. See Parking
Aid (page 177).

Front Park Aid On Off

Displays the park aid status.

Rear Park Aid On Off

Displays the park aid status.

Park Brake
Message

Action

Park Brake Engaged

Displays when the parking brake is set, the engine is running
and the vehicle is driven more than 3 mph (5 km/h). If the
warning stays on after the parking brake is released, contact
your authorized dealer.

Park Brake Malfunction
Service Now

The electric parking brake system has detected a condition
that requires service. See your authorized dealer.

Park Brake Not Applied
Apply Park Brake

Displays when the electric parking brake is not set.

Park Brake Not Applied
Re-Apply

Displays when the electric parking brake did not set.

Park Brake Maintenance Displays when the electric parking brake is running a diagnostic
Mode
check.
Park Brake Use Switch
to Release

Displays when the electric parking brake is set but has not be
released.

Press Brake to Release
Park Brake

Displays when the electric parking brake is set but has not be
released and the vehicle is moving.

Park Brake Limited
Function Service
Required

The electric park brake system has detected a condition that
requires service. See your authorized dealer.

Park Brake System
Overheated

Displays when the electric parking brake was not released
causing it to overheat.

101

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Information Displays
Message

Action

Release Park Brake

Displays when the electric parking brake is set and the vehicle
is started.

Park Brake Applied

Displays when the electric parking brake is set.

Park Brake Released

Displays when the electric parking brake is released.

Power Steering
Message

Action

Steering Fault Service
Now

The power steering system has detected a condition that
requires service. See your authorized dealer.

Steering Loss Stop
Safely

The power steering system is not working. Stop the vehicle a
safe place. Contact your authorized dealer.

Steering Assist Fault
Service Required

The power steering system has detected a condition within
the power steering system or passive entry or passive start
system requires service. Contact your authorized dealer.

Remote Start
Message

Action

To Drive: Turn Key to On

Displays as a reminder to turn the key on to drive the vehicle
after a remote start.

To Drive: Press Brake
and Start Button

Displays as a reminder to apply the brake and the start button
to drive the vehicle after a remote start.

Starting System
Message

Action

Press Brake + Start
Button

Displays when starting the vehicle as a reminder to apply the
brake.

Engine Start Pending
Please Wait

Displays when the starter is attempting to start the vehicle.

Pending Start Cancelled

Displays when the pending start has been cancelled.

102

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Information Displays
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
Message

Action

LOW Tire Pressure

Displays when one or more tires on your vehicle have low tire
pressure. See Tire Pressure Monitoring System (page 283).

Tire Pressure Monitor
Fault

Displays when the tire pressure monitoring system is
malfunctioning. If the warning stays on or continues to come
on, contact your authorized dealer. See Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (page 283).

Tire Pressure Sensor
Fault

Displayed when a tire pressure sensor is malfunctioning, or
your spare tire is in use. For more information on how the
system operates under these conditions, See Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (page 283). If the warning stays on or
continues to come on, contact your authorized dealer as soon
as possible.

Traction Control
Message

Action

Traction Control Off /
Traction Control On

Displays when the traction control system has been switched
off or on. See Using Traction Control (page 175).

Spinout Detected
Hazards Activated

Displays when a spinout has occurred and the hazard are
activated.

Transmission
Message

Action

Transmission Malfunction Service Now

See your authorized dealer.

Transmission Overheating Stop Safely

The transmission is overheating and needs to cool. Stop in a
safe place as soon as it is possible.

Transmission Overtemperature Stop Safely

The transmission has overheated and needs to cool. Stop in
a safe place as soon as it is possible.

Transmission Service
Required

See your authorized dealer.

Transmission Too Hot
Press Brake

Transmission is getting hot. Stop to let it cool.

103

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Information Displays
Message

Action

Transmission Limited
Function See Manual

Displays when the transmission has overheated and has
limited functionality. See Automatic Transmission (page
161).

Transmission Warming
Up Please Wait

Transmission is too cold. Wait for it to warm up before you
drive.

Transmission Not in Park

Displays as a reminder to shift into park.

Transmission Adjusted

Displays when the transmission has adjusted the shift
strategy.

Transmission Adapt
Mode

Displays when the transmission is adjusting the shift strategy.

Transmission Indicate
Mode Lockup On

Displays when the transmission shift lever is locked and unable
to select gears.

Transmission Indicate
Mode Lockup Off

Displays when the transmission shift lever is unlocked and
free to select gears.

104

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Audio System
AM and FM frequencies are established by
the Federal Communications Commission
(FCC) and the Canadian Radio and
Telecommunications Commission (CRTC).
Those frequencies are:
• AM: 530, 540-1700, 1710 kHz
• FM: 87.9-107.7, 107.9 MHz

GENERAL INFORMATION
Radio Frequencies and Reception
Factors

Radio Reception Factors

Distance and strength

The further you travel from an FM station, the weaker the
signal and the weaker the reception.

Terrain

Hills, mountains, tall buildings, bridges, tunnels, freeway
overpasses, parking garages, dense tree foliage and
thunderstorms can interfere with the reception.

Station overload

When you pass a ground-based broadcast repeating
tower, a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and
result in the audio system muting.
Do not expose discs to direct sunlight or
heat sources for extended periods.

CD and CD Player Information
Note: CD units play commercially pressed
4.75-inch (12 centimeter) audio compact
discs only. Due to technical incompatibility,
certain recordable and re-recordable
compact discs may not function correctly
when used in Ford CD players.

MP3 Track and Folder Structure
Audio systems capable of recognizing and
playing MP3 individual tracks and folder
structures work as follows:
• There are two different modes for MP3
disc playback: MP3 track mode
(system default) and MP3 folder
mode.
• MP3 track mode ignores any folder
structure on the MP3 disc. The player
numbers each MP3 track on the disc
(noted by the .mp3 file extension) from
T001 to a maximum of T255. The
maximum number of playable MP3
files may be less depending on the
structure of the CD and exact model
of radio present.

Note: Do not insert CDs with homemade
paper (adhesive) labels into the CD player
as the label may peel and cause the CD to
become jammed. You should use a
permanent felt tip marker rather than
adhesive labels on your homemade CDs.
Ballpoint pens may damage CDs. Please
contact an authorized dealer for further
information.
Note: Do not use any irregularly shaped
discs or discs with a scratch protection film
attached.
Always handle discs by their edges only.
Clean the disc with an approved CD
cleaner only. Wipe it from the center of the
disc toward the edge. Do not clean in a
circular motion.
105

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Audio System
•

•

MP3 folder mode represents a folder
structure consisting of one level of
folders. The CD player numbers all MP3
tracks on the disc (noted by the .mp3
file extension) and all folders
containing MP3 files, from F001
(folder) T001 (track) to F253 T255.
Creating discs with only one level of
folders helps with navigation through
the disc files.

AUDIO UNIT - VEHICLES WITH:
AM/FM/CD/SYNC/SATELLITE
RADIO
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, accident and
injury. Ford strongly recommends
that you use extreme caution when using
any device or feature that may take your
focus off the road. Your primary
responsibility is the safe operation of the
vehicle. We recommend against the use
of any handheld device while driving,
encourage the use of voice-operated
systems when possible and that you
become aware of applicable state and
local laws that may affect use of electronic
devices while driving.

If you are burning your own MP3 discs, it is
important to understand how the system
reads the structures you create. While
various files may be present, (files with
extensions other than mp3), only files with
the .mp3 extension are played; other files
are ignored by the system. This enables
you to use the same MP3 disc for a variety
of tasks on your work computer, home
computer and your in-vehicle system.
In track mode, the system displays and
plays the structure as if it were only one
level deep (all .mp3 files play, regardless
of being in a specific folder). In folder
mode, the system only plays the .mp3 files
in the current folder.

Note: Depending on your vehicle option
package, your system may look different
from what you see here.
Note: Some features, such as SIRIUS
satellite radio, may not be available in your
location. Check with an authorized dealer.

E144488

106

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Audio System
A

CD: Press this button to listen to a CD. Press the function buttons below the
radio screen to select on-screen options of Repeat or Shuffle.

SOUND: Press this button to access settings for Treble, Middle, Bass, Fade
and Balance. Use the up and down arrow buttons to select the various settings.
When you make your selection, press the left and right arrow buttons to change
the settings. Press OK to set or press MENU to exit. Sound settings can be set
for each audio source independently.

Display screen: Shows audio and SYNC information.

Number block: In radio mode, store your favorite stations for later access.
When tuned to any station, press and hold a preset button until sound returns.
In CD mode, press a button to select a track. In phone mode, press the buttons
to enter a phone number.

Function buttons: Select different functions of the audio system depending
on which mode you are in (such as Radio mode or CD mode).

TUNE: Turn to search the frequency band in individual increments.

Eject: Press this button to eject a CD.

Seek: In radio mode, select a frequency band and press this button. The system
stops at the first station up the band. Press and hold the button to move quickly
to the next strong radio station or memory preset. In CD mode, press this button
to select the next track. Press and hold the button to move quickly forward
through the current track.

End phone call: Press this button to end a phone call.

Cursor arrows and OK: Use the up and down arrow buttons to select the
various settings. When you make your selection, press the left and right arrow
buttons to change the settings. Press OK to set or press MENU to exit.

CD slot: Insert a CD.

Pick-up or Make phone call: Press this button to either pick-up an incoming
phone call or to make a phone call.

Seek: In radio mode, select a frequency band and press this button. The system
stops at the first station down the band. Press and hold the button to move
quickly to the previous strong radio station or memory preset. In CD mode, press
this button to select the previous track. Press and hold the button to move
quickly backward through the current track.

Play/Pause: Press to either play or pause a track when listening to a CD.

VOL and Power: Press this button to turn the system off and on. Turn it to
adjust the volume.

PHONE: Press this button to access the phone features of the SYNC® system.
See SYNC™ (page 305).

MENU: Press this button to access different audio system features. See Menu
Structure later in this section.

107

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Audio System
R

MEDIA: Press this button to access your auxiliary input jack or switch between
devices you plug into the input jack or USB port.

Clock: Press this button to access the clock setting. Use the center arrow
controls to change the hours and minutes. You can also set the clock by pressing
the MENU button and scrolling to Clock Settings.

RADIO: Press this button to listen to the radio or change radio frequencies
bands. Press the function buttons below the radio screen to select different
radio functions.

SIRIUS: Press this button to listen to SIRIUS satellite radio.
Note: The MyFord Touch® system controls
most of the audio features. See MyFord
Touch™ (page 343).

AUDIO UNIT - VEHICLES WITH:
PREMIUM AM/FM/CD
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, accident and
injury. Ford strongly recommends
that you use extreme caution when using
any device or feature that may take your
focus off the road. Your primary
responsibility is the safe operation of the
vehicle. We recommend against the use
of any handheld device while driving,
encourage the use of voice-operated
systems when possible and that you
become aware of applicable state and
local laws that may affect use of electronic
devices while driving.

108

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Audio System

E144489

VOL and Power: Press this button to turn the system off and on. Turn it to
adjust the volume.

CD slot: Insert a CD.

TUNE: Once you select a frequency band, turn the control to manually find the
desired station.

Eject: Press this button to eject a CD.

Seek and Fast Forward: In radio mode, select a frequency band and press
this button. The system stops at the first station up the band. Press and hold
the button to move quickly to the next strong radio station or memory preset.
In CD mode, press this button to select the next track. Press and hold the button
to move quickly forward through the current track.

Seek and Reverse: In radio mode, select a frequency band and press this
button. The system stops at the first station down the band. Press and hold
the button to move quickly to the previous strong radio station or memory
preset. In CD mode, press this button to select the previous track. Press and
hold the button to move quickly backward through the current track.

109

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Audio System
Note: The MyFord Touch® system controls
most of the audio features. See MyFord
Touch™ (page 343).

AUDIO UNIT - VEHICLES WITH:
SONY AM/FM/CD
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, accident and
injury. Ford strongly recommends
that you use extreme caution when using
any device or feature that may take your
focus off the road. Your primary
responsibility is the safe operation of the
vehicle. We recommend against the use
of any handheld device while driving,
encourage the use of voice-operated
systems when possible and that you
become aware of applicable state and
local laws that may affect use of electronic
devices while driving.

E144490

Power: Press this button to turn the system off and on.

CD slot: Insert a CD.

Eject: Press this button to eject a CD.

TUNE + and TUNE -: Press these buttons to search the frequency bands in
individual increments.

SOUND: Press this button to access settings for Treble, Middle, Bass, Fade
and Balance.

110

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Audio System
F

VOL: Turn the control to adjust the volume.

SOURCE: Press this button to access different audio modes such as AM, FM
and A/V Input.

Seek, Reverse and Fast Forward: In radio mode, select a frequency band
and press one of these buttons. The system stops at the first station it finds in
that direction. Press and hold one of these buttons to move quickly in that
direction to the next strong radio station or memory preset. In CD mode, press
one of these buttons to select the previous or next track. Press and hold one of
these buttons to move quickly in that direction within the current track.

Menu Structure

Press the up and down arrow buttons to
scroll through the options.

Note: Depending on your system, some
options may appear slightly different.

Press the right arrow to enter a menu.
Press the left arrow to exit a menu.

Press MENU.

Press OK to confirm a selection.
Radio

Manual tune

Use the left and right arrows to go up or down the
frequency band.

Scan

Select for a brief sampling of all available channels.

AST

Select to store the six strongest local stations on the AMAST and FM-AST frequency bands.

PTY/Set Category

Select to have the system search by certain music
categories (such as Rock, Pop or Country).

RBDS/RDS

Select to view additional broadcast data, if available. This
feature defaults to off. RBDS must be on for you to set a
category.

111

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Audio System

SIRIUS

Scan

Select for a brief sampling of all available channels.

Show ESN

Select to view your satellite radio electronic serial number
(ESN). You will need this number when communicating
with SIRIUS® to activate, modify or track your account.

Channel Guide

Select to view available satellite radio channels. Press OK
to open a list of the following options for this channel:
Tune Channel, Skip Channel or Lock Channel. Once you
skip or lock a channel, you can only access it by pressing
Direct and entering the channel number. Locking or
unlocking a channel requires your PIN.

Set Category

Select to view channel categories (such as Pop, Rock or
News). If you select a category, seek and scan functions
only stop on channels in that category.

Alerts

Select to turn off or turn on alerts for songs, artists or
teams. The system alerts you when the selection is playing
on another channel. Save up to 20 alerts.

Unlock All Stations

Use your PIN to unlock previously locked stations.

Skip No stations

Use to restore any channels you previously skipped.

Parental Lock (PIN)

Select to create a PIN, which allows you to lock or unlock
channels. Your initial PIN is 1234.

Audio Settings

Spd. Comp. Vol.

Automatically adjusts the volume to compensate for
speed and wind noise. You can set the system between
0 and +7.

Sound

Select to adjust settings for Treble, Middle, Bass, Fade
and Balance.

Occupancy Mode

Select to optimize sound quality for the chosen seating
position.

RBDS/RDS Text

Select to view additional broadcast data, if available. This
feature defaults to off. RBDS must be on for you to set a
category.

DSP

Choose between STEREO SURROUND mode and STEREO
mode.

112

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Audio System

CD Settings

Scan All

Select to scan all disc selections.

Scan Folder

Select to scan all music in the current MP3 folder.

CD Compression

Select to bring soft and loud passages together for a more
consistent listening level.

Clock Settings

Set Time

Select to set the time.

Set Date

Select to set the calendar date.

24h Mode

Select to view clock time in a 12-hour mode or 24-hour
mode.

Display Settings

Dimming

Select to change display brightness.

Language

Select to display the language in English, French or
Spanish.

Temp. setting

Select to display the outside temperature in Fahrenheit
or Celsius.
Note: This receiver includes the eCos
real-time operating system. eCos is
published under the eCos License.

SATELLITE RADIO (IF EQUIPPED)
SIRIUS® broadcasts a variety of music,
news, sports, weather, traffic and
entertainment satellite radio channels. For
more information and a complete list of
SIRIUS satellite radio channels, visit
www.siriusxm.com in the United States,
www.sirius.ca in Canada, or call SIRIUS at
1-888-539-7474.

113

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Audio System
Satellite Radio Reception Factors
Potential Satellite Radio Reception Issues

Antenna obstructions

For optimal reception performance, keep the antenna
clear of snow and ice build-up and keep luggage and other
material as far away from the antenna as possible.

Terrain

Hills, mountains, tall buildings, bridges, tunnels, freeway
overpasses, parking garages, dense tree foliage and
thunderstorms can interfere with your reception.

Station overload

When you pass a ground-based broadcast repeating
tower, a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and
the audio system may mute.

Satellite radio signal interfer- Your display may show ACQUIRING . . . to indicate the
ence
interference and the audio system may mute.
SIRIUS satellite radio is a
subscription-based satellite radio service
that broadcasts a variety of music, sports,
news, weather, traffic and entertainment
programming. Your factory-installed
SIRIUS satellite radio system includes
hardware and a limited subscription term
which begins on the date of sale or lease
of your vehicle. See an authorized dealer
for availability.

SIRIUS® Satellite Radio Service
Note: SIRIUS reserves the unrestricted right
to change, rearrange, add or delete
programming including canceling, moving
or adding particular channels, and its prices,
at any time, with or without notice to you.
Ford Motor Company shall not be
responsible for any such programming
changes.

For more information on extended
subscription terms (a service fee is
required), the online media player and a
complete list of SIRIUS satellite radio
channels, and other features, please visit
www.siriusxm.com in the United States,
www.sirius.ca in Canada, or call SIRIUS at
1-888-539-7474.

E142593

Satellite Radio Electronic Serial
Number (ESN)
You need your ESN to activate, modify or
track your satellite radio account. When in
satellite radio mode, press Options.

114

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Audio System
Troubleshooting
Radio Display

Condition

Possible Action

Acquiring

Radio requires more than
two seconds to produce
audio for the selected
channel.

Sat Fault/SIRIUS system
failure

There is an internal module If this message does not
clear shortly, or with an ignior system failure present.
tion key cycle, your receiver
may have a fault. See an
authorized dealer for service.

Invalid Channel

The channel is no longer
available.

Tune to another channel or
choose another preset.

Unsubscribed Channel

Your subscription does not
include this channel.

Contact SIRIUS at 1-888539-7474 to subscribe to
the channel, or tune to
another channel.

No Signal

The signal is lost from the
SIRIUS satellite or SIRIUS
tower to your vehicle
antenna.

The signal is blocked. When
you move into an open area,
the signal should return.

Updating

Update of channel
programming in progress.

No action required. The
process may take up to
three minutes.

Call SIRIUS 1-888-539-7474 Your satellite service is no
longer available.

No action required. This
message should disappear
shortly.

Contact SIRIUS at 1-888539-7474 to resolve
subscription issues.

Use the channel guide to
None found. Check Channel All the channels in the
Guide.
selected category are either turn off the Lock or Skip
skipped or locked.
function on that station.
Subscription Updated

SIRIUS has updated the
channels available for your
vehicle.

115

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

No action required.

Audio System
The auxiliary input jack allows you to
connect and play music from your portable
music player through your vehicle speakers.
You can use any portable music player
designed for use with headphones. Your
audio extension cable must have male
1/8th-inch (3.5 millimeter) connectors at
each end.

AUXILIARY INPUT JACK
WARNINGS
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, accident and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device or feature that may take your focus
off the road. Your primary responsibility is
the safe operation of your vehicle. We
recommend against the use of any
handheld device while driving and
encourage the use of voice-operated
systems when possible. Make sure that
you are aware of applicable state and local
laws that may affect use of electronic
devices while driving.

For safety reasons, do not connect
or adjust the settings on your
portable music player while your
vehicle is moving.

3.
4.
5.

Store the portable music player in a
secure location, such as the center
console or the glove box, when your
vehicle is moving. Hard objects may
become projectiles in a collision or sudden
stop, which may increase the risk of serious
injury. The audio extension cable must be
long enough to allow the portable music
player to be safely stored while your
vehicle is moving.

E149149

116

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Switch off the engine, radio and
portable music player. Set the parking
brake and put the transmission in
position P (vehicle with an automatic
transmission) or neutral (vehicle with
a manual transmission).
Plug the extension cable from the
portable music player into the auxiliary
input jack.
Switch the radio on. Select either a
tuned FM station or a CD.
Adjust the volume as desired.
Switch your portable music player on
and adjust its volume to half its
maximum level.
Press AUX until LINE or LINE IN
appears in the display. You should hear
music from your device even if it is low.
Adjust the volume on your portable
music player until it reaches the volume
level of the FM station or CD. Do this
by switching back and forth between
the AUX and FM or CD controls.

Audio System
USB PORT (IF EQUIPPED)

E149148

The USB port allows you to plug in media
playing devices, memory sticks and charge
devices (if supported). See SYNC™ (page
305).

MEDIA HUB (IF EQUIPPED)
The media hub is located in the center
console and has the following features:

E142605

A/V inputs

SD card slot

USB ports

See MyFord Touch™ (page 343).

117

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Climate Control
MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL (IF EQUIPPED)

E144491

Fan speed control: Controls the volume of air circulated in your vehicle. Adjust
to select the desired fan speed or switch off. If you switch the fan off, the
windshield may fog up. Light bars on the dial illuminate to indicate fan speed.

A/C: Press the button to switch the air conditioning off and on. To improve air
conditioning when starting your vehicle, drive with the windows slightly open
for two to three minutes. Use with recirculated air to improve cooling
performance and efficiency.

Power: Press the button to turn the system off and on. When the system is off,
outside air cannot enter the vehicle.

Heated rear window: Turns the heated rear window on and off. See Heated
Windows and Mirrors (page 126).

Temperature control: Controls the temperature of the airflow in your vehicle.
Adjust to select the desired temperature.

MAX Defrost: Turn the temperature control dial all the way past the full heat
position to turn on. The system distributes outside air through the windshield
air vents, the air conditioning automatically turns on, the fan automatically
adjusts to the highest speed and the temperature dial returns to the full heat
position. When MAX defrost is on, recirculated air cannot be selected (to prevent
fogging). The heated rear window is automatically switched on when MAX
defrost is selected.

118

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Climate Control
G

MAX A/C: Turn the temperature control dial all the way past the full cool
position. The system distributes recirculated air through the instrument panel
air vents, the air conditioning automatically turns on, the fan speed automatically
adjusts to the highest speed and the temperature dial returns to the full cool
position. This re-cooling of the interior air is more economical and efficient.

Air distribution control: Press these buttons to turn airflow from the
windshield, instrument panel and footwell vents. The system can distribute air
through any combination of these air vents. At least one of these buttons
remains on while the system is on.

Heated seats (if equipped): Turn the driver or passenger heated seats on
and off. See Heated Seats (page 135).

Recirculated air: Press the button to switch between outside air and
recirculated air. When you select recirculated air, the air currently in the
passenger compartment recirculates. This may reduce the time needed to cool
the interior (when used with A/C) and may reduce unwanted odors from entering
your vehicle. Recirculated air may turn off automatically in all airflow modes
except MAX A/C to reduce the possibility of fogging.

Fan speed indicators: Illuminate to indicate fan speed.

AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL (IF EQUIPPED)

E144492

119

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Climate Control
A

Driver temperature control: Turn to increase or decrease the air temperature
for the driver side of the vehicle. This control also adjusts the passenger side
temperature when dual zone operation is disengaged.

- Fan speed control: Press to decrease the volume of air circulated in your
vehicle.

Fan speed indicator: Illuminates to indicate fan speed. When the system is
controlling the fan automatically, all of the fan speed indicators turn off.

Airflow distribution control: Press these buttons to turn airflow from the
windshield, instrument panel and footwell vents. The system can distribute air
through any combination of these air vents. At least one of these buttons
remains on while the system is on. When the system is controlling air distribution
automatically, indicators for all of these buttons turn off.

+ Fan speed control: Press to increase the volume of air circulated in your
vehicle.

AUTO: Press the button to turn on fully automatic operation. Select the desired
temperature using the temperature control. The system automatically adjusts
fan speed, air distribution, A/C operation, and outside or recirculated air, to heat
or cool the vehicle to maintain the selected temperature.

Passenger temperature control: Turn to increase or decrease the air
temperature on the passenger side of the vehicle.

Heated rear window: Turns the heated rear window on and off. See Heated
Windows and Mirrors (page 126).

MAX Defrost: Press to switch on. The system distributes outside air through
the windshield air vents, the air conditioning automatically turns on, and the
fan automatically adjusts to the highest speed. When MAX defrost is on,
recirculated air cannot be selected (to prevent fogging). The heated rear window
is automatically switched on when MAX defrost is selected.

Power: Press the button to turn the system off and on. When the system is off,
outside air cannot enter the vehicle.

Heated seat (if equipped): Turn the driver or passenger heated seats on and
off. See Heated Seats (page 135).

120

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Climate Control
M

MAX A/C: Press the button to switch between outside air and recirculated air.
When you select recirculated air, the air currently in the passenger compartment
recirculates. This may reduce the time needed to cool the interior (when used
with A/C) and may reduce unwanted odors from entering your vehicle.
Recirculated air may turn off automatically in all airflow modes except MAX
A/C to reduce the possibility of fogging.

A/C: Press the button to turn air conditioning off and on. To improve air
conditioning when starting your vehicle, drive with the windows slightly open
for two to three minutes. Use A/C with recirculated air to improve cooling
performance and efficiency.

AUTOMATIC CLIMATE
CONTROL (IF EQUIPPED)
Note: You can switch temperature units
between Fahrenheit and Celsius. See
Settings (page 355).

E144493

Driver heated seat control: Turn the driver heated seat off and on. See
Heated Seats (page 135).

Driver temperature control: Press + or - to increase or decrease the air
temperature for the driver side of the vehicle. This control also adjusts the
passenger side temperature when dual zone operation is disengaged.

Power: Press to turn the system off and on. When the system is off, outside
air cannot enter the vehicle.

121

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Climate Control
D

Fan speed control: Press on either side of the fan icon to increase or decrease
the volume of air circulated in your vehicle.

Passenger temperature controls: Press + or - to increase or decrease the
air temperature for the passenger side of the vehicle.

Passenger heated seat control: Turn the passenger heated seat off and on.
See Heated Seats (page 135).

Heated rear window: Turns the heated rear window on and off. See Heated
Windows and Mirrors (page 126).

Defrost: Distributes air through the windshield defroster vents and de-mister
vents. You can also use this setting to defog and clear the windshield of a thin
covering of ice.

122

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Climate Control
Note: You can switch temperature units
between Fahrenheit and Celsius. See
Settings (page 355).

AUTOMATIC CLIMATE
CONTROL (IF EQUIPPED)

E144494

CLIMATE: Press to turn the climate control system on and off. When the system
is off, outside air cannot enter the vehicle.

123

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Climate Control
F

Passenger temperature control: Allows the passenger to set their
temperature independent of the driver temperature. Press + or - to increase or
decrease the air temperature on the passenger side of the vehicle when in dual
zone mode.

Fan speed control: Press the small fan icon or large fan icon to decrease or
increase the volume of air circulated in your vehicle.

Driver temperature control: Press + or - to increase or decrease the air
temperature inside the vehicle. This control also adjusts the passenger side
temperature when dual zone operation is disengaged.

Heated rear window: Turns the heated rear window on and off. See Heated
Windows and Mirrors (page 126).

Defrost: Distributes air through the windshield defroster vents and de-mister
vents. You can also use this setting to defog and clear the windshield of a thin
covering of ice.
Manual Climate Control

HINTS ON CONTROLLING THE
INTERIOR CLIMATE

Note: To reduce fogging of the windshield
during humid weather, adjust the air
distribution control to the windshield air
vents position.

General Hints
Note: Prolonged use of recirculated air may
cause the windows to fog up.

Automatic Climate Control
Note: Adjusting the settings when your
vehicle interior is extremely hot or cold is
not necessary. The system automatically
adjusts to heat or cool the cabin to your
selected temperature as quickly as possible.
For the system to function efficiently, the
instrument panel and side air vents should
be fully open.

Note: You may feel a small amount of air
from the footwell air vents regardless of the
air distribution setting.
Note: To reduce humidity build-up inside
your vehicle, do not drive with the system
switched off or with recirculated air always
switched on.

Note: At low ambient temperatures with
AUTO selected, the system directs airflow
to the windshield and side window vents
and fan may run at a slow speed until the
engine warms up.

Note: Do not place objects under the front
seats as this may interfere with the airflow
to the rear seats.
Note: Remove any snow, ice or leaves from
the air intake area at the base of the
windshield.

124

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Climate Control
Heating the Interior Quickly
Vehicle With Manual Climate Control

Vehicle With Automatic Climate Control

Adjust the fan speed to the highest
speed setting.

Press the AUTO button.

Adjust the temperature control to the
highest setting (not MAX defrost).

Adjust the temperature control to the
desired setting.

Select the footwell air vents using the
air distribution buttons.

Recommended Settings for Heating
Vehicle With Manual Climate Control

Vehicle With Automatic Climate Control

Adjust the fan speed to the center
setting.

Press the AUTO button.

Adjust the temperature control to the
midway point of the hot settings (not
MAX defrost).

Adjust the temperature to a comfortable
setting.

Select the footwell air vents and windshield air vents position using the air
distribution buttons.

Cooling the Interior Quickly
Vehicle With Manual Climate Control

Adjust the temperature control to the
MAX A/C position.

Drive with the windows open for 2-3
minutes.

125

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Vehicle With Automatic Climate Control

Adjust the temperature control to the
desired setting.

Climate Control
Recommended Settings for Cooling
Vehicle With Manual Climate Control

Vehicle With Automatic Climate Control

Adjust the fan speed to the middle speed Press the AUTO button.
setting.

Adjust the temperature control to the
midway point of the cold settings.

Select the instrument panel air vents
using the air distribution buttons.

Adjust the temperature to a comfortable
setting.

Side Window Defogging in Cold Weather
Vehicle With Manual Climate Control

Vehicle With Automatic Climate Control

Select the instrument panel and footwell Press the defrost button.
air vents positions through the air distribution control.

Press the A/C button.

Adjust the temperature control to the
desired setting.

Adjust the fan speed to the highest
setting.

Direct the instrument panel side air vents
toward the side windows.

Close the instrument panel center vents.

Adjust the temperature control to the
desired setting.

Press the button to clear the rear window
of thin ice and fog. Press the button again
within 10 minutes to switch it off. It
switches off automatically after 10
minutes, or when you switch the ignition
off.

HEATED WINDOWS AND
MIRRORS (IF EQUIPPED)
Heated Rear Window

Do not use razor blades or other sharp
objects to clean the inside of the rear
window or to remove decals from the
inside of the rear window. This may
cause damage to the heated grid lines.
Your warranty does not cover this
damage.

Note: You must switch the ignition on to
use this feature.

126

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Climate Control
Heated Exterior Mirror (If Equipped)

REMOTE START (IF EQUIPPED)

Note: Do not remove ice from the mirrors
with a scraper or attempt to readjust the
mirror glass that has frozen in place. These
actions could cause damage to the glass
and mirrors.

The climate control system adjusts the
cabin temperature during remote start.
You cannot adjust the system during
remote start operation. Turn the ignition
on to return the system to its previous
settings. You can now make adjustments.
You need to turn certain
vehicle-dependent features back on, such
as:
• heated seats
• heated mirrors
• heated rear window.

Note: Do not clean the housing or glass of
any mirror with harsh abrasives, fuel or other
petroleum-based cleaning products.
The heated mirrors remove ice, mist and
fog when you switch on the heated rear
window.

CABIN AIR FILTER

You can adjust the settings using the
information display controls. See
Information Displays (page 83).

Your vehicle is equipped with a cabin air
filter. It is located behind the glove box.
The particulate filtration system reduces
the concentration of airborne particles
such as dust, spores and pollen in the air
supplied to the interior of your vehicle.

Automatic Settings
You can set the climate control to operate
in AUTO mode through the information
display setting: Remote Start > Climate
Control > Heater-A/C > Auto. The climate
control system automatically sets the
interior temperature to 72°F (22°C).

Note: Make sure you have a cabin air filter
installed at all times. This prevents foreign
objects from entering the system. Running
the system without a filter in place could
result in degradation or damage to the
system.

In hot weather, the system is set to 72°F
(22°C).
In moderate weather, the system either
heats or cools (based on previous
settings). The rear defroster, heated
mirrors and heated seats do not
automatically turn on.

The particulate filtration system gives you
and your passengers the following
benefits:
• It improves your driving comfort by
reducing particle concentration.
• It improves the interior compartment
cleanliness.
• It protects the climate control
components from particle deposits.

In cold weather, the system is set to 72°F
(22°C). The heated seats are set to high
(if available, and selected to AUTO in the
information display). The rear defroster
and heated mirrors automatically turn on.

Replace the filter at regular intervals. See
Scheduled Maintenance (page 428).
For additional cabin air filter information,
or to replace the filter, see an authorized
dealer.

127

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Climate Control
Last Settings
You can set the climate control to operate
using the last climate control settings
through the information display setting:
Remote Start > Climate Control >
Heater–A/C > Last Settings. The climate
control system automatically uses the
settings last selected before you turned
off the engine.

Heated and Cooled Devices
The climate control system controls other
heated and cooled devices inside the
vehicle. You can switch these devices on
(if available, and selected to AUTO in the
information displays) during remote start.
Heated devices usually switch on during
cold weather, and cooled devices during
hot weather.

128

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Seats
We recommend that you follow these
guidelines:
• Sit in an upright position with the base
of your spine as far back as possible.
• Do not recline the seat back more than
30 degrees.
• Adjust the head restraint so that the
top of it is level with the top of your
head and as far forward as possible.
Make sure that you remain
comfortable.
• Keep sufficient distance between
yourself and the steering wheel. We
recommend a minimum of 10 inches
(25 centimeters) between your
breastbone and the air bag cover.
• Hold the steering wheel with your arms
slightly bent.
• Bend your legs slightly so that you can
press the pedals fully.
• Position the shoulder strap of the
safety belt over the center of your
shoulder and position the lap strap
tightly across your hips.

SITTING IN THE CORRECT
POSITION
WARNINGS
Sitting improperly, out of position or
with the seat back reclined too far
can take weight off the seat cushion
and affect the decision of the passenger
sensing system, resulting in serious injury
or death in the event of a crash. Always sit
upright against your seat back, with your
feet on the floor.
Do not recline the seat back as this
can cause the occupant to slide
under the safety belt, resulting in
serious injury in the event of a crash.
Do not place objects higher than the
seat back to reduce the risk of
serious injury in the event of a crash
or during heavy braking.

Make sure that your driving position is
comfortable and that you can maintain full
control of your vehicle.

HEAD RESTRAINTS
WARNINGS
Fully adjust the head restraint before
you sit in or operate your vehicle. This
will help minimize the risk of neck
injury in the event of a collision. Do not
adjust the head restraint when your vehicle
is moving.

E68595

When you use them properly, the seat,
head restraint, safety belt and air bags will
provide optimum protection in the event
of a crash.

The head restraint is a safety device.
Whenever possible it should be
installed and properly adjusted when
the seat is occupied.

129

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Seats
The head restraints consist of:

WARNINGS
Install the head restraint properly to
help minimize the risk of neck injury
in the event of a collision.
Note: Adjust the seat back to an upright
driving position before adjusting the head
restraint. Adjust the head restraint so that
the top of it is level with the top of your head
and as far forward as possible. Make sure
that you remain comfortable. If you are
extremely tall, adjust the head restraint to
its highest position.

An energy absorbing head
restraint

Two steel stems

Guide sleeve adjust and unlock
button

Guide sleeve unlock and remove
button

Adjusting the Head Restraint
Raising the Head Restraint

Front seat and rear seat outboard head
restraints

Pull the head restraint up.
Lowering the Head Restraint
1. Press and hold button C.
2. Push the head restraint down.
Removing the Head Restraint
1.

Pull the head restraint up until it
reaches its highest position.
2. Press and hold buttons C and D.
3. Pull the head restraint up.
E138642

Installing the Head Restraint

Rear center head restraint

Align the steel stems into the guide sleeves
and push the head restraint down until in
locks.

Tilting Head Restraints
The front head restraints have a tilting
feature for extra comfort. To tilt the head
restraint, do the following:

E138645

130

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Seats
The manual front seats may consist of:

E144631

E144727

Adjust the seat back to an upright
driving or riding position.
2. Pivot the head restraint forward toward
your head to the desired position.

B C

a bar to move the seat backward
and forward

a control to adjust the lumbar of
the seat back

a lever to adjust the height of the
seat

a lever to adjust the angle of the
seat back

After the head restraint reaches the
forward-most tilt position, pivoting it
forward again will then release it to the
rearward, un-tilted position.

POWER SEATS (IF EQUIPPED)

MANUAL SEATS
WARNINGS
Do not adjust the driver's seat or seat
back when your vehicle is moving.

WARNINGS
Do not adjust the driver's seat or seat
back when your vehicle is moving.

Rock the seat backward and forward
after releasing the lever to make sure
that it is fully engaged.

Do not place cargo or any objects
behind the seat back before returning
it to the original position.

Reclining the seat back can cause an
occupant to slide under the seat's
safety belt, resulting in severe
personal injuries in the event of a collision.

131

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Seats

E144632

Power Lumbar (If Equipped)

MEMORY FUNCTION (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNINGS
Before activating the seat memory,
make sure that the area immediately
surrounding the seat is clear of
obstructions and that all occupants are
clear of moving parts.
Do not use the memory function
when your vehicle is moving.
This feature will automatically recall the
position of the driver's seat and power
mirrors. The memory control is located on
the driver’s door.

E144633

132

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Seats
Linking a Pre-Set Position to your
Remote Control or Intelligent
Access Key
Your vehicle can save the pre-set memory
positions for up to three remote controls
or intelligent access (IA) keys.
1.

With the ignition on, move the memory
positions to the desired positions.
2. Press and hold the desired pre-set
button for about five seconds. A chime
will sound after about two seconds.
Continue holding until a second chime
is heard.
3. Within three seconds, press the lock
button on the remote control you are
linking. A single chime will sound.

E142554

Saving a Pre-Set Position
1. Switch the ignition on.
2. Adjust the seat and exterior mirrors to
your desired position.
3. Press and hold the desired pre-set
button until you hear a single chime.

To unlink a remote control, follow the
same procedure – except in step 3, press
the unlock button on the remote control.

Up to three pre-set memory positions may
be saved. A memory pre-set may be saved
at any time.

Note: To stop seat movement during a
recall, press any driver seat adjustment
control, any of the memory buttons, or any
mirror control switch.

Recalling a Pre-Set Position
Press and release the pre-set button
associated with your desired driving
position. The seat and mirrors will move to
the position stored for that pre-set.

Seat movement will also stop if you move
your vehicle.
Note: If more than one linked remote
control or IA key is in range, the memory
function will move to the settings of the first
key stored.

Note: A pre-set memory position can only
be recalled when the ignition is off, or when
the transmission selector lever is in position
P or N (and your vehicle is not moving) if
the ignition is on.

Easy Entry and Exit Function
If you enable the easy entry and exit
feature, it automatically moves the driver
seat position rearward up to five
centimeters when the transmission
selector lever is in position P and the key
is removed or the keyless start ignition is
turned off.

A pre-set memory position can also be
recalled by pressing the unlock button on
your remote control or intelligent access
key if it is linked to a pre-set position, or by
a driver door handle unlock with an
intelligent access key present.

The driver seat will return to the previous
position when the key is put in the ignition
or the keyless start ignition is activated.

133

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Seats
You can turn off the easy entry and exit
feature by using the driver information
display.

REAR SEATS
Note: Your vehicle may have split seat
backs that must be folded individually.
To lower the seat back(s) from inside the
vehicle, do the following:

E164098

3. Stow the safety belt in the stowage
clip. This will prevent the safety belt
from getting caught in the seat latch.
When raising the seat back(s), make sure
you hear the seat latch into place.

E144634

Pull the handle to release the seat
back.
2. Push the seat back forward.

134

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Seats
VENTILATED SEATS (IF EQUIPPED)

HEATED SEATS (IF EQUIPPED)

The ventilated seats will only function
when the engine is running.

WARNING
People who are unable to feel pain
to their skin because of advanced
age, chronic illness, diabetes, spinal
cord injury, medication, alcohol use,
exhaustion or other physical conditions,
must exercise care when using the heated
seat. The heated seat may cause burns
even at low temperatures, especially if
used for long periods of time. Do not place
anything on the seat that insulates against
heat, such as a blanket or cushion. This
may cause the heated seat to overheat.
Do not puncture the seat with pins, needles
or other pointed objects. This may damage
the heating element which may cause the
heated seat to overheat. An overheated
seat may cause serious personal injury.

To operate the ventilated seats:

E146309

Press the ventilated seat symbol to cycle
through the various cooling settings and
off. Cooler settings are indicated by more
indicator lights.
If the engine falls below 350 RPM while
the ventilated seats are on, the feature will
turn itself off and will need to be
reactivated.

Do not do the following:
• Place heavy objects on the seat.
• Operate the heated seat if water or any
other liquid is spilled on the seat. Allow
the seat to dry thoroughly.
• Operate the heated seats unless the
engine is running. Doing so can cause
the battery to lose charge.

Heated and ventilated seat air
filter replacement (if equipped)
The climate controlled seat system
includes air filters. You must replace them
periodically.
The filters are located under each front
seat. You can access them from the
second row foot-well area. Move the front
seats all the way forward and to the full
up positions to ease access.

E146941

Press the heated seat symbol to cycle
through the various heat settings and off.
Warmer settings are indicated by more
indicator lights.

135

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Seats
REAR SEAT ARMREST

E146319

To remove an air filter:
E144635

1. Turn the vehicle off.
2. Push up on the outside rigid edge of
the filter and rotate counterclockwise
once the tabs are released, then
remove the filter.

Fold the armrest down to use the armrest
and cupholder.

E146321

To install a filter:
1.

First, position the filter in its housing
making sure that the far forward end
is all the way up in the housing.
2. Push in on the center of the outside
edge of the filter and rotate clockwise
into the housing until it clips into
position.

136

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Universal Garage Door Opener
HomeLink Wireless Control
System (If Equipped)

The universal garage door opener replaces
the common hand-held garage door
opener with a three-button transmitter
that is integrated into the driver’s sun visor.

WARNING
Do not use the system with any
garage door opener that does not
have the safety stop and reverse
feature as required by U.S. Federal Safety
Standards (this includes any garage door
opener manufactured before April 1, 1982).
A garage door opener which cannot detect
an object, signaling the door to stop and
reverse, does not meet current federal
safety standards. Using a garage door
opener without these features increases
the risk of serious injury or death.

The system includes two primary features,
a garage door opener and a platform for
remote activation of devices within the
home. As well as being programmed for
garage doors, the system transmitter can
be programmed to operate entry gate
operators, security systems, entry door
locks and home or office lighting.

Note: Make sure that the garage door and
security device are free from obstruction
when you are programming. Do not program
the system with the vehicle in the garage.

In-vehicle programming

Additional system information can be
found online at www.homelink.com or by
calling the toll-free help line on
1-800-355-3515.

This process is to program your hand-held
transmitter and your in-vehicle HomeLink
button.

Note: Make sure you keep the original
remote control transmitter for use in other
vehicles as well as for future system
programming.

Note: Put a new battery in the hand-held
transmitter. This will ensure quicker training
and accurate transmission of the
radio-frequency signal.

Note: We recommend that upon the sale
or lease termination of your vehicle, you
erase the programmed function buttons for
security reasons. See Erasing the function
button codes later in this section.
Note: You can program a maximum of
three devices. To change or replace any of
the three devices after it has been initially
programmed, you must first erase the
current settings. See Erasing the function
button codes later in this section.

E142658

With your vehicle parked outside of the
garage, turn your ignition to the on
position, but do not start your vehicle.
2. Hold your hand-held garage door
transmitter 1–3 inches (2–8
centimeters) away from the HomeLink
button you want to program.

E142657

137

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Universal Garage Door Opener
3. Using both hands, simultaneously,
press and hold the desired HomeLink
button and the hand-held transmitter
button. DO NOT release either one until
the HomeLink indicator light flashes
slowly and then rapidly. When the
indicator light flashes rapidly, both
buttons may be released. The rapid
flashing indicates successful training.
4. Press and hold the HomeLink button
you programmed for five seconds, then
release. You may need to do this twice
to activate the door. If your garage door
does not operate, watch the HomeLink
indicator light.

E142659

To program additional buttons, repeat
Steps 1 – 4.
For questions or comments, please contact
HomeLink at www.homelink.com or
1-800-355-3515.
Programming your garage door opener
motor

If the indicator light stays on, the
programming is complete. See
Programming your garage door motor
later in this section.

Press the learn button on the garage
door opener motor and then you have
30 seconds to complete the next two
steps.
2. Return to your vehicle.

If the indicator light flashes rapidly for 2
seconds and then turns to a constant light,
the HomeLink button is not programmed
yet. Do the following:
Press and hold the HomeLink button while
you press and release the hand-held
transmitter button every 2 seconds. The
HomeLink indicator light will flash slowly
and then rapidly once the HomeLink
function button recognizes and accepts
the hand-held transmitter’s radio
frequency signal.

E142658

After programming the HomeLink button,
begin programming your garage door
opener motor.

3. Press and hold the function button you
want to program for 2 seconds, then
release. Repeat this step. Depending
on your brand of garage door opener,
you may need to repeat this sequence
a third time.

Note: You may need a ladder to reach the
unit and you may need to remove the cover
or lamp lens on your garage door opener.

Erasing the Function Button Codes
Note: You cannot erase individual buttons.

138

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Universal Garage Door Opener

A
1.

Press and hold the outer two function
buttons simultaneously for
approximately 20 seconds until the
indicator lights above the buttons flash
rapidly.
2. When the indicator lights flash, release
the buttons. The codes for all buttons
are erased.

Red indicator light

Green indicator light

Press and hold one of the buttons on
the hand-held transmitter for 10
seconds. The indicator light will change
from green to red and green.
2. Press the same button twice to confirm
the change to programming mode. If
done properly the indicator light will
appear red.
3. Hold the transmitter within 1–3 inches
(2–8 centimeters) of the button on the
visor you want to program.
4. Press and hold both the programmed
Genie button on the hand-held
transmitter and the button you want
to program. The indicator light on the
visor will flash rapidly when the
programming is successful.
Note: The Genie transmitter will transmit
for up to 30 seconds. If HomeLink does not
program within 30 seconds the Genie
transmitter will need to be pressed again. If
the Genie transmitter indicator light displays
green and red, release the button until the
indicator light turns off before pressing the
button again.

Reprogramming a Single Button
To program a device to a previously trained
button, follow these steps:
1.

Press and hold the desired button. Do
NOT release the button.
2. The indicator light will begin to flash
after 20 seconds. Without releasing the
button, follow Step 1 in the
Programming section.
For questions or comments, contact
HomeLink at www.homelink.com or
1-800-355-3515.
Programming to a Genie Intellicode 2
Garage Door Opener
Note: The Genie Intellicode 2 transmitter
must already be programmed to operate
with the garage door opener.
Note: To program HomeLink to the
transmitter you must first put the
transmitter into programming mode.

Once HomeLink has been programmed
successfully, the Genie transmitter must
be changed out of program mode. To do
this:

139

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

E142661

E142660

Universal Garage Door Opener
1.

Press and hold the previously
programmed Genie button on the
hand-held transmitter for 10 seconds.
The indicator light will change from red
to red and green.
2. Press the same button twice to confirm
the change. If done correctly the
indicator light will turn green.

5. Press and hold the previously
programmed button on the visor for 2
seconds. Repeat this step up to 3 times
until the garage door moves.
Programming is now complete.
Clearing a HomeLink Device
To erase programming from the three
HomeLink buttons press and hold the two
outer HomeLink buttons until the indicator
light begins to flash. The indicator light will
begin flashing in 10 to 20 seconds, at which
time both buttons should be released.
Programming has now been erased, and
the indicator light should blink slowly to
indicate the device is in train mode when
any of the three HomeLink buttons are
pressed.

Programming HomeLink to the Genie
Intellicode Garage Door Opener Motor
Note: You may need a ladder to access the
garage door opener motor.

FCC and RSS-210 Industry Canada
Compliance
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules and with RSS-210 of Industry
Canada. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions: (1) this device
may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) this device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.

E142662

Press and hold the program button on
the garage door opener motor until
both blue indicator lights turn on.
2. Release the program button. Only the
smaller round indicator light should be
on.
3. Press and release the program button.
The larger purple indicator light will
flash.
Note: The next two steps must be
completed in 30 seconds.

Changes or modifications to your device
not expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance can void the
user’s authority to operate the equipment.

4. Press and release the Genie Intellicode
2 hand-held transmitter’s previously
programmed button. Both indicator
lights on the garage door opener motor
unit should now flash purple.

140

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Auxiliary Power Points
12 Volt DC Power Point

•
•
•

WARNING
Do not plug optional electrical
accessories into the cigar lighter
socket (if equipped). Improper use
of the lighter can cause damage not
covered by your warranty, and can result
in fire or serious injury.

in the front of the center console
inside the center console storage bin
on the rear of the center console.

110 Volt AC Power Point (If Equipped)
WARNING
Do not keep electrical devices
plugged in the power point whenever
the device is not in use. Do not use
any extension cord with the 110 volt AC
power point, since it will defeat the safety
protection design. Doing so my cause the
power point to overload due to powering
multiple devices that can reach beyond
the 150 watt load limit and could result in
fire or serious injury.

Note: If used when the engine is not
running, the battery will discharge. There
may be insufficient power to restart your
engine.
Note: Do not insert objects other than an
accessory plug into the power point. This
will damage the outlet and blow the fuse.
Note: Do not hang any type of accessory or
accessory bracket from the plug.

Note: Keep the engine running to use the
power point.

Note: Do not use the power point over the
vehicle capacity of 12 volt DC 180 watts or
a fuse may blow.
Note: Do not use the power point for
operating a cigar lighter element.
Note: Improper use of the power point can
cause damage not covered by your
warranty.
Note: Always keep the power point caps
closed when not in use.
Run the engine for full capacity use of the
power point. To prevent the battery from
being discharged:
•

•

E143941

The power point is used for powering
electrical devices that require up to 150
watts. It is located on the rear of the center
console.

Do not use the power point longer than
necessary when the engine is not
running.
Do not leave devices plugged in
overnight or when the vehicle is parked
for extended periods.

When the indicator light, located on the
power point, is:
• on — power point is ready to supply
power.
• off — power point power supply is off;
ignition is not on.
• flashing — power point is in fault mode.

Locations
Power points may be found:

141

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Auxiliary Power Points
The power point temporarily turns off
power if the 150 watt limit is exceeded. It
can also switch to a fault mode when it is
overloaded, overheated, or shorted. Unplug
your device and switch the ignition off then
on for overloading and shorting conditions.
Let the system cool off, then turn the
ignition off then on for an overheating
condition.
The power point is not designed for electric
devices such as:
• Cathode ray tube type televisions
• Motor loads, for example vacuum
cleaners, electric saws and other
electric power tools, or
compressor-driven refrigerators
• Measuring devices which process
precise data, for example medical
equipment or measuring equipment
• Other appliances requiring an
extremely stable power supply, for
example microcomputer-controlled
electric blankets or touch sensor lamps

142

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Storage Compartments
CENTER CONSOLE
Stow items in the cupholder carefully as
items may become loose during hard
braking, acceleration or collisions, including
hot drinks which may spill.
Available console features include:

C
E143942

Cupholder

Storage compartment with
auxiliary power point, auxiliary
input jack, USB port and media
hub

Auxiliary power point

OVERHEAD CONSOLE

E75193

Press near the rear edge of the door to
open it.

143

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Starting and Stopping the Engine
IGNITION SWITCH

GENERAL INFORMATION
If you disconnect the battery, your vehicle
may exhibit some unusual driving
characteristics for approximately 5 miles
(8 kilometers) after you reconnect it. This
is because the engine management system
must realign itself with the engine. You can
disregard any unusual driving
characteristics during this period.

E72128

WARNINGS
Extended idling at high engine
speeds can produce very high
temperatures in the engine and
exhaust system, creating the risk of fire or
other damage.

0 (off) - The ignition is off.
Note: When you switch the ignition off and
leave your vehicle, do not leave your key in
the ignition. This could cause your vehicle
battery to lose charge.

Do not park, idle or drive your vehicle
on dry grass or other dry ground
cover. The emission system heats up
the engine compartment and exhaust
system, creating the risk of fire.

I (accessory) - Allows the electrical
accessories, such as the radio, to operate
while the engine is not running.
Note: Do not leave the ignition key in this
position for too long. This could cause your
vehicle battery to lose charge.

Do not start the engine in a closed
garage or in other enclosed areas.
Exhaust fumes can be toxic. Always
open the garage door before you start the
engine.

II (on) - All electrical circuits are
operational and the warning lamps and
indicators illuminate.
III (start) - cranks the engine.

If you smell exhaust fumes inside
your vehicle, have your vehicle
checked by your authorized dealer
immediately. Do not drive your vehicle if
you smell exhaust fumes.

KEYLESS STARTING
Note: The keyless starting system may not
function if the key is close to metal objects
or electronic devices such as cellular
phones.

The powertrain control system meets all
Canadian interference-causing equipment
standard requirements regulating the
impulse electrical field or radio noise.

Note: A valid key must be located inside
your vehicle to switch the ignition on and
start the engine.

When you start the engine, avoid pressing
the accelerator pedal before and during
operation. Only use the accelerator pedal
when you have difficulty starting the
engine.

144

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Starting and Stopping the Engine
Ignition Modes

Before starting the engine check the
following:
• Make sure all occupants have fastened
their safety belts.
• Make sure the headlamps and
electrical accessories are off.
• Make sure the parking brake is on.
• Move the transmission selector lever
to position P (automatic transmission)
or neutral (manual transmission).
• Turn the ignition key to position II. If
your vehicle is equipped with a keyless
ignition, see the following instructions.

E144447

The keyless starting system has three
modes:
• Off: Turns the ignition off.
• Without applying the brake pedal,
press and release the button once
when the ignition is in the on mode,
or when the engine is running but
the vehicle is not moving.
• On: All electrical circuits are
operational and the warning lamps and
indicators illuminate.
• Without applying the brake pedal,
press and release the button once.
• Start: Starts the engine.
• Press the brake pedal, and then
press the button for any length of
time. An indicator light on the
button illuminates when then
ignition is on and when the engine
starts.

Vehicles with an Ignition Key
Note: Do not touch the accelerator pedal.
1.

Fully press the brake pedal. If your
vehicle is equipped with a manual
transmission, fully press the clutch
pedal also.
2. Turn the key to position III to start the
engine. Release the key when the
engine starts.
Note: The engine may continue cranking
for up to 15 seconds or until it starts.
Note: If you cannot start the engine on the
first try, wait for a short period and try again.

Vehicles with Keyless Start
Note: Do not touch the accelerator pedal.

STARTING A GASOLINE
ENGINE

1. Fully press the brake pedal.
2. Press the button.

When you start the engine, the idle speed
increases, this helps to warm up the
engine. If the engine idle speed does not
slow down automatically, have your
vehicle checked by an authorized dealer.

The system does not function if:
• The key frequencies are jammed.
• The key battery has no charge.
If you are unable to start the engine, do the
following:

145

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Starting and Stopping the Engine
1.

Fully press the brake pedal. If your
vehicle is equipped with a manual
transmission, fully press the clutch
pedal also.
2. Fully press the accelerator pedal and
hold it there.
3. Start the engine.
Note: You can crank the engine for a total
of 60 seconds (without the engine starting)
before the starting system temporarily
disables. The 60 seconds does not have to
be all at once. For example, if you crank the
engine three times for 20 seconds each
time, without the engine starting, you
reached the 60-second time limit. A
message appears in the information display
alerting you that you exceeded the cranking
time. You cannot attempt to start the engine
for at least 15 minutes. After 15 minutes, you
are limited to a 15-second engine cranking
time. You need to wait 60 minutes before
you can crank the engine for 60 seconds
again.

E147165

Locate the key backup slot in center
console utility compartment.
2. With the buttons facing the rear of the
vehicle and the key ring up, place the
key into backup slot.
3. With the key in this position, press the
brake pedal, and then the button to
switch on the engine.
Fast Restart
The fast restart feature allows you to
restart the engine within 20 seconds of
switching it off, even if a valid key is not
present.

Automatic Engine Shutdown
If your vehicle is equipped with a keyless
ignition, it has a feature that automatically
shuts down the engine if it has been idling
for an extended period. The ignition also
turns off in order to save battery power.
Before the engine shuts down, a message
appears in the information display showing
a timer counting down from 30 seconds.
If you do not intervene within 30 seconds,
the engine shuts down. Another message
appears in the information display to
inform you that the engine has shut down
in order to save fuel. Start your vehicle as
you normally do.

Within 20 seconds of switching the engine
off, press the brake pedal and press the
button. After 20 seconds have expired, you
can no longer restart the engine without
the key present inside your vehicle.
Once the engine has started, it remains
running until you press the button, even if
the system does not detect a valid key. If
you open and close a door while the engine
is running, the system searches for a valid
key. You cannot restart the engine if the
system does not detect a valid key within
20 seconds.

Automatic Engine Shutdown Override

Failure to Start

Note: You cannot permanently switch off
the automatic engine shutdown feature.
When you switch it off temporarily, it turns
on at the next ignition cycle.

If you cannot start the engine after three
attempts, wait 10 seconds and follow this
procedure:

146

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Starting and Stopping the Engine
You can stop the engine shutdown, or reset
the timer, at any point before the
30-second countdown has expired by
doing any of the following:

Stopping the Engine When Your
Vehicle is Moving

•

Switching off the engine when the
vehicle is still moving will result in a
loss of brake and steering assistance.
The steering will not lock, but higher effort
will be required. When the ignition is
switched off, some electrical circuits,
warning lamps and indicators may also be
off.

•

WARNING

You can reset the timer by interacting
with your vehicle (such as pressing the
brake pedal or accelerator pedal).
You can temporarily switch off the
shutdown feature any time the ignition
is on (for the current ignition cycle
only). Use the information display to
do so. See Information Displays
(page 83).
During the countdown before engine
shutdown, you are prompted to press
OK or RESET (depending on your type
of information display) to temporarily
switch the feature off (for the current
ignition cycle only).

Vehicles with an Ignition Key
1.

Move the transmission selector lever
to position N (automatic transmission)
or neutral (manual transmission) and
use the brakes to bring your vehicle to
a safe stop.
2. When your vehicle has stopped, move
the transmission selector lever to
position P (automatic transmission)
or 1 (manual transmission) and turn
the key to position 0.
3. Apply the parking brake.

Stopping the Engine When Your
Vehicle is Stationary
Vehicles with an Ignition Key
1.

Move the transmission selector lever
to position P (automatic transmission)
or 1 (manual transmission).
2. Turn the key to position 0.
3. Apply the parking brake.

Vehicles with Keyless Start
1.

Move the transmission selector lever
to position N and use the brakes to
bring your vehicle to a safe stop.
2. When your vehicle has stopped, move
the transmission selector lever to
position P.
3. Press and hold the button for one
second, or press it three times within
two seconds.
4. Apply the parking brake.

Vehicles with Keyless Start
1.

Move the transmission selector lever
to position P.
2. Press the button once.
3. Apply the parking brake.
Note: This switches off the ignition, all
electrical circuits, warning lamps and
indicators.
Note: If the engine is idling for 30 minutes,
the ignition and engine automatically shut
down.

147

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Starting and Stopping the Engine
Guarding Against Exhaust Fumes

The heater acts as a starting aid by
warming the engine coolant. This allows
the climate control system to respond
quickly. The equipment includes a heater
element (installed in the engine block) and
a wire harness. You can connect the
system to a grounded 120 volt AC electrical
source.

WARNING
If you smell exhaust fumes inside
your vehicle, have your vehicle
checked by your authorized dealer
immediately. Do not drive your vehicle if
you smell exhaust fumes. Carbon
monoxide is present in exhaust fumes.
Take precautions to avoid its dangerous
effects.

We recommend that you do the following
for a safe and correct operation:
• Use a 16-gauge outdoor extension cord
that is product certified by
Underwriter’s Laboratory (UL) or
Canadian Standards Association
(CSA). This extension cord must be
able to be used outdoors, in cold
temperatures, and be clearly marked
Suitable for Use with Outdoor
Appliances. Do not use an indoor
extension cord outdoors. This could
result in an electric shock or become a
fire hazard.
• Use as short an extension cord as
possible.
• Do not use multiple extension cords.
• Make sure that when in operation, the
extension cord plug and heater cord
plug connections are free and clear of
water. This could cause an electric
shock or fire.
• Make sure your vehicle is parked in a
clean area, clear of combustibles.
• Make sure the heater, heater cord and
extension cord are firmly connected.
• Check for heat anywhere in the
electrical hookup once the system has
been operating for approximately 30
minutes.
• Make sure the heater system is
checked for proper operation before
winter.

Important Ventilating Information
If you stop your vehicle and the leave the
engine idling for long periods of time, we
recommend that you do one of the
following:
•
•

Open the windows at least 1 inch (2.5
centimeters)
Set your climate control to outside air.

ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (IF
EQUIPPED)

WARNINGS
Failure to follow engine block heater
instructions could result in property
damage or serious personal injury.
Do not use your heater with
ungrounded electrical systems or
two-pronged adapters. There is a risk
of electrical shock.
Note: The heater is most effective when
outdoor temperatures are below 0°F
(-18°C).

148

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Starting and Stopping the Engine
Using the Engine Block Heater
The engine block heater plug is located in
a housing in the left fog lamp bezel. Open
the hinged, circular door and make sure
the receptacle terminals are clean and dry
prior to use. Clean them with a dry cloth if
necessary.
The heater uses 0.4 to 1.0 kilowatt-hours
of energy per hour of use. The system does
not have a thermostat. It will achieve
maximum temperature after
approximately three hours of operation. If
you use the heater longer than three hours,
this will not improve system performance
and will use unnecessary electricity.

149

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Unique Driving Characteristics
•
•

START-STOP (IF EQUIPPED)
The system helps reduce fuel consumption
by automatically shutting off and restarting
your vehicle’s engine while the vehicle is
stopped. The engine will restart
automatically when you release the brake
pedal. In some situations, your vehicle may
restart automatically, for example:
•
•

•
•
•

•

To maintain interior comfort
To recharge the battery

•

Note: Power assist steering is turned off
when the engine is off.

•

WARNINGS
The engine may restart
automatically if required by the
system.

•

Switch the ignition off before
opening the hood or performing any
maintenance. Failure to do so may
result in serious injuries due to automatic
engine restart.

•
•

Always switch the ignition off before
leaving your vehicle, as the system
may have turned the engine off, but
the ignition will still be on and automatic
restart may occur.

Your foot is on the brake pedal.
The transmission selector lever is in
position D.
The driver's door is closed.
There is adequate brake vacuum.
The interior compartment has been
cooled or warmed to an acceptable
level.
The front windshield defroster and rear
window defroster are off.
The steering wheel is not turned rapidly
or is not at a sharp angle.
The vehicle is not on a steep road
grade.
The battery is within optimal operating
conditions (battery state of charge and
temperature in range).
The engine coolant is at operating
temperature.
Elevation is below approximately
10000 feet (3048 m).
Ambient temperature is moderate
(40°F–95°F) (4°C–35°C).

Note: The system allows multiple
successive Auto StopStart events, but it
may not operate in conditions of heavy
traffic or in extended low speed operation.

The Auto StartStop system status is
available at a glance within the information
display. See Information Displays (page
83).

Note: The green Auto StartStop
indicator light on the instrument
cluster will illuminate to indicate
when the automatic engine stop occurs.

Enabling Auto StartStop

Note:If the instrument cluster is
equipped with a grey Auto
E146361
StartStop indicator light, it is
illuminated when automatic engine stop
is not available due to one of the above
noted conditions.

The system is automatically enabled every
time you start your vehicle if the following
conditions are met:
•
•

•

The Auto StartStop button is not
pressed (not illuminated).
Your vehicle exceeds an initial speed
of 3 mph (4 km/h) after the vehicle has
been initially started.
Your vehicle is stopped.

Automatic Engine Restart
Any of the following conditions will result
in an automatic restart of the engine:

150

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Unique Driving Characteristics
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•

•

Disabling Auto StartStop

Your foot is removed from the brake
pedal.
You press the accelerator pedal.
You press the accelerator and the
brake pedal at the same time.
The driver’s seat belt becomes
unfastened or the driver’s door is ajar.
The transmission selector lever is
moved from position D.
Your vehicle is moving.
The interior compartment does not
meet customer comfort when air
conditioning or heat is on.
Fogging of the windows could occur
and the air conditioning is on.
The battery is not within optimal
operating conditions.
The maximum engine off time is
exceeded.
When you press the Auto StartStop
button while the engine is stopped
automatically.
Either the front or rear defroster is
turned.

P
R
N
D
S

E146362

Press the Auto StartStop button located
on the center console to switch the system
off. The button will illuminate. The system
will only be deactivated for the current
ignition cycle. Press the button again to
restore Auto StartStop function.
Note: If the Shift to P, Restart Engine
message appears and the amber Auto
StartStop indicator light is flashing,
automatic restart is not available. The
vehicle must be restarted manually. See
Information Displays (page 83).

Any of the following conditions may result
in an automatic restart of the engine:
•

•

The blower fan speed is increased or
the climate control temperature is
changed.
An electrical accessory is turned on or
plugged in.

151

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Fuel and Refueling
•

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
WARNINGS
Do not overfill the fuel tank. The
pressure in an overfilled tank may
cause leakage and lead to fuel spray
and fire.
The fuel system may be under
pressure. If you hear a hissing sound
near the fuel filler door (Easy Fuel
capless fuel system), do not refuel until
the sound stops. Otherwise, fuel may spray
out, which could cause serious personal
injury.

•

Automotive fuels can cause serious
injury or death if misused or
mishandled.

•

The flow of fuel through a fuel pump
nozzle can produce static electricity,
which can cause a fire if fuel is
pumped into an ungrounded fuel container.
•

Fuel ethanol and gasoline may
contain benzene, which is a
cancer-causing agent.
When refueling always shut the
engine off and never allow sparks or
open flames near the filler neck.
Never smoke or use a cell phone while
refueling. Fuel vapor is extremely
hazardous under certain conditions. Avoid
inhaling excess fumes.

•

Observe the following guidelines when
handling automotive fuel:
•

•

Extinguish all smoking materials and
any open flames before refueling your
vehicle.
Always turn off the vehicle before
refueling.

152

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Automotive fuels can be harmful or
fatal if swallowed. Fuel such as
gasoline is highly toxic and if
swallowed can cause death or
permanent injury. If fuel is swallowed,
call a physician immediately, even if no
symptoms are immediately apparent.
The toxic effects of fuel may not be
visible for hours.
Avoid inhaling fuel vapors. Inhaling too
much fuel vapor of any kind can lead
to eye and respiratory tract irritation.
In severe cases, excessive or prolonged
breathing of fuel vapor can cause
serious illness and permanent injury.
Avoid getting fuel liquid in your eyes. If
fuel is splashed in the eyes, remove
contact lenses (if worn), flush with
water for 15 minutes and seek medical
attention. Failure to seek proper
medical attention could lead to
permanent injury.
Fuels can also be harmful if absorbed
through the skin. If fuel is splashed on
the skin, clothing or both, promptly
remove contaminated clothing and
wash skin thoroughly with soap and
water. Repeated or prolonged skin
contact with fuel liquid or vapor causes
skin irritation.
Be particularly careful if you are taking
“Antabuse” or other forms of disulfiram
for the treatment of alcoholism.
Breathing gasoline vapors, or skin
contact could cause an adverse
reaction. In sensitive individuals, serious
personal injury or sickness may result.
If fuel is splashed on the skin, promptly
wash skin thoroughly with soap and
water. Consult a physician immediately
if you experience an adverse reaction.

Fuel and Refueling
Do not be concerned if your engine
sometimes knocks lightly. However, if it
knocks heavily while you are using fuel with
the recommended octane rating, see your
authorized dealer to prevent any engine
damage.

FUEL QUALITY
Note: Use of any fuel other than those
recommended may cause vehicle damage,
a loss of vehicle performance and repairs
may not be covered under warranty.

Choosing the Right Fuel

REFUELING

Use only UNLEADED fuel or UNLEADED
fuel blended with a maximum of 15%
ethanol. Do not use fuel ethanol (E85),
diesel fuel, fuel-methanol, leaded fuel or
any other fuel because it could damage or
impair the emission control system.

WARNINGS
Fuel vapor burns violently and a fuel
fire can cause severe injuries.

Your vehicle was not designed to use fuel
or fuel additives with metallic compounds,
including manganese-based additives. The
use of leaded fuel is prohibited by law.

Turn off your engine when you are
refueling.

Read and follow all the instructions
on the pump island.

Do not smoke if you are near fuel or
refueling your vehicle.

Octane Recommendations

Keep sparks, flames and smoking
materials away from fuel.

2.5L engine
Regular unleaded gasoline with a pump
(R+M)/2 octane rating of 87 is
recommended. Some fuel stations offer
fuels posted as regular with an octane
rating below 87, particularly in high altitude
areas. Fuels with octane levels below 87
are not recommended.

Stay outside your vehicle and do not
leave the fuel pump unattended
when refueling your vehicle. This is
against the law in some places.
Keep children away from the fuel
pump; never let children pump fuel.

1.6L and 2.0L EcoBoost® engines

Do not use personal electronic
devices while refueling.

Regular unleaded gasoline with a pump
(R+M)/2 octane rating of 87 is
recommended. Some stations offer fuels
posted as "Regular" with an octane rating
below 87, particularly in high altitude areas.
Fuels with octane levels below 87 are not
recommended. Premium fuel will provide
improved performance and is
recommended for severe duty usage such
as trailer tow.

Use the following guidelines to avoid
electrostatic charge build-up when filling
an ungrounded fuel container:
•
•
•
•

153

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Place approved fuel container on the
ground.
Do not fill a fuel container while it is in
the vehicle (including the cargo area).
Keep the fuel pump nozzle in contact
with the fuel container while filling.
Do not use a device that would hold
the fuel pump handle in the fill position.

Fuel and Refueling
Easy Fuel™ Capless Fuel System

4. After you are done pumping fuel, slowly
remove the fuel filler nozzle—allow
about five to ten seconds after
pumping fuel before removing the fuel
filler nozzle. This allows residual fuel
to drain back into the fuel tank and not
spill onto the vehicle.
Note: A fuel spillage concern may occur if
overfilling the fuel tank. Do not overfill the
tank to the point that the fuel is able to
bypass the fuel filler nozzle. The overfilled
fuel may run down the drain located below
and in front of the fuel filler door.

WARNING
The fuel system may be under
pressure. If you hear a hissing sound
near the fuel filler door, do not refuel
until the sound stops. Otherwise, fuel may
spray out, which could cause serious
personal injury.
When fueling your vehicle:
1.

Put the vehicle in P (Park) and turn the
ignition off.
2. Open the fuel filler door.

If the fuel fill inlet was not properly closed,
a Check Fuel Fill Inlet message may
appear on the instrument cluster.
At the next opportunity, do the following:
1. Safely pull off the road.
2. Put the vehicle in P (Park) and turn the
ignition off.
3. Open the fuel filler door and remove
any visible debris from the fuel fill
opening.
4. Insert either the fuel fill nozzle or the
fuel fill funnel provided with the vehicle
several times to allow the inlet to close
properly. This will dislodge any debris
preventing the inlet from sealing.

E156032

3. Slowly insert the fuel filler nozzle fully
into the fuel system, and leave the
nozzle fully inserted to open both doors
until you are done pumping. Hold
handle higher during insertion for easier
access.

If this action corrects the problem, the
message may not reset immediately. It
may take several driving cycles for the
message to turn off. A driving cycle
consists of an engine start-up (after four
or more hours with the engine off) followed
by city or highway driving. Continuing to
drive with the message on may cause the
service engine soon lamp to turn on as
well.

RUNNING OUT OF FUEL
Avoid running out of fuel because this
situation may have an adverse effect on
powertrain components.

E154765

154

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Fuel and Refueling
Refilling With a Portable Fuel
Container

If you have run out of fuel:
•

•

You may need to cycle the ignition from
off to on several times after refueling
to allow the fuel system to pump the
fuel from the tank to the engine. On
restarting, cranking time will take a few
seconds longer than normal. With
keyless ignition, just start the engine.
Crank time will be longer than usual.
Normally, adding 1 gallon (3.8 liters) of
fuel is enough to restart the engine. If
the vehicle is out of fuel and on a steep
grade, more than 1 gallon (3.8 liters)
may be required.
The service engine soon indicator may
come on. For more information on the
service engine soon indicator, See
Warning Lamps and Indicators
(page 79).

WARNINGS
Do not insert the nozzle of portable
fuel containers or aftermarket
funnels into the capless fuel system.
This could damage the fuel system and its
seal, and may cause fuel to run onto the
ground instead of filling the tank, which
could result in serious personal injury.
Do not try to pry open or push open
the capless fuel system with foreign
objects. This could damage the fuel
system and its seal and cause injury to you
or others.
Note: Do not use aftermarket funnels; they
will not work with the capless fuel system
and can damage it. The included fuel funnel
has been specially designed to work safely
with your vehicle.
When filling the vehicle’s fuel tank from a
portable fuel container, use the funnel
included with the vehicle.

E162864

155

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Fuel and Refueling
1.

Locate the portable funnel that comes
with your vehicle. The funnel is located
behind the left-hand side rear seat,
under the carpet. Fold down the
left-hand side rear seat back. Pull back
the piece of carpet to access the
funnel.

FUEL CONSUMPTION
Note: The amount of usable fuel in the
empty reserve varies and should not be
relied upon to increase driving range. When
refueling your vehicle after the fuel gauge
indicates empty, you might not be able to
refuel the full amount of the advertised
capacity of the fuel tank due to the empty
reserve still present in the tank.
Empty reserve is the amount of fuel
remaining in the tank after the fuel gauge
indicates empty. Do not rely on this fuel for
driving. The usable capacity of the fuel
tank is the amount of fuel that can be put
into the tank after the gauge indicates
empty. The advertised capacity is the total
fuel tank size – it is the combined usable
capacity plus the empty reserve.

E157279

2. Slowly insert the funnel into the
capless fuel system.

Filling the Tank
For consistent results when filling the fuel
tank:
•

•

Results are most accurate when the filling
method is consistent.

E157280

3. Fill the vehicle with fuel from the
portable fuel container.
4. When done, clean the funnel or
properly dispose of it. Extra funnels can
be purchased from your authorized
dealer if you choose to dispose of the
funnel.

Calculating Fuel Economy
Do not measure fuel economy during the
first 1000 miles (1600 kilometers) of
driving (this is your engine’s break-in
period); a more accurate measurement is
obtained after 2000 miles - 3000 miles
(3200 kilometers - 4800 kilometers). Also,
fuel expense, frequency of fill ups or fuel
gauge readings are not accurate ways to
measure fuel economy.

156

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Turn the ignition off before fueling; an
inaccurate reading results if the engine
is left running.
Use the same fill rate
(low-medium-high) each time the tank
is filled.
Allow no more than two automatic
click-offs when filling.

Fuel and Refueling
1.
2.
3.

4.
5.

Fill the fuel tank completely and record
the initial odometer reading.
Each time you fill the tank, record the
amount of fuel added.
After at least three to five tank fill ups,
fill the fuel tank and record the current
odometer reading.
Subtract your initial odometer reading
from the current odometer reading.
Calculate fuel economy by dividing
miles traveled by gallons used (For
Metric: Multiply liters used by 100, then
divide by kilometers traveled).

Your vehicle is equipped with various
emission control components and a
catalytic converter which will enable your
vehicle to comply with applicable exhaust
emission standards. To make sure that the
catalytic converter and other emission
control components continue to work
properly:
To make sure that the catalytic converter
and other emission control components
continue to work properly:
• Use only the specified fuel listed.
• Avoid running out of fuel.
• Do not turn off the ignition while your
vehicle is moving, especially at high
speeds.
• Have the items listed in scheduled
maintenance information performed
according to the specified schedule.

Keep a record for at least one month and
record the type of driving (city or highway).
This provides an accurate estimate of the
vehicle’s fuel economy under current
driving conditions. Additionally, keeping
records during summer and winter show
how temperature impacts fuel economy.
In general, lower temperatures mean lower
fuel economy.

The scheduled maintenance items listed
in scheduled maintenance information are
essential to the life and performance of
your vehicle and to its emissions system

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM

If other than Ford, Motorcraft® or
Ford-authorized parts are used for
maintenance replacements or for service
of components affecting emission control,
such non-Ford parts should be equivalent
to genuine Ford Motor Company parts in
performance and durability.

WARNINGS
Do not park, idle, or drive your vehicle
in dry grass or other dry ground cover.
The emission system heats up the
engine compartment and exhaust system,
which can start a fire.

Illumination of the service engine soon
indicator, charging system warning light or
the temperature warning light, fluid leaks,
strange odors, smoke or loss of engine
power could indicate that the emission
control system is not working properly.

Exhaust leaks may result in entry of
harmful and potentially lethal fumes
into the passenger compartment. If
you smell exhaust fumes inside your
vehicle, have your dealer inspect your
vehicle immediately. Do not drive if you
smell exhaust fumes.

An improperly operating or damaged
exhaust system may allow exhaust to
enter the vehicle. Have a damaged or
improperly operating exhaust system
inspected and repaired immediately.

157

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Fuel and Refueling
Do not make any unauthorized changes to
your vehicle or engine. By law, vehicle
owners and anyone who manufactures,
repairs, services, sells, leases, trades
vehicles, or supervises a fleet of vehicles
are not permitted to intentionally remove
an emission control device or prevent it
from working. Information about your
vehicle’s emission system is on the Vehicle
Emission Control Information Decal
located on or near the engine. This decal
also lists engine displacement

These temporary malfunctions can be
corrected by filling the fuel tank with good
quality fuel, properly closing the fuel fill
inlet or letting the electrical system dry out.
After three driving cycles without these or
any other temporary malfunctions present,
the service engine soon indicator should
stay off the next time the engine is started.
A driving cycle consists of a cold engine
startup followed by mixed city/highway
driving. No additional vehicle service is
required.

Please consult your warranty information
for complete details.

If the service engine soon indicator remains
on, have your vehicle serviced at the first
available opportunity. Although some
malfunctions detected by the OBD-II may
not have symptoms that are apparent,
continued driving with the service engine
soon indicator on can result in increased
emissions, lower fuel economy, reduced
engine and transmission smoothness, and
lead to more costly repairs.

On-Board Diagnostics (OBD-II)
Your vehicle is equipped with a computer
that monitors the engine’s emission control
system. This system is commonly known
as the on-board diagnostics system
(OBD-II). The OBD-II system protects the
environment by ensuring that your vehicle
continues to meet government emission
standards. The OBD-II system also assists
your authorized dealer in properly servicing
your vehicle.

Readiness for
Inspection/Maintenance (I/M)
Testing

When the service engine soon
indicator illuminates, the OBD-II
system has detected a
malfunction. Temporary malfunctions may
cause the service engine soon indicator to
illuminate. Examples are:

Some state/provincial and local
governments may have
Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) programs
to inspect the emission control equipment
on your vehicle. Failure to pass this
inspection could prevent you from getting
a vehicle registration.

If the service engine soon
indicator is on or the bulb does
not work, the vehicle may need
to be serviced. See On-Board Diagnostics.

The vehicle has run out of fuel—the
engine may misfire or run poorly.
2. Poor fuel quality or water in the
fuel—the engine may misfire or run
poorly.
3. The fuel fill inlet may not have been
properly closed. See Refueling (page
153).
4. Driving through deep water—the
electrical system may be wet.

Your vehicle may not pass the I/M test if
the service engine soon indicator is on or
not working properly (bulb is burned out),
or if the OBD-II system has determined
that some of the emission control systems
have not been properly checked. In this
case, the vehicle is considered not ready
for I/M testing.

158

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Fuel and Refueling
If the vehicle’s engine or transmission has
just been serviced, or the battery has
recently run down or been replaced, the
OBD-II system may indicate that the
vehicle is not ready for I/M testing. To
determine if the vehicle is ready for I/M
testing, turn the ignition key to the on
position for 15 seconds without cranking
the engine. If the service engine soon
indicator blinks eight times, it means that
the vehicle is not ready for I/M testing; if
the service engine soon indicator stays on
solid, it means that the vehicle is ready for
I/M testing.
The OBD-II system is designed to check
the emission control system during normal
driving. A complete check may take several
days. If the vehicle is not ready for I/M
testing, the following driving cycle
consisting of mixed city and highway
driving may be performed:
15 minutes of steady driving on an
expressway/highway followed by 20
minutes of stop-and-go driving with at
least four 30-second idle periods.
Allow the vehicle to sit for at least eight
hours without starting the engine. Then,
start the engine and complete the above
driving cycle. The engine must warm up to
its normal operating temperature. Once
started, do not turn off the engine until the
above driving cycle is complete. If the
vehicle is still not ready for I/M testing, the
above driving cycle will have to be
repeated.

159

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Transmission
During each shift, the clutch pedal must
be fully pressed to the floor. Make sure the
floor mat is properly positioned so it
doesn't interfere with the full extension of
the clutch pedal.

MANUAL TRANSMISSION
Using the Clutch
Note: Failure to fully press the clutch pedal
to the floor may cause increased shift
efforts, prematurely wear transmission
components or damage the transmission.

Recommended Shift Speeds
Note: Do not downshift into 1 (First) when
your vehicle is moving faster than 15 mph
(24 km/h). This will damage the clutch.

Note: Do not drive with your foot resting on
the clutch pedal or use the clutch pedal to
hold your vehicle at a standstill while
waiting on a hill. These actions will reduce
the life of the clutch.

Recommended upshifts (for best fuel
economy) when accelerating

Shift from:

E144954

15 mph (24 km/h)

2-3

25 mph (40 km/h)

3-4

40 mph (64 km/h)

4-5

45 mph (72 km/h)

5-6

50 mph (80 km/h)

Reverse

Manual transmission vehicles have a
starter interlock that prevents cranking the
engine unless the clutch pedal is fully
pressed.

Note: Make sure that your vehicle is at a
complete stop before you shift into R
(Reverse). Failure to do so may damage the
transmission.

To start the vehicle:

Press the clutch pedal to the floor to
disengage clutch.
2. Move the gearshift lever into the
neutral position and wait at least three
seconds before shifting into R
(Reverse).
3. Shift into R (Reverse) by raising the
collar below the gearshift knob up, then
moving the lever fully to the left, then
forward.

1. Make sure the parking brake is fully set.
2. Press the clutch pedal to the floor, then
put the gearshift lever in the neutral
position.
3. Start the engine.
4. Press the brake pedal and move the
gearshift lever to the desired gear; 1
(First) or R (Reverse).
5. Release the parking brake, then slowly
release the clutch pedal while slowly
pressing on the accelerator.

160

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

1-2

Transmission
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
(IF EQUIPPED)

WARNINGS
Always set the parking brake fully
and make sure the gearshift is
latched in P (Park). Turn the ignition
to the off position and remove the key
whenever you leave your vehicle.
Do not apply the brake pedal and
accelerator pedal simultaneously.
Applying both pedals simultaneously
for more than three seconds will limit
engine rpm, which may result in difficulty
maintaining speed in traffic and could lead
to serious injury.

E99067

Note: The gearshift lever can only be
moved to R (Reverse) by raising the collar
below the gearshift knob up before shifting
to reverse. This is a lockout feature which
protects the transmission from accidentally
engaging R (Reverse) when intending to
select 1 (First).

Understanding the Positions of
Your Automatic Transmission

If R (Reverse) is not fully engaged, press
the clutch pedal down and return the
gearshift to the neutral position. Release
the clutch pedal for a moment, then raise
the collar and shift to R (Reverse) again.

Putting your vehicle in gear:
1. Fully press down the brake pedal.
2. Press and hold the button on the front
of the gearshift lever.
3. Move the gearshift lever into the
desired gear.
4. Release the button and your
transmission will remain in the selected
gear.

Parking Your Vehicle
WARNING
Do not park your vehicle in Neutral,
it may move unexpectedly and injure
someone. Use 1 (First) gear and set
the parking brake fully.
To park your vehicle:
Apply the brake and shift into the
neutral position.
2. Fully apply the parking brake, hold the
clutch pedal down, then shift into 1
(First).
3. Turn the ignition off.

E142628

161

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Transmission
P (Park)
This position locks the transmission and
prevents the front wheels from turning.
Come to a complete stop before putting
your vehicle into and out of P (Park)
R (Reverse)
With the gearshift lever in R (Reverse), the
vehicle will move backward. Always come
to a complete stop before shifting into and
out of R (Reverse).

E142629

If equipped with the toggle on the gearshift
lever:
• Press the (+) button to upshift.
• Press the (-) button to downshift.

N (Neutral)
With the gearshift lever in N (Neutral), the
vehicle can be started and is free to roll.
Hold the brake pedal down while in this
position.

If equipped with steering wheel paddles:
• Pull the right paddle (+) to upshift.
• Pull the left paddle (–) to downshift.

D (Drive)
The normal driving position for the best
fuel economy. Transmission operates in
gears one through six.
S (Sport)
Moving the gearshift lever to S (Sport):
• Provides additional grade (engine)
braking and extends lower gear
operation to enhance performance for
uphill climbs, hilly terrain or
mountainous areas. This will increase
engine RPM during engine braking.
• Provides additional lower gear
operation through the automatic
transmission shift strategy.
• Gears are selected more quickly and
at higher engine speeds.

E144821

Note: After you have assumed manual
control with SelectShift your vehicle will
remain in this mode until you return the
gearshift lever from S (Sport), back to D
(Drive).
Upshift to the recommended shift speeds
according to the following chart:
Upshifts when accelerating (recommended for best fuel economy)

SelectShift Automatic™
Transmission (If Equipped)

Shift from:

Your SelectShift automatic transmission
gives you the ability to manually change
gears if you'd like. To use SelectShift, move
the gearshift lever into S (Sport).

162

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

1-2

15 mph (24 km/h)

2-3

25 mph (40 km/h)

Transmission
Use the brake shift interlock lever to move
the gearshift lever from the park position
in the event of an electrical malfunction or
if your vehicle has a dead battery.

Upshifts when accelerating (recommended for best fuel economy)

3-4

40 mph (64 km/h)

4-5

45 mph (72 km/h)

5-6

50 mph (80 km/h)

Apply the parking brake and turn the
ignition off before performing this
procedure.

The instrument cluster will display the
selected gear that you are currently in.
SelectShift will automatically make some
shifts for you in the event that your engine
speed is running at too high, or to low an
RPM.
Note: Engine damage may occur if
excessive engine revving is held without
shifting.
E155984

Brake-Shift Interlock

WARNINGS
Do not drive your vehicle until you
verify that the brake lamps are
working.

Remove the side panel on the right side
of the gearshift lever.

When doing this procedure, you will
be taking the vehicle out of park
which means the vehicle can roll
freely. To avoid unwanted vehicle
movement, always fully set the parking
brake prior to doing this procedure. Use
wheel chocks if appropriate.
If the parking brake is fully released,
but the brake warning lamp remains
illuminated, the brakes may not be
working properly. See your authorized
dealer.

E155985

2. Locate the access hole.

Note: See your authorized dealer as soon
as possible if this procedure is used.
Note: For some markets this feature will be
disabled.

163

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Transmission
If your vehicle gets stuck in mud or snow,
it may be rocked out by shifting between
forward and reverse gears, stopping
between shifts in a steady pattern. Press
lightly on the accelerator in each gear.

HILL START ASSIST (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNINGS
The system does not replace the
parking brake. When you leave your
vehicle, always apply the parking
brake and put the vehicle in P (Park).

E155983

3. Insert the screwdriver (or similar tool)
into the access hole and press the lever
foreword while pulling the gearshift
lever out of the P (Park) position and
into the N (Neutral) position.
4. Remove the tool and reinstall the
panel.
5. Start the vehicle and release the
parking brake.

You must remain in your vehicle once
you have activated the system.
During all times, you are responsible
for controlling your vehicle,
supervising the system and
intervening, if required.
If the engine is revved excessively, or
if a malfunction is detected, the
system will be deactivated.

Automatic Transmission Adaptive
Learning
This feature is designed to increase
durability and provide consistent shift feel
over the life of the vehicle. A new vehicle
or transmission may have firm and/or soft
shifts. This operation is considered normal
and will not affect function or durability of
the transmission. Over time, the adaptive
learning process will fully update
transmission operation. Additionally,
whenever the battery is disconnected or a
new battery installed, the strategy must
be relearned.

The system makes it easier to pull away
when your vehicle is on a slope without the
need to use the parking brake.
When the system is active, your vehicle will
remain stationary on the slope for two to
three seconds after you release the brake
pedal. This allows you time to move your
foot from the brake to the accelerator
pedal. The brakes are released
automatically once the engine has
developed sufficient drive to prevent your
vehicle from rolling down the slope. This
is an advantage when pulling away on a
slope, (for example from a car park ramp,
traffic lights or when reversing uphill into
a parking space).

If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck In Mud
or Snow
Note: Do not rock the vehicle if the engine
is not at normal operating temperature or
damage to the transmission may occur.

The system will activate automatically on
any slope which can result in significant
vehicle rollback.

Note: Do not rock the vehicle for more than
a minute or damage to the transmission and
tires may occur, or the engine may overheat.

164

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Transmission
Using Hill Start Assist
1.

Press the brake pedal to bring your
vehicle to a complete standstill. Keep
the brake pedal pressed.
2. If the sensors detect that your vehicle
is on a slope, the system will be
activated automatically.
3. When you remove your foot from the
brake pedal, your vehicle will remain
on the slope without rolling away for
approximately two or three seconds.
This hold time will automatically be
extended if you are in the process of
driving off.
4. Drive off in the normal manner. The
brakes will be released automatically.

165

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

All-Wheel Drive (If Equipped)
Do not use a spare tire of a different size
other than the tire provided. If the
mini-spare tire is installed, the AWD
system may disable automatically and
enter front-wheel drive only mode to
protect driveline components. This
condition will be indicated by a warning in
the information display See Information
Messages (page 91). If there is a warning
message in the information display from
using the spare tire, this indicator should
turn off after reinstalling the repaired or
replaced normal road tire and cycling the
ignition off and on. It is recommended to
reinstall the repaired or replaced road tire
as soon as possible. Major dissimilar tire
sizes between the front and rear axles
could cause the AWD system to stop
functioning and default to front-wheel
drive or damage the AWD system.

USING ALL-WHEEL DRIVE
All-wheel drive uses all four wheels to
power the vehicle. This increases traction,
enabling you to drive over terrain and road
conditions that a conventional two-wheel
drive vehicle cannot. The AWD system is
active all the time and requires no input
from the operator.
Note: Your AWD vehicle is not intended for
off-road use. The AWD feature gives your
vehicle some limited off-road capabilities
in which driving surfaces are relatively level,
obstruction-free and otherwise similar to
normal on-road driving conditions.
Operating your vehicle under other than
those conditions could subject the vehicle
to excessive stress which might result in
damage which is not covered under your
warranty.

Driving In Special Conditions With
All-Wheel Drive (AWD)

Note: A warning message will be displayed
in the information display when an AWD
system fault is present See Information
Messages (page 91). An AWD system fault
will cause the AWD system to default to
front-wheel drive only mode. When this
warning message is displayed, have your
vehicle serviced at an authorized dealer

AWD vehicles are equipped for driving on
sand, snow, mud and rough roads and have
operating characteristics that are
somewhat different from conventional
vehicles, both on and off the highway.
Under severe operating conditions, the A/C
may cycle on and off to protect
overheating of the engine.

Note: A warning message will be displayed
in the information display if the AWD system
has overheated See Information
Messages (page 91). This condition may
occur if the vehicle was operated in extreme
conditions with excessive wheel slip, such
as deep sand. To resume normal AWD
function as soon as possible, stop the
vehicle in a safe location and stop the
engine for at least 10 minutes. After the
engine has been restarted and the AWD
system has adequately cooled, the warning
message will turn off and normal AWD
function will return.

Basic operating principles in special
conditions
•

•

166

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Drive slower in strong crosswinds which
can affect the normal steering
characteristics of your vehicle.
Be extremely careful when driving on
pavement made slippery by loose sand,
water, gravel, snow or ice.

All-Wheel Drive (If Equipped)
If Your Vehicle Goes Off the Edge of the
Pavement
•

•

Note: Do not rock the vehicle for more than
a few minutes or damage to the
transmission and tires may occur or the
engine may overheat.

If your vehicle goes off the edge of the
pavement, slow down, but avoid severe
brake application, ease the vehicle
back onto the pavement only after
reducing your speed. Do not turn the
steering wheel too sharply while
returning to the road surface.
It may be safer to stay on the apron or
shoulder of the road and slow down
gradually before returning to the
pavement. You may lose control if you
do not slow down or if you turn the
steering wheel too sharply or abruptly.
It often may be less risky to strike small
objects, such as highway reflectors,
with minor damage to your vehicle
rather than attempt a sudden return to
the pavement which could cause the
vehicle to slide sideways out of control
or rollover. Remember, your safety and
the safety of others should be your
primary concern.

If your vehicle gets stuck in mud or snow it
may be rocked out by shifting between
forward and reverse gears, stopping
between shifts, in a steady pattern. Press
lightly on the accelerator in each gear.
If your vehicle is equipped with
AdvanceTrac® with Roll Stability
Control™, it may be beneficial to
disengage the AdvanceTrac® with Roll
Stability Control™ system while
attempting to rock the vehicle.
Emergency Maneuvers
•

If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck
WARNINGS
Always set the parking brake fully
and make sure the transmission is in
P (Park). Turn the ignition to the lock
position or turn the vehicle off using the
start/stop button and remove the key
whenever you leave your vehicle.
If the parking brake is fully released,
but the brake warning lamp remains
illuminated, the brakes may not be
working properly. See your authorized
dealer.

•

Do not spin the wheels at over 35
mph (56 km/h). The tires may fail
and injure a passenger or bystander.

•

Note: Do not rock the vehicle if the engine
is not at normal operating temperature or
damage to the transmission may occur.
167

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

In an unavoidable emergency situation
where a sudden sharp turn must be
made, remember to avoid
"over-driving" your vehicle (i.e., turn the
steering wheel only as rapidly and as
far as required to avoid the
emergency). Excessive steering will
result in less vehicle control, not more.
Additionally, smooth variations of the
accelerator and/or brake pedal
pressure should be utilized if changes
in vehicle speed are called for. Avoid
abrupt steering, acceleration or braking
which could result in an increased risk
of loss of vehicle control, vehicle
rollover and/or personal injury. Use all
available road surface to return the
vehicle to a safe direction of travel.
In the event of an emergency stop,
avoid skidding the tires and do not
attempt any sharp steering wheel
movements.
If the vehicle goes from one type of
surface to another (i.e., from concrete
to gravel) there will be a change in the
way the vehicle responds to a
maneuver (steering, acceleration or
braking). Again, avoid these abrupt
inputs.

All-Wheel Drive (If Equipped)
Sand

Once through water, always try the brakes.
Wet brakes do not stop the vehicle as
effectively as dry brakes. Drying can be
improved by moving your vehicle slowly
while applying light pressure on the brake
pedal.

When driving over sand, try to keep all four
wheels on the most solid area of the trail.
Avoid reducing the tire pressures but shift
to a lower gear and drive steadily through
the terrain. Apply the accelerator slowly
and avoid spinning the wheels.

Be cautious of sudden changes in vehicle
speed or direction when you are driving in
mud. Even AWD vehicles can lose traction
in slick mud. As when you are driving over
sand, apply the accelerator slowly and
avoid spinning your wheels. If the vehicle
does slide, steer in the direction of the slide
until you regain control of the vehicle.

Do not drive your AWD vehicle in deep
sand. This will cause the AWD system to
overheat. After the system has cooled
down, normal AWD function will return.
Under severe operating conditions, the A/C
may cycle on and off to protect
overheating of the engine.

After driving through mud, clean off residue
stuck to rotating driveshafts and tires.
Excess mud stuck on tires and rotating
driveshafts causes an imbalance that
could damage drive components.

Avoid excessive speed because vehicle
momentum can work against you and
cause the vehicle to become stuck to the
point that assistance may be required from
another vehicle. Remember, you may be
able to back out the way you came if you
proceed with caution.

Note: Driving through deep water may
damage the transmission.
If the front or rear axle is submerged in
water, the axle lubricant and AWD PTU
(Power Transfer Unit) lubricant should be
checked and changed if necessary.

Mud and Water
If you must drive through high water, drive
slowly. Traction or brake capability may
be limited.
When driving through water, determine the
depth; avoid water higher than the bottom
of the wheel rims (for cars) or the bottom
of the hubs (for trucks) (if possible) and
proceed slowly. If the ignition system gets
wet, the vehicle may stall.

E143950

“Tread Lightly” is an educational program
designed to increase public awareness of
land-use regulations and responsibilities
in our nations wilderness areas. Ford Motor
Company joins the U.S. Forest Service and
the Bureau of Land Management in
encouraging you to help preserve our
national forest and other public and private
lands by “treading lightly.”

E142667

168

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

All-Wheel Drive (If Equipped)
Driving on Hilly or Sloping Terrain

Descend a hill in the same gear you would
use to climb up the hill to avoid excessive
brake application and brake overheating.
Do not descend in neutral; instead,
disengage overdrive or manually shift to a
lower gear. When descending a steep hill,
avoid sudden hard braking as you could
lose control. The front wheels have to be
turning in order to steer the vehicle.

Note: Avoid driving crosswise or turning on
steep slopes or hills. A danger lies in losing
traction, slipping sideways and possibly
rolling over. Whenever driving on a hill,
determine beforehand the route you will
use. Do not drive over the crest of a hill
without seeing what conditions are on the
other side. Do not drive in reverse over a hill
without the aid of an observer.

Your vehicle has anti-lock brakes, therefore
apply the brakes steadily. Do not “pump”
the brakes.

Although natural obstacles may make it
necessary to travel diagonally up or down
a hill or steep incline, you should always
try to drive straight up or straight down.

Driving on Snow and Ice
WARNING

When climbing a steep slope or hill, start
in a lower gear rather than downshifting to
a lower gear from a higher gear once the
ascent has started. This reduces strain on
the engine and the possibility of stalling.

If you are driving in slippery
conditions that require tire chains or
cables, then it is critical that you drive
cautiously. Keep speeds down, allow for
longer stopping distances and avoid
aggressive steering to reduce the chances
of a loss of vehicle control which can lead
to serious injury or death. If the rear end of
the vehicle slides while cornering, steer in
the direction of the slide until you regain
control of the vehicle.

If you do stall out, do not try to turnaround
because you might roll over. It is better to
back down to a safe location.
Apply just enough power to the wheels to
climb the hill. Too much power will cause
the tires to slip, spin or lose traction,
resulting in loss of vehicle control.

Note: Excessive tire slippage can cause
driveline damage.
AWD vehicles have advantages over 2WD
vehicles in snow and ice but can skid like
any other vehicle.
Should you start to slide while driving on
snowy or icy roads, turn the steering wheel
in the direction of the slide until you regain
control.
Avoid sudden applications of power and
quick changes of direction on snow and
ice. Apply the accelerator slowly and
steadily when starting from a full stop.

E143949

169

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

All-Wheel Drive (If Equipped)
Avoid sudden braking as well. Although an
AWD vehicle may accelerate better than
a two-wheel drive vehicle in snow and ice,
it won’t stop any faster, because as in other
vehicles, braking occurs at all four wheels.
Do not become overconfident as to road
conditions.
Make sure you allow sufficient distance
between you and other vehicles for
stopping. Drive slower than usual and
consider using one of the lower gears. In
emergency stopping situations, apply the
brake steadily. Since your vehicle is
equipped with a four wheel (ABS), do not
“pump” the brakes. See Hints on Driving
With Anti-Lock Brakes (page 171). for
more information on the operation of the
anti-lock brake system (ABS).
Maintenance and Modifications
The suspension and steering systems on
your vehicle have been designed and
tested to provide predictable performance
whether loaded or empty and durable load
carrying capability. For this reason, Ford
Motor Company strongly recommends that
you do not make modifications such as
adding or removing parts (such as lowering
kits or stabilizer bars) or by using
replacement parts not equivalent to the
original factory equipment.
Any modifications to a vehicle that raise
the center of gravity can make it more likely
the vehicle will rollover as a result of a loss
of control. Ford Motor Company
recommends that caution be used with
any vehicle equipped with a high load or
device (such as ladder or luggage racks).
Failure to maintain your vehicle properly
may void the warranty, increase your repair
cost, reduce vehicle performance and
operational capabilities and adversely
affect driver and passenger safety.
Frequent inspection of vehicle chassis
components is recommended if the vehicle
is subjected to off-highway usage.

170

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Brakes
Brake Assist

GENERAL INFORMATION

Brake assist detects when you brake
rapidly by measuring the rate at which you
press the brake pedal. It provides
maximum braking efficiency as long as you
press the pedal, and can reduce stopping
distances in critical situations.

Note: Occasional brake noise is normal. If
a metal-to-metal, continuous grinding or
continuous squeal sound is present, the
brake linings may be worn-out and should
be inspected by an authorized dealer. If the
vehicle has continuous vibration or shudder
in the steering wheel while braking, the
vehicle should be inspected by an
authorized dealer.

Anti-lock Brake System
This system helps you maintain steering
control during emergency stops by keeping
the brakes from locking.

Note: Brake dust may accumulate on the
wheels, even under normal driving
conditions. Some dust is inevitable as the
brakes wear and does not contribute to
brake noise. See Cleaning the Alloy
Wheels (page 266).

This lamp momentarily
illuminates when the ignition is
turned on. If the light does not
illuminate during start up, remains on or
flashes, the anti-lock braking system may
be disabled and may need to be serviced.

See Warning Lamps and
Indicators (page 79).
E144522

If the system is disabled, normal
braking is still effective. If the
brake warning lamp illuminates
with the parking brake released, have your
brake system serviced immediately.

Wet brakes result in reduced braking
efficiency. Gently press the brake pedal a
few times when driving from a car wash or
standing water to dry the brakes.

E144522

Brake Over Accelerator

HINTS ON DRIVING WITH
ANTI-LOCK BRAKES

In the event the accelerator pedal
becomes stuck or entrapped, apply steady
and firm pressure to the brake pedal to
slow the vehicle and reduce engine power.
If you experience this condition, apply the
brakes and bring your vehicle to a safe
stop. Turn the engine off, shift to position
P and apply the parking brake, and then
inspect the accelerator pedal for any
interferences. If none are found and the
condition persists, have your vehicle towed
to the nearest authorized dealer.

Note: When the system is operating, the
brake pedal will pulse and may travel
further. Maintain pressure on the brake
pedal. You may also hear a noise from the
system. This is normal.
The anti-lock braking system will not
eliminate the risks when:
• you drive too closely to the vehicle in
front of you
• your vehicle is hydroplaning
• you take corners too fast
• the road surface is poor.

171

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Brakes
Note: The brake system warning lamp will
illuminate for ten seconds, if the ignition is
turned off after the electric parking brake
has been applied, or the electric parking
brake has been applied after the ignition has
been turned off.

ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE
The electric parking brake replaces the
conventional handbrake. The operating
switch is located in the center console.
WARNING

Note: The electric parking brake will not
automatically apply. You must apply the
electric parking brake using the electric
parking brake switch.

Always set the parking brake and
leave your vehicle with the
transmission selector lever in
position P (automatic transmission) or in
position 1 or position R(manual
transmission).
Note: When you apply the electric parking
brake in certain conditions, for example, on
a steep hill, the electric parking brake may
reapply the brakes within three to ten
minutes.
Note: You may notice various noises when
you apply and release the electric parking
brake. This is normal and no cause for
concern.

E147230

Pull the switch up to apply the electric
parking brake.

Parking on a hill (vehicles with a
manual transmission)

The brake system warning lamp will
illuminate to confirm that the electric
parking brake has been applied. See
Information Displays (page 83).

If you park your vehicle facing uphill, move
the transmission selector lever to position
1 and turn the steering wheel away from
the curb. If you park your vehicle facing
downhill, move the transmission selector
lever to position R and turn the steering
wheel toward the curb.

Applying the electric parking brake
when the vehicle is moving
WARNINGS
Applying the electric parking brake
while moving will result in use of the
anti-lock braking system. Do not use
the electric parking brake system when the
vehicle is moving unless the normal brake
system is unable to stop the vehicle.

Applying the electric parking brake
WARNING
If the brake system warning lamp
does not illuminate or flashes, there
could be a problem with your electric
parking brake. Have the system checked
by an authorized dealer as soon as
possible.

172

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Brakes
Manual release

WARNINGS
With the exception of emergency
conditions (for example, the brake
pedal does not work or is blocked),
do not apply the electric parking brake
while the vehicle is moving. On bends, or
poor road surfaces or weather conditions,
emergency braking can cause the vehicle
to skid out of control or off the road.

WARNING
If the brake system warning light
remains illuminated or flashes after
you have released the parking brake,
there could be a problem with you braking
system. Have the system checked by an
authorized dealer as soon as possible.
You can manually release the electric
parking brake by turning the ignition on,
pressing the brake pedal and then pressing
the electric parking brake switch.

If you apply the electric parking brake when
your vehicle is moving, the brake system
warning lamp will illuminate and a warning
chime will sound. See Information
Displays (page 83).

When the electric parking brake is released,
the brake system warning lamp will turn
off.

If your vehicle speed is above 4 mph (6
km/h), the braking force is applied as long
as the switch is pulled. Releasing or
pressing the switch or pressing the
accelerator pedal will stop the braking
force.

Driving with a Trailer
Depending on the grade and the weight of
the trailer, your vehicle and trailer may roll
backwards slightly when you start on a
slope. To prevent this from happening, do
the following:

Releasing the electric parking
brake

Pull the switch up and hold it in this
position.
2. Drive your vehicle, then release the
switch when you notice that the engine
has developed sufficient driving force.
Automatic release - drive away release
Note: On automatic transmission vehicles,
the driver's door must be closed and the
driver's safety belt must be fastened before
this feature will operate.

E147231

You can release the electric parking brake
either manually by pressing the switch or
automatically.

Note: If the electric parking brake warning
lamp stays illuminated, the electric parking
brake will not automatically release. You
must release the electric parking brake using
the electric parking brake switch.
Note: The engine must be running and the
accelerator pedal must be pressed before
the drive away release feature will operate.

173

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Brakes
Note: On manual transmission vehicles, if
the transmission selector lever is not in
position N when you release the clutch
pedal and press the accelerator pedal, the
electric parking brake will release
automatically.
Note: On manual transmission vehicles, the
clutch pedal must be fully pressed before
the drive away release feature will operate.
Drive as normal using the accelerator and
clutch pedals and the electric parking brake
will be automatically released.
The brake system warning lamp will go off
to confirm that the electric parking brake
has been released.
Note: The electric parking brake drive away
release makes starting on a hill easier. This
feature will release the parking brake
automatically when the vehicle has
sufficient drive force to move up the hill. To
assure drive away release when starting
uphill, press the accelerator pedal quickly.

Battery With No Charge
WARNING
You will not be able to apply or
release the electric parking brake if
the battery is low or has no charge.
If the battery is low or has no charge, use
jumper cables and a booster battery.

174

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Traction Control
The stability control off light
temporarily illuminates on
engine start-up and stays on
when you turn the traction control system
off.

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
The traction control system helps avoid
drive wheel spin and loss of traction.
If your vehicle begins to slide, the system
applies the brakes to individual wheels
and, when needed, reduces engine power
at the same time. If the wheels spin when
accelerating on slippery or loose surfaces,
the system reduces engine power in order
to increase traction.

When you turn the traction control system
off or on, a message appears in the
information display showing system status.

USING TRACTION CONTROL
In certain situations (for example, stuck in
snow or mud), turning the traction control
off may be beneficial as this allows the
wheels to spin with full engine power. Turn
off the traction control system through the
information display. See General
Information (page 83).

System Indicator Lights and
Messages
WARNING
If a failure has been detected within
the AdvanceTrac system, the
stability control light will illuminate
steadily. Verify that the AdvanceTrac
system was not manually disabled through
the information display. If the stability
control light still illuminates steadily, have
the system serviced by an authorized
dealer immediately. Operating your vehicle
with AdvanceTrac disabled could lead to
an increased risk of loss of vehicle control,
vehicle rollover, personal injury and death.
The stability control light
temporarily illuminates on
E138639
engine start-up and flashes
when a driving condition activates the
stability system.

175

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Stability Control
The AdvanceTrac Control system helps
you keep control of your vehicle when on
a slippery surface. The electronic stability
control portion of the system helps avoid
skids and lateral slides. The traction
control system helps avoid drive wheel
spin and loss of traction. See Using
Traction Control (page 175).

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
WARNINGS
Vehicle modifications involving
braking system, aftermarket roof
racks, suspension, steering system,
tire construction and wheel and tire size
may change the handling characteristics
of the vehicle and may adversely affect
the performance of the AdvanceTrac
system. In addition, installing any stereo
loudspeakers may interfere with and
adversely affect the AdvanceTrac system.
Install any aftermarket stereo loudspeaker
as far as possible from the front center
console, the tunnel, and the front seats in
order to minimize the risk of interfering with
the AdvanceTrac sensors. Reducing the
effectiveness of the AdvanceTrac system
could lead to an increased risk of loss of
vehicle control, vehicle rollover, personal
injury and death.

B
B
A
A

Remember that even advanced
technology cannot defy the laws of
physics. It’s always possible to lose
control of a vehicle due to inappropriate
driver input for the conditions. Aggressive
driving on any road condition can cause
you to lose control of your vehicle
increasing the risk of personal injury or
property damage. Activation of the
AdvanceTrac system is an indication that
at least some of the tires have exceeded
their ability to grip the road; this could
reduce the operator’s ability to control the
vehicle potentially resulting in a loss of
vehicle control, vehicle rollover, personal
injury and death. If your AdvanceTrac
system activates, SLOW DOWN.

E72903

Vehicle without AdvanceTrac
skidding off its intended route.

Vehicle with AdvanceTrac
maintaining control on a slippery
surface.

USING STABILITY CONTROL
AdvanceTrac®
The system automatically activates when
you start your engine. The AdvanceTrac
system cannot be completely turned off,
but the electronic stability control system
is disabled when the transmission selector
lever is in position R. You can turn off the
traction control portion of the system
independently. See Using Traction
Control (page 175).
176

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Parking Aids
Note: If your vehicle is equipped with
MyKey®, it is possible to prevent turning the
sensing system off. See MyKey™ (page
48).

PARKING AID (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNINGS
To help avoid personal injury, please
read and understand the limitations
of the system as contained in this
section. Sensing is only an aid for some
(generally large and fixed) objects when
moving in reverse on a flat surface at
parking speeds. Traffic control systems,
inclement weather, air brakes, and external
motors and fans may also affect the
function of the sensing system; this may
include reduced performance or a false
activation.

The sensing system warns the driver of
obstacles within a certain range of the
bumper area. The system turns on
automatically whenever the ignition is
switched on.
When receiving a detection warning, the
radio volume is reduced to a
predetermined level. After the warning
goes away, the radio volume returns to the
previous level.
The system can be switched off through
the information display menu or from the
pop-up message that appears once the
transmission is shifted into R. See General
Information (page 83).

To help avoid personal injury, always
use caution when in R (Reverse) and
when using the sensing system.
This system is not designed to
prevent contact with small or moving
objects. The system is designed to
provide a warning to assist the driver in
detecting large stationary objects to avoid
damaging the vehicle. The system may not
detect smaller objects, particularly those
close to the ground.

If a fault is present in the system, a warning
message appears in the information
display and does not allow the driver to
switch the faulted system on. See
Information Messages (page 91).

Rear Sensing System

Certain add-on devices such as large
trailer hitches, bike or surfboard racks
and any device that may block the
normal detection zone of the system, may
create false beeps.

The rear sensors are only active when the
transmission is in R. As the vehicle moves
closer to the obstacle, the rate of the
audible warning increases. When the
obstacle is fewer than 10 inches (25
centimeters) away, the warning sounds
continuously. If a stationary or receding
object is detected farther than 10 inches
(25 centimeters) from the side of the
vehicle, the tone sounds for only three
seconds. Once the system detects an
object approaching, the warning sounds
again.

Note: Keep the sensors, located on the
bumper or fascia, free from snow, ice and
large accumulations of dirt. If the sensors
are covered, the system’s accuracy can be
affected. Do not clean the sensors with
sharp objects.
Note: If your vehicle sustains damage to
the bumper or fascia, leaving it misaligned
or bent, the sensing zone may be altered
causing inaccurate measurement of
obstacles or false alarms.

177

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Parking Aids

E130178

Coverage area of up to 6 feet (2
meters) from the rear bumper.
There is decreased coverage
area at the outer corners of the
bumper.

E130382

The system detects certain objects while
the transmission is in R:
• and moving toward a stationary object
at a speed of 3 mph (5 km/h) or less
• but not moving, and a moving object is
approaching the rear of the vehicle at
a speed of 3 mph (5 km/h) or less
• and moving at a speed of less than 3
mph (5 km/h) and a moving object is
approaching the rear of the vehicle at
a speed of less than 3 mph (5 km/h).

The system sounds an audible warning
when obstacles are near either bumper in
the following manner:
• Objects detected by the front sensors
are indicated by a high-pitched tone
from the front radio speakers.
• Objects detected by the rear sensors
are indicated by a lower pitched tone
from the rear radio speakers.
• The sensing system reports the
obstacle which is closest to the front
or rear of the vehicle. For example, if
an obstacle is 24 inches (60
centimeters) from the front of the
vehicle and, at the same time, an
obstacle is only 16 inches (40
centimeters) from the rear of the
vehicle, the lower pitched tone sounds.
• An alternating warning sounds from
the front and rear if there are objects
at both bumpers that are closer than
10 inches (25 centimeters).

Front Sensing System
The front sensors are active when the
gearshift is in any position other than P
(Park) or N (Neutral) and the vehicle speed
is below 6 mph (10 km/h).

178

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Coverage area of up to 27 inches
(70 centimeters) from the front
of the vehicle and about 6–14
inches (15–35 centimeters) to
the side of the front end of the
vehicle. Refer to the reverse
sensing section for details on
coverage area.

Parking Aids
For specific information on the reverse
sensing portion of the system, refer to that
section.

Note: The sensors may not detect objects
in heavy rain or other conditions that cause
disruptive reflections.

ACTIVE PARK ASSIST (IF

Note: The sensors may not detect objects
with surfaces that absorb ultrasonic waves.
The system should not be used if:
• a foreign object (i.e. bike rack or trailer)
is attached to the front or rear of the
vehicle or at another location close to
the sensors.
• an overhanging object (i.e. surfboard)
is attached to the roof.
• the front bumper or side sensors are
damaged (i.e. in a collision) or
obstructed by a foreign object (i.e. front
bumper cover).
• a mini-spare tire is in use.

EQUIPPED)

WARNING
This system is designed to be a
supplementary park aid. It may not
work in all conditions and is not
intended to replace the driver’s attention
and judgment. The driver is responsible for
avoiding hazards and maintaining a safe
distance and speed, even when the system
is in use.
Note: The driver is always responsible for
controlling the vehicle, supervising the
system and intervening if required.

Using Active Park Assist

The system detects an available parallel
parking space and automatically steers
the vehicle into the space (hands-free)
while you control the accelerator, gearshift
and brakes. The system visually and
audibly instructs you to park the vehicle.

E146186

Press the button located on the
center console near the gearshift
lever.

The touch screen displays a message and
a corresponding graphic to indicate it's
searching for a parking space. Use the turn
signal to indicate which side of the vehicle
you want the system to search on.

The system may not function correctly if
something passes between the front
bumper and the parking space (i.e. a
pedestrian or cyclist) or if the edge of the
neighboring parked vehicle is high from the
ground (i.e. a bus, tow truck or flatbed
truck).

Note: If the turn signal is not on, the system
automatically searches on the vehicle's
passenger side.

E130107

179

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Parking Aids
Automatic Steering into Parking
Space

When a suitable space is found, the touch
screen displays a message and a chime
sounds. Slow down and stop at
approximately position (A), then follow
the instructions on the touch screen.

Note: If vehicle speed exceeds 6 mph (10
km/h), the system switches off and you
need to take full control of the vehicle.

Note: You must observe that the selected
space remains clear of obstructions at all
times in the maneuver.

Note: If a maneuver is interrupted before
completion, the system switches off. The
steering wheel position will not indicate the
actual position of the steering and you have
to full take control of the vehicle.

Note: Vehicles with overhanging loads (e.g.
a bus or a truck), street furniture and other
items may not be detected by active park
assist. You must make sure the selected
space is suitable for parking.

With your hands off the wheel (and
nothing obstructing its movement) and
the transmission in R (Reverse), the vehicle
steers itself as instructions to safely move
the vehicle back and forward in the space
are displayed in the touch screen. While
reversing, the touch screen displays a
message instructing you to check your
surroundings (for safety reasons) and to
back-up slowly, accompanied by a
corresponding graphic.

Note: The vehicle should be driven as
parallel to other vehicles as possible while
passing a parking space.
Note: The system always offers the last
detected parking space (i.e. if the vehicle
detects multiple spaces while you are
driving, it offers the last one).
Note: If driven above approximately 20
mph (35 km/h), the touch screen shows a
message to alert you to reduce vehicle
speed.

E130108

When automatic steering is finished, the
touch screen displays a message indicating
that the active park assist process is done.
The driver is responsible for checking the
parking job and making any necessary
corrections.

When you think the vehicle has enough
space in front and behind it, or you hear a
solid tone from the parking aid, bring the
vehicle to a complete stop.

180

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Parking Aids
Deactivating the Park Assist
Feature

Certain vehicle conditions can also
deactivate the system, such as:
• Traction control has activated on a
slippery or loose surface.
• There is an anti-lock brake system
activation or failure.
• Something touches the steering wheel.

The system can be deactivated manually
by:
• pressing the active park assist button
• grabbing the steering wheel
• driving above approximately 20 mph
(35 km/h) for 30 seconds during an
active park search
• driving above 6 mph (10 km/h) during
automatic steering
• turning off the traction control system.

If a problem occurs with the system, a
warning message is displayed, followed
by a chime. Occasional system messages
may occur in normal operation. For
recurring or frequent system faults, contact
an authorized dealer to have your vehicle
serviced.

Troubleshooting the System
The system does not look for a space

The traction control system may be off

The system does not offer a particular space

Something may be contacting the front bumper or side sensors
There is not enough room on both sides of the vehicle in order to park
There is not enough space for the parking maneuver on the opposite side of the parking
space
The vehicle is farther than 5 ft (1.5 m) from the parking space
The vehicle is closer than 16 in. (40 cm) from neighboring parked vehicles
The transmission is in R (Reverse); the vehicle must be moving forward to detect a
parking space

181

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Parking Aids

The system does not position the vehicle where I want in the space

The vehicle is rolling in the opposite direction of the transmission (i.e. rolling forward
when R [Reverse] is selected)
The transmission is in R (Reverse); the vehicle must be moving forward to detect a
parking space
An irregular curb along the parking space prevents the system from aligning the vehicle
properly
Vehicles or objects bordering the space may not be positioned correctly
The vehicle was pulled too far past the parking space. The system performs best when
you drive the same distance past the parking space
The tires may not be installed or maintained correctly (i.e. not inflated correctly, improper
size, or of different sizes)
A repair or alteration has changed detection capabilities
A parked vehicle has a high attachment (i.e. salt sprayer, snowplow, moving truck bed,
etc.)
The parking space length or position of parked objects changed after your vehicle passed
The temperature around your vehicle changes quickly (i.e. driving from a heated garage
into the cold, or after leaving a car wash)
WARNINGS

REAR VIEW CAMERA (IF EQUIPPED)

Use caution when using the rear
video camera and the trunk is ajar. If
the trunk is ajar, the camera will be
out of position and the video image may
be incorrect. All guidelines (if enabled)
have been removed when the trunk is ajar.

WARNINGS
The rear view camera system is a
reverse aid supplement device that
still requires the driver to use it in
conjunction with the interior and exterior
mirrors for maximum coverage.

Use caution when turning camera
features on or off while in R
(Reverse). Make sure the vehicle is
not moving.

Objects that are close to either
corner of the bumper or under the
bumper, might not be seen on the
screen due to the limited coverage of the
camera system.

The rear view camera system provides a
video image of the area behind the vehicle.
The image will be displayed in either in the
rear view mirror or the display in the center
of the instrument panel.

Back up as slow as possible since
higher speeds might limit your
reaction time to stop the vehicle.

182

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Parking Aids
During operation, lines appear in the
display which represent your vehicle’s path
and proximity to objects behind the vehicle.

Note: When towing, the camera only sees
what is being towed behind your vehicle.
This might not provide adequate coverage
as it usually provides in normal operation
and some objects might not be seen. In
some vehicles, the guidelines may disappear
once the trailer tow connector is engaged.
Note: The camera may not operate
correctly under the following conditions:
•
•

E142435

The camera is located on the trunk.

•

Using the Rear View Camera
System

To access any of the rear view camera
system settings, make the following
selections in the touch screen when the
transmission is not in R (Reverse):
• Menu > Vehicle > Rear View Camera

The rear view camera system displays
what is behind your vehicle when you place
the transmission in R (Reverse).
The system uses three types of guides to
help you see what is behind your vehicle:
• Active guidelines: Show the intended
path of your vehicle when reversing.
• Fixed guidelines: Show the actual path
your vehicle is moving in while reversing
in a straight line. This can be helpful
when backing into a parking space or
aligning your vehicle with another
object behind you.
• Centerline (If applicable): Helps align
the center of your vehicle with an
object (i.e. a trailer).

After changing a system setting, the touch
screen shows a preview of the selected
features.
Guidelines and the Centerline
Note: Active guidelines and fixed guidelines
are only available when the transmission is
in R (Reverse).
Note: The centerline is only available if
Active or Fixed guidelines are on.

Note: If the transmission is in R (Reverse)
and the luggage compartment is ajar, no
rear view camera features are displayed.
Note: If the image comes on while the
transmission is not in R (Reverse), have the
system inspected by your authorized dealer.

183

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Nighttime or dark areas if one or both
reverse lamps are not operating.
The camera's view is obstructed by
mud, water or debris. Clean the lens
with a soft, lint-free cloth and
non-abrasive cleaner.
The rear of the vehicle is hit or
damaged, causing the camera to
become misaligned.

Parking Aids

B C

Always use caution while reversing.
Objects in the red zone are closest to your
vehicle and objects in the green zone are
farther away. Objects are getting closer to
your vehicle as they move from the green
zone to the yellow or red zones. Use the
side view mirrors and rear view mirror to
get better coverage on both sides and rear
of the vehicle.

Selectable settings for this feature are
ACTIVE + FIXED, FIXED and OFF.
Visual Park Aid Alert
Note: Visual park alert is only available
when the transmission is in R (Reverse).
Note: The reverse sensing system is not
effective at speeds above 3 mph (5 km/h)
and may not detect certain angular or
moving objects.
The system uses red, yellow and green
highlights which appear on top of the video
image when an object is detected by the
reverse sensing system. The alert highlights
the closest object detected. The reverse
sensing alert can be disabled and if visual
park aid alert is enabled, highlighted areas
are still displayed.

F
E142436

Active guidelines

Centerline

Fixed guideline: Green zone

Fixed guideline: Yellow zone

Fixed guideline: Red zone

Rear bumper

Selectable settings for this feature are ON
and OFF.
Manual Zoom
WARNING

Active guidelines are only shown with fixed
guidelines. To use active guidelines, turn
the steering wheel to point the guidelines
toward an intended path. If the steering
wheel position is changed while reversing,
the vehicle might deviate from the original
intended path.

When manual zoom is on, the full
area behind the vehicle is not shown.
Be aware of your surroundings when
using the manual zoom feature.
Note: Manual zoom is only available when
the transmission is in R (Reverse).

The fixed and active guidelines fade in and
out depending on the steering wheel
position. The active guidelines are not
shown when the steering wheel position
is straight.

Note: When manual zoom is enabled, only
the centerline is shown.

184

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Parking Aids
This allows you to get a closer view of an
object behind the vehicle. The zoomed
image keeps the bumper in the image to
provide a reference. The zoom is only
active while the transmission is in R
(Reverse). When the transmission is
shifted out of R (Reverse), the feature
automatically turns off and must be reset
when it is used again.
Selectable settings for this feature are OFF,
Level 1, Level 2 or Level 3. Press the up and
down arrows to change the view. The
selection level appears between the
buttons (i.e. Level 1). The default setting
for the manual zoom is OFF.
Rear Camera Delay
The camera image will be displayed upon
shifting out of R (Reverse) until the vehicle
speed reaches 5 mph (8 km/h). This will
occur when the rear camera delay feature
is on, or until the radio button is selected.
Selectable settings for this feature are ON
and OFF. The default setting for the rear
camera delay is OFF.

185

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Cruise Control
Setting a Speed

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION

1. Accelerate to the desired speed.
2. Press and release SET+.

Cruise control lets you maintain a set
speed without keeping your foot on the
accelerator pedal.

3. Take your foot off the accelerator
pedal.

USING CRUISE CONTROL

The indicator will change colors in the
instrument cluster.

WARNINGS
Do not use cruise control in heavy
traffic, on winding roads or when the
road surface is slippery.

Changing the Set Speed
Note: If you accelerate by pressing the
accelerator pedal, the set speed will not
change. When you release the accelerator
pedal, you will return to the speed that you
previously set.

When you are going downhill, your
speed may increase above the set
speed. The system will not apply the
brakes. Change down a gear to assist the
system in maintaining the set speed.

•

Note: Cruise control will disengage if the
vehicle speed decreases more than 10 mph
(16 km/h) below your set speed while
driving uphill.

•

Press and hold SET+ or SET-. Release
the control when you reach the desired
speed.
Press and release SET+ or SET-. The
set speed will change in approximately
1 mph (2 km/h) increments.
Press the accelerator or brake pedal
until you reach the desired speed. Press
and release SET+.

Canceling the Set Speed
Press CNCL or tap the brake pedal. You
will not erase the set speed.
Resuming the Set Speed
Press and release RES.

Switching Cruise Control Off

E144500

The cruise controls are located on the
steering wheel.

Note: You will erase the set speed if you
switch the system off.

Switching Cruise Control On

Press and release OFF or switch the
ignition off.

Press and release ON.
The indicator will appear in the
instrument cluster.
E71340

186

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Cruise Control
USING ADAPTIVE CRUISE
CONTROL (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNINGS
Always pay close attention to
changing road conditions, especially
when using adaptive cruise control.
Adaptive cruise control cannot replace
attentive driving. Failing to follow any of
the warnings below or failing to pay
attention to the road may result in a
collision, serious injury or death.

E144501

The controls for using your cruise control
are located on the steering wheel.

Adaptive cruise control is not a
collision warning or avoidance
system.

Switching the System On

Adaptive cruise control will not
detect stationary or slow moving
vehicles below 6 mph (10 km/h).

Press and release ON.
The information display will
show the grey indicator light.

Adaptive cruise control will not
detect pedestrians or objects in the
roadway.

E144529

Adaptive cruise control will not
detect oncoming vehicles in the
same lane.
Do not use the adaptive cruise
control when entering or leaving a
highway, in heavy traffic or on roads
that are winding, slippery or unpaved.

E82311

The current gap setting and SET will also
display.

Do not use in poor visibility,
specifically fog, rain, spray or snow.

Setting a Speed
1. Accelerate to the desired speed.
2. Press and release SET+. The vehicle
speed will be stored in the memory.
3. The information display will show a
green indicator light, current gap
setting and desired set speed.
4. Take your foot off the accelerator
pedal.

Note: It is your responsibility to stay alert,
drive safely and be in control of the vehicle
at all times.
The system adjusts your speed to maintain
a proper distance between you and the
vehicle in front of you in the same lane. You
can select from one of four gap settings.

187

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Cruise Control
The vehicle will maintain a constant
distance between the vehicle ahead until:
• the vehicle in front of you accelerates
to a speed above the set speed
• the vehicle in front of you moves out of
your lane or out of view
• the vehicle speed falls below 12 mph
(20 km/h)
• a new gap distance is set.

E82312

5. A lead vehicle graphic will illuminate if
there is a vehicle detected in front of
you.
Note: When adaptive cruise control is
active, the set speed displayed in the
information display may vary slightly from
the speedometer.

The vehicle will apply the brakes to slow
the vehicle to maintain a safe distance
from the vehicle in front. The maximum
braking which the system can apply is
limited. You can override the system by
applying the brakes.
If the system predicts that its maximum
braking level will not be sufficient, an
audible warning will sound while the
system continues to brake. This is
accompanied by a heads-up display; a red
warning bar illuminating on the windshield.
You should take immediate action.

Following a Vehicle
WARNINGS
When following a vehicle in front of
you, the vehicle will not decelerate
automatically to a stop, nor will the
vehicle always decelerate quickly enough
to avoid a collision without driver
intervention. Always apply the brakes when
necessary. Failing to do so may result in a
collision, serious injury or death.

Setting the Gap Distance
Note: It is your responsibility to select a gap
appropriate to the driving conditions.

Adaptive cruise control only warns
of vehicles detected by the radar
sensor. In some cases there may be
no warning or the warning may be delayed.
The driver should always apply the brakes
when necessary. Failing to do so may result
in a collision, serious injury or death.
Note: The brakes may emit a sound when
they are being modulated by the adaptive
cruise control system.
E144502

When a vehicle ahead of you enters the
same lane or a slower vehicle is ahead in
the same lane, the vehicle speed adjusts
to maintain a preset gap distance. The
distance setting is adjustable.
The lead vehicle graphic will illuminate.

188

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Gap decrease

Gap increase

Cruise Control
You can decrease or increase the distance
between your vehicle and the vehicle in
front of you can by pressing the gap
control.

E82312

The selected gap displays in the message
center as shown by the bars in the graphic.
Four gap distance settings are available.
Adaptive cruise control, distance between vehicle settings
Graphic Display,
Bars Indicated
Between
Vehicles

Time Gap,
Seconds

Distance Gap

62 mph
(100 km/h)

31 yd (28 m)

Sport

62 mph
(100 km/h)

1.5

46 yd (42 m)

Normal

62 mph
(100 km/h)

58 yd (53 m)

Normal

62 mph
(100 km/h)

2.5

70 yd (64 m)

Comfort

Set Speed
mph ( km/h)

yd (m)

Dynamic Behavior

Overriding the System

Each time you start the vehicle, the system
will select the last chosen gap for the
current driver.

WARNING
Whenever the driver is overriding the
system by pressing the accelerator
pedal, the system will not
automatically apply the brakes to maintain
separation from any vehicle ahead.

Disengaging the System
Press the brake pedal or press CNCL. The
last set speed displays with a strikethrough
but will not erase.

You can override the set speed and gap
distance by pressing the accelerator pedal.

189

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Cruise Control
Hilly Condition Usage

When you override the system
the green indicator light
illuminates and the follow
vehicle does not show in the
information display.

Note: An audible alarm will sound and the
system will shut down if it is applying brakes
for an extended period of time. This allows
the brakes to cool down. The system will
function normally again when the brakes
have cooled down.

E144529

The system will resume operation when
you release the accelerator pedal. The
vehicle speed will decrease to the set
speed, or a lower speed if following a
slower vehicle.

You should select a lower gear position
when the system is active in situations
such as prolonged downhill driving on
steep grades, for example in mountainous
areas. The system needs additional engine
braking in these situations to reduce the
load on the vehicle’s regular brake system
to prevent them from overheating.

Changing the Set Speed
•
•

•

Accelerate or brake to the desired
speed, then press and release SET+.
Press and hold SET+ or SET- until the
desired set speed shows on the
information display. The vehicle speed
will gradually change to the selected
speed.
Press and release SET+ or SET-. The
set speed will change in approximately
1 mph (2 km/h) increments.

Switching the System Off
Note: The set speed memory erases when
you switch off the system.
Press and release OFF or turn off the
ignition.

Detection Issues

The system may apply the brakes to slow
the vehicle to the new set speed. The set
speed will display continuously in the
information display while the system is
active.

The radar sensor has a limited field of
vision. It may not detect vehicles at all or
detect a vehicle later than expected in
some situations. The lead vehicle graphic
will not illuminate if the system does not
detect a vehicle in front of you.

Resuming the Set Speed
Note: Only use resume if you are aware of
the set speed and intend to return to it.
Press and release RES. The vehicle will
return to the previously set speed. The set
speed will display continuously in the
information display while the system is
active.

Low Speed Automatic
Cancellation
The system is not functional at vehicle
speeds below 12 mph (20 km/h). An
audible alarm will sound and the
automatic braking releases if the vehicle
drops below this speed.
190

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Cruise Control
If something hits the front end of your
vehicle or damage occurs, the radar
sensing zone may change. This could cause
missed or false vehicle detections. See an
authorized dealer to have the radar
checked for proper coverage and
operation.

System Not Available
Conditions which can cause the system to
deactivate or prevent the system from
activating when requested include:
• a blocked sensor
• high brake temperature
• a failure in the system or a related
system.

Blocked Sensor
WARNINGS
Do not use the system when towing
a trailer with brake controls.
Aftermarket trailer brakes will not
function properly when the system is
activated because the brakes are
electronically controlled. Failing to do so
may result in loss of vehicle control, which
could result in serious injury.

E71621

Detection issues can occur:
A

When driving on a different line
than the vehicle in front.

With vehicles that edge into your
lane. The system can only detect
these vehicles once they move
fully into your lane.

There may be issues with the
detection of vehicles in front
when driving into and coming out
of a bend or curve in the road.

Do not use tires sizes other than
those recommended because this
can affect the normal operation of
the system. Failing to do so may result in
a loss of vehicle control, which could result
in serious injury.

In these cases the system may brake late
or unexpectedly. The driver should stay
alert and intervene when necessary.

E145632

191

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Cruise Control
A message displays if something obstructs
the radar signals from the sensor. The
sensor is located behind a fascia cover
near the driver side of the lower grille. The
system cannot detect a vehicle ahead and

will not function when something obstructs
the radar signals. The following table lists
possible causes and actions for this
message displaying.

Cause

Action

The surface of the radar in the grille is dirty Clean the grille surface in front of the radar
or obstructed in some way.
or remove the object causing the obstruction.
The surface of the radar in the grille is clean
Wait a short time. It may take several
but the message remains in the display. minutes for the radar to detect that it is no
longer obstructed
Heavy rain or snow is interfering with the
radar signals.

Do not use the system in these condition
because it may not detect any vehicles
ahead.

Swirling water, or snow or ice on the surface
of the road may interfere with the radar
signals.

Do not use the system in these condition
because it may not detect any vehicles
ahead.

You are in a desert or remote area with no Wait a short time or switch to normal cruise
other vehicles and no roadside objects.
control.
The cruise control indicator light
replaces the adaptive cruise
E71340
control indicator light if you
select normal cruise control. The gap
setting will not display, the system will not
automatically respond to lead vehicles and
automatic braking will activate. The
system defaults to adaptive cruise control
when you start the engine.

Due to the nature of radar technology, it is
possible to get a blockage warning and not
be blocked. This can happen, for example,
when driving in sparse rural or desert
environments. A false blocked condition
will either self clear or clear after a key
cycle.

Switching to Normal Cruise
Control
WARNING
Normal cruise control will not brake
due to slower vehicles. Always be
aware of which mode is selected and
apply the brakes when necessary.
You can manually change from adaptive
cruise control to normal cruise control
through the information display.

192

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Driving Aids
DRIVER ALERT (IF EQUIPPED)

System Warnings

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION

Note: Note: The system will not issue
warnings below approximately 40 mph (65
km/h).

WARNING

The warning system is in two stages. At
first the system issues a temporary warning
that you need to take a rest. This message
will only appear for a short time. If the
system detects further reduction in driving
alertness, another warning may be issued
which will remain in the information display
for a longer time. Press OK on the steering
wheel control to clear the warning

The driver alert system is designed
to aid you. It is not intended to
replace your attention and judgment.
You are still responsible to drive with due
care and attention.
Note: The system will store the on/off
setting in the information display menu
through ignition cycles.

System Display

Note: If enabled in the menu, the system
will be active at speeds above 40 mph (64
km/h).

When active the system will run
automatically in the background and only
issue a warning if required. You can view
the status at any time using the
information display. See General
Information (page 83).

Note: The system works as long as one lane
marking can be detected by the camera.
Note: If the camera is blocked or if the
windshield is damaged, the system may not
function.

The alertness level is shown by six steps
in a colored bar.

Note: The system may not be available in
poor weather or other low visibility
conditions.
The system automatically monitors your
driving behavior using various inputs
including the front camera sensor.
If the system detects that your driving
alertness is reduced below a certain
threshold, the system will alert you using
a chime and a message in the cluster
display.

E131358

Alertness level is fine, no rest required.

USING DRIVER ALERT
Switching the system on and off
By default, the system is enabled. You may
disable or re-enable the system by
selecting Setting then Driver Assist then
Driver Alert in the menu. When activated,
the system will monitor your alertness level
based upon your driving behavior in relation
to the lane markings, and other factors.

E131359

Alertness level is critical, indicating that a
rest should be taken as soon as safely
possible.

193

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Driving Aids
Note: If the camera is blocked or if the
windshield is damaged, the system may not
function.

The status bar will travel from left to right
as the calculated alertness level
decreases. As the rest icon is approached
the color turns from green to yellow and
then finally red when a rest break should
be taken.
•
•
•

Note: When Aid mode is on and the system
detects no driver steering activity for a short
continuous period of time, the system alerts
the driver to put their hands on the steering
wheel. The system may detect a light
grip/touch on the steering wheel as hands
off driving.

Green - No rest required.
Yellow - First (temporary) warning.
Red - Second warning.

Note: If you have recently received a
warning; you should consider resting, even
if the current assessment is with the typical
range.
Note: The alertness level will be shown in
grey if the camera sensor cannot track the
road lane markings or if the vehicle speed
drops below approximately 40 mph (65
km/h).

The system detects unintentional drifting
toward the outside of the lane and alerts
and/or aids the driver to stay in the lane
through the steering system and
instrument cluster display. The system
automatically detects and tracks the road
lane markings using a camera that is
mounted behind the interior rear view
mirror.

Resetting the System

Switching the System On and Off

You can reset the system by either:

Note: The system defaults to off each time
the vehicle is started, unless a MyKey® is
detected. If a MyKey® is detected, the
system is defaulted to on and the Alert
mode is automatically selected.

•
•

Switching the ignition off and on.
Stopping the vehicle and then opening
and closing the driver’s door.

Note: If a MyKey® is detected, pressing the
button will not affect the on/off status of
the system. Only the Mode, Sensitivity and
Intensity settings can be changed when a
MyKey® is present.

LANE KEEPING SYSTEM (IF
EQUIPPED)

WARNING

To turn the system on, press the
button located on the left
steering wheel stalk. The button
must be pressed each time the vehicle is
started. The system can be turned off by
pressing the button again.

The system is designed to aid the
driver. It is not intended to replace
the driver’s attention and judgment.
The driver is still responsible to drive with
due care and attention.
Note: The system needs to be activated by
the driver at each key cycle.
Note: The system works above 40 mph (64
km/h).
Note: The system works as long as one lane
marking can be detected by the camera.

194

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Driving Aids
System Settings

When the system is turned on, an overhead
graphic of a vehicle with lane markings will
be displayed in the left-hand instrument
cluster display. If the aid mode is selected
when the system is turned on, a separate
white icon will also appear in the
instrument cluster.

The system has three optional setting
menus available. To view or adjust them,
select Settings > Vehicle Settings > Driver
Assist > Lane Keeping Sys in the left-hand
instrument cluster display using the OK
button on the steering wheel. The
last-known selection for each of these
settings is stored by the system. You do
not need to readjust your settings each
time you turn on the system.

When the system is turned off, the lane
marking graphics will not be displayed.
Note: The overhead vehicle graphic may
still be displayed if adaptive cruise control
is enabled.

Mode: This setting allows the driver to
select which of the system features will be
enabled and turned on when the button is
pressed.
•

•

While the system is on, the color of the
lane markings will change to indicate the
system status.

Alert only – Provides a steering wheel
vibration when an unintended lane
departure is detected.
Aid only – Provides a steering input
toward the lane center when an
unintended lane departure is detected.
Both Alert + Aid

Gray: Indicates that the system is
temporarily unable to provide a warning
or intervention on the indicated side(s).
This may be because:
•
•
•
•

Intensity: This setting affects the intensity
of the steering wheel vibration used for the
alert and alert + aid modes. This setting
does not impact the aid mode.
•
•
•

•

Low
Medium
High

System Display

the vehicle is under the activation
speed
the turn indicator is active
the vehicle is in a dynamic maneuver
the road has no or poor lane markings
in the camera field-of-view
the camera is obscured or unable to
detect the lane markings due to
environmental conditions (e.g.
significant sun angles or shadows,
snow, heavy rain, fog), traffic
conditions (e.g. following a large
vehicle that is blocking or shadowing
the lane), or vehicle conditions (e.g.
poor headlamp illumination).

See Troubleshooting for additional
information.
Green: Indicates that the system is
available or ready to provide a warning or
intervention, on the indicated side(s).
Yellow: Indicates that the system is
providing or has just provided a lane
keeping aid intervention.

E151660

195

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Driving Aids
Red: Indicates that the system is providing
or has just provided a lane keeping alert
warning.

•
•
•
•

The system can be temporarily suppressed
at any time by the following:

Quick braking
Fast acceleration
Using the turn signal indicator
Evasive steering maneuver

Troubleshooting
Why is the feature not available (line markings are gray) when I can see the lane markings
on the road?

Vehicle speed is outside the operational range of the feature
Sun is shining directly into the camera lens
Quick intentional lane change
Staying too close to the lane marking
Driving at high speeds in curves
Previous feature activation happened within the last one second
Ambiguous lane markings (mainly in construction zones)
Rapid transition from light to dark or vice versa

Why is the feature not available (line markings are gray) when I can see the lane markings
on the road?

Sudden offset in lane markings
ABS or AdvanceTrac activation
Camera blockage due to dirt, grime, fog, frost or water on the windshield
Too close to the vehicle in front of you
Transitioning between no lane markings to lane markings or vice versa
Standing water on the road
Faint lane markings (partial yellow lane markings on concrete roads)
Lane width too narrow or too wide
Camera not calibrated after a windshield replacement
When driving on tight roads or on uneven roads

196

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Driving Aids

Why does the vehicle not come back into the middle of the lane always, as expected, in
the Aid or Aid + Alert mode?

High cross winds
Large road crown
Rough roads, grooves, shoulder drop-offs
Heavy uneven loading of the vehicle or improper tire inflation pressure
If the tires have been exchanged (including snow tires), or the suspension has been
modified
BLIS aids you in detecting vehicles that
may have entered the blind spot zone (A).
The detection area is on both sides of the
vehicle, extending rearward from the
exterior mirrors to approximately 10 feet
(3 meters) beyond the bumper. The
system alerts you if certain vehicles enter
the blind spot zone while driving.

BLIND SPOT MONITOR
Blind Spot Information System
(BLIS®) with Cross Traffic Alert (If
Equipped)

WARNING

Cross traffic alert warns you of vehicles
approaching from the sides when the
transmission is in R (Reverse).

To help avoid injuries, NEVER use the
BLIS as a replacement for using the
interior and exterior mirrors and
looking over your shoulder before changing
lanes. BLIS is not a replacement for careful
driving and only an assist.

Note: BLIS is not designed to prevent
contact with other vehicles or objects; or to
detect parked vehicles, people, animals or
infrastructure (fences, guardrails, trees,
etc.). It is designed to alert the driver to
vehicles in the blind zones.

Note: When a vehicle passes quickly
through the blind zone, typically fewer than
two seconds, the system does not trigger.
Using the Systems
BLIS turns on when the engine is started
and the vehicle is driven forward above 5
mph (8 km/h); it remains on while the
transmission is in D (Drive) and N
(Neutral). If shifted out of D (Drive) or N
(Neutral), the system enters cross traffic
alert mode. Once shifted back into D
(Drive), BLIS turns back on when the
vehicle is driven above 5 mph (8 km/h).

A
E124788

197

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Driving Aids
Note: BLIS does not function in R (Reverse)
or P (Park) or provide any additional
warning when a turn signal is on.

WARNING
To help avoid personal injury, NEVER
use the cross traffic alert system as
a replacement for using the interior
and exterior mirrors and looking over your
shoulder before backing out of a parking
space. Cross traffic alert is not a
replacement for careful driving and only
an assist.

Note: Cross traffic alert detects
approaching vehicles from up to 45 feet (14
meters) away though coverage decreases
when the sensors are blocked. Reversing
slowly helps increase the coverage area and
effectiveness.
Note: For manual transmission vehicles,
CTA will be active only if the transmission
is in Reverse. If the vehicle is rolling
backwards and the transmission is not in
Reverse then CTA will not be active.

E142440

In this first example, the left sensor is only
partially obstructed; zone coverage is
nearly maximized.

198

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Driving Aids

E142441

Cross traffic alert also sounds an audible
warning and a message appears in the
information display indicating a vehicle is
coming from the right or left. Cross traffic
alert works with the reverse sensing
system which sounds its own series of
tones. See Parking Aid (page 177).

Zone coverage also decreases when
parking at shallow angles. Here, the left
sensor is mostly obstructed; zone coverage
on that side is severely limited.
System Lights and Messages

System Sensors
WARNING
Just prior to the system recognizing
a blocked condition and alerting the
driver, the number of missed objects
will increase. To help avoid injuries, NEVER
use the BLIS as a replacement for using
the side and rear view mirrors and looking
over your shoulder before changing lanes.
BLIS is not a replacement for careful
driving and only an assist.

E142442

The BLIS and cross traffic alert systems
illuminate a yellow alert indicator in the
outside mirror on the side of the vehicle
the approaching vehicle is coming from.

Note: It is possible to get a blockage
warning with no blockage present; this is
rare and known as a false blockage warning.
A false blocked condition either
self-corrects or clears after a key cycle.

Note: The alert indicator dims when
nighttime darkness is detected.

199

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Driving Aids

Reasons for messages being displayed

The radar
Clean the fascia area in
surface is front of the radar or remove
dirty or
the obstruction.
obstructed

E142443

The system uses radar sensors which are
located behind the bumper fascia on each
side of your vehicle. Do not allow these
areas to become obstructed by mud, snow
or bumper stickers, as this can cause
degraded system performance.
If the system detects a degraded
performance condition, a message warning
of a blocked sensor or a message warning
of low visibility will appear in the
information display and the alert indicator
illuminates in the appropriate mirror(s).
The information display warning can be
cleared but the alert indicator remains
illuminated.

The radar
surface is
not dirty or
obstructed

Drive normally in traffic for
a few minutes to allow the
radar to detect passing
vehicles so it can clear the
blocked state.

Heavy rainfall/snowfall interferes with
the radar
signals

No action required. The
system automatically
resets to an unblocked
state once the rainfall or
snowfall rate decreases or
stops. Do not use BLIS or
cross traffic alert in these
conditions.

System Limitations
The BLIS and cross traffic alert systems
do have their limitations; situations such
as severe weather conditions or debris
build-up on the sensor area may limit
vehicle detection.

When the blockage is removed, the system
can be reset in two ways:
• when at least two objects are detected
while driving, or
• turn the ignition from on to off, then
back on.

The following are other situations that may
limit the BLIS:
• Certain maneuvering of vehicles
entering and exiting the blind zone.
• Vehicles passing through the blind zone
at very fast rates.
• When several vehicles forming a
convoy pass through the blind zone.

If the blockage is still present after the key
cycle, the system senses again that it is
blocked after driving in traffic.

The following are other situations that may
limit the cross traffic alert system:
• Adjacently parked vehicles or objects
obstructing the sensors.
• Approaching vehicles passing at
speeds greater than 15 mph (24 km/h).

200

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Driving Aids
•
•

Driving in reverse faster than 5 mph (8
km/h).
Backing out of an angled parking spot.

One or both systems can also be switched
off permanently at your authorized dealer.
Once switched off, switching it back on
must also be done at your authorized
dealer.

False Alerts
Note: If a trailer is connected to the vehicle
the BLIS system may detect the trailer
causing a false alert. You may want to turn
the BLIS off manually.

STEERING
Electric Power Steering

There may be certain instances when
either the BLIS or cross traffic alert
systems illuminate the alert indicator with
no vehicle in the coverage zone; this is
known as a false alert. Some amount of
false alerts are normal; they are temporary
and self-correct.

WARNING
Obtain immediate service if a system
error is detected. You may not notice
any difference in the feel of your
steering, but a serious condition may exist.
Failure to do so may result in loss of
steering control.

System Errors
Note: Your vehicle is equipped with an
electric power-assisted steering system.
There is no fluid reservoir to check or fill.

If either system senses a problem with the
left or right sensor, the BLIS telltale will
illuminate and a message will appear in
the information display.

The electric power steering system has
diagnostic checks that continuously
monitor the system to ensure proper
operation of the electronic system. When
an electronic error is detected, a message
will be displayed in the information display.
If this happens, stop the vehicle in a safe
place, and turn off the engine. After at least
10 seconds, reset the system by restarting
the engine, and watch the information
display for a steering message. If a steering
message returns, or returns while driving,
take the vehicle to your dealer to have it
checked.

All other system faults will only be
displayed by a message in the information
display.
Switching the Systems Off and On
One or both systems can be switched off
temporarily by using the information
display control. See General Information
(page 83). When the BLIS is switched off,
you will not receive alerts and a telltale
illuminates in the information display.
Note: The CTA system always switches on
whenever the ignition is switched on.
However, the BLIS system will remember
the last selected on or off setting.

If your vehicle loses electrical power while
you are driving (or if the ignition is turned
off), you can steer the vehicle manually,
but it takes more effort. Extreme
continuous steering may increase the effort
it takes for you to steer. This occurs to
prevent internal overheating and
permanent damage to your steering

One or both systems cannot be switched
off when MyKey is used. See Principle of
Operation (page 48).

201

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Driving Aids
system. If this should occur, you will neither
lose the ability to steer the vehicle
manually nor will it cause permanent
damage. Typical steering and driving
maneuvers will allow the system to cool
and steering assist will return to normal.

COLLISION WARNING SYSTEM
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION (If
Equipped)

WARNINGS
This system is designed to be a
supplementary driving aid. It is not
intended to replace the driver’s
attention, and judgment, or the need to
apply the brakes. This system does NOT
activate the brakes automatically. Failure
to press the brake pedal to activate the
brakes may result in a collision.

Steering Tips
If the steering wanders or pulls, check for:
• an improperly inflated tire
• uneven tire wear
• loose or worn suspension components
• loose or worn steering components
• improper vehicle alignment

The collision warning system with
brake support cannot help prevent
all collisions. Do not rely on this
system to replace driver judgment and the
need to maintain distance and speed.

A high crown in the road or high crosswinds
may also make the steering seem to
wander or pull.
Adaptive Learning

Note: The system does not detect, warn or
respond to potential collisions with vehicles
to the rear or sides of the vehicle.

The EPS system adaptive learning helps
correct for road irregularities and improves
overall handling and steering feel. It
communicates with the vehicle's brake
system to help operate advanced stability
control and accident avoidance systems.
Additionally, whenever the battery is
disconnected or a new battery installed,
the vehicle must be driven a short distance
before the strategy is relearned and all
systems are reactivated.

Note: The collision warning system is active
at speeds above approximately 5 mph (8
km/h).

E156130

This system is designed to alert the driver
of certain collision risks. A radar detects if
your vehicle is rapidly approaching another
vehicle traveling in the same direction as
yours.

E156131

202

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Driving Aids
Note: If collision warnings are perceived as
being too frequent or disturbing then the
warning sensitivity can be reduced, though
the manufacturer recommends using the
highest sensitivity setting where possible.
Setting lower sensitivity would lead to fewer
and later system warnings. See General
Information (page 83).

If it is, a red warning light illuminates and
an audible warning chime sounds.
The brake support system assists the driver
in reducing the collision speed by charging
the brakes. If the risk of collision further
increases after the warning light
illuminates, the brake support prepares
the brake system for rapid braking. This
may be apparent to the driver. The system
does not automatically activate the brakes
but, if the brake pedal is pressed, full force
braking is applied even if the brake pedal
is lightly pressed.

Blocked Sensors

Using the Collision Warning System
WARNING
The collision warning system’s brake
support can only help reduce the
speed at which a collision occurs if
the driver applies the vehicle’s brakes. The
brake pedal must be pressed just like any
typical braking situation.

E145632

If a message regarding a blocked sensor
appears in the information display, the
radar signals from the sensor have been
obstructed. The sensors are located behind
a fascia cover near the driver side of the
lower grille. When the sensors are
obstructed, a vehicle ahead cannot be
detected and the collision warning system
does not function. The following table lists
possible causes and actions for this
message being displayed.

The warning system and chime can be
turned on and off separately; the warning
system sensitivity can be adjusted to one
of three possible settings by using the
information display control. See General
Information (page 83).
Note: If the system cannot be turned off in
a vehicle equipped with MyKey®, See
Principle of Operation (page 48).

203

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Driving Aids

Cause

Action

The surface of the radar in the grille is dirty Clean the grille surface in front of the radar
or obstructed in some way
or remove the object causing the obstruction
The surface of the radar in the grille is clean
Wait a short time. It may take several
but the message remains in the display
minutes for the radar to detect that it is no
longer obstructed
Heavy rain, spray, snow, or fog is interfering The collision warning system is temporarily
disabled. Collision warning should automatwith the radar signals
ically reactivate a short time after the
weather conditions improve
Swirling water, or snow or ice on the surface The collision warning system is temporarily
of the road may interfere with the radar disabled. Collision warning should automatically reactivate a short time after the
signals
weather conditions improve
•

System Limitations
WARNING

•

The collision warning system’s brake
support can only help reduce the
speed at which a collision occurs if
the driver applies the vehicle’s brakes. The
brake pedal must be pressed just like any
typical braking situation.

Certain conditions may reduce the visibility
of the warning lamp; therefore, it is
recommended to keep the audible warning
on.
If the front end of the vehicle is hit or
damaged, the radar sensing zone may be
altered causing missed or false collision
warnings. See your authorized dealer to
have your collision warning radar checked
for proper coverage and operation.

Due to the nature of radar technology,
there may be certain instances where
vehicles do not provide a collision warning.
These include:
•
•
•
•
•

•

Stationary vehicles or vehicles moving
below 6 mph (10 km/h).
Pedestrians or objects in the roadway.
Oncoming vehicles in the same lane.
Severe weather conditions (see
blocked sensor section).
Debris build-up on the grille near the
headlamps (see blocked sensor
section).
Small distance to vehicle ahead.

204

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Steering wheel and pedal movements
are large (very active driving style).

Load Carrying
the following terms for
determining your vehicle’s weight
ratings, with or without a trailer,
from the vehicle’s Tire Label or
Safety Compliance Certification
Label:

LOAD LIMIT
Vehicle Loading - with and without
a Trailer

This section will guide you in the
proper loading of your vehicle,
trailer or both, to keep your loaded
vehicle weight within its design
rating capability, with or without
a trailer. Properly loading your
vehicle will provide maximum
return of vehicle design
performance. Before loading your
vehicle, familiarize yourself with

Base Curb Weight - is the weight
of the vehicle including a full tank
of fuel and all standard
equipment. It does not include
passengers, cargo, or optional
equipment.
Vehicle Curb Weight - is the
weight of your new vehicle when
you picked it up from your
authorized dealer plus any
aftermarket equipment.

PAYLOAD

E143816

SHOULD NEVER EXCEED XXX
kg OR XXX lb.” for maximum
payload. The payload listed on the
Tire Label is the maximum
payload for the vehicle as built by
the assembly plant. If you install
any aftermarket or

Payload - is the combined weight
of cargo and passengers that the
vehicle is carrying. The maximum
payload for your vehicle can be
found on the Tire Label on the
B-Pillar or the edge of the driver
door (vehicles exported outside
the US and Canada may not have
a Tire Label). Look for “THE
COMBINED WEIGHT OF
OCCUPANTS AND CARGO
205

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Load Carrying
authorized-dealer installed
equipment on the vehicle, you
must subtract the weight of the
equipment from the payload listed
on the Tire Label in order to
determine the new payload.

WARNING
The appropriate loading capacity of
your vehicle can be limited either by
volume capacity (how much space
is available) or by payload capacity (how
much weight the vehicle should carry).
Once you have reached the maximum
payload of your vehicle, do not add more
cargo, even if there is space available.
Overloading or improperly loading your
vehicle can contribute to loss of vehicle
control and vehicle rollover.

Example only:

E142516

E142517

206

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Load Carrying

CARGO

E143817

GAWR (Gross Axle Weight
Rating) - is the maximum
allowable weight that can be
carried by a single axle (front or
rear). These numbers are shown
on the Safety Compliance
Certification Label. The label shall
be affixed to either the door hinge
pillar, door-latch post, or the door
edge that meets the door-latch
post, next to the driver's seating
position. The total load on each
axle must never exceed its
Gross Axle Weight Rating.

Cargo Weight - includes all
weight added to the Base Curb
Weight, including cargo and
optional equipment. When towing,
trailer tongue load or king pin
weight is also part of cargo weight.
GAW (Gross Axle Weight) - is
the total weight placed on each
axle (front and rear) including
vehicle curb weight and all
payload.

Note: For trailer towing information refer
to the RV and Trailer Towing Guide available
at an authorized dealer.

GVW

E143818

207

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Load Carrying
GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) is the Vehicle Curb Weight, plus
cargo, plus passengers.

Safety Compliance Certification
Label. The label shall be affixed
to either the door hinge pillar,
door-latch post, or the door edge
that meets the door-latch post,
next to the driver's seating
position. The Gross Vehicle
Weight must never exceed the
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating.

GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating) - is the maximum
allowable weight of the fully
loaded vehicle (including all
options, equipment, passengers
and cargo). It is shown on the
Example only:

E142523

E142524

208

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Load Carrying
WARNING
Exceeding the Safety Compliance
Certification Label vehicle weight
rating limits could result in
substandard vehicle handling or
performance, engine, transmission and/or
structural damage, serious damage to the
vehicle, loss of control and personal injury.

GCW

GVW

E143819

towing vehicle plus the trailer
exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating of the towing vehicle. The
Gross Combined Weight must
never exceed the Gross
Combined Weight Rating.

GCW (Gross Combined Weight)
- is the Gross Vehicle Weight plus
the weight of the fully loaded
trailer.
GCWR (Gross Combined
Weight Rating) - is the maximum
allowable weight of the vehicle
and the loaded trailer, including
all cargo and passengers, that the
vehicle can handle without risking
damage. (Important: The towing
vehicle’s braking system is rated
for operation at Gross Vehicle
Weight Rating, not at Gross
Combined Weight Rating.)
Separate functional brakes should
be used for safe control of towed
vehicles and for trailers where the
Gross Combined Weight of the

Maximum Loaded Trailer
Weight - is the highest possible
weight of a fully loaded trailer the
vehicle can tow. It assumes a
vehicle with mandatory options,
driver and front passenger weight
(150 pounds [68 kilograms]
each), no cargo weight (internal
or external) and a tongue load of
10–15% (conventional trailer) or
king pin weight of 15–25% (fifth
wheel trailer). Consult an
authorized dealer (or the RV and
Trailer Towing Guide available at
an authorized dealer) for more
detailed information.

209

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Load Carrying
2. Determine the combined weight
of the driver and passengers that
will be riding in your vehicle.

Tongue Load or Fifth Wheel
King Pin Weight - refers to the
amount of the weight that a trailer
pushes down on a trailer hitch.

3. Subtract the combined weight
of the driver and passengers from
XXX kg or XXX lb.

Examples: For a 5000 pound
(2268 kilogram) conventional
trailer, multiply 5000 by 0.10 and
0.15 to obtain a proper tongue
load range of 500 to 750 pounds
(227 to 340 kilograms). For an
11500 pound (5216 kilogram) fifth
wheel trailer, multiply by 0.15 and
0.25 to obtain a proper king pin
load range of 1725 to 2875 pounds
(782 to 1304 kilograms).

4. The resulting figure equals the
available amount of cargo and
luggage load capacity. For
example, if the “XXX” amount
equals 1,400 lb. and there will be
five 150 lb. passengers in your
vehicle, the amount of available
cargo and luggage load capacity
is 650 lb. (1400-750 (5 x 150) =
650 lb.)

WARNINGS
Do not exceed the GVWR or the
GAWR specified on the Safety
Compliance Certification Label.

5. Determine the combined weight
of luggage and cargo being loaded
on the vehicle. That weight may
not safely exceed the available
cargo and luggage load capacity
calculated in Step 4.

Do not use replacement tires with
lower load carrying capacities than
the original tires because they may
lower the vehicle’s GVWR and GAWR
limitations. Replacement tires with a higher
limit than the original tires do not increase
the GVWR and GAWR limitations.

6. If your vehicle will be towing a
trailer, load from your trailer will
be transferred to your vehicle.
Consult this manual to determine
how this reduces the available
cargo and luggage load capacity
of your vehicle.

Exceeding any vehicle weight rating
limitation could result in serious
damage to the vehicle and/or
personal injury.

Steps for determining the
correct load limit:

The following gives you a few
examples on how to calculate the
available amount of cargo and
luggage load capacity:

1. Locate the statement "The
combined weight of occupants
and cargo should never exceed
XXX kg or XXX lb." on your
vehicle’s placard.

210

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Load Carrying
*Suppose your vehicle has a
1400-pound (635-kilogram) cargo
and luggage capacity. You decide
to go golfing. Is there enough load
capacity to carry you, four of your
friends and all the golf bags? You
and four friends average 220
pounds (99 kilograms) each and
the golf bags weigh approximately
30 pounds (13.5 kilograms) each.
The calculation would be: 1400 (5 x 220) - (5 x 30) = 1400 - 1100
- 150 = 150 pounds. Yes, you have
enough load capacity in your
vehicle to transport four friends
and your golf bags. In metric units,
the calculation would be: 635
kilograms - (5 x 99 kilograms) (5 x 13.5 kilograms) = 635 - 495 67.5 = 72.5 kilograms.

- 1200 = - 240 pounds. No, you do
not have enough cargo capacity
to carry that much weight. In
metric units, the calculation would
be: 635 kilograms - (2 x 99
kilograms) - (12 x 45 kilograms) =
635 - 198 - 540 = -103 kilograms.
You will need to reduce the load
weight by at least 240 pounds
(104 kilograms). If you remove
three 100-pound (45-kilogram)
cement bags, then the load
calculation would be: 1400 - (2 x
220) - (9 x 100) = 1400 - 440 900 = 60 pounds. Now you have
the load capacity to transport the
cement and your friend home. In
metric units, the calculation would
be: 635 kilograms - (2 x 99
kilograms) - (9 x 45 kilograms) =
635 - 198 - 405 = 32 kilograms.

*Suppose your vehicle has a
1400-pound (635-kilogram) cargo
and luggage capacity. You and
one of your friends decide to pick
up cement from the local home
improvement store to finish that
patio you have been planning for
the past two years. Measuring the
inside of the vehicle with the rear
seat folded down, you have room
for twelve 100-pound
(45-kilogram) bags of cement. Do
you have enough load capacity to
transport the cement to your
home? If you and your friend each
weigh 220 pounds (99 kilograms),
the calculation would be: 1400 (2 x 220) - (12 x 100) = 1400 - 440

The above calculations also
assume that the loads are
positioned in your vehicle in a
manner that does not overload
the Front or the Rear Gross Axle
Weight Rating specified for your
vehicle on the Safety Compliance
Certification Label. The label shall
be affixed to either the door hinge
pillar, door-latch post, or the door
edge that meets the door-latch
post, next to the driver's seating
position.

211

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Towing
•

TOWING A TRAILER
WARNINGS
Do not exceed the GVWR or the
GAWR specified on the certification
label.

•

Towing trailers beyond the maximum
recommended gross trailer weight
exceeds the limit of your vehicle and
could result in engine damage,
transmission damage, structural damage,
loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover and
personal injury.

When driving with a trailer or payload, a
slight takeoff vibration or shudder may be
present due to the increased payload
weight. Additional information regarding
proper trailer loading and setting your
vehicle up for towing is located in the Load
Carrying chapter. See Load Limit (page
205). You can also find the information in
the RV & Trailer Towing Guide, available
at an authorized dealer.

Note: Your vehicle may have electrical
items, such as fuses or relays, related to
towing. See Fuses (page 231).
Your vehicle may have electrical items,
such as fuses or relays, related to towing.
See the Fuses chapter.
Your vehicle's load capacity designation
is by weight, not by volume, so you cannot
necessarily use all available space when
loading a vehicle.

RECOMMENDED TOWING
WEIGHTS

Towing a trailer places an extra load on
your vehicle's engine, transmission, axle,
brakes, tires and suspension. Inspect these
components periodically during, and after,
any towing operation.

Note: Do not exceed the trailer weight for
your vehicle configuration listed in the chart
below.
Note: Make sure to take into consideration
2
trailer frontal area. Do not exceed 20 feet
2
(1.86 meters ).

Load Placement
To help minimize how trailer movement
affects your vehicle when driving:
• Load the heaviest items closest to the
trailer floor.
• Load the heaviest items centered
between the left and right side trailer
tires.

Note: For high altitude operation, reduce
the gross combined weight by 2% per 1000
feet (300 meters) starting at the 1000 foot
(300 meter) elevation point.
Note: Certain states require electric trailer
brakes for trailers over a specified weight.
Be sure to check state regulations for this
specified weight. The maximum trailer
weights listed may be limited to this
specified weight, as the vehicle’s electrical
system may not include the wiring
connector needed to activate electric trailer
brakes.
212

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Load the heaviest items above the
trailer axles or just slightly forward
toward the trailer tongue. Do not allow
the final trailer tongue weight to go
above or below 10-15% of the loaded
trailer weight.
Select a tow bar with the correct rise
or drop. When both the loaded vehicle
and trailer are connected, the trailer
frame should be level, or slightly angled
down toward your vehicle, when
viewed from the side.

Towing
Your vehicle may tow a Class I trailer
provided the maximum trailer weight is
less than or equal to the maximum trailer

weight listed for your vehicle configuration
on the following chart.

Powertrain

Maximum Trailer Weight - lb (kg)

1.6L GTDI

1000 (454)

2.0L GTDI

2000 (907)

2.5L TiVCT

1000 (454)

Calculated with SAE J2807 method.

213

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Towing
To connect the trailer’s safety chains, cross
them under the trailer tongue and allow
enough slack for turning tight corners. Do
not allow the chains to drag on the ground.

ESSENTIAL TOWING CHECKS
Follow these guidelines to ensure safe
towing:
• Do not tow a trailer until you drive your
vehicle at least 1000 miles (1600
kilometers).
• Consult your local motor vehicle laws
for towing a trailer.
• See the instructions included with
towing accessories for the proper
installation and adjustment
specifications.
• Service your vehicle more frequently if
you tow a trailer. Refer to your
scheduled maintenance information.
• If you use a rental trailer, follow the
instructions the rental agency gives
you.

Do not connect a trailer's hydraulic
brake system directly to your
vehicle's brake system. Your vehicle
may not have enough braking power and
your chances of having a collision greatly
increase.

You can find information on load
specification terms found on the tire label
and Safety Compliance label as well as
instructions on calculating your vehicle's
load in the Load Carrying chapter. See
Load Limit (page 205).

The rating for the tow vehicle's braking
system operation is at the gross vehicle
weight rating, not the gross combined
weight rating.

Trailer Brakes
WARNING

Electric brakes and manual, automatic or
surge-type trailer brakes are safe if you
install them properly and adjust them to
the manufacturer's specifications. The
trailer brakes must meet local and federal
regulations.

Separate functioning brake systems
are required for safe control of towed
vehicles and trailers weighing more
than 1500 pounds (680 kilograms)
when loaded.

Remember to account for the trailer
tongue weight as part of your vehicle load
when calculating the total vehicle weight.

Hitches
•

•

Trailer Lamps

Do not use a hitch that either clamps
onto the bumper or attaches to the
axle.
Distribute the trailer load so 10-15% of
the total trailer weight is on the trailer
tongue.

WARNING
Never connect any trailer lamp wiring
to the vehicle's tail lamp wiring; this
may damage the electrical system
resulting in a fire. Contact an authorized
dealer as soon as possible for assistance
in proper trailer tow wiring installation.
Additional electrical equipment may be
required.

Safety Chains
Note: Never attach safety chains to the
bumper.
Always connect the trailer’s safety chains
to the hook retainers of your vehicle hitch.

214

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Towing
Trailer lamps are required on most towed
vehicles. Make sure all running lights, brake
lights, turn signals and hazard lights are
working.

•

Before Towing a Trailer
Practice turning, stopping and backing-up
to get the feel of your vehicle-trailer
combination before starting on a trip.
When turning, make wider turns so the
trailer wheels clear curbs and other
obstacles.

When Towing a Trailer
•

•
•

•

Do not drive faster than 70 mph (113
km/h) during the first 500 miles (800
kilometers).
Do not make full-throttle starts.
Check your hitch, electrical connections
and trailer wheel lug nuts thoroughly
after you have traveled 50 miles (80
kilometers).
When stopped in congested or heavy
traffic during hot weather, place the
gearshift in position P (automatic
transmission) or neutral (manual
transmission) to aid engine and
transmission cooling and to help A/C
performance.
Turn off the speed control with heavy
loads or in hilly terrain. The speed
control may turn off automatically
when you are towing on long, steep
grades.
Shift to a lower gear when driving down
a long or steep hill. Do not apply the
brakes continuously, as they may
overheat and become less effective.
If your transmission is equipped with a
Grade Assist or Tow/Haul feature, use
this feature when towing. This provides
engine braking and helps eliminate
excessive transmission shifting for
optimum fuel economy and
transmission cooling.

Launching or Retrieving a Boat or
Personal Watercraft (PWC)
Note: Disconnect the wiring to the trailer
before backing the trailer into the water.
Note: Reconnect the wiring to the trailer
after you remove the trailer from the water.
When backing down a ramp during boat
launching or retrieval:
• Do not allow the static water level to
rise above the bottom edge of the rear
bumper.
• Do not allow waves to break higher
than 6 inches (15 centimeters) above
the bottom edge of the rear bumper.
Exceeding these limits may allow water to
enter vehicle components:
• Causing internal damage to the
components.
• Affecting drivability, emissions, and
reliability.
Any time the rear axle submerges in water,
replace the rear axle lubricant. Water may
contaminate the rear axle lubricant, which
is not a normal maintenance inspection
item unless there is a possibility of a leak
or other axle repair is required.

215

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Allow more distance for stopping with
a trailer attached. Anticipate stops and
brake gradually.
Avoid parking on a grade. However, if
you must park on a grade:
• Turn the steering wheel to point
your vehicle tires away from traffic
flow.
• Set your vehicle parking brake.
• Place the automatic transmission
in position P or manual
transmission in a low gear.
• Place wheel chocks in front and
back of the trailer wheels. (Chocks
not included with vehicle.)

Towing
Front-wheel drive vehicles must have the
front wheels placed on a tow dolly when
towing your vehicle from the rear using
wheel lift equipment. This prevents
damage to the transmission.

TRANSPORTING THE VEHICLE

Towing an all-wheel drive vehicle requires
that all wheels be off the ground, such as
using a wheel lift and dollies or flatbed
equipment. This prevents damage to the
transmission, all-wheel drive system and
vehicle.

TOWING THE VEHICLE ON
FOUR WHEELS
Emergency Towing
If your vehicle becomes inoperable
(without access to wheel dollies,
car-hauling trailer, or flatbed transport
vehicle), it can be flat-towed (all wheels
on the ground, regardless of the powertrain
and transmission configuration) under the
following conditions:
• Your vehicle is facing forward for
towing in a forward direction.
• Place the transmission in position N. If
you cannot move the transmission into
N, you may need to override it. See
Transmission (page 160).
• Maximum speed is 35 mph (56 km/h).
• Maximum distance is 50 miles (80
kilometers).

E143886

If you need to have your vehicle towed,
contact a professional towing service or,
if you are a member of a roadside
assistance program, your roadside
assistance service provider.
We recommend the use of a wheel lift and
dollies or flatbed equipment to tow your
vehicle. Do not tow with a slingbelt. Ford
Motor Company has not approved a
slingbelt towing procedure. Vehicle
damage may occur if towed incorrectly, or
by any other means.

Recreational Towing
Note: Put your climate control system in
recirculated air mode to prevent exhaust
fumes from entering the vehicle. See
Climate Control (page 118).

It is acceptable to have your front-wheel
drive vehicle towed from the front if using
proper wheel lift equipment to raise the
front wheels off the ground. When towing
in this manner, the rear wheels can remain
on the ground.

216

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Towing
Follow these guidelines if you have a need
for recreational (RV) towing. An example
of recreational towing would be towing
your vehicle behind a motorhome. We
designed these guidelines to prevent
damage to your transmission.
Front-wheel Drive Vehicles
You can tow your vehicle with the front
wheels off the ground by using a tow dolly.
If you are using a tow dolly, follow the
instructions specified by the equipment
provider.
All-wheel Drive Vehicles
All-wheel drive vehicles CANNOT be
flat-towed (all wheels on the ground), as
vehicle or transmission damage may occur.
It is recommended to tow your vehicle with
all four (4) wheels off the ground such as
when using a car-hauling trailer. Otherwise,
you cannot recreational tow your vehicle.

217

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Driving Hints
•
•

BREAKING-IN
You need to break in new tires for
approximately 300 miles (480
kilometers). During this time, your vehicle
may exhibit some unusual driving
characteristics.

There are also some things you may want
to avoid doing because they reduce your
fuel economy:
• Avoid sudden or hard accelerations.
• Avoid revving the engine before turning
off the car.
• Avoid long idle periods.
• Do not warm up your vehicle on cold
mornings.
• Reduce the use of air conditioning and
heat.
• Avoid using speed control in hilly
terrain.
• Do not rest your foot on the brake
pedal while driving.
• Avoid carrying unnecessary weight
(approximately 1 mpg [0.4
kilometers/liter] is lost for every 400
lbs [180 kilograms] of weight carried).
• Avoid adding particular accessories to
your vehicle (e.g. bug deflectors,
rollbars/light bars, running boards, ski
racks).
• Avoid driving with the wheels out of
alignment.

Avoid driving too fast during the first 1000
miles (1600 kilometers). Vary your speed
frequently and change up through the
gears early. Do not labor the engine.
Do not tow during the first 1000 miles
(1600 kilometers).

ECONOMICAL DRIVING
Fuel economy is affected by several things
such as how you drive, the conditions you
drive under and how you maintain your
vehicle.
There are some things to keep in mind that
may improve your fuel economy:
• Accelerate and slow down in a smooth,
moderate fashion.
• Drive at steady speeds.
• Anticipate stops; slowing down may
eliminate the need to stop.
• Combine errands and minimize
stop-and-go driving.
• When running errands, go to the
furthest destination first and then
work your way back home.
• Close the windows for high-speed
driving.
• Drive at reasonable speeds. (Traveling
at 65 mph/105 kph uses about 15%
less fuel than traveling at 75 mph/121
kph).
• Keep the tires properly inflated and use
only the recommended size.

DRIVING THROUGH WATER
Note: Driving through deep water above
the recommended levels can cause vehicle
damage.
If driving through deep or standing water
is unavoidable, proceed very slowly. Never
drive through water that is higher than the
bottom of the wheel rims (for cars) or the
bottom of the hubs (for trucks).

218

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Use the recommended engine oil.
Perform all regularly scheduled
maintenance.

Driving Hints
WARNINGS
Always use floor mats that are
designed to fit the foot well of your
vehicle. Only use floor mats that
leave the pedal area unobstructed. Only
use floor mats that are firmly secured to
retention posts so that they cannot slip out
of position and interfere with the pedals
or impair safe operation of your vehicle in
other ways.
Pedals that cannot move freely can
cause loss of vehicle control and
increase the risk of serious personal
injury.

E142667

When driving through water, traction or
brake capability may be limited. Also,
water may enter your engine’s air intake
and severely damage your engine or your
vehicle may stall.

Always make sure that the floor
mats are properly attached to the
retention posts in the carpet that are
supplied with your vehicle. Floor mats must
be properly secured to both retention posts
to ensure mats do not shift out of position.

Once through the water, always dry the
brakes by moving your vehicle slowly while
applying light pressure on the brake pedal.
Wet brakes do not stop the vehicle as
quickly as dry brakes.

Never place floor mats or any other
covering in the vehicle foot well that
cannot be properly secured to
prevent them from moving and interfering
with the pedals or the ability to control the
vehicle.

FLOOR MATS

Never place floor mats or any other
covering on top of already installed
floor mats. Floor mats should always
rest on top of vehicle carpeting surface and
not another floor mat or other covering.
Additional floor mats or any other covering
will reduce the pedal clearance and
potentially interfere with pedal operation.
Check attachment of floor mats on
a regular basis. Always properly
reinstall and secure floor mats that
have been removed for cleaning or
replacement.

E142666

Always make sure that objects
cannot fall into the driver foot well
while the vehicle is moving. Objects
that are loose can become trapped under
the pedals causing a loss of vehicle control.

219

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Driving Hints
WARNINGS
Failure to properly follow floor mat
installation or attachment
instructions can potentially cause
interference with pedal operation causing
loss of control of vehicle.
To install floor mats, position the
floor mat so that the eyelet is over
the retention post and press down
to lock in.
To remove the floor mat, reverse the
installation procedure.

220

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Customer Assistance
These are some of the items that can be
found online:
• U.S. dealer locator by Dealer Name,
City/State, or Zip Code
• Owner Manuals
• Maintenance Schedules
• Recalls
• Ford Extended Service Plans
• Ford Genuine Accessories
• Service specials and promotions.

GETTING THE SERVICES YOU
NEED
Warranty repairs to your vehicle must be
performed by an authorized dealer. While
any authorized dealer handling your vehicle
line will provide warranty service, we
recommend you return to your selling
authorized dealer who wants to ensure
your continued satisfaction.
Please note that certain warranty repairs
require special training and equipment, so
not all authorized dealers are authorized
to perform all warranty repairs. This means
that, depending on the warranty repair
needed, you may have to take your vehicle
to another authorized dealer.

In Canada:
Mailing address
Customer Relationship Centre
Ford Motor Company of Canada, Limited
P.O. Box 2000
Oakville, Ontario L6J 5E4

A reasonable time must be allowed to
perform a repair after taking your vehicle
to the authorized dealer. Repairs will be
made using Ford or Motorcraft® parts, or
remanufactured or other parts that are
authorized by Ford.

Telephone
1-800-565-3673 (FORD)
Online
www.ford.ca

Away From Home

Additional Assistance

If you are away from home when your
vehicle needs service, contact the Ford
Customer Relationship Center or use the
online resources listed below to find the
nearest authorized dealer.

If you have questions or concerns, or are
unsatisfied with the service you are
receiving, follow these steps:
1.

Contact your Sales Representative or
Service Advisor at your selling/servicing
authorized dealer.
2. If your inquiry or concern remains
unresolved, contact the Sales Manager,
Service Manager or Customer Relations
Manager.
3. If you require assistance or clarification
on Ford Motor Company policies,
please contact the Ford Customer
Relationship Center.

In the United States:
Mailing address
Ford Motor Company
Customer Relationship Center
P.O. Box 6248
Dearborn, MI 48121
Telephone
1-800-392-3673 (FORD)
(TDD for the hearing impaired:
1-800-232-5952)
Online
Additional information and resources are
available online at www.fordowner.com
221

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Customer Assistance
In order to help you serve you better,
please have the following information
available when contacting a Customer
Relationship Center:
• Vehicle Identification Number.
• Your telephone number (home and
business).
• The name of the authorized dealer and
city where located.
• The vehicle’s current odometer reading.

California Civil Code Section 1793.22(b)
presumes that the manufacturer has had
a reasonable number of attempts to
conform the vehicle to its applicable
express warranties if, within the first 18
months of ownership of a new vehicle or
the first 18000 miles (29 000 km),
whichever occurs first:
1.

Two or more repair attempts are made
on the same non-conformity likely to
cause death or serious bodily injury OR
2. Four or more repair attempts are made
on the same nonconformity (a defect
or condition that substantially impairs
the use, value or safety of the vehicle)
OR
3. The vehicle is out of service for repair
of nonconformities for a total of more
than 30 calendar days (not necessarily
all at one time).

In some states, you must directly notify
Ford in writing before pursuing remedies
under your state’s warranty laws. Ford is
also allowed a final repair attempt in some
states.
In the United States, a warranty dispute
must be submitted to the BBB AUTO LINE
before taking action under the
Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, or to the
extent allowed by state law, before
pursuing replacement or repurchase
remedies provided by certain state laws.
This dispute handling procedure is not
required prior to enforcing state created
rights or other rights which are independent
of the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act or
state replacement or repurchase laws.

In the case of 1 or 2 above, the consumer
must also notify the manufacturer of the
need for the repair of the nonconformity
at the following address:
Ford Motor Company
16800 Executive Plaza Drive
Mail Drop 3NE-B
Dearborn, MI 48126
You are required to submit your warranty
dispute to BBB AUTO LINE before asserting
in court any rights or remedies conferred
by California Civil Code Section 1793.22(b).
You are also required to use BBB AUTO
LINE before exercising rights or seeking
remedies created by the Federal
Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, 15 U.S.C.
sec. 2301 et seq. If you choose to seek
redress by pursuing rights and remedies
not created by California Civil Code Section
1793.22(b) or the Magnuson-Moss
Warranty Act, resort to BBB AUTO LINE is
not required by those statutes.

IN CALIFORNIA (U.S. ONLY)
California Civil Code Section 1793.2(d)
requires that, if a manufacturer or its
representative is unable to repair a motor
vehicle to conform to the vehicle’s
applicable express warranty after a
reasonable number of attempts, the
manufacturer shall be required to either
replace the vehicle with one substantially
identical or repurchase the vehicle and
reimburse the buyer in an amount equal to
the actual price paid or payable by the
consumer (less a reasonable allowance
for consumer use). The consumer has the
right to choose whether to receive a refund
or replacement vehicle.

222

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Customer Assistance
already taken to try to resolve them. A
Customer Claim Form will be mailed that
will need to be completed, signed and
returned to the BBB along with proof of
ownership. Upon receipt, the BBB will
review the claim for eligibility under the
Program Summary Guidelines.

THE BETTER BUSINESS
BUREAU (BBB) AUTO LINE
PROGRAM (U.S. ONLY)
Your satisfaction is important to Ford
Motor Company and to your dealer. If a
warranty concern has not been resolved
using the three-step procedure outlined
earlier in this chapter in the Getting the
Services you need section, you may be
eligible to participate in the BBB AUTO
LINE program.

You can get more information by
calling BBB AUTO LINE at
1-800-955-5100, or writing to:
BBB AUTO LINE
4200 Wilson Boulevard, Suite 800
Arlington, Virginia 22203-1833

The BBB AUTO LINE program consists of
two parts – mediation and arbitration.
During mediation, a representative of the
BBB will contact both you and Ford Motor
Company to explore options for settlement
of the claim. If an agreement is not reached
during mediation or you do not want to
participate in mediation, and if your claim
is eligible, you may participate in the
arbitration process. An arbitration hearing
will be scheduled so that you can present
your case in an informal setting before an
impartial person. The arbitrator will
consider the testimony provided and make
a decision after the hearing.

BBB AUTO LINE applications can also be
requested by calling the Ford Motor
Company Customer Relationship Center
at 1-800-392-3673.
Note: Ford Motor Company reserves the
right to change eligibility limitations, modify
procedures, or to discontinue this process
at any time without notice and without
obligation.

UTILIZING THE
MEDIATION/ARBITRATION
PROGRAM (CANADA ONLY)

Disputes submitted to the BBB AUTO LINE
program are usually decided within forty
days after you file your claim with the BBB.
You are not bound by the decision, and
may reject the decision and proceed to
court where all findings of the BBB Auto
Line dispute, and decision, are admissible
in the court action. Should you choose to
accept the BBB AUTO LINE decision, Ford
is then bound by the decision, and must
comply with the decision within 30 days
of receipt of your acceptance letter.

For vehicles delivered to authorized
Canadian dealers. In those cases where
you continue to feel that the efforts by Ford
of Canada and the authorized dealer to
resolve a factory-related vehicle service
concern have been unsatisfactory, Ford of
Canada participates in an impartial third
party mediation/arbitration program
administered by the Canadian Motor
Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP).
The CAMVAP program is a straight forward
and relatively speedy alternative to resolve
a disagreement when all other efforts to
produce a settlement have failed. This
procedure is without cost to you and is
designed to eliminate the need for lengthy
and expensive legal proceedings.

BBB AUTO LINE Application: Using the
information provided below, please call or
write to request a program application.
You will be asked for your name and
address, general information about your
new vehicle, information about your
warranty concerns, and any steps you have
223

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Customer Assistance
In the CAMVAP program, impartial
third-party arbitrators conduct hearings at
mutually convenient times and places in
an informal environment. These impartial
arbitrators review the positions of the
parties, make decisions and, when
appropriate, render awards to resolve
disputes. CAMVAP decisions are fast, fair,
and final as the arbitrator’s award is
binding on both you and Ford of Canada.

If your vehicle must be serviced while you
are traveling or living in Asia-Pacific Region,
Sub-Saharan Africa, U.S. Virgin Islands,
Central America, the Caribbean, and Israel,
contact the nearest authorized dealer. If
the authorized dealer cannot help you,
contact:
FORD MOTOR COMPANY
FORD EXPORT OPERATIONS & GLOBAL
INITIATIVES
1555 Fairlane Drive
Fairlane Business Park #3
Allen Park, Michigan 48101
U.S.A.
Telephone: (313) 594-4857

CAMVAP services are available in all
Canadian territories and provinces. For
more information, without charge or
obligation, call your CAMVAP Provincial
Administrator directly at 1-800-207-0685
or visit www.camvap.ca.

For customers in Guam, the
Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana
Islands (CNMI), America Samoa, and the
U.S. Virgin Islands, please feel free to call
our Toll-Free Number: (800) 841-FORD
(3673).

GETTING ASSISTANCE
OUTSIDE THE U.S. AND
CANADA

FAX: (313) 390-0804
Email: expcac@ford.com

Before exporting your vehicle to a foreign
country, contact the appropriate foreign
embassy or consulate. These officials can
inform you of local vehicle registration
regulations and where to find unleaded
fuel.

If your vehicle must be serviced while you
are traveling or living in Puerto Rico,
contact the nearest authorized dealer. If
the authorized dealer cannot help you,
contact:

If you cannot find unleaded fuel or can only
get fuel with an anti-knock index lower
than is recommended for your vehicle,
contact a regional office or owner
relations/customer relationship office.

Ford International Business Development
Inc.
Customer Relationship Center
P.O. Box 11957
Caparra Heights Station
San Juan, Puerto Rico 00922-1957
Telephone: (800) 841-FORD (3673)
FAX: (313) 390-0804
Email: prcac@ford.com
www.ford.com.pr

The use of leaded fuel in your vehicle
without proper conversion may damage
the effectiveness of your emission control
system and may cause engine knocking or
serious engine damage. Ford Motor
Company/Ford of Canada is not
responsible for any damage caused by use
of improper fuel. Using leaded fuel may
also result in difficulty importing your
vehicle back into the U.S.

If your vehicle must be serviced while you
are traveling or living in the Middle East,
contact the nearest authorized dealer. If
the authorized dealer cannot help you,
contact:

224

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Customer Assistance
Ford Middle East
Customer Relationship Center
P.O. Box 21470
Dubai, United Arab Emirates
Telephone: +971 4 3326084
Toll-Free Number for the Kingdom of Saudi
Arabia: 800 8971409
Local Telephone Number for Kuwait:
24810575
FAX: +971 4 3327299
Email: menacac@ford.com
www.me.ford.com

(Items in this catalog may be purchased
by credit card, check or money order.)

Obtaining a French Owner’s
Manual
French Owner’s Manual can be obtained
from your authorized dealer or by
contacting Helm, Incorporated using the
contact information listed previously in this
section.

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
(U.S. ONLY)

If you buy your vehicle in North America
and then relocate to any of the above
locations, register your vehicle
identification number (VIN) and new
address with Ford Motor Company Export
Operations & Global Growth Initiatives by
emailing expcac@ford.com.

E142557

If you are in another foreign country,
contact the nearest authorized dealer. If
the authorized dealer employees cannot
help you, they can direct you to the nearest
Ford affiliate office.

If you believe that your vehicle has
a defect which could cause a
crash or could cause injury or
death, you should immediately
inform the National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA) in addition to notifying
Ford Motor Company.

Customers in the U.S. should call
1-800-392-3673.

ORDERING ADDITIONAL
OWNER'S LITERATURE

If NHTSA receives similar
complaints, it may open an
investigation, and if it finds that a
safety defect exists in a group of
vehicles, it may order a recall and
remedy campaign. However,
NHTSA cannot become involved
in individual problems between
you, your dealer, or Ford Motor
Company.

To order the publications in this portfolio,
contact Helm, Incorporated at:
HELM, INCORPORATED
47911 Halyard Drive
Plymouth, Michigan 48170
Attention: Customer Service
Or to order a free publication catalog, call
toll free: 1-800-782-4356
Monday-Friday 8:00 a.m. - 6:00 p.m. EST
Helm, Incorporated can also be reached
by their website:
www.helminc.com

225

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Customer Assistance
To contact NHTSA, you may call
the Vehicle Safety Hotline
toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY:
1-800-424-9153); go to
http://www.safercar.gov; or write
to:

You can also obtain other
information about motor vehicle
safety from
http://www.safercar.gov.
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
(CANADA ONLY)

Administrator
1200 New Jersey Avenue,
Southeast

If you believe that your vehicle has a defect
which could cause a crash or could cause
injury or death, you should immediately
inform Transport Canada.

Washington, D.C. 20590

Transport Canada Contact Information

Website

https://wwwapps.tc.gc.ca/Saf-Sec-Sur/7/PCDB-BDPP/Index.aspx

Phone

1–800–333–0510

226

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Roadside Emergencies
Trailers shall be covered up to $200 if the
disabled eligible vehicle requires service at
the nearest authorized dealer. If the trailer
is disabled, but the towing vehicle is
operational, the trailer does not qualify for
any roadside services.

ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE
Vehicles Sold In The U.S.: Getting
Roadside Assistance
To fully assist you should you have a
vehicle concern, Ford Motor Company
offers a complimentary roadside
assistance program. This program is
separate from the New Vehicle Limited
Warranty. The service is available:
•
•

Vehicles Sold In The U.S. : Using
Roadside Assistance
Complete the roadside assistance
identification card and place it in your
wallet for quick reference. This card is
found in the owner's information portfolio
in the glove compartment.

24 hours, seven days a week.
for the coverage period listed on the
Roadside Assistance Card included in
your Owner's Manual portfolio.

U.S. Ford vehicle customers who require
Roadside Assistance, call 1-800-241-3673.

Roadside assistance will cover:
• a flat tire change with a good spare, if
provided with the vehicle (except
vehicles that have been supplied with
a tire inflation kit).
• battery jump start.
• lock-out assistance (key replacement
cost is the customer's responsibility).
• fuel delivery — Independent Service
Contractors, if not prohibited by state,
local or municipal law, shall deliver up
to 2.0 gallons (7.5 liters) of gasoline or
5.0 gallons (18.9 liters) of diesel fuel
to a disabled vehicle. Fuel delivery
service is limited to two no-charge
occurrences within a 12-month period.
• winch out — available within 100 feet
(30.5 meters) of a paved or county
maintained road, no recoveries.
• towing — Ford and Lincoln eligible
vehicles towed to an authorized dealer
within 35 miles (56.3 kilometers) of the
disablement location or to the nearest
authorized dealer. If a member
requests to be towed to an authorized
dealer more than 35 miles (56.3
kilometers) from the disablement
location, the member shall be
responsible for any mileage costs in
excess of 35 miles (56.3 kilometers).

If you need to arrange roadside assistance
for yourself, Ford Motor Company will
reimburse a reasonable amount for towing
to the nearest dealership within 35 miles
(56.3 kilometers). To obtain
reimbursement information, U.S. Ford
vehicle customers call 1-800-241-3673.
Customers will be asked to submit their
original receipts.

Vehicles Sold In Canada : Getting
Roadside Assistance
Canadian customers who require roadside
assistance, call 1-800-665-2006.

Vehicles Sold In Canada : Using
Roadside Assistance
Complete the roadside assistance
identification card and place it in your
wallet for quick reference. In Canada, the
card is found in the warranty information
in the glove box.
Canadian roadside coverage and benefits
may differ from the U.S. coverage. Please
refer to your warranty information or visit
our website at www.ford.ca for information
on Canadian services and benefits.

227

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Roadside Emergencies
3. Turn the ignition off.
4. Turn the ignition on again to re-enable
the fuel pump.

Canadian customers who need to obtain
roadside information, call
1-800-665-2006 or visit our website at
www.ford.ca.

For vehicles equipped with a push button
start system:

HAZARD WARNING FLASHERS

Press the START/STOP button to
turn the ignition off.
2. Press the brake pedal and press the
START/STOP button (crank
attempt).
3. Remove your foot from the brake pedal
and press the START/STOP button
(ignition off).
4. Press the START/STOP button again
to re-enable the fuel system.

Note: If used when the engine is not
running, the battery will lose charge. There
may be insufficient power to restart your
engine.
The hazard warning button is
located on the instrument panel.
Use it when your vehicle is
creating a safety hazard for other
motorists.
•

•

Press the button to turn on the hazard
warning function, and the front and
rear direction indicators will flash.
Press the button again to turn them
off.

JUMP-STARTING THE VEHICLE
WARNINGS
The gases around the battery can
explode if exposed to flames, sparks,
or lit cigarettes. An explosion could
result in injury or vehicle damage.

FUEL SHUTOFF

Batteries contain sulfuric acid which
can burn skin, eyes and clothing, if
contacted.

WARNING
Failure to inspect and, if necessary,
repair fuel leaks after a collision may
increase the risk of fire and serious
injury. Ford Motor Company recommends
that the fuel system be inspected by an
authorized dealer after any collision.

Use only an adequate-sized cable
with insulated clamps.

Preparing Your Vehicle
Note: Do not attempt to push-start your
automatic transmission vehicle. Automatic
transmissions do not have push-start
capability. Attempting to push-start a
vehicle with an automatic transmission may
cause transmission damage.

In the event of a moderate to severe
collision, this vehicle is equipped with a
fuel pump shut-off feature that stops the
flow of fuel to the engine. Not every impact
will cause a shut-off.
Should your vehicle shut off after a
collision, you may restart your vehicle by
doing the following:

Note: Use only a 12-volt supply to start your
vehicle.
Note: Do not disconnect the battery of the
disabled vehicle as this could damage the
vehicle's electrical system.

1. Turn the ignition off.
2. Turn the ignition to crank.

228

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Roadside Emergencies
Park the booster vehicle close to the hood
of the disabled vehicle, making sure the
two vehicles do not touch. Turn all
accessories off.

Connect the positive (+) jumper cable
to the positive (+) terminal of the
discharged battery.
2. Connect the other end of the positive
(+) cable to the positive (+) terminal
of the assisting battery.
3. Connect the negative (-) cable to the
negative (-) terminal of the assisting
battery.
4. Make the final connection of the
negative (-) cable to an exposed metal
part of the stalled vehicle's engine, or
connect the negative (-) cable to a
ground connection point if available.

Connecting the Jumper Cables
WARNING
Do not attach the cables to fuel lines,
engine rocker covers, the intake
manifold or electrical components
as grounding points. Stay clear of moving
parts. To avoid reverse polarity
connections, make sure that you correctly
identify the positive (+) and negative (-)
terminals on both the disabled and booster
vehicles before connecting the cables.

WARNING
Do not connect the end of the
second cable to the negative (-)
terminal of the battery to be jumped.
A spark may cause an explosion of the
gases that surround the battery.

Note: In the illustration, the bottom vehicle
represents the booster vehicle.

Jump Starting
1.

Start the engine of the booster vehicle
and rev the engine moderately, or press
the accelerator gently to keep your
engine speed between 2000 and 3000
rpms, as shown in your tachometer.
2. Start the engine of the disabled vehicle.
3. Once the disabled vehicle has been
started, run both vehicle engines for an
additional three minutes before
disconnecting the jumper cables.

4
2

Removing the Jumper Cables
Remove the jumper cables in the reverse
order that they were connected.

E142664

229

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Roadside Emergencies

3
E142665

Remove the jumper cable from the
ground metal surface or connecting
point, if available.
2. Remove the jumper cable on the
negative (-) terminal of the booster
vehicle's battery.
3. Remove the jumper cable from the
positive (+) terminal of the booster
vehicle's battery.
4. Remove the jumper cable from the
positive (+) terminal of the disabled
vehicle's battery.
After the disabled vehicle has been started
and the jumper cables removed, allow it
to idle for several minutes so the battery
can recharge.

230

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Fuses
CHANGING A FUSE
Fuses
WARNING
E142430

Always replace a fuse with one that
has the specified amperage rating.
Using a fuse with a higher amperage
rating can cause severe wire damage and
could start a fire.

If electrical components in the vehicle are
not working, a fuse may have blown. Blown
fuses are identified by a broken wire within
the fuse. Check the appropriate fuses
before replacing any electrical
components.

Standard Fuse Amperage Rating and Color
Color
Fuse rating

Micro fuses

Dual micro fuses

M-type fuses

J-type fuses

Tan

7.5A

Brown

10A

Red

15A

Blue

Grey

20A

Yellow

Light Blue

Blue

25A

White

30A

Green

Pink

40A

Green

50A

Red

60A

Yellow

WARNINGS

FUSE SPECIFICATION CHART

To reduce risk of electrical shock,
always replace the cover to the
power distribution box before
reconnecting the battery or refilling fluid
reservoirs.

Power Distribution Box
WARNINGS
Always disconnect the battery before
servicing high-current fuses.

231

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Fuses
The power distribution box is located in
the engine compartment. It has
high-current fuses that protect your
vehicle's main electrical systems from
overloads.

If the battery has been disconnected and
reconnected, some features will need to
be reset. See Changing the 12V Battery
(page 251).

E144783

The high-current fuses are coded as
follows:
Fuse or relay number

Fuse amp rating

25A

—

Protected components

Wiper motor #2
Starter relay

15A

—

20A

—

Autowipers
Blower motor relay

Power point 3 - Back of console
Not used

232

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Fuses
Fuse or relay number

Fuse amp rating

20A

—

20A

15A

10A

—

20A

—

Protected components

Powertrain control module - vehicle power
1
Powertrain control module - vehicle power
2
Powertrain control module relay

Power point 1 - driver front
Powertrain control module - vehicle power
4
Powertrain control module - vehicle power
3
Powertrain control module - vehicle power
5
Powertrain control module - vehicle power
6
Run/start relay

Power point 2 - console
Not used

10A

Powertrain control module - keep alive
power

10A

Run/start electronic power assist steering

10A

Run/start lighting

15A

Run/start transmission control, Transmission oil pump start/stop

10A

Air conditioner clutch solenoid

15A

Run/start: blind spot information system,
Rear view camera, Adaptive cruise control,
Heads-up display

—

10A

Not used
2

Run/start anti-lock brake system

233

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Fuses
Fuse or relay number

Fuse amp rating

Protected components

10A

—

Not used

—

Not used

—

Not used

Run/start powertrain control module

Not used (spare)

—

Not used

—

Electronic fan #1 relay

—

Air conditioner clutch relay

—

Not used

—

Not used

—

Not used

—

Not used

—

Electronic fan #2 relay

—

Electronic fan #3 relay

—

Fuel pump relay

—

Horn relay

—

Not used

—

Not used

—

Not used

—

Not used

10A

20A

—

Not used

—

Not used

Alternator

Brake on/off switch

Horn
Mass air flow monitor

234

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Fuses

Fuse or relay number

Fuse amp rating

Protected components

—

10A

—

Not used

—

Not used

Not used
1

Power seats

Micro fuse

Dual micro fuse

M-type fuse
1.

Release the two latches, located on
both sides of the fuse box.
2. Raise the inboard side of the fuse box
from the cradle.
3. Move the fuse box toward the center
of the engine compartment.
4. Pivot the outboard side of the fuse box
to access the bottom side.

Power Distribution Box - Bottom
There are fuses located on the bottom of
the fuse box. To access the bottom of the
fuse box, do the following:

E145983

235

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Fuses

E144949

The high-current fuses are coded as
follows:
Fuse or relay number

Fuse amp rating

30A

—

Protected components

Fuel pump feed
Not used
Not used

30A

500W Electronic fan 3

30A

500W Electronic fan 1

—

50A

20A

—

Not used
2

Body control module 1

500W Electronic fan 2
Not used

236

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Fuses

Fuse or relay number

Fuse amp rating

20A

—

Protected components

Front heated seat
Not used

50A

Body control module 2

40A

Heated rear window

30A

Anti-lock brake system valves

30A

Passenger seat

—

Not used
1

30A

Not used (spare)

20A

Not used (spare)

30A

Driver seat module

—

20A

30A

—

40A

30A

40A

60A

25A

30A

Not used
1

Transmission oil pump #2 stop/start

Not used (spare)
Not used

Blower motor

Not used (spare)

110 volt inverter

Anti-lock brake system pump

Wiper motor #1

Starter solenoid

Not used (spare)

M-type fuse

J-type fuse

237

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Fuses
Passenger Compartment Fuse
Panel

instrument panel to the left of the steering
column.

The fuse panel is located under the

Note: It may be easier to access the fuse
panel if you remove the finish trim piece.

E145984

The fuses are coded as follows:
Fuse or relay number

Fuse amp rating

10A

7.5A

20A

10A

Protected components

Lighting (ambient, glovebox, vanity, dome,
trunk)

Memory seats, Lumbar, Power mirror

Driver door unlock
Not used (spare)

Subwoofer amplifier
Not used (spare)

238

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Fuses
Fuse or relay number

Fuse amp rating

Protected components

10A

Keypad

Not used

7.5A

10A

15A

Not used (spare)

Climate control, Gear shift
Steering wheel column, Cluster, Datalink
logic

Not used

Datalink/Gateway module

Not used (spare)

Ignition, Push button stop/start

Passenger airbag disabled indicator,
Transmission range

Not used (spare)

Humid and incar temp

Occupant classification sensor

10A

30A

Delayed accessory (Power inverter logic,
Moonroof logic)

Central lock/unlock

Driver door (window, mirror)

Front passenger door (window, mirror)

Moonroof

239

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Fuses

Fuse or relay number

Fuse amp rating

Protected components

20A

30A

15A

10A

20A

30A

15A

Not used (spare)

30A

Not used (spare)

Sony amplifier

Rear driver side door (window)

Rear passenger side door (window)

Not used (spare)
GPS, Voice control, Display, Adaptive cruise
control, Radio frequency receiver
Radio, Active noise control
Run/start bus (fuse #19, 20, 21, 22, 35, 36,
37, circuit breaker)
Restraints control module

All-wheel drive relay, Auto-dimming rear
view mirror

Micro fuse

Dual micro fuse

240

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Maintenance
Working with the Engine Off

GENERAL INFORMATION

Set the parking brake and shift to P
(Park).
2. Turn off the engine and remove the key
(if equipped).
3. Block the wheels.
1.

Have your vehicle serviced regularly to help
maintain its roadworthiness and resale
value. There is a large network of Ford
authorized dealers that are there to help
you with their professional servicing
expertise. We believe that their specially
trained technicians are best qualified to
service your vehicle properly and expertly.
They are supported by a wide range of
highly specialized tools developed
specifically for servicing your vehicle.

Working with the Engine On
WARNING
To reduce the risk of vehicle damage
and/or personal burn injuries, do not
start your engine with the air cleaner
removed and do not remove it while the
engine is running.

To help you service your vehicle, we
provide scheduled maintenance
information which makes tracking routine
service easy. See Scheduled
Maintenance (page 428).

Set the parking brake and shift to P
(Park).
2. Block the wheels

If your vehicle requires professional service,
your authorized dealer can provide the
necessary parts and service. Check your
warranty information to find out which
parts and services are covered.

OPENING AND CLOSING THE
HOOD

Use only recommended fuels, lubricants,
fluids and service parts conforming to
specifications. Motorcraft® parts are
designed and built to provide the best
performance in your vehicle.

Precautions
•
•
•

•

Do not work on a hot engine.
Make sure that nothing gets caught in
moving parts.
Do not work on a vehicle with the
engine running in an enclosed space,
unless you are sure you have enough
ventilation.
Keep all open flames and other burning
material (such as cigarettes) away
from the battery and all fuel related
parts.

E142457

241

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

To open the hood, go inside the vehicle
and pull the hood release handle
located under the left hand side of the
instrument panel.

Maintenance
2. Go to the front of the vehicle and
locate the secondary release lever,
which is located under the front of the
hood, to your right of the center of the
vehicle (driver's side), toward the
headlight.
3. Release the hood latch by pushing the
secondary release lever to your left,
toward the center of the vehicle.

4. Raise the hood and support it with the
prop rod.
5. To close the hood, lower and secure
the prop rod in the clip.
6. Lower the hood and allow it to drop the
last 8 to 11 inches (20 to 30
centimeters).
Note: Make sure that the hood is closed
properly.

E87786

242

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Maintenance
UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW - 1.6L ECOBOOST™

E144363

Engine coolant reservoir

Engine oil filler cap

Engine oil dipstick

Brake fluid reservoir cap

Battery

Power distribution box

Engine air filter assembly

Windshield washer fluid reservoir cap

243

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Maintenance
UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW - 2.0L ECOBOOST™

E159754

Engine coolant reservoir cap

Engine oil dipstick

Engine oil filler cap

Brake fluid reservoir cap

Battery

Power distribution box

Engine air filter assembly

Windshield washer fluid reservoir cap

244

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Maintenance
UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW - 2.5L

E159685

A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.

Engine coolant reservoir cap
Fuel cold start reservoir cap
Engine oil filler cap
Engine oil dipstick
Brake fluid reservoir cap
Battery
Power distribution box
Air filter housing cover
Windshield washer fluid reservoir cap

ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK - 1.6L
ECOBOOST™

E146020

245

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

MIN

MAX

Maintenance
ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK

E142732

Only use oils certified for gasoline engines
by the American Petroleum Institute (API).
An oil with this trademark symbol
conforms to the current engine and
emission system protection standards and
fuel economy requirements of the
International Lubricants Specification
Advisory Council (ILSAC), comprised of
U.S. and Japanese automobile
manufacturers.

E142462

MIN

MAX

ENGINE OIL CHECK
Note: Check the level before starting the
engine.

1. Remove the filler cap.
2. Add engine oil that meets the Ford
specifications. See Capacities and
Specifications (page 293).
3. Replace the filler cap. Turn it until you
feel a strong resistance.

Note: Make sure that the level is between
the MIN and the MAX marks.
1.

Make sure that your vehicle is on level
ground.
2. Turn the engine off and wait 10 minutes
for the oil to drain into the oil pan.
3. Remove the dipstick and wipe it with
a clean, lint-free cloth. Replace the
dipstick and remove it again to check
the oil level.

Resetting the Oil Life Monitoring
System
Note: Reset the oil life monitoring only after
an oil change.
1.

Turn the ignition key to the on position.
Do not start the engine. For vehicles
with push-button start, press and hold
the start button for two seconds
without pressing the brake pedal. Do
not attempt to start the engine.
2. Press both the accelerator and brake
pedals at the same time.
3. Keep both pedals fully pressed.

If the level is at the MIN mark, add oil
immediately.

Adding Engine Oil
Note: Do not remove the filler cap when
the engine is running.
Note: Do not add oil further than the MAX
mark. Oil levels above the MAX mark may
cause engine damage.

246

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Maintenance
Note: For best results, coolant
concentration should be tested with a
refractometer such as Rotunda tool
300-ROB75240 available from your
authorized dealer. Ford does not
recommend the use of hydrometers or
coolant test strips for measuring coolant
concentrations.

4. After three seconds, the Service: Oil
reset in prog. message will be
displayed.
5. After 25 seconds, the Service: Oil reset
complete message will be displayed.
6. Release both the accelerator and brake
pedals.
7. The Service: Oil reset complete
message will no longer be displayed.
8. Rotate the key to the off position. For
vehicles with push-button start, press
the start button to turn the vehicle off
completely.

Note: Automotive fluids are not
interchangeable. Do not use engine coolant
or antifreeze or windshield washer fluid
outside of its specified function and vehicle
location.

Adding Engine Coolant

ENGINE COOLANT CHECK

WARNINGS
Do not add engine coolant when the
engine is hot. Steam and scalding
liquids released from a hot cooling
system can burn you badly. Also, you can
be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine
parts.

Checking the Engine Coolant
When the engine is cold, check the
concentration and level of the engine
coolant at the intervals listed in the
scheduled maintenance information. See
Capacities and Specifications (page
293).

Do not put engine coolant in the
windshield washer fluid container. If
sprayed on the windshield, engine
coolant could make it difficult to see
through the windshield.

Note: Make sure that the level is between
the MIN and MAX marks on the coolant
reservoir.

To reduce the risk of personal injury,
make sure the engine is cool before
unscrewing the coolant pressure
relief cap. The cooling system is under
pressure; steam and hot liquid can come
out forcefully when the cap is loosened
slightly.

Note: Coolant expands when it is hot. The
level may extend beyond the MAX mark
Note: If the level is at the MIN mark, below
the MIN mark, or empty, add coolant
immediately. See Adding Engine Coolant
in this chapter.
The coolant concentration should be
maintained within 48% to 50%, which
equates to a freeze point between -30 F
degrees (-34 C) and -34 F (-37 C).

Do not add coolant further than the
MAX mark.
Note: Do not use stop leak pellets, cooling
system sealants, or additives as they can
cause damage to the engine cooling or
heating systems. This damage would not
be covered under your vehicle’s warranty.

247

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Maintenance
Note: During normal vehicle operation, the
engine coolant may change color from
orange to pink or light red. As long as the
engine coolant is clear and uncontaminated,
this color change does not indicate the
engine coolant has degraded nor does it
require the engine coolant to be drained, the
system to be flushed, or the engine coolant
to be replaced.
•

•

Add prediluted engine coolant meeting the
Ford specification. See Capacities and
Specifications (page 293).
Whenever coolant has been added, the
coolant level in the coolant reservoir
should be checked the next few times you
drive the vehicle. If necessary, add enough
prediluted engine coolant to bring the
coolant level to the proper level.

Do not mix different colors or types of
coolant in your vehicle. Make sure the
correct coolant is used. Mixing of
engine coolants may harm your
engine’s cooling system. The use of an
improper coolant may harm engine and
cooling system components and may
void the warranty. Use prediluted
engine coolant meeting the Ford
specification. See Capacities and
Specifications (page 293).
In case of emergency, a large amount
of water without engine coolant may
be added in order to reach a vehicle
service location. In this instance, the
cooling system must be drained,
chemically cleaned with Motorcraft®
Premium Cooling System Flush, and
refilled with prediluted engine coolant
as soon as possible. Water alone
(without engine coolant) can cause
engine damage from corrosion,
overheating or freezing.
Do not use alcohol, methanol, brine or
any engine coolants mixed with alcohol
or methanol antifreeze (coolant).
Alcohol and other liquids can cause
engine damage from overheating or
freezing.
Do not add extra inhibitors or additives
to the coolant. These can be harmful
and compromise the corrosion
protection of the engine coolant.

Recycled Engine Coolant
Ford Motor Company does not recommend
the use of recycled engine coolant since a
Ford-approved recycling process is not yet
available.
Always dispose of used automotive fluids
in a responsible manner. Follow your
community’s regulations and standards
for recycling and disposing of automotive
fluids.

Severe Climates
If you drive in extremely cold climates:
• It may be necessary to have a Ford
authorized dealer increase the coolant
concentration above 50%.
• A coolant concentration of 60% will
provide improved freeze point
protection. Engine coolant
concentrations above 60% will
decrease the overheat protection
characteristics of the engine coolant
and may cause engine damage
If you drive in extremely hot climates:
• It may be necessary to have a Ford
authorized dealer decrease the coolant
concentration to 40%.
• A coolant concentration of 40% will
provide improved overheat protection.
Engine coolant concentrations below
40% will decrease the corrosion/freeze
protection characteristics of the engine
coolant and may cause engine
damage.

Unscrew the cap slowly. Any pressure will
escape as you unscrew the cap.

248

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Maintenance
Vehicles driven year-round in non-extreme
climates should use prediluted engine
coolant for optimum cooling system and
engine protection.

When Fail-Safe Mode Is Activated
WARNINGS
Fail-safe mode is for use during
emergencies only. Operate the
vehicle in fail-safe mode only as long
as necessary to bring the vehicle to rest in
a safe location and seek immediate repairs.
When in fail-safe mode, the vehicle will
have limited power, will not be able to
maintain high-speed operation, and may
completely shut down without warning,
potentially losing engine power, power
steering assist, and power brake assist,
which may increase the possibility of a
crash resulting in serious injury.

What you Should Know About FailSafe Cooling
If the engine coolant supply is depleted,
this feature allows the vehicle to be driven
temporarily before incremental component
damage is incurred. The “fail-safe”
distance depends on ambient
temperatures, vehicle load and terrain.
How Fail-Safe Cooling Works
If the engine begins to overheat, the engine
coolant temperature gauge will move to
the red (hot) area and:

Never remove the coolant reservoir
cap while the engine is running or hot.

A high engine temperature
message will appear in the
information display.

You have limited engine power when in the
fail-safe mode, so drive the vehicle with
caution. The vehicle will not be able to
maintain high-speed operation and the
engine will run rough. Remember that the
engine is capable of completely shutting
down automatically to prevent engine
damage, therefore:

The service engine soon
indicator will illuminate.
If the engine reaches a preset
over-temperature condition, the engine
will automatically switch to alternating
cylinder operation. Each disabled cylinder
acts as an air pump and cools the engine.

Pull off the road as soon as safely
possible and turn off the engine.
2. Arrange for the vehicle to be taken to
an authorized dealer.
3. If this is not possible, wait a short
period for the engine to cool.
4. Check the coolant level and replenish
if low.
5. Re-start the engine and take your
vehicle to an authorized dealer.
Note: Driving the vehicle without repairing
the engine problem increases the chance of
engine damage. Take your vehicle to an
authorized dealer as soon as possible.

When this occurs the vehicle will still
operate. However:
• The engine power will be limited.
• The air conditioning system will be
disabled.
Continued operation will increase the
engine temperature and the engine will
completely shut down, causing steering
and braking effort to increase.
Once the engine temperature cools, the
engine can be re-started. Take your vehicle
to an authorized dealer as soon as possible
to minimize engine damage.

249

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Maintenance
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
FLUID CHECK

POWER STEERING FLUID
CHECK

Note: Transmission fluid should be checked
by an authorized dealer. If required, fluid
should be added by an authorized dealer.

Your vehicle is equipped with an electric
power steering (EPS) system. There is no
fluid reservoir to check or fill.

The automatic transmission does not have
a transmission fluid dipstick.

FUEL FILTER

Have an authorized dealer check and
change the transmission fluid and filter at
the correct service interval. See
Scheduled Maintenance (page 428). Your
transmission does not consume fluid.
However, the fluid level should be checked
if the transmission is not working properly,
(i.e., if the transmission slips or shifts
slowly) or if you notice some sign of fluid
leakage.

Your vehicle is equipped with a lifetime
fuel filter that is integrated with the fuel
tank. Regular maintenance or replacement
is not needed.

WASHER FLUID CHECK
WARNING
If you operate your vehicle in
temperatures below 40°F (5°C), use
washer fluid with antifreeze
protection. Failure to use washer fluid with
antifreeze protection in cold weather could
result in impaired windshield vision and
increase the risk of injury or accident.

Do not use supplemental transmission
fluid additives, treatments or cleaning
agents. The use of these materials may
affect transmission operation and result
in damage to internal transmission
components.

BRAKE FLUID CHECK

Add fluid to fill the reservoir if the level is
low. Only use a washer fluid that meets
Ford specifications. See Capacities and
Specifications (page 293).

Note: The clutch and brake system can be
filled at the brake master cylinder reservoir.
Fluid levels between the MIN and MAX
lines are within the normal operating range;
there is no need to add fluid.

State or local regulations on volatile
organic compounds may restrict the use
of methanol, a common windshield washer
antifreeze additive. Washer fluids
containing non-methanol antifreeze
agents should be used only if they provide
cold weather protection without damaging
the vehicle’s paint finish, wiper blades or
washer system.

If the fluid levels are outside of the normal
operating range, the performance of the
system could be compromised; seek
service from your authorized dealer
immediately.

250

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Maintenance
When a low voltage battery replacement
is necessary, see an authorized dealer to
replace the low voltage battery with a Ford
recommended replacement low voltage
battery that matches the electrical
requirements of the vehicle

CHANGING THE 12V BATTERY
WARNINGS
Batteries normally produce explosive
gases which can cause personal
injury. Therefore, do not allow
flames, sparks or lighted substances to
come near the battery. When working near
the battery, always shield your face and
protect your eyes. Always provide proper
ventilation.

To ensure proper operation of the battery
management system (BMS), do not allow
a technician to connect any electrical
device ground connection directly to the
low voltage battery negative post. A
connection at the low voltage battery
negative post can cause inaccurate
measurements of the battery condition
and potential incorrect system operation.

When lifting a plastic-cased battery,
excessive pressure on the end walls
could cause acid to flow through the
vent caps, resulting in personal injury and
damage to the vehicle or battery. Lift the
battery with a battery carrier or with your
hands on opposite corners.

Note: Note: If a person adds electrical or
electronic accessories or components to the
vehicle, the accessories or components may
adversely affect the low voltage battery
performance and durability and may also
affect the performance of other electrical
systems in the vehicle.

Keep batteries out of reach of
children. Batteries contain sulfuric
acid. Avoid contact with skin, eyes or
clothing. Shield your eyes when working
near the battery to protect against possible
splashing of acid solution. In case of acid
contact with skin or eyes, flush
immediately with water for a minimum of
15 minutes and get prompt medical
attention. If acid is swallowed, call a
physician immediately.

For longer, trouble-free operation, keep the
top of the battery clean and dry. Also,
make certain the battery cables are always
tightly fastened to the battery terminals.
If you see any corrosion on the battery or
terminals, remove the cables from the
terminals and clean with a wire brush. You
can neutralize the acid with a solution of
baking soda and water.

Your vehicle is equipped with a
Motorcraft® maintenance-free battery
which normally does not require additional
water during its life of service.

When a battery replacement is required,
the battery should only be replaced with
a Ford recommended replacement battery
that matches the electrical requirements
of the vehicle.

Note: If your battery has a cover/shield,
make sure it is reinstalled after the battery
has been cleaned or replaced.

Because your vehicle’s engine is
electronically-controlled by a computer,
some engine control settings are
maintained by power from the low voltage
battery. Some engine computer settings,
like the idle trim and fuel trim strategy,
optimize the driveability and performance
of the engine. Some other computer
settings, like the clock and radio station

Note: See an authorized dealer for low
voltage battery access, testing, or
replacement.

251

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Maintenance
presets, are also maintained in memory by
power from the low voltage battery. When
a technician disconnects and connects the
low voltage battery, these settings are
erased. Complete the following procedure
in order to restore the settings:

Note: Always dispose of automotive
batteries in a responsible manner. Follow
your local authorized standards for disposal.
Call your local authorized recycling center
to find out more about recycling automotive
batteries.

Note: It is recommended that the negative
battery cable terminal be disconnected from
the battery if you plan to store your vehicle
for an extended period of time.

With the vehicle at a complete stop,
set the parking brake.
2. Shift the transmission into P.
3. Turn off all accessories.
4. Step on the brake pedal and start the
vehicle.
5. Run the engine until it reaches normal
operating temperature. While the
engine is warming up, complete the
following: Reset the clock. See Audio
System (page 105). Reset the power
windows bounce-back feature. See
Windows and Mirrors (page 72).
Reset the radio station presets. See
Audio System (page 105).
6. Allow the engine to idle for at least one
minute. If the engine turns off, step on
the accelerator to start the engine.
7. While the engine is running, step on the
brake pedal and shift the transmission
to N.
8. Allow the engine to run for at least one
minute by pressing on the accelerator
pedal.
9. Drive the vehicle at least 10 miles (16
kilometers) to completely relearn the
idle and fuel trim strategy.
Note: If you do not allow the engine to
relearn the idle and fuel trim strategy, the
idle quality of your vehicle may be adversely
affected until the engine computer
eventually relearns the idle trim and fuel
trim strategy.

CHECKING THE WIPER
BLADES

E142463

Run the tip of your fingers over the edge of
the blade to check for roughness.
Clean the wiper blades with washer fluid
or water applied with a soft sponge or
cloth.

CHANGING THE WIPER
BLADES
The wiper arms can be manually moved
when the ignition is off. This allows for ease
of blade replacement and cleaning under
the blades.

252

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Maintenance
For EcoBoost equipped vehicles: When
servicing the air cleaner, it is important that
no foreign material enter the air induction
system. The engine and turbocharger are
susceptible to damage from even small
particles.

Change the air filter element at the proper
interval. See Scheduled Maintenance
(page 428).

Note: Failure to use the correct air filter
element may result in severe engine
damage. The customer warranty may be
void for any damage to the engine if the
correct air filter element is not used.

E129990

Pull the wiper blade and arm away
from the glass.
2. Press the locking buttons together.
3. Rotate and remove the wiper blade.
4. Install in the reverse order.
Note: Make sure that the wiper blade locks
into place. Lower the wiper arm and blade
back to the windshield. The wiper arms will
automatically return to their normal position
when the ignition is turned on.

EcoBoost Engines

Replace wiper blades at least once per
year for optimum performance.
Poor wiper quality can be improved by
cleaning the wiper blades and the
windshield.

E144365

CHANGING THE ENGINE AIR
FILTER
WARNING
To reduce the risk of vehicle damage
and/or personal burn injuries do not
start your engine with the air cleaner
removed and do not remove it while the
engine is running.
When changing the air filter element, use
only the air filter element listed. See
Capacities and Specifications (page
293).

253

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Maintenance
2.5L Engine

Headlamp Aiming Target

E142592

E146047

1.
2.
3.
4.

6.
7.

Release the clamps that secure the air
filter housing cover.
Carefully lift the air filter housing cover.
Remove the air filter element from the
air filter housing.
Wipe any dirt or debris from the air filter
housing and cover to make sure no dirt
gets in the engine and to make sure you
have a good seal.
Install a new air filter element. Be
careful not to crimp the filter element
edges between the air filter housing
and cover. This could cause filter
damage and allow unfiltered air to
enter the engine if not properly seated.
Install the air filter housing cover.
Engage the clamps to secure the air
filter housing cover to the air filter
housing.

8 feet (2.4 meters)

Center height of lamp to ground

25 feet (7.6 meters)

Horizontal reference line

Vertical Aim Adjustment Procedure
1.

Park the vehicle directly in front of a
wall or screen on a level surface,
approximately 25 feet (7.6 meters)
away.
2. Measure the height of the headlamp
bulb center from the ground and mark
an 8 foot (2.4 meter) horizontal
reference line on the vertical wall or
screen at this height.
Note: To see a clearer light pattern for
adjusting, you may want to block the light
from one headlamp while adjusting the
other.
3. Turn on the low beam headlamps to
illuminate the wall or screen and open
the hood.

ADJUSTING THE HEADLAMPS
Vertical Aim Adjustment
The headlamps on your vehicle are
properly aimed at the assembly plant. If
your vehicle has been in an accident, the
alignment of your headlamps should be
checked by your authorized dealer.

254

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Maintenance
5. Locate the vertical adjuster on each
headlamp. Using a Phillips #2
screwdriver, turn the adjuster either
clockwise or counterclockwise in order
to adjust the vertical aim of the
headlamp. The horizontal edge of the
brighter light should touch the
horizontal reference line.
6. Close the hood and turn off the lamps.

Horizontal Aim Adjustment
E142465

Horizontal aim is not required for this
vehicle and is not adjustable.

4. On the wall or screen you will observe
a flat zone of high intensity light
located at the top of the right hand
portion of the beam pattern. If the top
edge of the high intensity light zone is
not at the horizontal reference line, the
headlamp will need to be adjusted.

REMOVING A HEADLAMP
1.

E145594

255

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Make sure the headlamp control is in
the Off position and open the hood.

Maintenance

E159693

Remove the six fasteners securing the
front fascia to the front trim cover.
2. Remove the three bumper cover upper
screws.
3. Remove the fastener at the inboard
side of the headlamp to be serviced.

E159695

5. Remove the lower three wheelhousing
fasteners.

E159694

4. Remove the two headlamp assembly
screws.

E159696

256

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Maintenance
6. Remove the three front bumper cover
lower fasteners, only on the side of
headlamp being serviced.

9. Carefully pull the headlamp assembly
outward to disengage it from the lower
fixing point.
10. Carefully lift the headlamp and
remove from vehicle.
11.
Disconnect the electrical connector.

CHANGING A BULB
Lamp Assembly Condensation
Exterior lamps are vented to
accommodate normal changes in pressure.
Condensation can be a natural by-product
of this design. When moist air enters the
lamp assembly through the vents, there is
a possibility that condensation can occur
when the temperature is cold. When
normal condensation occurs, a thin film of
mist can form on the interior of the lens.
The thin mist eventually clears and exits
through the vents during normal operation.
Clearing time may take as long as 48 hours
under dry weather conditions.

E159697

Separate the front bumper cover from
the fender, pull the fender outward 3
cm.

Examples of acceptable condensation are:
• Presence of thin mist (no streaks, drip
marks or droplets).
• Fine mist covers less than 50% of the
lens.

E159698

Examples of unacceptable moisture
(usually caused by a lamp water leak) are:
• Water puddle inside the lamp.
• Large water droplets, drip marks or
streaks present on the interior of the
lens.

8. From the front of the vehicle, pull the
front bumper cover forward 10 cm.

Take your vehicle to a dealer for service if
any of the above conditions of
unacceptable moisture are present.

E159699

257

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Maintenance
Replacing the Headlamp Bulbs

Replacing the Low Beam Headlamp
Bulb

WARNING

1.
2.
3.
4.

Remove the headlamp assembly.
Remove the service cap.
Disconnect the electrical connector.
Release the retainer spring and remove
it from the headlamp assembly.
5. Install the new bulb in reverse order.

Handle a halogen headlamp bulb
carefully and keep out of children’s
reach. Grasp the bulb by only its
plastic base and do not touch the glass.
The oil from your hand could cause the
bulb to break the next time the headlamps
are operated.

Replacing the Front Parking/Turn
Signal Lamp Bulb

Note: If the bulb is accidentally touched, it
should be cleaned with rubbing alcohol
before being used.

1. Remove the headlamp assembly.
2. Turn the bulb assembly
counterclockwise and remove it from
the headlamp assembly.
3. Separate the bulb from the bulb
socket.
4. Install the new bulb in reverse order.

Replacing the Side Marker Lamp Bulb

1. Remove the headlamp assembly.
2. Remove the service cap.
3. Depress the tabs on the socket and
remove the socket and bulb together.
4. Separate the bulb from the bulb
socket.
5. Install the new bulb in reverse order.

E159753

Headlamp assembly:
A. Side marker lamp bulb
B. High beam headlamp bulb
C. Low beam headlamp bulb
D. Front parking/Turn signal lamp bulb

Replacing the Tail, Brake, HighMount Brake Lamp, and Turn
Signal Lamp Bulbs

Replacing the High Beam Headlamp
Bulb

These lamps are designed with LED light
sources. For replacement, see your
authorized dealer.

1.
2.
3.
4.

Remove the headlamp assembly.
Remove the service cap.
Disconnect the electrical connector.
Turn the bulb counterclockwise and
remove it from the headlamp
assembly.
5. Install the new bulb in reverse order.

Replacing a Reverse Lamp Bulb
1.

Make sure the lighting control is in the
off position.
2. Open the trunk deck lid.

258

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Maintenance

E145777

3. Remove the push pins and reposition
the inner body side trim.

E145779

6. Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise
and remove the bulb holder.

E145778

4. Remove the three lamp assembly nuts.
5. Gently pull the lamp assembly away
from the vehicle.

E145780

Remove the bulb from the bulb holder.

Install the new bulb in reverse order.

259

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Maintenance
Replacing the License Plate Lamp
Bulb

2. Remove the lamp.
3. Remove the bulb.
Install the new bulb in reverse order.

BULB SPECIFICATION CHART
Replacement bulbs are specified in the
chart below. Headlamp bulbs must be
marked with an authorized “D.O.T.” for
North America to make sure they have the
proper lamp performance, light brightness,
light pattern, and safe visibility. The correct
bulbs will not damage the lamp assembly
or void the lamp assembly warranty and
will provide quality bulb illumination time.

E72789

Carefully release the spring clip.

Function

Trade name

*Headlamp high beam (Halogen)

H7LL

*Headlamp low beam (Halogen)

H11LL

*Side marker lamp - front

LED

*Park lamp - front

W5W

*Turn lamp - front

PWY24W

*Fog lamp - front

H11

*Tail and brake lamp - high series

LED

*Tail and brake lamp - low series

LED

Reverse lamp

921

*Turn lamp - rear - high series

LED

*Turn lamp - rear - low series

LED

*Side marker lamp - rear

LED

License plate lamp

W5W

*Trunk lamp

W5W

*High-mount brake lamp

LED

260

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Maintenance
Function

Trade name

*Side repeater lamp

LED

*Interior lamp

LED

*To replace these bulbs, see your authorized dealer.
To replace all instrument panel bulbs, see your authorized dealer.

261

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Vehicle Care
GENERAL INFORMATION

CLEANING THE EXTERIOR

Your Ford or Lincoln authorized dealer has
many quality products available to clean
your vehicle and protect its finishes.

Wash your vehicle regularly with cool or
lukewarm water and a neutral pH
shampoo, such as Motorcraft® Detail
Wash.

CLEANING PRODUCTS

•

For best results, use the following products
or products of equivalent quality:
•

Motorcraft® Bug and Tar Remover
(ZC-42)
Motorcraft® Custom Bright Metal Cleaner
(ZC-15)

•

Motorcraft® Detail Wash (ZC-3-A)
•

Motorcraft® Dusting Cloth (ZC-24)
Motorcraft® Engine Shampoo and
Degreaser (U.S. only) (ZC-20)
Motorcraft® Engine Shampoo (Canada
only) (CXC-66-A)

•

Motorcraft® Multi-Purpose Cleaner
(Canada only) (CXC-101)
Motorcraft® Premium Glass Cleaner
(Canada only) (CXC-100)

Note: Suntan lotions and insect repellents
can damage any painted surface; if these
substances come in contact with your
vehicle, wash off as soon as possible.

Motorcraft® Premium Quality Windshield
Washer Fluid (Canada only) [CXC-37-(A,
B, D or F)]

Exterior Chrome

Motorcraft® Premium Windshield Washer
Concentrate (U.S. only) (ZC-32-A)

Note: Never use abrasive materials such as
steel wool or plastic pads as they can
scratch the chrome surface.

Motorcraft® Professional Strength Carpet
& Upholstery Cleaner (ZC-54)
Motorcraft® Spot and Stain Remover (U.S.
only) (ZC-14)

Note: Do not use chrome cleaner, metal
cleaner or polish on wheels and wheel
covers

Motorcraft® Ultra-Clear Spray Glass
Cleaner (ZC-23)
Motorcraft® Vinyl Cleaner (Canada only)
(CXC-93)
Motorcraft® Wheel and Tire Cleaner
(ZC-37-A)

262

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Never use strong household detergents
or soap, such as dish washing or
laundry liquid. These products can
discolor and spot painted surfaces.
Never wash a vehicle that is “hot to the
touch” or during exposure to strong,
direct sunlight.
Dry the vehicle with a chamois or soft
terry cloth towel in order to eliminate
water spotting.
Immediately remove items such as
gasoline, diesel fuel, bird droppings and
insect deposits because they can cause
damage to the vehicle’s paintwork and
trim over time. Use Motorcraft® Bug
and Tar Remover.
Remove any exterior accessories, such
as antennas, before entering a car
wash.

Vehicle Care
•

•

Wash the vehicle first, using cool or
lukewarm water and a neutral pH
shampoo, such as Motorcraft® Detail
Wash.
Use Motorcraft® Custom Bright Metal
Cleaner. Apply the product as you
would a wax to clean bumpers and
other chrome parts; allow the cleaner
to dry for a few minutes, then wipe off
the haze with a clean, dry rag.

•

WAXING
Regular waxing is necessary to protect your
car's paint from the elements. We
recommend that you wash and wax the
painted surface once or twice a year.

Do not apply cleaning product to hot
surfaces and do not leave cleaning
product on chrome surfaces for a
period of time exceeding that which is
recommended.
Using other non-recommended
cleaners can result in severe and
permanent cosmetic damage.

When washing and waxing, park your
vehicle in a shaded area out of direct
sunlight. Always wash your vehicle before
applying wax.
•

Underbody
•

Flush the complete underside of your
vehicle frequently. Keep body and door
drain holes free from packed dirt.

•

Cleaning Plastic Exterior Parts

•

Use only approved products to clean
plastic parts
•
•

For routine cleaning, use Motorcraft®
Detail Wash.
If tar or grease spots are present, use
Motorcraft® Bug and Tar Remover.

REPAIRING MINOR PAINT
DAMAGE
•
•

Your authorized dealer has touch-up paint
to match your vehicle’s color. Take your
color code (printed on a sticker in the
driver’s door jamb) to your authorized
dealer to ensure you get the correct color.

263

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Remove particles such as bird
droppings, tree sap, insect deposits, tar
spots, road salt and industrial fallout
before repairing paint chips.
Always read the instructions before
using the products.

Use a quality wax that does not contain
abrasives.
Follow the manufacturer’s instructions
to apply and remove the wax.
Apply a small amount of wax in a
back-and-forth motion, not in circles.
Do not allow wax to come in contact
with any non-body (low-gloss black)
colored trim. The wax will discolor or
stain the parts over time.
• Roof racks.
• Bumpers.
• Grained door handles.
• Side mouldings.
• Mirror housings.
• Windshield cowl area.
Do not apply wax to glass areas.
After waxing, your car's paint should
feel smooth, and be free of streaks and
smudges.

Vehicle Care
To clean these items, follow these tips:
• The windows may be cleaned with a
non-abrasive cleaner such as
Motorcraft® Ultra-Clear Spray Glass
Cleaner.
• The wiper blades can be cleaned with
isopropyl (rubbing) alcohol or
Motorcraft® Premium Windshield
Washer Concentrate in the U.S., or
Premium Quality Windshield Washer
Fluid in Canada. Be sure to replace
wiper blades when they appear worn
or do not function properly.
• Do not use abrasives, as they may
cause scratches
• Do not use fuel, kerosene, or paint
thinner to clean any parts.

CLEANING THE ENGINE
Engines are more efficient when they are
clean because grease and dirt buildup keep
the engine warmer than normal.
When washing:
• Take care when using a power washer
to clean the engine. The high-pressure
fluid could penetrate the sealed parts
and cause damage.
• Do not spray a hot engine with cold
water to avoid cracking the engine
block or other engine components.
• Spray Motorcraft® Engine Shampoo
and Degreaser on all parts that require
cleaning and pressure rinse clean. In
Canada, use Motorcraft® Engine
Shampoo.
• Never wash or rinse the engine while it
is hot or running; water in the running
engine may cause internal damage.
• Never wash or rinse any ignition coil,
spark plug wire or spark plug well, or
the area in and around these locations.
• Cover the battery, power distribution
box, and air filter assembly to prevent
water damage when cleaning the
engine.

If you cannot remove those streaks after
cleaning with the glass cleaner or if the
wipers chatter and move in a jerky motion,
clean the outer surface of the windshield
and the wiper blades using a sponge or
soft cloth with a neutral detergent or
mild-abrasive cleaning solution. After
cleaning, rinse the windshield and wiper
blades with clean water. The windshield
is clean if beads do not form when you
rinse the windshield with water.
Note: Do not use sharp objects, such as a
razor blade, to clean the inside of the rear
window or to remove decals, as it may cause
damage to the rear window defroster’s
heated grid lines.

CLEANING THE WINDOWS AND
WIPER BLADES
The windows and wiper blades should be
cleaned regularly. If the wipers do not wipe
properly, substances on the vehicle’s glass
or the wiper blades may cause squeaking
or chatter noise from the blades, and
streaking and smearing of the windshield.

CLEANING THE INTERIOR
WARNINGS
Do not use cleaning solvents, bleach
or dye on the vehicle’s safety belts,
as these actions may weaken the
belt webbing.

264

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Vehicle Care
WARNINGS
On vehicles equipped with
seat-mounted airbags, do not use
chemical solvents or strong
detergents. Such products could
contaminate the side airbag system and
affect performance of the side airbag in a
collision.

Clean the instrument panel and cluster
lens with a clean, damp, white cotton
cloth, then use a clean and dry white
cotton cloth to dry these areas.

For fabric, carpets, cloth seats, safety belts
and seats equipped with side airbags:
• Remove dust and loose dirt with a
vacuum cleaner.
• Remove light stains and soil with
Motorcraft® Professional Strength
Carpet & Upholstery Cleaner.

•

If grease or tar is present on the
material, spot-clean the area first with
Motorcraft® Spot and Stain Remover.
In Canada, use Motorcraftt
Multi-Purpose Cleaner.
If a ring forms on the fabric after spot
cleaning, clean the entire area
immediately (but do not oversaturate)
or the ring will set.
Do not use household cleaning
products or glass cleaners, which can
stain and discolor the fabric and affect
the flame retardant abilities of the seat
materials.

•

If a staining liquid like coffee or juice has
been spilled on the instrument panel or on
interior trim surfaces, clean as follows:
1.

Wipe up spilled liquid using a clean,
white, cotton cloth.
2. Wipe the surface with a damp, clean,
white cotton cloth. For more thorough
cleaning, use a mild soap and water
solution. If the spot cannot be
completely cleaned by this method,
the area may be cleaned using a
commercially available cleaning
product designed for automotive
interiors.
3. If necessary, apply more soap and
water solution or cleaning product to
a clean, white, cotton cloth and press
the cloth onto the soiled area. Allow
this to set at room temperature for 30
minutes.

CLEANING THE INSTRUMENT
PANEL AND INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER LENS
WARNING
Do not use chemical solvents or
strong detergents when cleaning the
steering wheel or instrument panel
to avoid contamination of the airbag
system.

265

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Avoid cleaners or polishes that increase
the gloss of the upper portion of the
instrument panel. The dull finish in this
area helps protect you from
undesirable windshield reflection.
Be certain to wash or wipe your hands
clean if you have been in contact with
certain products such as insect
repellent and suntan lotion in order to
avoid possible damage to the interior
painted surfaces.
Do not use household or glass cleaners
as these may damage the finish of the
instrument panel, interior trim and
cluster lens.
Do not allow air fresheners and hand
sanitizers to spill onto interior surfaces.
If a spill occurs, wipe off immediately.
Damage may not be covered by your
warranty.

Vehicle Care
4. Remove the soaked cloth and if it is not
soiled badly, use this cloth to clean the
area by using a rubbing motion for 60
seconds.
5. Following this, wipe area dry with a
clean, white, cotton cloth.

CLEANING THE ALLOY
WHEELS
Note: Do not apply a cleaning chemical to
warm or hot wheel rims and covers.
Note: Some automatic car washes may
cause damage to the finish on your wheel
rims and covers.

CLEANING LEATHER SEATS (IF

Note: Industrial-strength or heavy-duty
cleaners in combination with brush agitation
to remove brake dust and dirt, could wear
away the clear coat finish over a period time.

EQUIPPED)

For routine cleaning, wipe the surface with
a soft, damp cloth. For more thorough
cleaning, wipe the surface with a mild soap
and water solution. Dry the area with a soft
cloth. In Canada, use Motorcraft® Vinyl
Cleaner.

Note: Do not use hydrofluoric acid-based
or high caustic-based wheel cleaners, steel
wool, fuels or strong household detergents.

If the leather cannot be completely
cleaned using a mild soap and water
solution, the leather may be cleaned using
a commercially available leather cleaning
product designed for automotive interiors.

Note: If you intend parking your vehicle for
an extended period after cleaning the
wheels with a wheel cleaner, drive your
vehicle for a few minutes before doing so.
This will reduce the risk of increased
corrosion of the brake discs.

Note: To check for compatibility, first test
any cleaner or stain remover on an
inconspicuous part of the leather.

Alloy wheels and wheel covers are coated
with a clear coat paint finish. To maintain
their condition we recommend that you:

You should:

•

•
•
•

remove dust and loose dirt with a
vacuum cleaner.
clean spills and stains as quickly as
possible.
To check for compatibility, first test any
cleaner or stain remover on an
inconspicuous part of the leather.

•

Do not use the following products as these
may damage the leather:
•
•
•
•

•

oil/petroleum-based leather
conditioners.
household cleaners.
alcohol solutions.
solvents or cleaners intended for
rubber, vinyl and plastics.

•

266

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Clean the wheels weekly, with the
recommended Ford service wheel and
tire cleaner. Apply using
manufacturer's instructions. Use
Motorcraft® Wheel and Tire Cleaner
(ZC-37-A).
Use a sponge to remove heavy
deposits of dirt and brake dust
accumulation.
Rinse thoroughly with a strong stream
of water when you have completed the
cleaning process.
To remove tar and grease, use
Motorcraft® Bug and Tar Remover
(ZC-42).

Vehicle Care
Engine

VEHICLE STORAGE

•

If you plan on storing your vehicle for an
extended period of time (30 days or more),
read the following maintenance
recommendations to make sure your
vehicle stays in good operating condition.

•

All motor vehicles and their components
were engineered and tested for reliable,
regular driving. Long term storage under
various conditions may lead to component
degradation or failure unless specific
precautions are taken to preserve the
components.

•

Fuel system
•

General
•
•
•

Store all vehicles in a dry, ventilated
place.
Protect from sunlight, if possible.
If vehicles are stored outside, they
require regular maintenance to protect
against rust and damage.

•
•
•

•

•
•

Wash vehicle thoroughly to remove
dirt, grease, oil, tar or mud from exterior
surfaces, rear-wheel housing and
underside of front fenders.
Periodically wash vehicles stored in
exposed locations.
Touch-up raw or primed metal to
prevent rust
Cover chrome and stainless steel parts
with a thick coat of auto wax to prevent
discoloration. Re-wax as necessary
when the vehicle is washed.
Lubricate all hood, door and trunk lid
hinges, and latches with a light grade
oil.
Cover interior trim to prevent fading.
Keep all rubber parts free from oil and
solvents.

Cooling system
•
•

Protect against freezing temperatures.
When removing vehicle from storage,
check coolant fluid level. Confirm there
are no cooling system leaks, and fluid
is at the recommended level.

Battery
•
•

267

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Fill the fuel tank with high-quality fuel
until the first automatic shutoff of the
fuel pump nozzle.

Note: During extended periods of vehicle
storage (30 days or more), fuel may
deteriorate due to oxidation. Add a quality
gas stabilizer product to the vehicle fuel
system whenever actual or expected
storage periods exceed 30 days. Follow the
instructions on the additive label. The
vehicle should then be operated at idle
speed to circulate the additive throughout
the fuel system.

Body
•

The engine oil and filter should be
changed prior to storage, as used
engine oil contain contaminates that
may cause engine damage.
Start the engine every 15 days. Run at
fast idle until it reaches normal
operating temperature
With your foot on the brake, shift
through all the gears while the engine
is running.

Check and recharge as necessary. Keep
connections clean.
If storing your vehicle for more than 30
days without recharging the battery, it
may be advisable to disconnect the
battery cables to ensure battery charge
is maintained for quick starting.

Vehicle Care
Contact your authorized dealer if you have
any concerns or issues.

Note: If battery cables are disconnected, it
will be necessary to reset memory features.

Brakes
•

Make sure brakes and parking brake
are fully released.

Tires
•

Maintain recommended air pressure.

Miscellaneous
•

•

Make sure all linkages, cables, levers
and pins under vehicle are covered with
grease to prevent rust.
Move vehicles at least 25 feet (8
meters) every 15 days to lubricate
working parts and prevent corrosion.

Removing Vehicle From Storage
When your vehicle is ready to come out of
storage, do the following:
• Wash your vehicle to remove any dirt
or grease film build-up on window
surfaces.
• Check windshield wipers for any
deterioration.
• Check under the hood for any foreign
material that may have collected
during storage (mice/squirrel nests).
• Check the exhaust for any foreign
material that may have collected
during storage.
• Check tire pressures and set tire
inflation per the Tire Label.
• Check brake pedal operation. Drive the
vehicle 15 feet (4.5 meters) back and
forth to remove rust build-up.
• Check fluid levels (including coolant,
oil and gas) to make sure there are no
leaks, and fluids are at recommended
levels.
• If the battery was removed, clean the
battery cable ends and inspect.
268

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Wheels and Tires
These Tire Quality Grades are determined
by standards that the United States
Department of Transportation has set.

TIRE CARE
Important information for 235/40R19
low-profile tires and wheels If your
vehicle is equipped with 235/40R19 tires,
they are low-profile tires. These tires and
wheels are designed to give your vehicle a
sport appearance. With low-profile tires,
you may notice an increase in road noise
and faster tire wear, depending on road
conditions and driving styles. Due to their
design, low-profile tires and wheels are
more prone to road damage from potholes,
rough or unpaved roads, car wash rails and
curb contact than standard tires and
wheels.

Tire Quality Grades apply to new
pneumatic passenger car tires. They do
not apply to deep tread, winter-type snow
tires, space-saver or temporary use spare
tires, light truck or LT type tires, tires with
nominal rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches
or limited production tires as defined in
Title 49 Code of Federal Regulations Part
575.104 (c)(2).
U.S. Department of Transportation Tire
quality grades: The U.S. Department of
Transportation requires Ford Motor
Company to give you the following
information about tire grades exactly as
the government has written it.

Note: Your vehicle’s warranty does not
cover these types of damage. Tires should
always be kept at the correct inflation
pressures and extra caution should be taken
when operating on rough roads to avoid
impacts that could cause wheel and tire
damage.

Treadwear
The treadwear grade is a comparative
rating based on the wear rate of the tire
when tested under controlled conditions
on a specified government test course. For
example, a tire graded 150 would wear 1 ½
times as well on the government course
as a tire graded 100. The relative
performance of tires depends upon the
actual conditions of their use, however,
and may depart significantly from the norm
due to variations in driving habits, service
practices, and differences in road
characteristics and climate.

Information About Uniform Tire
Quality Grading

Traction AA A B C
Note: The traction grade assigned to this
tire is based on straight-ahead braking
traction tests, and does not include
acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning or
peak traction characteristics.

E142542

Tire Quality Grades apply to new
pneumatic passenger car tires. The Quality
grades can be found where applicable on
the tire sidewall between tread shoulder
and maximum section width. For example:
Treadwear 200 Traction AA
Temperature A.

269

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Wheels and Tires
The traction grades, from highest to lowest
are AA, A, B, and C. The grades represent
the tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement
as measured under controlled conditions
on specified government test surfaces of
asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may
have poor traction performance.

*Tire Identification Number
(TIN): A number on the sidewall
of each tire providing information
about the tire brand and
manufacturing plant, tire size and
date of manufacture. Also referred
to as DOT code.

Temperature A B C

*Inflation pressure: A measure
of the amount of air in a tire.

WARNING
The temperature grade for this tire
is established for a tire that is
properly inflated and not overloaded.
Excessive speed, underinflation, or
excessive loading, either separately or in
combination, can cause heat buildup and
possible tire failure.

*Standard load: A class of
P-metric or Metric tires designed
to carry a maximum load at 35 psi
[37 psi (2.5 bar) for Metric tires].
Increasing the inflation pressure
beyond this pressure will not
increase the tire’s load carrying
capability.

The temperature grades are A (the
highest), B and C, representing the tire’s
resistance to the generation of heat and
its ability to dissipate heat when tested
under controlled conditions on a specified
indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained
high temperature can cause the material
of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire
life, and excessive temperature can lead
to sudden tire failure. The grade C
corresponds to a level of performance
which all passenger car tires must meet
under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standard No. 139. Grades B and A
represent higher levels of performance on
the laboratory test wheel than the
minimum required by law.

*Extra load: A class of P-metric
or Metric tires designed to carry a
heavier maximum load at 41 psi
[43 psi (2.9 bar) for Metric tires].
Increasing the inflation pressure
beyond this pressure will not
increase the tire’s load carrying
capability.

Glossary of Tire Terminology

*PSI: Pounds per square inch, a
standard unit of air pressure.

*kPa: Kilopascal, a metric unit of
air pressure.

* Tire label: A label showing the
original equipment tire sizes,
recommended inflation pressure
and the maximum weight the
vehicle can carry.

*Cold tire pressure: The tire
pressure when the vehicle has
been stationary and out of direct
sunlight for an hour or more and
prior to the vehicle being driven for
1 mile (1.6 kilometers).

270

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Wheels and Tires
describes the fundamental
characteristics of the tire and also
provides a U.S. DOT Tire
Identification Number for safety
standard certification and in case
of a recall.

*Recommended inflation
pressure: The cold inflation
pressure found on the Safety
Compliance Certification Label
(affixed to either the door hinge
pillar, door-latch post, or the door
edge that meets the door-latch
post, next to the driver's seating
position), or Tire Label located on
the B-Pillar or the edge of the
driver’s door.

Information on P Type Tires

C D
B

*B-pillar: The structural member
at the side of the vehicle behind
the front door

G
H

* Bead area of the tire: Area of
the tire next to the rim.
* Sidewall of the tire: Area
between the bead area and the
tread.
* Tread area of the tire: Area of
the perimeter of the tire that
contacts the road when mounted
on the vehicle.

E142543

P215/65R15 95H is an example of
a tire size, load index and speed
rating. The definitions of these
items are listed below. (Note that
the tire size, load index and speed
rating for your vehicle may be
different from this example.)

*Rim: The metal support (wheel)
for a tire or a tire and tube
assembly upon which the tire
beads are seated.
Information Contained on the Tire
Sidewall

Both United States and Canada
Federal regulations require tire
manufacturers to place
standardized information on the
sidewall of all tires. This
information identifies and
271

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Wheels and Tires
G. H: Indicates the tire's speed
rating. The speed rating denotes
the speed at which a tire is
designed to be driven for extended
periods of time under a standard
condition of load and inflation
pressure. The tires on your vehicle
may operate at different
conditions for load and inflation
pressure. These speed ratings may
need to be adjusted for the
difference in conditions. The
ratings range from 81 mph (130
km/h) to 186 mph (299 km/h).
These ratings are listed in the
following chart.

A. P: Indicates a tire, designated
by the Tire and Rim Association,
that may be used for service on
cars, sport utility vehicles,
minivans and light trucks. Note: If
your tire size does not begin with
a letter this may mean it is
designated by either the European
Tire and Rim Technical
Organization or the Japan Tire
Manufacturing Association.
B. 215: Indicates the nominal
width of the tire in millimeters
from sidewall edge to sidewall
edge. In general, the larger the
number, the wider the tire.

Note: You may not find this information on
all tires because it is not required by federal
law.

C. 65: Indicates the aspect ratio
which gives the tire's ratio of
height to width.
D. R: Indicates a radial type tire.
E. 15: Indicates the wheel or rim
diameter in inches. If you change
your wheel size, you will have to
purchase new tires to match the
new wheel diameter.
F. 95: Indicates the tire's load
index. It is an index that relates to
how much weight a tire can carry.
You may find this information in
your owner’s manual. If not,
contact a local tire dealer.
Note: You may not find this information on
all tires because it is not required by federal
law.

272

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Letter rating

mph ( km/h)

81 mph (130 km/h)

87 mph (140 km/h)

99 mph (159 km/h)

106 mph (171 km/h)

112 mph (180 km/h)

118 mph (190 km/h)

124 mph (200 km/h)

130 mph (210 km/h)

149 mph (240 km/h)

Wheels and Tires
Letter rating

mph ( km/h)

168 mph (270 km/h)

186 mph (299 km/h)

J. Tire Ply Composition and
Material Used: Indicates the
number of plies or the number of
layers of rubber-coated fabric in
the tire tread and sidewall. Tire
manufacturers also must indicate
the ply materials in the tire and the
sidewall, which include steel,
nylon, polyester, and others.

Note: For tires with a maximum speed
capability over 149 mph (240 km/h), tire
manufacturers sometimes use the letters
ZR. For those with a maximum speed
capability over 186 mph (299 km/h), tire
manufacturers always use the letters ZR.

K. Maximum Load: Indicates the
maximum load in kilograms and
pounds that can be carried by the
tire. Refer to the Safety
Compliance Certification Label
(affixed to either the door hinge
pillar, door-latch post, or the door
edge that meets the door-latch
post, next to the driver's seating
position), for the correct tire
pressure for your vehicle.

H. U.S. DOT Tire Identification
Number (TIN): This begins with
the letters DOT and indicates that
the tire meets all federal
standards. The next two numbers
or letters are the plant code
designating where it was
manufactured, the next two are
the tire size code and the last four
numbers represent the week and
year the tire was built. For
example, the numbers 317 mean
the 31st week of 1997. After 2000
the numbers go to four digits. For
example, 2501 means the 25th
week of 2001. The numbers in
between are identification codes
used for traceability. This
information is used to contact
customers if a tire defect requires
a recall.

L. Treadwear, Traction and
Temperature Grades:
*Treadwear The treadwear grade
is a comparative rating based on
the wear rate of the tire when
tested under controlled conditions
on a specified government test
course. For example, a tire graded
150 would wear one and one-half
times as well on the government
course as a tire graded 100.

I. M+S or M/S: Mud and Snow, or
AT: All Terrain, or
AS: All Season.

273

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Wheels and Tires
position), or Tire Label which is
located on the B-Pillar or the edge
of the driver’s door. The cold
inflation pressure should never be
set lower than the recommended
pressure on the vehicle label.

*Traction: The traction grades,
from highest to lowest are AA, A,
B, and C. The grades represent the
tire's ability to stop on wet
pavement as measured under
controlled conditions on specified
government test surfaces of
asphalt and concrete. A tire
marked C may have poor traction
performance.

The tire suppliers may have
additional markings, notes or
warnings such as standard load,
radial tubeless, etc.

*Temperature: The temperature
grades are A (the highest), B and
C, representing the tire's
resistance to the generation of
heat and its ability to dissipate
heat when tested under controlled
conditions on a specified indoor
laboratory test wheel.

Additional Information Contained on
the Tire Sidewall for LT Type Tires
Note: Tire Quality Grades do not apply to
this type of tire.

M. Maximum Inflation
Pressure: Indicates the tire
manufacturers' maximum
permissible pressure or the
pressure at which the maximum
load can be carried by the tire. This
pressure is normally higher than
the vehicle manufacturer's
recommended cold inflation
pressure which can be found on
the Safety Compliance
Certification Label (affixed to
either the door hinge pillar,
door-latch post, or the door edge
that meets the door-latch post,
next to the driver's seating

D
E142544

LT type tires have some additional
information beyond those of P
type tires; these differences are
described below.

274

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Wheels and Tires
A. LT: Indicates a tire, designated
by the Tire and Rim Association,
that is intended for service on light
trucks.

B
A

B. Load Range and Load
Inflation Limits: Indicates the
tire's load-carrying capabilities
and its inflation limits.

D
E

C. Maximum Load Dual lb (kg)
at psi (kPa) cold: Indicates the
maximum load and tire pressure
when the tire is used as a dual;
defined as four tires on the rear
axle (a total of six or more tires on
the vehicle).
D. Maximum Load Single lb
(kg) at psi (kPa) cold: Indicates
the maximum load and tire
pressure when the tire is used as
a single; defined as two tires
(total) on the rear axle.

E142545

T type tires have some additional
information beyond those of P
type tires; these differences are
described below:

Information on T Type Tires

T145/80D16 is an example of a
tire size.

A. T: Indicates a type of tire,
designated by the Tire and Rim
Association, that is intended for
temporary service on cars, sport
utility vehicles, minivans and light
trucks.

Note: The temporary tire size for your
vehicle may be different from this example.
Tire Quality Grades do not apply to this type
of tire.

B. 145: Indicates the nominal width of the
tire in millimeters from sidewall edge to
sidewall edge. In general, the larger the
number, the wider the tire.

275

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Wheels and Tires
C. 80: Indicates the aspect ratio
which gives the tire's ratio of
height to width. Numbers of 70 or
lower indicate a short sidewall.

At least once a month and before
long trips, inspect each tire and
check the tire pressure with a tire
gauge (including spare, if
equipped). Inflate all tires to the
inflation pressure recommended
by Ford Motor Company.

D. D: Indicates a diagonal type tire.
R: Indicates a radial type tire.
E. 16: Indicates the wheel or rim
diameter in inches. If you change
your wheel size, you will have to
purchase new tires to match the
new wheel diameter.

You are strongly urged to buy a
reliable tire pressure gauge, as
automatic service station gauges
may be inaccurate. Ford
recommends the use of a digital
or dial-type tire pressure gauge
rather than a stick-type tire
pressure gauge.

Location of the Tire Label

You will find a Tire Label
containing tire inflation pressure
by tire size and other important
information located on the B-Pillar
or the edge of the driver’s door.

Use the recommended cold
inflation pressure for optimum tire
performance and wear.
Under-inflation or over-inflation
may cause uneven treadwear
patterns

Inflating Your Tires

Safe operation of your vehicle
requires that your tires are
properly inflated. Remember that
a tire can lose up to half of its air
pressure without appearing flat.

WARNING
Under-inflation is the most common
cause of tire failures and may result
in severe tire cracking, tread
separation or blowout, with unexpected
loss of vehicle control and increased risk
of injury. Under-inflation increases sidewall
flexing and rolling resistance, resulting in
heat buildup and internal damage to the
tire. It also may result in unnecessary tire
stress, irregular wear, loss of vehicle
control and accidents. A tire can lose up
to half of its air pressure and not appear
to be flat!

Every day before you drive, check
your tires. If one looks lower than
the others, use a tire gauge to
check pressure of all tires and
adjust if required.

276

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Wheels and Tires
Always inflate your tires to the
Ford recommended inflation
pressure even if it is less than the
maximum inflation pressure
information found on the tire. The
Ford recommended tire inflation
pressure is found on the Safety
Compliance Certification Label
(affixed to either the door hinge
pillar, door-latch post, or the door
edge that meets the door-latch
post, next to the driver's seating
position), or Tire Label which is
located on the B-Pillar or the edge
of the driver’s door. Failure to
follow the tire pressure
recommendations can cause
uneven treadwear patterns and
adversely affect the way your
vehicle handles

of the driver’s door. The cold
inflation pressure should never be
set lower than the recommended
pressure on the Safety
Compliance Certification Label or
Tire Label.

Maximum Inflation Pressure is
the tire manufacturer's maximum
permissible pressure and the
pressure at which the maximum
load can be carried by the tire. This
pressure is normally higher than
the manufacturer’s recommended
cold inflation pressure which can
be found on the Safety
Compliance Certification Label
(affixed to either the door hinge
pillar, door-latch post, or the door
edge that meets the door-latch
post, next to the driver's seating
position), or Tire Label which is
located on the B-Pillar or the edge

1. Make sure the tires are cool,
meaning they are not hot from
driving even a mile.

When weather temperature
changes occur, tire inflation
pressures also change. A 10°F
(6°C) temperature drop can
cause a corresponding drop of 1
psi (7 kPa) in inflation pressure.
Check your tire pressures
frequently and adjust them to the
proper pressure which can be
found on the Safety Compliance
Certification Label or Tire Label.
To check the pressure in your
tire(s):

Note: If you are checking tire pressure when
the tire is hot, (for example, driven more
than 1 mile [1.6 kilometers]), never bleed or
reduce air pressure. The tires are hot from
driving and it is normal for pressures to
increase above recommended cold
pressures. A hot tire at or below
recommended cold inflation pressure could
be significantly under-inflated.
Note: If you have to drive a distance to get
air for your tire(s), check and record the tire
pressure first and add the appropriate air
pressure when you get to the pump. It is
normal for tires to heat up and the air
pressure inside to go up as you drive.

277

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Wheels and Tires
Inspecting Your Tires and Wheel Valve
Stems

2. Remove the cap from the valve
on one tire, then firmly press the
tire gauge onto the valve and
measure the pressure.

Periodically inspect the tire treads
for uneven or excessive wear and
remove objects such as stones,
nails or glass that may be wedged
in the tread grooves. Check the tire
and valve stems for holes, cracks,
or cuts that may permit air
leakage and repair or replace the
tire and replace the valve stem.
Inspect the tire sidewalls for
cracking, cuts, bruises and other
signs of damage or excessive
wear. If internal damage to the tire
is suspected, have the tire
demounted and inspected in case
it needs to be repaired or replaced.
For your safety, tires that are
damaged or show signs of
excessive wear should not be used
because they are more likely to
blow out or fail.

3. Add enough air to reach the
recommended air pressure.
Note: If you overfill the tire, release air by
pressing on the metal stem in the center of
the valve. Then recheck the pressure with
your tire gauge.

4. Replace the valve cap.
5. Repeat this procedure for each
tire, including the spare.
Note: Some spare tires operate at a higher
inflation pressure than the other tires. For T
type mini-spare tires, (see the Dissimilar
spare wheel and tire assembly information
for a description. Store and maintain at 60
psi (4.15 bar). For full-size and dissimilar
spare tires, see the Dissimilar spare wheel
and tire assembly information for a
description. Store and maintain at the higher
of the front and rear inflation pressure as
shown on the Tire Label.

Improper or inadequate vehicle
maintenance can cause tires to
wear abnormally. Inspect all your
tires, including the spare,
frequently, and replace them if
one or more of the following
conditions exist:

6. Visually inspect the tires to
make sure there are no nails or
other objects embedded that
could poke a hole in the tire and
cause an air leak.
7. Check the sidewalls to make
sure there are no gouges, cuts or
bulges.

278

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Wheels and Tires
Tire Wear

or suspected have the tire
inspected by a tire professional.
Tires can be damaged during
off-road use, so inspection after
off-road use is also
recommended.
Age
WARNING
Tires degrade over time depending
on many factors such as weather,
storage conditions, and conditions
of use (load, speed, inflation pressure) the
tires experience throughout their lives.

E142546

When the tread is worn down to
one sixteenth of an inch (2 mm),
tires must be replaced to help
prevent your vehicle from skidding
and hydroplaning. Built-in
treadwear indicators, or wear bars,
which look like narrow strips of
smooth rubber across the tread
will appear on the tire when the
tread is worn down to one
sixteenth of an inch (2
millimeters)

In general, tires should be replaced after
six years regardless of tread wear.
However, heat caused by hot climates or
frequent high loading conditions can
accelerate the aging process and may
require tires to be replaced more
frequently.
You should replace your spare tire when
you replace the road tires or after six years
due to aging even if it has not been used.
U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number
(TIN)

When the tire tread wears down
to the same height as these wear
bars, the tire is worn out and must
be replaced.

Both U.S. and Canada Federal
regulations require tire
manufacturers to place
standardized information on the
sidewall of all tires. This
information identifies and
describes the fundamental
characteristics of the tire and also
provides a U.S. DOT Tire
Identification Number for safety
standard certification and in case
of a recall.

Damage

Periodically inspect the tire treads
and sidewalls for damage (such
as bulges in the tread or sidewalls,
cracks in the tread groove and
separation in the tread or
sidewall). If damage is observed

279

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Wheels and Tires
This begins with the letters DOT
and indicates that the tire meets
all federal standards. The next
two numbers or letters are the
plant code designating where it
was manufactured, the next two
are the tire size code and the last
four numbers represent the week
and year the tire was built. For
example, the numbers 317 mean
the 31st week of 1997. After 2000
the numbers go to four digits. For
example, 2501 means the 25th
week of 2001. The numbers in
between are identification codes
used for traceability. This
information is used to contact
customers if a tire defect requires
a recall.

WARNINGS
possible. Use of any tire or wheel not
recommended by Ford can affect the
safety and performance of your vehicle,
which could result in an increased risk of
loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover,
personal injury and death. Additionally the
use of non-recommended tires and wheels
could cause steering, suspension, axle,
transfer case or power transfer unit failure.
If you have questions regarding tire
replacement, contact your authorized
dealer as soon as possible.
To reduce the risk of serious injury,
when mounting replacement tires
and wheels, you should not exceed
the maximum pressure indicated on the
sidewall of the tire to set the beads without
additional precautions listed below. If the
beads do not seat at the maximum
pressure indicated, re-lubricate and try
again
When inflating the tire for mounting
pressures up to 20 psi (1.38 bar) greater
than the maximum pressure on the tire
sidewall, the following precautions must
be taken to protect the person mounting
the tire:

Tire Replacement Requirements

Your vehicle is equipped with tires
designed to provide a safe ride
and handling capability.

1. Make sure that you have the correct tire
and wheel size.

WARNINGS
Only use replacement tires and
wheels that are the same size, load
index, speed rating and type (such
as P-metric versus LT-metric or all-season
versus all-terrain) as those originally
provided by Ford. The recommended tire
and wheel size may be found on either the
Safety Compliance Certification Label
(affixed to either the door hinge pillar,
door-latch post, or the door edge that
meets the door-latch post, next to the
driver's seating position), or the Tire Label
which is located on the B-Pillar or edge of
the driver’s door. If this information is not
found on these labels then you should
contact your authorized dealer as soon as

2. Lubricate the tire bead and wheel bead
seat area again.
3. Stand at a minimum of 12 feet (3.66
meters) away from the wheel and tire
assembly.
4. Use both eye and ear protection.
For a mounting pressure more than 20 psi
(1.38 bar) greater than the maximum
pressure, a Ford dealer or other tire service
professional should do the mounting.

280

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Wheels and Tires
WARNINGS
Always inflate steel carcass tires with a
remote air fill with the person inflating
standing at a minimum of 12 feet (3.66
meters) away from the wheel and tire
assembly

WARNINGS
Do not spin the wheels at over 35
mph (56 km/h). The tires may fail
and injure a passenger or bystander.
Driving habits have a great deal to do
with your tire mileage and safety.

Important: Remember to replace
the wheel valve stems when the
road tires are replaced on your
vehicle

*Observe posted speed limits
*Avoid fast starts, stops and turns
*Avoid potholes and objects on
the road

It is recommended that the two
front tires or two rear tires
generally be replaced as a pair.

*Do not run over curbs or hit the
tire against a curb when parking

The tire pressure sensors mounted
in the wheels (originally installed
on your vehicle) are not designed
to be used in aftermarket wheels.

Highway Hazards

No matter how carefully you drive
there’s always the possibility that
you may eventually have a flat tire
on the highway. Drive slowly to the
closest safe area out of traffic.
This may further damage the flat
tire, but your safety is more
important.

The use of wheels or tires not
recommended by Ford Motor
Company may affect the
operation of your tire pressure
monitoring system.
If the TPMS indicator is flashing,
your TPMS is malfunctioning. Your
replacement tire might be
incompatible with your TPMS, or
some component of the TPMS
may be damaged.

If you feel a sudden vibration or
ride disturbance while driving, or
you suspect your tire or vehicle
has been damaged, immediately
reduce your speed. Drive with
caution until you can safely pull
off the road. Stop and inspect the
tires for damage. If a tire is
under-inflated or damaged,
deflate it, remove wheel and

Safety Practices
WARNINGS
If your vehicle is stuck in snow, mud
or sand, do not rapidly spin the tires;
spinning the tires can tear the tire
and cause an explosion. A tire can explode
in as little as three to five seconds.

281

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Wheels and Tires
Note: Your vehicle may be equipped with
a dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly.
A dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly
is defined as a spare wheel and tire
assembly that is different in brand, size or
appearance from the road tires and wheels.
If you have a dissimilar spare wheel and tire
assembly it is intended for temporary use
only and should not be used in a tire
rotation.

replace it with your spare tire and
wheel. If you cannot detect a
cause, have the vehicle towed to
the nearest repair facility or tire
dealer to have the vehicle
inspected.
Tire and Wheel Alignment

A bad jolt from hitting a curb or
pothole can cause the front end
of your vehicle to become
misaligned or cause damage to
your tires. If your vehicle seems to
pull to one side when you’re
driving, the wheels may be out of
alignment. Have an authorized
dealer check the wheel alignment
periodically.

Note: After having your tires rotated,
inflation pressure must be checked and
adjusted to the vehicle requirements.

Rotating your tires at the
recommended interval (as
indicated in the Scheduled
Maintenance chapter) will help
your tires wear more evenly,
providing better tire performance
and longer tire life.

Wheel misalignment in the front
or the rear can cause uneven and
rapid treadwear of your tires and
should be corrected by an
authorized dealer. Front-wheel
drive vehicles and those with an
independent rear suspension (if
equipped) may require alignment
of all four wheels.

Front-wheel drive and all-wheel
drive vehicles (front tires on the
left side of the diagram)

The tires should also be balanced
periodically. An unbalanced tire
and wheel assembly may result in
irregular tire wear.

E142547

All vehicles with directional tires
(front tires on the left side of the
diagram)

Tire Rotation
Note: If your tires show uneven wear, ask
an authorized dealer to check for and correct
any wheel misalignment, tire imbalance or
mechanical problem involved before tire
rotation.

282

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Wheels and Tires
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING
SYSTEM
WARNING
The tire pressure monitoring system
is not a substitute for manually
checking tire pressure. The tire
pressure should be checked periodically
(at least monthly) using a tire gauge, see
Inflating your tires in this chapter. Failure
to properly maintain your tire pressure
could increase the risk of tire failure, loss
of control, vehicle rollover and personal
injury.

E147237

Sometimes irregular tire wear can
be corrected by rotating the tires.
Summer Tires

Each tire, including the spare (if
provided), should be checked
monthly when cold and inflated
to the inflation pressure
recommended by the vehicle manufacturer
on the vehicle placard or tire inflation
pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of
a different size than the size indicated on
the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure
label, you should determine the proper tire
inflation pressure for those tires.)

Your Ford vehicle may be
equipped with summer tires to
provide superior performance on
wet and dry roads. Summer tires
do not have the Mud and Snow
(M+S or M/S) tire traction rating
on the tire side wall. Since
summer tires do not have the
same traction performance as
All-season or Snow tires, Ford
does not recommend using
summer tires when temperatures
drop to approximately 40°F (5°C)
or below (depending on tire wear
and environmental conditions) or
in snow and ice conditions. Like
any tire, summer tire performance
is affected by tire wear and
environmental conditions. If you
must drive in those conditions,
Ford recommends using Mud and
Snow (M+S, M/S), All-season or
Snow tires.

As an added safety feature, your vehicle
has been equipped with a Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS) that
illuminates a low tire pressure telltale
when one or more of your tires is
significantly under-inflated. Accordingly,
when the low tire pressure telltale
illuminates, you should stop and check
your tires as soon as possible, and inflate
them to the proper pressure. Driving on a
significantly under-inflated tire causes the
tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure.
Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency
and tire tread life, and may affect the
vehicle’s handling and stopping ability.

283

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Wheels and Tires
Changing Tires With a Tire
Pressure Monitoring System

Please note that the TPMS is not a
substitute for proper tire maintenance, and
it is the driver’s responsibility to maintain
correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation
has not reached the level to trigger
illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure
telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped with
a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate
when the system is not operating properly.
The TPMS malfunction indicator is
combined with the low tire pressure
telltale. When the system detects a
malfunction, the telltale will flash for
approximately one minute and then remain
continuously illuminated. This sequence
will continue upon subsequent vehicle
start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.

E142549

Note: Each road tire is equipped with a tire
pressure sensor located inside the wheel
and tire assembly cavity. The pressure
sensor is attached to the valve stem. The
pressure sensor is covered by the tire and is
not visible unless the tire is removed. Take
care when changing the tire to avoid
damaging the sensor

When the malfunction indicator is
illuminated, the system may not be able
to detect or signal low tire pressure as
intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur
for a variety of reasons, including the
installation of replacement or alternate
tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent
the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction
telltale after replacing one or more tires or
wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the
replacement or alternate tires and wheels
allow the TPMS to continue to function
properly.

You should always have your tires serviced
by an authorized dealer.
Check the tire pressure periodically (at
least monthly) using an accurate tire
gauge. See Inflating Your Tires in this
chapter.

Understanding Your Tire Pressure
Monitoring System

The tire pressure monitoring system
complies with part 15 of the FCC rules and
with RSS-210 of Industry Canada.
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) This device may not cause
harmful interference, and (2) This device
must accept any interference received,
including interference that may cause
undesired operation.

The tire pressure monitoring system
measures pressure in your four road tires
and sends the tire pressure readings to
your vehicle. The low tire pressure warning
light will turn on if the tire pressure is
significantly low. Once the light is
illuminated, your tires are under-inflated
and need to be inflated to the
manufacturer’s recommended tire
pressure. Even if the light turns on and a
short time later turns off, your tire pressure
still needs to be checked.

284

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Wheels and Tires
When Your Temporary Spare Tire is
Installed

When You Believe Your System is Not
Operating Properly

When one of your road tires needs to be
replaced with the temporary spare, the
system will continue to identify an issue to
remind you that the damaged road wheel
and tire assembly needs to be repaired and
put back on your vehicle.

The main function of the tire pressure
monitoring system is to warn you when
your tires need air. It can also warn you in
the event the system is no longer capable
of functioning as intended. See the
following chart for information concerning
your tire pressure monitoring system:

To restore the full function of the tire
pressure monitoring system, have the
damaged road wheel and tire assembly
repaired and remounted on your vehicle.

285

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Wheels and Tires

Low tire pressure
warning light

Possible cause

Customer action required

Solid warning light

Tire(s) under-inflated

1. Make sure tires are at the proper pressure. See Inflating your tires in this
chapter. 2. After inflating your tires to the
manufacturer’s recommended pressure
as shown on the Tire Label (located on
the edge of driver’s door or the B-Pillar),
the vehicle must be driven for at least
two minutes over 20 mph (32 km/h)
before the light turns off.

Spare tire in use

Repair the damaged road wheel and tire
assembly and reinstall it on the vehicle
to restore system function. For a
description on how the system functions,
see When your temporary spare tire
is installed in this section.

TPMS malfunction

If the tires are properly inflated and the
spare tire is not in use but the light
remains on, contact your authorized
dealer as soon as possible.

Spare tire in use

TPMS malfunction

If the tires are properly inflated and the
spare tire is not in use but the light
remains on, contact your authorized
dealer as soon as possible.

Flashing warning
light

It may take up to two minutes of driving
over 20 mph (32 km/h) for the light to turn
off after you have filled your tires to the
recommended inflation pressure

When Inflating Your Tires
When putting air into your tires (such as at
a gas station or in your garage), the tire
pressure monitoring system may not
respond immediately to the air added to
your tires.

286

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Wheels and Tires
How Temperature Affects Your Tire
Pressure

The tires on your vehicle may have
all-weather treads to provide traction in
rain and snow. However, in some climates,
you may need to use snow tires and cables.
If you need to use cables, it is
recommended that steel wheels (of the
same size and specifications) be used, as
cables may chip aluminum wheels.

The tire pressure monitoring system
monitors tire pressure in each pneumatic
tire. While driving in a normal manner, a
typical passenger tire inflation pressure
may increase about 2 to 4 psi (14 to 28
kPa) from a cold start situation. If the
vehicle is stationary overnight with the
outside temperature significantly lower
than the daytime temperature, the tire
pressure may decrease about 3 psi (21
kPa) for a drop of 30°F (17°C) in ambient
temperature. This lower pressure value
may be detected by the tire pressure
monitoring system as being significantly
lower than the recommended inflation
pressure and activate the system warning
light for low tire pressure. If the low tire
pressure warning light is on, visually check
each tire to verify that no tire is flat. If one
or more tires are flat, repair as necessary.
Check the air pressure in the road tires. If
any tire is under-inflated, carefully drive
the vehicle to the nearest location where
air can be added to the tires. Inflate all the
tires to the recommended inflation
pressure.

Follow these guidelines when using snow
tires and traction devices
•
•

•

•
•

•

USING SNOW CHAINS
WARNING

•

Snow tires must be the same size,
load index, speed rating as those
originally provided by Ford. Use of
any tire or wheel not recommended by
Ford can affect the safety and
performance of your vehicle, which could
result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle
control, vehicle rollover, personal injury and
death. Additionally, the use of
non-recommended tires and wheels could
cause steering, suspension, axle, transfer
case or power transfer unit failure.

If you have any questions regarding snow
chains or cables, please contact your
authorized dealer.

287

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

If possible, avoid fully loading your
vehicle
Purchase chains or cables from a
manufacturer that clearly labels body
to tire dimension restrictions.
Use no larger than 15 mm cables or
chains ONLY on front axle with
215/60R16 tires. Do not use chains or
cables on any other size tires.
The snow chains or cables must be
mounted in pairs on the front axle.
When driving with tire cables do not
exceed 30 mph (48 km/h) or the
maximum speed recommended by the
chain manufacturer, whichever is less.
Drive cautiously. If you hear the cables
rub or bang against the vehicle, stop
and retighten them. If this does not
work, remove the cables to prevent
vehicle damage.
Remove the cables when they are no
longer needed. Do not use cables on
dry roads.

Wheels and Tires
If you have a dissimilar spare wheel and
tire, then it is intended for temporary use
only. This means that if you need to use it,
you should replace it as soon as possible
with a road wheel and tire assembly that
is the same size and type as the road tires
and wheels that were originally provided
by Ford. If the dissimilar spare tire or wheel
is damaged, it should be replaced rather
than repaired.

CHANGING A ROAD WHEEL
WARNINGS
The use of tire sealants may damage
your tire pressure monitoring system
and should not be used. However, if
you must use a sealant, the tire pressure
monitoring system sensor and valve stem
on the wheel must be replaced by an
authorized Ford dealer.

A dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly
is defined as a spare wheel and tire
assembly that is different in brand, size or
appearance from the road tires and wheels
and can be one of three types:

See Tire Pressure Monitoring
System (page 283). If the tire
pressure monitor sensor becomes
damaged, it will no longer function.

1. T-type mini-spare: This spare tire
begins with the letter T for tire size and
may have Temporary Use Only molded in
the sidewall.

Note: The tire pressure monitoring system
indicator light will illuminate when the spare
tire is in use. To restore the full functionality
of the monitoring system, all road wheels
equipped with tire pressure monitoring
sensors must be mounted on the vehicle.

2. Full-size dissimilar spare with label
on wheel: This spare tire has a label on
the wheel that states: THIS WHEEL AND
TIRE ASSEMBLY FOR TEMPORARY USE
ONLY.

If you get a flat tire while driving, do not
apply the brake heavily. Instead, gradually
decrease your speed. Hold the steering
wheel firmly and slowly move to a safe
place on the side of the road.

When driving with one of the dissimilar
spare tires listed above, do not:

Have a flat serviced by an authorized
dealer in order to prevent damage to the
tire pressure monitoring system sensors.
See Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(page 283). Replace the spare tire with a
road tire as soon as possible. During
repairing or replacing of the flat tire, have
an authorized dealer inspect the tire
pressure monitoring system sensor for
damage.

•
•

Dissimilar Spare Wheel and Tire
Assembly Information

•

•
•
•

•

WARNING
Failure to follow these guidelines
could result in an increased risk of
loss of vehicle control, injury or death.

288

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Exceed 50 mph (80 km/h)
Load the vehicle beyond maximum
vehicle load rating listed on the Safety
Compliance Label.
Tow a trailer.
Use snow chains on the end of the
vehicle with the dissimilar spare tire.
Use more than one dissimilar spare tire
at a time.
Use commercial car washing
equipment.
Try to repair the dissimilar spare tire.

Wheels and Tires
Use of one of the dissimilar spare tires
listed above at any one wheel location can
lead to impairment of the following:
• Handling, stability and braking
performance.
• Comfort and noise.
• Ground clearance and parking at curbs.
• Winter weather driving capability.
• Wet weather driving capability.
• All-wheel driving capability (if
applicable).

When driving with the full-size dissimilar
spare wheel and tire assembly additional
caution should be given to:
• Towing a trailer.
• Driving vehicles equipped with a
camper body.
• Driving vehicles with a load on the
cargo rack.

3. Full-size dissimilar spare without
label on wheel

Tire Change Procedure

Drive cautiously when using a full-size
dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly
and seek service as soon as possible.

WARNINGS
When one of the front wheels is off
the ground, the transmission alone
will not prevent the vehicle from
moving or slipping off the jack, even if the
transmission selector lever is in position P.

When driving with the full-size dissimilar
spare wheel and tire assembly, do not:
• Exceed 70 mph (113 km/h).
• Use more than one dissimilar spare
wheel and tire assembly at a time.
• Use commercial car washing
equipment.
• Use snow chains on the end of the
vehicle with the dissimilar spare wheel
and tire assembly.

To help prevent your vehicle from
moving when you change a tire, be
sure to place the transmission
selector lever in position P, set the parking
brake and block (in both directions) the
wheel that is diagonally opposite (other
side and end of the vehicle) to the tire
being changed.

The usage of a full-size dissimilar spare
wheel and tire assembly can lead to
impairment of the following:
• Handling, stability and braking
performance.
• Comfort and noise.
• Ground clearance and parking at curbs.
• Winter weather driving capability.
• Wet weather driving capability.
• All-wheel driving capability

Never get underneath a vehicle that
is supported only by a jack. If your
vehicle slips off the jack, you or
someone else could be seriously injured.
Do not attempt to change a tire on
the side of the vehicle close to
moving traffic. Pull far enough off the
road to avoid the danger of being hit when
operating the jack or changing the wheel.
Always use the jack provided as
original equipment with your vehicle.
If using a jack other than the one
provided as original equipment with your
vehicle, make sure the jack capacity is
adequate for the vehicle weight, including
any vehicle cargo or modifications.

289

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Wheels and Tires
8. Loosen each wheel lug nut one-half
turn counterclockwise but do not
remove them until the wheel is raised
off the ground.
Note: Jack at the specified locations to
avoid damage to the vehicle.

Note: Passengers should not remain in the
vehicle when the vehicle is being jacked.
1.
2.

3.
4.

Park on a level surface, set the parking
brake and activate the hazard flashers.
Place the transmission selector lever
in position P (automatic transmission)
or position R (manual transmission)
and turn the engine off.
Remove the carpeted wheel cover.
Remove the spare tire bolt securing the
spare tire by turning it
counterclockwise.
Remove the spare tire from the spare
tire compartment.

9. The vehicle jacking points are shown
here, and are depicted on the yellow
warning label on the jack.

E145908

10.

Small arrow-shaped marks on the
sills show the location of the jacking
points.

E142550

6. Remove the lug wrench and jack from
the foam holder.

E142553

11.
12.

E142551

Block the diagonally opposite wheel.

13.

290

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Remove the lug nuts with the lug
wrench.
Replace the flat tire with the spare
tire, making sure the valve stem is
facing outward. Reinstall the lug nuts
until the wheel is snug against the
hub. Do not fully tighten the lug nuts
until the wheel has been lowered.
Lower the wheel by turning the jack
handle counterclockwise.

Wheels and Tires
1.

Lift the carpeted wheel cover at an
angle to access the spare tire
compartment.
2. Place the wheel in the spare tire well
with the valve stem facing down. Use
the mini-spare bolt to secure the wheel
through one of the lug holes.
3. Place the jack, tools and foam block
back into the spare tire compartment.
4. Replace the carpeted wheel cover.

1
4

E75442

14.

Remove the jack and fully tighten the
lug nuts in the order shown. See
Technical Specifications (page
292).

Stowing the flat tire
E146026

The full-size road wheel can be stowed in
the spare tire compartment.

291

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Wheels and Tires
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Wheel Lug Nut Torque Specifications
WARNING
When a wheel is installed, always remove any corrosion, dirt or foreign materials
present on the mounting surfaces of the wheel or the surface of the wheel hub,
brake drum or brake disc that contacts the wheel. Make sure that any fasteners
that attach the rotor to the hub are secured so they do not interfere with the mounting
surfaces of the wheel. Installing wheels without correct metal-to-metal contact at the
wheel mounting surfaces can cause the wheel nuts to loosen and the wheel to come off
while the vehicle is in motion, resulting in loss of control.
Bolt size

Ib-ft (Nm)

M12 x 1.5

100 (135)

Torque specifications are for nut and bolt threads free of dirt and rust. Use only Ford
recommended replacement fasteners.
Retighten the lug nuts to the specified torque within 100 miles (160 kilometers) after any
wheel disturbance (such as tire rotation, changing a flat tire, wheel removal).

E145950

Wheel pilot bore

Inspect the wheel pilot bore and
mounting surface prior to installation.
Remove any visible corrosion or loose
particles.

292

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Capacities and Specifications
ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS
Engine

1.6L EcoBoost engine

2.0L EcoBoost engine

2.5L engine

Cubic inches

122

152

Required fuel

Minimum 87 octane

Compression
ratio

10.0:1

9.3:1

9.7:1

Spark plug gap

0.027-0.031 in. (0.700.80 mm)

0.027-0.031 in.
(0.70-0.80 mm)

0.049-0.053 in.
(1.25-1.35 mm)

Drivebelt Routing
1.6L engine

E161372

2.0L and 2.5L engines

B
E161383

293

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Capacities and Specifications
A. Long drivebelt is on first pulley groove
closest to engine

B. Short drivebelt is on second pulley
groove farthest from engine

MOTORCRAFT PARTS
Component

1.6L EcoBoost Engine

2.0L EcoBoost Engine

Air filter
element
Oil filter

2.5L Engine

FA-1912
1

FL-910S

Battery

BXT-96R-500
BXT-96R-590
3

Spark plugs

SP-532

SP-527

Cabin air filter
Windshield
wiper blade

SP-530

FP-71
WW-2700 (driver side)
WW-2601 (passenger side)

Failure to use the correct air filter element may result in severe engine damage. The
customer warranty may be void for any damage to the engine if the correct air filter
element is not used.
2

Only use the specified replacement oil filter. The use of a non-specified oil filter can
result in engine damage.
3

For spark plug replacement, see an authorized dealer. Replace the spark plugs at the
appropriate intervals. See Scheduled Maintenance (page 428).
Note: Replace the spark plugs with ones that meet Ford material and design specifications
for your vehicle, such as Motorcraft or equivalent replacement parts. Your warranty may
be void for any damage to the engine if such spark plugs are not used.

294

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Capacities and Specifications
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER
The vehicle identification number is
located on the left-hand side of the
instrument panel.

Make, vehicle line, series, body
type

Engine type

Check digit

Model year

Assembly plant

Production sequence number

VEHICLE CERTIFICATION
LABEL

E142476

Please note that in the graphic, XXXX is
representative of your vehicle identification
number.
The Vehicle Identification Number contains
the following information:

E142478

The National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration Regulations require that a
Safety Compliance Certification Label be
affixed to a vehicle and prescribe where
the Safety Compliance Certification Label
may be located. The Safety Compliance
Certification Label shall be affixed to either
the door hinge pillar, the door latch post,
or the edge of the door near the door latch,
next to the driver's seating position.

E142477

World manufacturer identifier

Brake system, Gross Vehicle
Weight Rating, Restraint Devices
and their locations

295

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Capacities and Specifications
The transmission code is on the Safety
Compliance Certification Label. The
following table shows the transmission
code along with the transmission
description.

TRANSMISSION CODE
DESIGNATION

E142806

Description

Code

Six-speed automatic transmission

Six-speed manual transmission

296

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Capacities and Specifications
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Item

Capacity

Ford Part Name or
Equivalent

Ford Part Number /
Ford Specification

Between MIN
and MAX on
reservoir

Motorcraft® DOT 4
LV High Performance Brake Fluid

PM-1-C / WSSM6C65-A2 and ISO
4925 Class 6

Door latch, hood latch,
auxiliary hood latch,
trunk latch, seat tracks.

Not applicable

Multi-Purpose
Grease (lithium
grease)

XG-4 or XL-5 or equivalent / ESB-M1C93B

Lock cylinder

Not applicable

Motorcraft® Penetrating and Lock
Lubricant

XL-1 / None

Automatic transmission

9.0 qt (8.5 L)

Motorcraft®
MERCON® LV ATF

XT-10-QLV
MERCON® LV

Rear differential (AWD)
fluid

1.2 qt (1.15 L)

Motorcraft® SAE
80W-90 Premium
Rear Axle Lubricant

XY-80W90-QL /
WSP-M2C197-A

Power Transfer Unit

11.8 fl oz (0.35 L)

Motorcraft® SAE
75W-140 Synthetic
Rear Axle Lubricant

XY-75W140-QL /
WSL-M2C192-A

Brake fluid

fluid

2, 3

(PTU) fluid (AWD)

2.0L EcoBoost engine
oil

5.7 qt (5.4 L)

- Motorcraft® SAE
- XO-5W30-QSP
5W-30 Premium
(U.S.)
Synthetic Blend
- XO-5W30-QFS
Motor Oil (U.S.)
(U.S.)
- Motorcraft® SAE - CXO-5W30-LSP12
5W-30 Full
(Canada)
Synthetic Motor Oil - CXO-5W30-LFS12
(U.S.)
(Canada)
- Motorcraft® SAE
/ WSS-M2C946-A
5W-30 Super
with API Certification
Premium Motor Oil
Mark
(Canada)
- Motorcraft® SAE
5W-30 Synthetic
Motor Oil (Canada)

4.3 qt (4.1 L)

- Motorcraft® SAE
5W-20 Premium
Synthetic Blend
Motor Oil (U.S.)

5, 6

1.6L EcoBoost engine oil
5, 6

2.5L engine oil

5, 6

5.7 qt (5.4 L)

297

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

- XO-5W20-QSP
(U.S.)
- XO-5W20-QFS
(U.S.)

Capacities and Specifications
Item

Capacity

Ford Part Name or
Equivalent

Ford Part Number /
Ford Specification

- Motorcraft® SAE - CXO-5W20-LSP12
5W-20 Full
(Canada)
Synthetic Motor Oil - CXO-5W20-LFS12
(U.S.)
(Canada)
- Motorcraft® SAE
/ WSS-M2C945-A
5W-20 Super
and API Certification
Premium Motor Oil
Mark
(Canada)
- Motorcraft® SAE
5W-20 Synthetic
Motor Oil (Canada)
2.0L EcoBoost engine
coolant

1.6L EcoBoost engine
coolant

8.9 qt (8.4 L)

Motorcraft® Orange
Antifreeze / Coolant
Prediluted

- VC-3DIL-B (U.S.)
- CVC-3DIL-B
(Canada)
/ WSS-M97B44-D2

6.9 qt (6.6 L)

2.5L engine coolant

7.1 qt (6.8 L)

Windshield washer fluid

Fill as required

- Motorcraft®
Premium Windshield
Washer Concentrate
(U.S.)
Premium Quality
Windshield Washer
Fluid (Canada)

- ZC-32-A (U.S.)
- CXC-37-(A, B, D,
and F) (Canada)
/ WSB-M8B16-A2

Front-wheel drive fuel
tank

16.5 gal (62.5 L)

Not applicable

All-wheel drive fuel tank

17.5 gal (66.2 L)

A/C Refrigerant
2.5L Engine (except
E100)

1.50 lb (0.68 kg)

Motorcraft R-134a
Refrigerant

YN-19 (US)
CYN-16-R (Canada)
WSH-M1C231-A

A/C Refrigerant
1.5L/1.6L, 2.0L and 2.5L

1.23 lb (0.56 kg)

Motorcraft R-134a
Refrigant

YN-19 (US)
CYN-16-R (Canada)
WSH-M1C231-A

5.2 oz (153.8 ml)

Motorcraft PAG
Refrigerant
Compressor Oil

YN-12-D

(E100) Engines

A/C Refrigerant
Compressor Oil

298

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Capacities and Specifications
Item

Capacity

Ford Part Name or
Equivalent

Ford Part Number /
Ford Specification

WSH-M1C231-B
1

Use only Motorcraft® DOT 4 LV High Performance Brake Fluid, or equivalent, meeting
WSS-M6C65-A2 and ISO 4925 Class 6. Use of any fluid other than the recommended
fluid may cause brake system damage.
2

Approximate dry fill capacity. Actual amount may vary during fluid changes.

Automatic transmissions that require Motorcraft® MERCON® LV transmission fluid
should only use Motorcraft® MERCON® LV transmission fluid.
Use of any fluid other than the recommended fluid may cause transmission damage.
Change the automatic transmission fluid and filter at the correct service interval. See
Scheduled Maintenance (page 428).
4

See your authorized dealer for fluid level checking or filling.

Use of synthetic or synthetic blend motor oil is not mandatory. Engine oil need only meet
the requirements of Ford specification WSS-M2C946-A, SAE 5W-30 (2.0L engine) or
WSS-M2C945-A, SAE 5W-20 (1.6L and 2.5L engines) and display the API Certification
Mark.
6

Your engine has been designed to be used with Ford engine oil, which gives a fuel economy
benefit while maintaining the durability of your engine.
Using oils other than the one specified can result in longer engine cranking periods, reduced
engine performance, reduced fuel economy and increased emission levels.
7

Add the coolant type originally equipped in your vehicle.

WARNING
The A/C refrigerant system contains refrigerant R-134a under high pressure. Opening
the A/C refrigerant system can cause personal injury. A/C refrigerant system is to
be serviced only by qualified personnel.

299

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Accessories
Lifestyle

For a complete listing of the accessories
that are available for your vehicle, please
contact your dealer or visit our online store
at: Accessories.Ford.com (U.S. only).

•
•
•
•
•
•

Ford Custom Accessories are available for
your vehicle through your local Ford or Ford
of Canada dealer. Ford Motor Company
will repair or replace any properly
dealer-installed Ford Custom Accessories
found to be defective in factory-supplied
materials or workmanship during the
warranty period, as well as any component
damaged by the defective accessories. The
accessories will be warranted for
whichever provides you the greatest
benefit:
•
•

Peace of mind
•
•
•
•
•

12 months or 12,000 miles (20,000
km) (whichever occurs first), or
the remainder of your new vehicle
limited warranty.

Exterior style
Hood deflectors
Side window deflectors
Splash guards
Rear spoiler
Wheels
Bumper protectors

For maximum vehicle performance, keep
the following information in mind when
adding accessories or equipment to your
vehicle:

Interior style
•
•
•
•
•

All-weather floor mats
Rear seat entertainment*
Premium carpeted floor mats
Lighted door sill plates
Electrochromatic
compass/temperature interior mirrors

300

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Remote start
Vehicle security systems
Wheel locks
Bumper-mounted parking sensor*
Locking fuel plug for capless fuel
system

*Ford Licensed Accessories (FLA) are
warranted by the accessory
manufacturer's warranty. Ford Licensed
Accessories are fully designed and
developed by the accessory manufacturer
and have not been designed or tested to
Ford Motor Company engineering
requirements. Contact your Ford dealer for
details regarding the manufacturer's
limited warranty and a copy of the FLA
product limited warranty offered by the
accessory manufacturer.

Contact your dealer for details and a copy
of the warranty.

•
•
•
•
•
•

Ash cup / smoker's packages
Roof racks and carriers*
Cargo area protectors
Cargo net
Cargo organizers
Interior light kit

Accessories
•

•

When adding accessories, equipment,
passengers and luggage to your
vehicle, do not exceed the total weight
capacity of the vehicle or of the front
or rear axle (GVWR or GAWR as
indicated on the Safety Compliance
Certification label). Consult your
authorized dealer for specific weight
information.
The Federal Communications
Commission (FCC) and Canadian
Radio Telecommunications
Commission (CRTC) regulate the use
of mobile communications systems —
such as two-way radios, telephones
and theft alarms - that are equipped
with radio transmitters. Any such
equipment installed in your vehicle
should comply with FCC or CRTC
regulations and should be installed
only by a qualified service technician.
Mobile communications systems may
harm the operation of your vehicle,
particularly if they are not properly
designed for automotive use.
To avoid interference with other vehicle
functions, such as anti-lock braking
systems, amateur radio users who
install radios and antennas onto their
vehicle should not locate the amateur
radio antennas in the area of the
driver's side hood.
Any non-Ford custom electrical or
electronic accessories or components
that are added to the vehicle by the
authorized dealer or the owner, may
adversely affect battery performance
and durability, and may also adversely
affect the performance of other
electrical systems in the vehicle.

301

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Ford Extended Service Plan (ESP)
PROTECT YOURSELF FROM THE RISING
COST OF VEHICLE REPAIRS WITH A FORD
EXTENDED SERVICE PLAN.

That means you get:
• Reliable, quality service anywhere you
go
• Repairs performed by factory trained
technicians, using Genuine Ford and
Lincoln parts

SERVICE PLANS (U.S. Only)
More than 32 million Ford and Lincoln
owners have discovered the powerful
protection of Ford Extended Service Plan.
It is the only extended service plan backed
by Ford Motor Company, and provides
peace of mind protection beyond the New
Vehicle Limited Warranty coverage.

Rental Car Reimbursement
1st day Rental Benefit
You take advantage of replacement
transportation if your vehicle is at the
dealership for same day covered repairs.

Ford ESP Can Quickly Pay for Itself
One service bill – the cost of parts and
labor – can easily exceed the price of your
Ford Extended Service Plan. With Ford
ESP, you minimize your risk for unexpected
repair bills and rising repair costs.

Extended Rental Benefits

Up to 500+ Covered Vehicle
Components

Roadside Assistance

If your vehicle is kept overnight for covered
repairs, you are eligible for rental car
coverage, including Bumper to Bumper
warranty repairs, or Field Service Actions.

Exclusive 24/7 roadside assistance,
including:

There are four Extended Service Plans with
different levels of coverage. Ask your
dealer for details.

•

PremiumCARE - Our most
comprehensive coverage. With over
500 covered components, this plan is
so complete that we generally only
discuss what’s not covered.
2. ExtraCARE - Covers 113 components,
and includes many high-tech items.
3. BaseCARE - Covers 84 components.
4. PowertrainCARE - Covers 29 critical
components.

•
•
•

Transferable Coverage
If you sell your vehicle before your Ford
Extended Service Plan coverage expires,
you can transfer any remaining coverage
to the new owner. Whenever you sell your
vehicle, prospective buyers may have a
higher degree of confidence that vehicle
was properly maintained with Ford ESP,
thereby improving resale value.

Ford Extended Service Plan is honored by
all Ford and Lincoln Dealers in the U.S. and
Canada. It is the only extended service plan
authorized and backed by Ford Motor
Company.

302

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Towing, flat-tire change and battery
jump starts
Out of fuel and lock-out assistance
Travel expense reimbursement for
lodging, meals and rental car
Destination assistance for taxi, shuttle,
rental car coverage and emergency
transportation

Ford Extended Service Plan (ESP)
Avoid the Rising Cost of Properly
Maintaining Your Vehicle!

Contact your selling Ford or Lincoln
dealership today so they can customize a
Ford Extended Service Plan that fits your
driving lifestyle and budget.

Ford Extended Service Plan also offers a
Premium Maintenance Plan that covers all
scheduled maintenance, and select items
that routinely wear out.

Interest Free Finance Options
Available

The coverage is prepaid, so you never have
to worry about affording your vehicle
maintenance. It covers regular checkups,
routine inspections, preventive care and
replacement of select items that require
periodic attention for normal wear:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Take advantage of our interest free
installment payment plan. Just a 10%
down payment will provide you with an
affordable, no interest, no fee payment
program.
To learn more, call our Ford ESP specialists
at 800-367-3377. Don’t forget to ask about
our interest free payment program,
allowing you all the security and benefits
Ford ESP has to offer while paying over
time. You are pre-approved with no credit
checks, no hassles!

Windshield Wiper Blades
Spark Plugs (except in California)
The Clutch Disc
Brake Pads and Linings
Shock Absorbers
Belts and Hoses
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Replenishment

Complete the information below and mail
to:
Ford ESP
P.O. Box 8072
Royal Oak, MI 48068-0039

Name (PLEASE PRINT)

ADDRESS

APT.#

CITY

STATE

ZIP

E-MAIL

303

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Ford Extended Service Plan (ESP)
SERVICE PLANS (CANADA ONLY)
You can get more protection for your
vehicle by purchasing a Ford Extended
Service Plan. Ford Extended Service Plan
is the only service contract backed by Ford
Motor Company of Canada, Limited.
Depending on the plan you purchase, Ford
Extended Service Plan provides benefits
such as:
•
•
•

•

Rental reimbursement
Coverage for certain maintenance and
wear items
Protection against repair costs after
your New Vehicle Limited Warranty
Coverage expires
Roadside Assistance benefits

There are several Ford Extended Service
Plans available in various time, distance
and deductible combinations. Each plan
is tailored to fit your own driving needs,
including reimbursement for towing and
rental.
When you purchase Ford Extended Service
Plan, you receive added peace-of-mind
protection throughout Canada and the
United States, provided by a network of
participating Ford Motor Company dealers.
The Lincoln Maintenance Protection Plan
is honored at authorized Lincoln dealers.
Note: Repairs performed outside of Canada
and the United States are not eligible for
Ford Extended Service Plan coverage.
This information is subject to change.
For more information, visit your local Ford
of Canada dealer or www.ford.ca to find
the Ford Extended Service Plan that is right
for you.

304

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

SYNC™
GENERAL INFORMATION

E142598

•

SYNC is an in-vehicle communications
system that works with your
Bluetooth-enabled cellular phone and
portable media player. This allows you to:
• Make and receive calls.
• Access and play music from your
portable music player.
• Use 911 Assist, Vehicle Health Report
and SYNC Services (Traffic, Directions
& Information).*
•
•
•
•

•
*

These features require activation.

Make sure that you review your device's
manual before using it with SYNC.

Support
The SYNC support team is available to
help you with any questions you cannot
answer on your own.

Use applications, such as Pandora and
Stitcher, via SYNC AppLink.
Access phonebook contacts and music
using voice commands.
Stream music from your connected
phone.
Text message.

Monday-Saturday, 8:30am-8:00pm EST.
In the United States, call 1-888-270-1055.
In Canada, call 1-800-565-3673.

305

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Use the advanced voice recognition
system
Charge your USB device (if your device
supports this).

SYNC™
Times are subject to change due to
holidays.

When using SYNC:
• Do not operate playing devices if the
power cords or cables are broken, split
or damaged. Place cords and cables
out of the way, so they do not interfere
with the operation of pedals, seats,
compartments or safe driving abilities.
• Do not leave playing devices in your
vehicle during extreme conditions as it
could cause them damage. See your
device's manual for further information.
• Do not attempt to service or repair the
system. See an authorized dealer.

SYNC Owner Account
Why do I need a SYNC owner account?
• Required to activate Vehicle Health
Report and to view the reports online.
• Required to activate the
subscription-based SYNC Services and
to personalize your Saved Points and
Favorites.
• Essential for keeping up with the latest
software downloads available for
SYNC.
• Access to customer support for any
questions you may have.

Privacy Information
When a cellular phone is connected to
SYNC, the system creates a profile within
your vehicle that is linked to that cellular
phone. This profile is created in order to
offer you more cellular features and to
operate more efficiently. Among other
things, this profile may contain data about
your cellular phone book, text messages
(read and unread), and call history,
including history of calls when your cellular
phone was not connected to the system.
In addition, if you connect a media device,
the system creates and retains an index of
supported media content. The system also
records a short development log of
approximately 10 minutes of all recent
system activity. The log profile and other
system data may be used to improve the
system and help diagnose any problems
that may occur.

Driving Restrictions
For your safety, certain features are
speed-dependent and restricted when your
vehicle is traveling over 3 mph (5 km/h).

Safety Information
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.

The cellular profile, media device index,
and development log will remain in the
vehicle unless you delete them and are
generally accessible only in the vehicle
when the cellular phone or media player
is connected. If you no longer plan to use
the system or the vehicle, we recommend
you perform a Master Reset to erase all
stored information.

306

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

SYNC™
System data cannot be accessed without
special equipment and access to the
vehicle's SYNC module. Ford Motor
Company and Ford of Canada will not
access the system data for any purpose
other than as described absent consent, a
court order, or where required by law
enforcement, other government
authorities, or other third parties acting
with lawful authority. Other parties may
seek to access the information
independently of Ford Motor Company and
Ford of Canada. For further privacy
information, see the sections on 911 Assist,
Vehicle Health Report, and Traffic,
Directions and Information.

USING VOICE RECOGNITION
This system helps you control many
features using voice commands. This
allows you to keep your hands on the
wheel and focus on what is in front of you.

Initiating a Voice Session
Push the voice icon. A tone
sounds and Listening appears in
E142599
the display. Say any of the
following:

Say

If You Want To

"Bluetooth audio"

Stream audio from your phone.

"Cancel"

Cancel the requested action.

"Line in"

Access the device connected to the auxiliary input jack.

"Mobile apps"

Access mobile applications.

"Phone"
"Services"

Make calls.
Access the SYNC Services portal.

"SYNC"

Return to the main menu.

"USB"
"Vehicle health report"

Access the device connected to your USB port.
*

Run a vehicle health report.

"Voice settings"

Adjust the level of voice interaction and feedback.

"Help"

Hear a list of voice commands available in the current
mode.

This is an optional feature and available in the United States only.

307

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

SYNC™
System Interaction and Feedback

The default setting is to a higher level of
interaction in order to help you learn to use
the system. You can change these settings
at any time.

The system provides feedback through
audible tones, prompts, questions and
spoken confirmations depending on the
situation and the chosen level of
interaction (voice settings). You can
customize the voice recognition system to
provide more or less instruction and
feedback.

Adjusting the Interaction Level

E142599

Push the voice icon. Say "Voice
settings" when prompted, then
any of the following:

When you say:

The system:

"Interaction mode standard"

Provides more detailed interaction and
guidance.

"Interaction mode advanced"

Provides less audible interaction and more
tone prompts.

The system defaults to the standard interaction mode.
Confirmation prompts are short questions
the system asks when it is not sure of your
request or when there are multiple possible
responses to your request. For example,
the system may ask "Phone, is that
correct?". If turned off, the system simply
makes a best guess as to what you
requested and may ask you to confirm
settings.
When you say:

The system:

"Confirmation prompts off"

Makes a best guess from the command;
you may still occasionally be asked to
confirm settings.

"Confirmation prompts on"

Clarifies your voice command with a short
question.
For example, say "Say 1 after the tone to
call John Doe at home. Say 2 after the tone
to call Johnny Doe on mobile. Say 3 after
the tone to call Jane Doe at home." You
could also say "Say 1 after the tone to play
John Doe, Say 2 after the tone to play
Johnny Doe."

The system creates candidate lists when
it has the same confidence level of several
options based on your voice command.
When turned on, it may prompt you with
as many as four possibilities for
clarification.

308

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

SYNC™

When you say:

The system:

"Media candidate lists off"

Makes a best guess from the media
candidate list. You may still occasionally
be asked questions.

"Media candidate lists on"

Clarifies your voice command for media
candidates.

"Phone candidate lists off"

Makes a best guess from the phone
candidate list. You may still occasionally
be asked questions.

"Phone candidate lists on"

Clarifies your voice command for phone
candidates

Helpful Hints
•

•

•
•

USING SYNC™ WITH YOUR
PHONE

Make sure the interior of your vehicle is
as quiet as possible. Wind noise from
open windows and road vibrations may
prevent the system from correctly
recognizing spoken commands.
After pressing the voice icon, wait until
after the tone sounds and Listening
appears before saying a command. Any
command spoken before this does not
register with the system.
Speak naturally, without long pauses
between words.
At any time, you can interrupt the
system while it is speaking by pressing
the voice icon.

Hands-free calling is one of the main
features of SYNC. While the system
supports a variety of features, many are
dependent on your cellular phone's
functionality. At a minimum, most cellular
phones with Bluetooth wireless technology
support the following functions:
• Answering an incoming call.
• Ending a call.
• Using privacy mode.
• Dialing a number.
• Redialing.
• Call waiting notification.
• Caller ID.
Other features, such as text messaging
using Bluetooth and automatic phonebook
download, are phone-dependent features.
To check your phone's compatibility, see
your phone's manual and visit
www.SYNCMyRide.com,
www.SYNCMyRide.ca or
www.syncmaroute.ca.

309

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

SYNC™
Pairing a Phone for the First Time

Pairing Subsequent Phones

Note: SYNC can support downloading up
to approximately 2000 entries per
Bluetooth-enabled cellular phone.

Note: Make sure to switch on the ignition
and the radio. Put the transmission in
position P (automatic transmission) or
neutral with the parking brake applied
(manual transmission).

Note: To scroll through the menus, press
the up and down arrows on your audio
system.

1.
2.
3.

Wirelessly pairing your phone with SYNC
allows you to make and receive hands-free
calls.

Press the phone button. When the
display indicates there is no phone
paired, press OK.
2. When Find SYNC appears in the
display, press OK.
3. Put your phone into Bluetooth
discovery mode. See your device's
manual if necessary.
4. When prompted on your phone's
display, enter the six-digit PIN provided
by SYNC in the radio display. The
display indicates when the pairing is
successful.

Press the phone button, and then scroll
to System Settings. Press OK.
Scroll to Bluetooth Devices. Press OK.
Scroll to Add Bluetooth Device. Press
OK.
When Find SYNC appears in the
display, press OK.
Put your phone into Bluetooth
discovery mode. See your phone's
manual if necessary.
When prompted on your phone's
display, enter the six-digit PIN provided
by SYNC in the radio display. The
display indicates when the pairing is
successful.

The system then prompts with questions,
such as if you would like to set the current
phone as the primary phone (the phone
SYNC automatically tries to connect with
first upon vehicle start-up) or download
your phone book.

Depending on your phone's capability and
your market, the system may prompt you
with questions, such as setting the current
phone as the primary phone (the phone
SYNC automatically tries to connect with
first upon vehicle start-up) and
downloading your phonebook.

Phone Voice Commands
Press the voice icon and say "Phone". Say
any of the following:

"PHONE"

"Call "

"Go to privacy"

"Call at home"

"Hold"

"Join"

"Call at work"

310

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

SYNC™
"PHONE"

"Call in office"

"Menu"
1

"Call on mobile OR cell"
"Call on other"
"Call history incoming"
"Call history missed"

"Phone book "

"Phone book at home"

"Phone book at office"

"Phone book at work"
2

"Phone book on mobile OR cell"

"Connections"

"Call history outgoing"

"Dial"

2,4

"Phone book on other"

1,3

These commands do not require you to say "Phone" first.

These commands are not available until phone information is completely downloaded
using Bluetooth.
3

See Dial table below.

See Menu table below.

Phone book commands: When you ask
SYNC to access things such as a
phonebook name or number, the
requested information appears in the
display to view. Press the phone button
and say, "Call" to call the contact.
"DIAL"

"411 (four-one-one)", "911" (nine-one-one)
"700" (seven hundred)
"800" (eight hundred)
"900" (nine hundred)
"Pound" (#)
"Number <0-9>"
"Asterisk" (*)

311

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

SYNC™
"DIAL"

"Clear" (deletes all entered digits)
"Delete" (deletes one digit)
"Plus"
"Star"
Note: To exit dial mode, press and hold the
phone button or press MENU to go to the
phone menu.
"MENU"

"(Phone) connections"
"(Phone) settings (message) notification off"
"(Phone) settings (message) notification on"
"(Phone) settings (set) phone ringer"
"(Phone) settings (set) ringer 1"
"(Phone) settings (set) ringer 2"
"(Phone) settings (set) ringer 3"
"(Phone) settings (set) ringer off"
"Battery"
"Phone name"
"Signal"
"Text message inbox"
Words in ( ) are optional and do not have to be spoken for the system to understand the
command.
To erase the last spoken digit, say, "Delete"
or press the left arrow button. To erase all
spoken digits, say "Clear" or press and hold
the left arrow button.

Making Calls
Press the voice icon and when prompted
say:

To end the call, press and hold the phone
button.

Say "Call " or "Dial", then the
desired number.
2. When the system confirms the number,
say, "Dial" again to initiate the call.
312

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

SYNC™
Receiving Calls

Phone Options during an Active
Call

When receiving a call, you can:
• Answer the call by pressing the phone
button.
• Reject the call by pressing and holding
the phone button.
• Ignore the call by doing nothing.

During an active call, you have more menu
features, which become available such as
putting a call on hold or joining calls. Use
the arrow buttons to scroll through the
menu options.
1. Press MENU during an active call.
2. After selecting Active Call Menu, press
OK.
3. Scroll to cycle through the following
options:

When you select:

You can:

Mute Call?

Mute the call.

Privacy

Switch a call from an active hands-free environment to
your cellular phone for a more private conversation.
Press OK when Privacy on/off appears. (The display
indicates In Privacy and the system transfers your call.)

Call Hold

Put an active call on hold.
Press OK when Hold on/off appears. To answer another
call at this time, press the phone button.

Enter Tones

Enter "tones", such as numbers for passwords.
Scroll until the desired number appears in the display, then
press OK; a tone sounds as confirmation. Repeat as
necessary.

Join Calls

Join two separate calls. (SYNC supports a maximum of
three callers on a multiparty call or conference call.)
1. Press the phone button.
2. Access the desired contact through SYNC or use voice
commands to place the second call. Once actively in the
second call, press MENU.
3. Scroll to Join Calls, and press OK. Press OK again when
Join Calls? appears.

Phonebook

Access your phonebook contacts.
1. Press OK to select, and then scroll through your phonebook contacts.
2. Press OK again when the desired selection appears in
the display.

313

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

SYNC™
When you select:

You can:

3. Press the phone button.
Call History

Access your call history log.
1. Press OK to select, then scroll through your call history
options (incoming, outgoing or missed).
2. Press OK when the desired selection appears in the
display.
3. Press the phone button to call the selection.

Return

Exit the current menu.
1.

Press the phone button to enter the
phone menu.
2. Scroll to cycle through:

Accessing Features through the
Phone Menu
SYNC's phone menu allows you to redial
a number, access your call history and
phonebook and sends text messages as
well as access phone and system settings.
You can also access advanced features,
such as 911 Assist, Vehicle Health Report
and SYNC Services.
When you select:

Phone Redial
Call History

You can:

Redial the last number called (if available). Press OK to
select, and then press OK again to confirm.

Access any previously dialed, received or missed calls after
you connect your Bluetooth-enabled phone to SYNC.
1. Press OK to select.
2. Scroll to select from Call History Incoming, Call History
Outgoing or Call History Missed. Press OK to make your
selection.
3. Press OK or the phone button to call the desired selection.
Note: The system attempts to automatically re-download
your phonebook and call history each time your phone
connects to SYNC (if the auto download feature is on and
your Bluetooth-enabled cellular phone supports this
feature).

1,2

Access and call any contacts in your previously downloaded phonebook.

Phonebook

314

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

SYNC™
When you select:

You can:

1. Press OK to confirm and enter. If your phonebook has
fewer than 255 listings, they appear alphabetically in flat
file mode. If there are more than 255 entries, the system
organizes them into alphabetical categories.
2. Scroll until the desired contact appears, then press OK.
3. Press OK or the phone button.
Send, download and delete text messages.

Text Message

Phone Settings

View your phone's status, set ring tones, select your
message notification, change phone book entries and
automatically download your cellular phone among other
features.

Access the SYNC Services portal where you can request
various types of information, traffic reports and directions.

SYNC Services

Place an emergency call to a 911 operator for you after an
accident, when used properly.

911 Assist

Vehicle Health Report

Create and receive a diagnostic report card on your vehicle.

Mobile Apps

Interact with SYNC-capable mobile applications on your
smartphone.

System Settings

Access Bluetooth Devices menu listings (Add, Connect,
Set as Primary, On and Off, Delete) as well as Advanced
menu listings (prompts, languages, defaults, master reset,
install application and system information).

Exit Phone Menu

Exit the phone menu by pressing OK.

This is a phone-dependent feature.

This is a phone-dependent and speed-dependent feature.

This is an optional feature and available in the United States only.

This is an optional feature and available in the United States and Canada only.
Receiving a Text Message

Text Messaging

Note: This is a phone-dependent feature.
Your phone must support downloading text
messages using Bluetooth to receive
incoming text messages.

Note: This is a phone-dependent feature.
SYNC allows you to receive, send,
download and delete text messages. The
system can also read incoming text
messages to you so that you do not have
to take your eyes off the road.
315

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

SYNC™
Scroll to select from the following options:
• Send Text Message? allows you to
send a new text message based on a
pre-defined set of 15 messages.
• Download Unread Msgs allows you
to download your unread messages
(only) to SYNC. To download the
messages, press OK to select. The
display indicates that it is downloading
your messages. When it is complete,
SYNC takes you to your inbox.
• Delete All Messages? allows you to
delete current text messages from
SYNC (not your phone). To delete the
messages, press OK to select. The
display indicates when it is finished
deleting all your text messages. SYNC
returns you to the text message menu.
• Return exits the current menu when
you press OK.

When a new message arrives, an audible
tone sounds and the display indicates you
have a new message. You have these
options:
• Press the voice button, wait for the
prompt and say "Read message" to
have SYNC read the message to you.
• Press OK to receive and open the text
message or do nothing and the
message goes into your text message
inbox. Press OK again and SYNC reads
your message aloud as you are not able
to view the message. You can then also
choose to reply or forward the
message.
• Press OK and scroll to choose
between:
• Reply to Text Message: Press OK
to access and then scroll through
the list of pre-defined messages to
send.
• Forward Text Message: Press OK
to forward the message to anyone
in your Phonebook or Call History.
You can also choose Enter Number.

If you select Send Text Message?:
1.

Sending, Downloading and Deleting
Your Text Messages

Note: Forwarding a text message is a
speed-dependent feature and is only
available done when your vehicle is traveling
at 3 mph (5 km/h) or less.

3.
4.

Note: You can only have one recipient per
text message.
Text messaging is a phone-dependent
feature. If your phone is compatible, SYNC
allows you to receive, send, download and
delete text messages.

1. Press the phone button.
2. Scroll to Text Message, and then press
OK.

316

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Press OK to select. If the system
detects your phone does not support
this feature, Unsupported appears in
the display and SYNC returns to the
main menu.
Scroll to cycle through the message
options in the following chart.
Press OK when the desired selection
is in the display.
Enter the name of the recipient. Scroll
to cycle through Phonebook or Call
History entries. You can also select
Enter Number to say the desired
number.
Press OK to enter the desired menu
and scroll to select the specific
contact.

SYNC™
6. Press OK when the contact appears
and press OK again to confirm when
the system asks if you would like to
send the message. The system sends

each text message with the following
signature: "This message was sent
from my ".

Pre-defined text message options

Can't talk right now
Call me
Call U later
Be there in 10 minutes
Be there in 20 minutes
Yes
No
Why?
Thanks
Where R you?
I need more directions
I love you
Too funny
Can't wait to see you
I'm stuck in traffic
1. Press the phone button.
2. Scroll to Phone Settings, and then
press OK.
3. Scroll to select from the following
options:

Accessing Your Phone Settings
These are phone-dependent features. Your
phone settings allow you to access and
adjust features such as your ring tone, text
message notification, modify your
phonebook and set up automatic
download.
When you select:

Phone Status

You can:

See the provider, name, signal power, battery power and
roaming status of your connected phone.

317

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

SYNC™
When you select:

You can:

Press OK to select and scroll to view the information.
When done, press OK again to return to the phone status
menu.
Set Ringer

Select which ring tone sounds during an incoming call (one
of the system's or your phone's).
1. Press OK to select and scroll to hear Ringer 1, Ringer 2,
Ringer 3 and Phone Ringer.
2. Press OK to select.
If your phone supports in-band ringing, your phone's ring
tone plays when you choose Phone Ringer.

Message Notification

Have the option of hearing an audible tone to notify you
when a text message arrives.
1. Press OK to select and scroll between Message Notification On and Message Notification Off.
2. Press OK to select.

Modify Phonebook

Modify the contents of your phonebook (such as add,
delete or download). Press OK to choose between:
Add Contacts: Press OK to add more contacts from your
phone book. Push the desired contact(s) on your phone.
See your phone's manual on how to push contacts.
Delete Phonebook: Press OK to delete the current phone
book and call history. When Delete Phonebook appears,
press OK to confirm. SYNC takes you back to the Phone
Settings menu.
Download Phonebook: Press OK to select, then and press
OK again when Confirm Download? appears.

Auto Download

Automatically download your phone book each time your
*

phone connects to SYNC.
Press OK to select. When Auto Download On? appears,
press OK to have your phonebook automatically downloaded each time.

318

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

SYNC™
When you select:

You can:

Select Off if you do not want to download your phonebook
every time your phone connects to SYNC. Your phonebook,
call history and text messages can only be accessed when
your specific phone is connected to SYNC.
Return
*

Exit the current menu.

Downloading times are phone-dependent and quantity-dependent.

When Auto Download is on, it automatically deletes any changes, additions or deletions
saved since your last download.
1.

Press the phone button to enter the
phone menu
2. Scroll to System Settings. Press OK.
3. Scroll to Bluetooth Devices. Press OK.
4. Scroll to select from the following
options:

System Settings
This menu provides access to your
Bluetooth Devices and Advanced menu
features. Use the arrow buttons to scroll
through the menu options.
Bluetooth Devices
The Bluetooth Devices menu allows you
to add, connect and delete devices, set a
phone as primary as well as turn your
Bluetooth feature on and off.
If you select:

You can:

Add Bluetooth Device

See Using SYNC™ With Your Phone (page 309).

Connect Bluetooth Device

Connect a previously paired Bluetooth-enabled phone.
1. Press OK to select and view a list of previously paired
phones.
2. Scroll until you find the desired device, and then press
OK to connect the phone.

Set as Primary Phone

Set a previously paired phone as your primary phone.
Press OK to select and scroll to select the desired phone.
Press OK to confirm.
SYNC attempts to connect with the primary phone at every
ignition cycle. When you select a phone as a primary phone,
it appears first in the list and the system marks it with an
asterisk.

Set Bluetooth

Turn the Bluetooth feature on and off.

319

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

SYNC™
If you select:

You can:

Press OK and scroll to toggle between On and Off. Make
a selection, and then press OK.
Setting Bluetooth to off disconnects all Bluetooth devices
and turns off all Bluetooth features.

Delete Device

Delete a paired phone.
Press OK and scroll to select the device. Press OK to
confirm.

Delete All Devices

Delete all previously paired phones (and all information
originally saved with those phones).
Press OK to select.

Return

Exit the current menu.

This is a speed-dependent feature.

You can only connect one device at a time. When another phone is connected, the
previous one is disconnected.
1.

Press the phone button to enter the
phone menu
2. Scroll to System Settings. Press OK.
3. Scroll to Advanced. Press OK.
4. Scroll to select from the following
options:

Advanced
The Advanced menu allows you to access
and set prompts, languages, defaults,
perform a master reset, install an
application and view system information.
If you select:

You can:

Prompts

Get help from SYNC by using questions, helpful hints or
asking you for a specific action. To turn these prompts on
or off:
1. Press OK to select and scroll to select between On and
Off.
2. Press OK when the desired selection appears in the
display. SYNC takes you back to the Advanced menu.

Languages

Choose between English, Français and Español. Once
selected, all of the radio displays and prompts are in the
selected language.
1. Press OK to select and then scroll through the languages.

320

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

SYNC™
If you select:

You can:

2. Press OK when the desired selection appears in the
display. If you change the language setting, the display
indicates that the system is updating. When complete,
SYNC takes you back to the Advanced menu.
Factory Defaults

Return to the factory default settings. This selection does
not erase your indexed information (phonebook, call
history, text messages and paired devices).
1. Press OK to select and then press OK again when
Restore Defaults? appears in the display.
2. Press OK to confirm.

Master Reset

Completely erase all information stored on SYNC
(phonebook, call history, text messages and paired
devices) and return to the factory default settings.
Press OK to select. The display indicates when complete
and SYNC takes you back to the Advanced menu.

Install Application?

Install applications you have downloaded.
Press OK and scroll to select. Press OK to confirm.

Delete All Devices

Delete all previously paired phones (and all information
originally saved with those phones).
Press OK to select.

System Info

Access the Auto Version number as well as the FDN
number.
Press OK to select.

MAP Profile

This is a Bluetooth component, which can further help
your phone with the exchange of text messages.

Return

Exit the current menu.

321

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

SYNC™
SYNC™ APPLICATIONS AND
SERVICES (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNINGS
Always place your phone in a secure
location in your vehicle so it does not
become a projectile or get damaged
in a crash. Failure to do so may cause
serious injury to someone or damage the
phone which could prevent 911 Assist from
working properly.

In order for the following features to work,
your cellular phone must be compatible
with SYNC. To check your phone's
compatibility, visit www.SYNCMyRide.com,
www.SYNCMyRide.ca or
www.syncmaroute.ca.
*
• SYNC Services : Provides access to
traffic, directions and information such
as travel, horoscopes, stock prices and
more.
• 911 Assist: Can alert 911 in the event of
an emergency.
*
• Vehicle Health Report : Provides a
diagnostic and maintenance report
card of your vehicle.

Note: The SYNC 911 Assist feature must be
set on before the incident.
Note: Before setting this feature on, make
sure that you read the 911 Assist Privacy
Notice later in this section for important
information.
Note: If any user turns 911 Assist on or off,
that setting applies for all paired phones. If
911 Assist is turned off, either a voice
message plays or a display message (or
icon) comes on (or both) when your vehicle
is started after a previously paired phone
connects.

This is an optional feature and available
in the United States only.

911 Assist

Note: Every phone operates differently.
While SYNC 911 Assist works with most
cellular phones, some may have trouble
using this feature.

WARNINGS
Unless the 911 Assist setting is set on
before a crash, the system will not
dial for help which could delay
response time, potentially increasing the
risk of serious injury or death after a crash.

If a crash deploys an airbag (excluding
knee airbags and rear inflatable safety
belts [if equipped]) or activates the fuel
pump shut-off, your SYNC-equipped
vehicle may be able to contact emergency
services by dialing 911 through a paired and
connected Bluetooth-enabled phone. You
can learn more about the 911 Assist
feature, visit www.SYNCMyRide.com,
www.SYNCMyRide.ca or
www.syncmaroute.ca.

Do not wait for 911 Assist to make an
emergency call if you can do it
yourself. Dial emergency services
immediately to avoid delayed response
time which could increase the risk of
serious injury or death after a crash. If you
do not hear 911 Assist within five seconds
of the crash, the system or phone may be
damaged or non-functional.

Important information about airbag
deployment is in this chapter.
See Roadside Emergencies (page 227).
Important information about the fuel pump
shut-off is in this chapter.

322

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

SYNC™
Setting 911 Assist On

In the Event of a Crash

Not all crashes will deploy an airbag or
activate the fuel pump shut-off (the
triggers for 911 Assist). If a connected cell
phone sustains damage or loses its
connection to SYNC during a crash, SYNC
will search for and try to connect to a
previously paired cell phone; SYNC will
then attempt to call the emergency
services.

2.
3.
4.
5.

Press the phone button to enter the
phone menu.
Scroll to select 911 Assist.
Press OK to confirm and enter the 911
Assist menu.
Scroll to select between On and Off.
Press OK when the desired option
appears in the radio display. Set On or
Set Off appears in the display as
confirmation.

Before making the call:
• SYNC provides a short window of time
(about 10 seconds) to cancel the call.
If you fail to cancel the call, SYNC
attempts to dial 911.
• SYNC says the following, or a similar
message: "SYNC will attempt to call
911, to cancel the call, press Cancel on
your screen or press and hold the
phone button on your steering wheel."

Off selections include:
• Off with reminder: Provides a display
and voice reminder at phone
connection at vehicle start.
• Off without reminder: Provides a
display reminder only without a voice
reminder at phone connection.
To make sure that 911 Assist works
properly:
• SYNC must be powered and working
properly at the time of the incident and
throughout feature activation and use.
• The 911 Assist feature must be set on
before the incident.
• You must pair and connect a
Bluetooth-enabled and compatible
cell phone to SYNC.
• A connected Bluetooth-enabled phone
must have the ability to make and
maintain an outgoing call at the time
of the incident.
• A connected Bluetooth-enabled phone
must have adequate network coverage,
battery power and signal strength.
• The vehicle must have battery power
and be located in the U.S., Canada or
in a territory in which 911 is the
emergency number.

If you do not cancel the call, and SYNC
makes a successful call, a pre-recorded
message plays for the 911 operator, and
then the occupant(s) in your vehicle is able
to talk with the operator. Be prepared to
provide your name, phone number and
location immediately, because not all 911
systems are capable of receiving this
information electronically.
911 Assist May Not Work If
•
•
•

323

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Your cellular phone or 911 Assist
hardware sustains damage in a crash.
The vehicle's battery or the SYNC
system has no power.
The phone(s) thrown from your vehicle
are the ones paired and connected to
the system.

SYNC™
Note: This feature may not function
properly if you have enabled caller ID
blocking on your cellular phone. Before
running a report, review the Vehicle Health
Report Privacy Notice.

911 Assist Privacy Notice
When you turn on 911 Assist, it may
disclose to emergency services that your
vehicle has been in a crash involving the
deployment of an airbag or activation of
the fuel pump shut-off. Certain versions or
updates to 911 Assist may also be capable
of electronically or verbally disclosing to
911 operators your vehicle location or other
details about your vehicle or crash to assist
911 operators to provide the most
appropriate emergency services. If you do
not want to disclose this information, do
not turn the feature on.

Note: In order to allow a break-in period for
your vehicle, you may not be able to create
a Vehicle Health Report until your vehicle
odometer has reached 200 miles.
Note: Cellular phone and SMS charges may
apply when making a report.
Register for Vehicle Health Report and set
your report preferences at
www.SYNCMyRide.com. After registering,
you can request a Vehicle Health Report
(inside your vehicle). Return to your
account at www.SYNCMyRide.com to view
your report. You can also choose for SYNC
to remind you automatically to run reports
at specific mileage intervals.

Vehicle Health Report
WARNING
Always follow scheduled
maintenance instructions, regularly
inspect your vehicle, and seek repair
for any damage or problem you suspect.
Vehicle Health Report supplements, but
cannot replace, normal maintenance and
vehicle inspection. Vehicle Health Report
only monitors certain systems
electronically monitored by your vehicle
and will not monitor or report the status
of any other system, (such as brake lining
wear). Failure to perform scheduled
maintenance and regularly inspect your
vehicle may result in vehicle damage and
serious injury.

The system allows you to check your
vehicle's overall health in the form of a
diagnostic report card. The vehicle health
report contains valuable information such
as:
• Vehicle diagnostic information
• Scheduled maintenance
• Open recalls and Field Service Actions
• Items noted during vehicle inspections
by an authorized dealer that still need
servicing.
You can run a report (after your vehicle has
been running a minimum of 60 seconds)
by pressing the voice button and saying
"Vehicle health report", or pressing the
phone button.

Note: This feature is only available in the
United States.
Note: Your Vehicle Health Report feature
requires activation before use. Visit
www.SYNCMyRide.com to register. There
is no fee or subscription associated with
Vehicle Health Report, but you must register
to use this feature.

To run a report using the phone button:
1.

Press the phone button to enter phone
menu.
2. Scroll to select Vehicle Health, and
then press OK.
3. Scroll to select from the following
options:
324

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

SYNC™

Vehicle health report options

User Preferences: Press OK Automatic Reports: Press OK to and select On or Off.
to select and enter the
Select On to have SYNC automatically prompt you to run
menu. Scroll to select from: a health report at certain mileage intervals.*
Mileage Intervals: Press OK. Scroll to select between
5000, 7500 or 10000-mile intervals and press OK to make
your selection.
Return: Press OK to exit the menu.
Run Report?

Press OK for SYNC to run a health report of your vehicle's
diagnostic systems and send the results to Ford where it
combines with scheduled maintenance information, open
recalls and other field service actions and vehicle inspection items that still need servicing from an authorized
dealer.

You must first turn this feature on before you can select the desired mileage interval.

SYNC Services: Traffic, Directions
& Information (TDI)

Vehicle Health Report Privacy Notice
When you create a Vehicle Health Report,
Ford Motor Company may collect your
cellular phone number (to process your
report request) and diagnostic information
about your vehicle. Certain versions or
updates to Vehicle Health Report may also
collect more vehicle information. Ford may
use your vehicle information it collects for
any purpose. If you do not want to disclose
your cellular phone number or vehicle
information, do not run the feature or set
up your Vehicle Health Report profile at
www.SYNCMyRide.com. See
www.SYNCMyRide.com (Vehicle Health
Report Terms and Conditions, and Privacy
Statement) for more information.

Note: SYNC Services requires activation
before use. Visit www.SYNCMyRide.com to
register and check your eligibility for
complimentary services. Standard phone
and message rates may apply. Subscription
may be required. You must also have the
active SYNC Services Bluetooth-enabled
cellular phone paired and connected to the
system in order to connect to, and use,
SYNC Services. See Using SYNC™ With
Your Phone (page 309).
Note: This feature does not function
properly if you have enabled caller ID
blocking on your cellular phone. Make sure
your cellular phone is not blocking caller ID
before using SYNC Services.

325

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

SYNC™
Note: The driver is ultimately responsible
for the safe operation of the vehicle, and
therefore, must evaluate whether it is safe
to follow the suggested directions. Any
navigation features provided are only an aid.
Make your driving decisions based on your
observations of local conditions and existing
traffic regulations. Do not follow the route
suggestions if doing so would result in an
unsafe or illegal maneuver, place you in an
unsafe situation, or if you would be directed
into an area that you consider unsafe. Maps
used by this system may be inaccurate
because of errors, changes in roads, traffic
conditions or driving conditions.

2. When prompted, say "Services". This
initiates an outgoing call to SYNC
Services using your paired and
connected Bluetooth-enabled cellular
phone.
3. Once you connect to the service, follow
the voice prompts to request the
desired service, such as Traffic or
Directions. You can also say, "What are
my choices?" to receive a list of
available services from which to
choose.
4. Say, "Services" to return to the Services
main menu or for help, say, "Help".

Note: When you connect, the service uses
GPS technology and advanced vehicle
sensors to collect your vehicle's current
location, travel direction and speed to help
provide you with the directions, traffic
reports, or business searches you request.
Further, to provide the services you request,
for continuous improvement, the service
may collect and record call details and voice
communications. For more information, see
SYNC Services Terms and Conditions at
www.SYNCMyRide.com. If you do not want
Ford or its service providers to collect your
vehicle travel information or other
information identified in the Terms and
Conditions, do not subscribe or use the
service.

Connecting to SYNC Services Using
the Phone Menu
1.
2.
3.

4.
5.

SYNC Services uses advanced vehicle
sensors, integrated GPS technology and
comprehensive map and traffic data, to
give you personalized traffic reports,
precise turn-by-turn directions, business
search, news, sports, weather and more.
For a complete list of services, or to learn
more, please visit www.SYNCMyRide.com.

Receiving Turn-by-Turn Directions
1.

Connecting to SYNC Services Using
Voice Commands
1.

Press the voice button.

326

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Press the phone button to enter the
phone menu.
Scroll to Services.
Press OK to confirm and enter the
Services menu. The display indicates
the system is connecting.
Press OK. SYNC initiates the call to the
Services portal.
Once you connect to the service, follow
the voice prompts to request the
desired service, such as Traffic or
Directions. You can also say, "What are
my choices?" to receive a list of
available services from which to
choose.
Say, "Services" to return to the Services
main menu or for help, say, "Help".

When connected to SYNC Services,
say "Directions" or "Business search".
To find the closest business or type of
business to your current location, just
say "Business search" and then
"Search near me". If you need further
assistance in finding a location you can
say "Operator" at any time within a

SYNC™
Directions or Business search to speak
with a live operator. The system may
prompt you to speak with an operator
when it has difficulty matching your
voice request. The live operator can
assist you by searching for businesses
by name or by category, residential
addresses by street address or by
name or specific street intersections.
Operator Assist is a feature of your
SYNC Services subscription. For more
information on Operator Assist, visit
www.SYNCMyRide.com/support.
2. Follow the voice prompts to select your
destination. Once you select your
destination, the system uploads your
current vehicle location, calculates a
route based on current traffic
conditions and sends it back to your
vehicle. After the route download is
complete, the phone call automatically
ends. You then receive audible and
visual driving instructions as you travel
toward your destination.

3. While on an active route, you can select
or say "Route summary" or "Route
status" to view the Route Summary
turn list or the Route Status ETA. You
can also turn voice guidance on or off,
cancel the route or update the route.
If you miss a turn, SYNC automatically asks
if you want the route updated. Just say,
"Yes" when prompted and the system
sends a new route to your vehicle.
Disconnecting from SYNC Services
1.

Press and hold the phone button on
the steering wheel.
2. Say "Goodbye" from the SYNC
Services main menu.

SYNC Services quick tips

Personalizing

You can personalize your Services feature to provide
quicker access to your most used or favorite information.
You can save address points such as work or home. You
can also save favorite information like sports teams or a
news category. You can learn more about personalization
by logging onto www.SYNCMyRide.com.

Push to interrupt

Press the voice button at any time (while connected to
SYNC TDI Services) to interrupt a voice prompt or an audio
clip (such as a sports report) and say your voice command.

Portable

Your subscription is associated with your Bluetoothenabled cellular phone number, not your VIN (Vehicle
Identification Number). You can pair and connect your
phone to any vehicle equipped with Traffic, Directions and
Information and continue enjoying your personalized
services.

327

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

SYNC™
SYNC Services quick tips

You can even access your account outside your vehicle.
Just use the number on your phone's call history. Traffic
and Directions features do not function properly but
information services and the 411 connect and text message
features are available.
6. Scroll until " Menu" is
displayed (such as, Pandora Menu),
then press OK. From here, you can
access an application's features, such
as Thumbs up and Thumbs down. For
more information, please visit
www.SYNCMyRide.com.

SYNC AppLink
Note: You must pair and connect your
smartphone to SYNC to access AppLink.
Note: iPhone users need to connect the
phone to the USB port in order to start the
application. We recommend you lock your
iPhone after starting an application.

To Access Using the Media Menu
1.

Note: TThe AppLink feature is not available
if your vehicle is equipped with the MyFord
Touch or MyLincoln Touch system.

Note: Depending on your display type, you
can access AppLink from the media menu,
the phone menu, or by using voice
commands. Once an app is running through
AppLink, you can control main features of
the app through voice commands and
steering wheel controls.

3.
4.
5.

To Access Using the Phone Menu
1.
2.
3.

Press the phone button to access the
SYNC phone menu on-screen.
Scroll to Mobile Apps and press OK to
access a list of available applications.
Scroll through the list of available
applications and press OK to select a
particular app.
Once an app is running through SYNC,
you can access an app’s menu by
pressing the MENU button to first
access the SYNC menu.
Select "SYNC-Media" by pressing OK.

7.
8.

Press the AUX button on the center
console.
Press MENU to access the SYNC
menu.
Select "SYNC-Media" by pressing OK.
Scroll to Mobile Apps and press OK to
access a list of available applications.
Scroll through the list of available
applications and press OK to select a
particular app.
Once an app is running through SYNC,
you can access an app’s menu by
pressing the MENU button to first
access the SYNC menu.
Select "SYNC-Media" by pressing OK.
Scroll until " Menu" is
displayed (such as, Pandora Menu),
then press OK. From here, you can
access an application's features, such
as Thumbs up and Thumbs down. For
more information, please visit
www.SYNCMyRide.com.

To Access Using Voice Commands
1. Press the voice icon.
2. When prompted, say "Mobile Apps".

328

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

SYNC™
3. Say the name of the application after
the tone.
4. The app should start. While an app is
running through SYNC, you can press
the voice button and speak commands
specific to the app, such as "Play
Station Quickmix". Say "Help" to
discover available voice commands.

To Connect Using the System Menu
1. Plug the device into the USB port.
2. Press AUX and then MENU to enter
the media menu.
3. Scroll to Select Source. Press OK.
4. Scroll to USB. Press OK.
5. Depending on how many digital media
files are on your connected device,
Indexing may appear in the radio
display. When indexing is complete, the
screen returns to the Play menu.

USING SYNC™ WITH YOUR
MEDIA PLAYER
You can access and play music from your
digital music player over your vehicle's
speaker system using the system's media
menu or voice commands. You can also
sort and play your music by specific
categories, such as artist and album.

Press OK and scroll through selections of:
• Play All
• Albums
• Genres
• Playlists
• Tracks
• Explore USB
• Similar Music
• Return

SYNC is capable of hosting nearly any
digital media player including: iPod®,
Zune™, Plays from device players, and
most USB drives. SYNC also supports
audio formats, such as MP3, WMA, WAV
and ACC.

What's Playing?

Connecting Your Digital Media
Player to the USB Port
Note: If your digital media player has a
power switch, make sure you switch it on
before plugging it in.

At any time when a track is playing, you
can press the voice icon and ask the
system "What's playing?". The system
reads the metadata tags (if populated) of
the playing track to you.

To Connect Using Voice Commands

Media Voice Commands

1. Plug the device into the USB port.
2. Press the voice icon and when
prompted, say "USB".
3. You can now play music by saying any
of the appropriate voice commands.
See the media voice commands.

E142599

329

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Press the voice icon. When
prompted, say "USB", then any
of the following:

SYNC™

"USB"

"Autoplay off"

"Refine album "

"Autoplay on"

"Refine artist "

"Connections"

"Refine song "

"Pause"

"Refine track "

1,2

"Play"

1,2

"Repeat off"
"Repeat on"

1,2

"Play album "
"Play all"

1,2

"Search album "
1,2

"Search artist "

1,2

"Search genre "

"Play artist "

"Play genre "
"Play next folder"

1,2

"Search song "

"Play next track"

"Search track "

"Play previous folder"

"Shuffle on"

"Play previous track"
"Play song "

1,2

"Shuffle off"

1,2

"Play playlist "

"Play track "

1,2

"Similar music"
"What's playing?"

1,2

is a dynamic listing, meaning that it could be the name of anything, such as a
group, artist or song.
2

These voice commands are not available until indexing is complete.

These voice commands are only available in folder mode.

330

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

SYNC™

Voice command guide

"Autoplay"

Turn autoplay on to listen to music processed during
indexing. Turn autoplay off to allow the indexing process
to finish before the system plays any of your music.

"Search genre" or "Play
genre"

The system searches all the data from your indexed music
and, if available, begins to play the chosen type of music.
You can only play genres of music that are present in the
GENRE metadata tags that you have on your digital media
player.

"Similar music"

The system compiles a playlist and then plays music
similar to what is currently playing from the USB port using
indexed metadata information.

"Search" or "Play" artist,
track or album

The system searches for specific artist, track or album
information from the music indexed through the USB port.

"Refine"

This allows you to make your previous command more
specific. For example, if you asked to search and play all
music by a certain artist, you could then say, "Refine
album" and choose a specific album from the list to view.
If you then select Play, the system only plays music from
that specific album.

Indexing times can vary from device to device and with regard to the number of songs
the system needs to process.
Press the voice icon. When prompted, say,
"Bluetooth audio", then any of the
following:
"BLUETOOTH AUDIO"

"Connections"
"Pause"
"Play"
"Play next track"
"Play previous track"

331

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

SYNC™
Media Menu Features

and also to add, connect or delete devices.

The media menu allows you to select your
media source, how to play your music
(such as by artist, genre, shuffle or repeat),

Press AUX and then MENU to enter
the media menu.
2. Scroll to cycle through:

When you select:

You can:

Play Menu

Play your music by artist, album, genre, playlist, track,
similar music or play all music. You can also choose to
Explore USB to view the supported digital music files on
your playing device.

Select Source

Select and play music from your USB port, auxiliary input
jack (line in) or stream music from your Bluetooth-enabled
phone.
SYNC USB: Press OK to access music plugged into your
USB port. You can also plug in devices to charge them (if
supported by your device). Once connected, the system
indexes any readable media files.

Bluetooth Audio: This is a phone-dependent feature that
allows you to stream music playing on your Bluetoothenabled phone. If supported by your device, you can press
SEEK to play the previous or next track.
SYNC Line In: Press OK to select and play music from your
2

portable music player over your vehicle's speakers.
Media Settings

Choose to shuffle or repeat your music and select your
Autoplay settings. Once you turn these selections on, they
remain on you turn them off. Press SEEK to play the
previous or next track.

Shuffle: Press OK to shuffle available media files in the
current playlist. To shuffle all media tracks, you must select
Play All in the play menu and then select Shuffle.
Repeat: Press OK to repeat any song.
Autoplay: Turn autoplay on to listen to music processed
during indexing. Turn autoplay off to allow the indexing
process to finish before the system plays any of your
4

music.
Mobile Apps

Interact with SYNC-capable mobile applications on your
smartphone.

332

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

SYNC™
When you select:

You can:

System Settings

Access Bluetooth Device menu listings (Add, Connect, Set
as Primary, On and Off, Delete) as well as Advanced menu
listings (prompts, languages, defaults, master reset, install
application and system information).

Exit Media Menu

Press OK to exit the media menu.

The time required to complete this depends on the size of the media the system needs
to index. If autoplay is on, you can listen to media processed during indexing. If autoplay
is off, you cannot listen to music until the system finishes indexing media. SYNC is capable
of indexing thousands of average size media and notifies you if it reaches the maximum
indexing file size.
2

If you have already connected a device to the USB port, you cannot access the line in
feature. Some digital media players require both USB and line in ports to stream data
and music separately.
3

Some digital media players require both USB and line in ports to stream data and music
separately
4

Indexing times can vary from device to device and with regard to the number of songs
the system needs to process.
Press AUX and then MENU to enter
the media menu.
2. Scroll to Play. Press OK.
1.

Accessing Your Play Menu
This menu allows you to select and play
your media by artist, album, genre, playlist,
track, similar music or even to explore what
is on your USB device.

If there are no media files to access, the
display indicates there is no media. If there
are media files, you have the following
options:

Note: If your digital media player has a
power switch, make sure you switch it on
before plugging it in.
When you select:

You can:

Play All

Play all indexed media (tracks) from your playing device
in flat file mode, one at a time in numerical order.
Press OK to select. The first track title appears in the
display.

Artists

Sort all indexed media by artist. Once selected, the system
lists and then play all artists and tracks alphabetically. If
there are fewer than 255 indexed artists, the system lists
them alphabetically in flat file mode. If there are more
than 255, the system categorizes them alphabetically.

333

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

SYNC™
When you select:

You can:

1. Press OK to select. You can select to play All Artists or
any indexed artist.
2. Scroll to choose the desired artist. Press OK.
Albums

Sort all indexed media by albums. If there are fewer than
255 indexed albums, the system lists them alphabetically
in flat file mode. If there are more than 255, the system
categorizes them alphabetically.
1. Press OK to enter the album menu and select from
playing all albums or from any individual indexed album.
2. Scroll to choose the desired album. Press OK.

Genres

Sort indexed music by genre (category) type. SYNC lists
the genres alphabetically in flat file mode. If there are more
than 255, the system categorizes them alphabetically.
1. Press OK to select.
2. Scroll to select the desired genre. Press OK.

Playlists

Access your playlists (from formats, such as .ASX, .M3U,
.WPL or .MTP). The system lists your playlists alphabetically in flat-file mode. If there are more than 255, the system
categorizes them alphabetically.
1. Press OK to select.
2. Scroll to select the desired playlist. Press OK.

Tracks

Search for and play a specific indexed track. SYNC lists
your tracks alphabetically in flat file mode. If there are
more than 255, the system categorizes them alphabetically.
1. Press OK to select.
2. Scroll to select the desired track. Press OK.

Explore USB

Explore all supported digital media on your media device
connected to the USB port. You can only view media
content which is compatible with SYNC; other files saved
are not visible.
1. Press OK to select.
2. Scroll to explore indexed media on your flash drive.
*

Similar Music

Play music similar to what is currently playing from the
USB port. The system uses the metadata information of
each song to compile a playlist for you.

334

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

SYNC™
When you select:

You can:

Press OK to select. The system creates a new list of similar
songs and begins playing. This feature does not include
tracks with incomplete metadata information.
Return

Exit the current menu.

With certain playing devices, if your metadata tags are not populated, the tracks are not
available in voice recognition, play menu or similar music. However, if you place these
tracks onto your playing device in "Mass Storage Device Mode", they are available in voice
recognition, play menu browsing and similar music. The system places Unknown items
into any unpopulated metadata tag.
1.

Press AUX and then MENU to enter
the media menu.
2. Scroll to System Settings. Press OK.
3. Scroll to Bluetooth Devices. Press OK.

System Settings
Bluetooth Devices
The Bluetooth Devices menu allows you
to add, connect and delete a device as turn
the Bluetooth feature on and off.
When you select:

You can:

Add Bluetooth Device

Pair more devices to the system.
1. Press OK to select and press OK again when Find SYNC
appears in the display.
2. Follow the directions in your phone's manual to put your
phone into discovery mode. A six-digit PIN appears in the
display.
3. When prompted on your phone's six-digit display, enter
the PIN.

Connect Bluetooth Device

Connect a previously paired Bluetooth-enabled device.
1. Press OK to select and view a list of previously paired
devices.
2. Scroll until you find the desired device, and then press
OK to connect the device.

Set Bluetooth

Turn the Bluetooth feature on and off.
1. Press OK and scroll to toggle between On and Off.
2. Make a selection, and then press OK.

Delete Device

Delete a paired media device.
1. Press OK and scroll to select the device.
2. Press OK to confirm.

Delete All Devices

Delete all previously paired devices.

335

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

SYNC™
When you select:

You can:

Press OK to select.
Return
*

Exit the current menu.

This is a speed-dependent feature.

Setting Bluetooth to off disconnects all Bluetooth devices and turns off all Bluetooth
features.
1.

Press AUX and then MENU to enter
the media menu.
2. Scroll to System Settings. Press OK.
3. Scroll to Advanced. Press OK.

Advanced
The Advanced menu allows you to access
and set prompts, languages, defaults and
perform a master reset.
When you select:

You can:

Prompts

Have SYNC guide you by asking questions, helpful hints
or ask you for a specific action.
1. Press OK to select and scroll to select between on or
off.
2. Press OK when the desired selection appears in the
display. SYNC takes you back to the Advanced menu.

Languages

Choose from English, Français or Español. The displays
and prompts are in the selected language.
1. Press OK to select and then scroll through the languages.
2. Press OK when the desired selection appears in the
display.
3. If you change the language setting, the display indicates
that the system is updating. When complete, SYNC takes
you back to the Advanced menu.

Factory Defaults

Return to the factory default settings. This selection does
not erase your indexed information (phonebook, call
history, text messages and paired devices).
1. Press OK to select.
2. Press OK again when Restore Defaults? appears in
the display.
3. Press OK to confirm.

336

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

SYNC™
When you select:

You can:

Master Reset

Completely erase all information stored on SYNC (all
phonebook, call history, text messages and all paired
devices) and return to the factory default settings.

Application

Download new software applications (if available) and
then load the desired applications through your USB port.
See the web site for more information.

Return

Exit the current menu.
Use the website at any time to check your
phone's compatibility, register your
account and set preferences as well as
access a customer representative via an
online chat (during certain hours). Visit
www.SYNCMyRide.com,
www.SYNCMyRide.ca or
www.syncmaroute.ca for more
information.

SYNC™ TROUBLESHOOTING
Your SYNC system is easy to use. However,
should questions arise, see the tables
below.

Phone issues
Issue

Possible cause(s)

Possible solution(s)

The audio control settings
There is excessive background noise during a phone on your phone may be
affecting SYNC performcall.
ance.

Review your phone's manual
about audio adjustments.

During a call, I can hear the
other person but they
cannot hear me.

This may be a possible
phone malfunction.

Try turning off the device,
resetting the device,
removing the device's
battery, then trying again.

SYNC is not able to download my phonebook.

· This is a phone-dependent
feature.
· This may be a possible
phone malfunction.

· Go to the website to review
your phone's compatibility.
· Try turning off the device,
resetting the device or
removing the device's
battery, then trying again.
· Try pushing your phonebook contacts to SYNC by
using the Add Contacts
feature.
· Use the SYNCmyphone
feature available on the
website.

337

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

SYNC™
Phone issues
Issue

Possible cause(s)

Possible solution(s)

The system says Phonebook This may be a limitation on
Downloaded but the
your phone's capability.
phonebook in SYNC is
empty or missing contacts.

· Try pushing your phonebook contacts to SYNC by
using the Add Contacts
feature.
· If the missing contacts are
stored on your SIM card, try
moving them to the device
memory.
· Remove any pictures or
special ring tones associated with the missing
contact.

I am having trouble
connecting my phone to
SYNC.

· This is a phone-dependent
feature.
· This may be a possible
phone malfunction.

· Go to the website to review
your phone's compatibility.
· Try turning off the device,
resetting the device or
removing the device's
battery, then trying again.
· Try deleting your device
from SYNC, deleting SYNC
from your device and trying
again.
· Check the security and auto
accept and prompt always
settings relative to the SYNC
Bluetooth connection on
your phone.
· Update your device's firmware.
· Turn off the Auto phonebook download setting.

Text messaging is not
working on SYNC.

· This is a phone-dependent
feature.
· This may be a possible
phone malfunction.

· Go to the website to review
your phone's compatibility.
· Try turning off the device,
resetting the device or
removing the device's
battery, then trying again.

338

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

SYNC™

USB and media issues
Issue

I am having trouble
connecting my device.

Possible cause(s)

This may be a possible
device malfunction.

SYNC does not recognize
This is a device limitation.
my device when I turn on the
car.

Possible solution(s)

· Try turning off the device,
resetting the device,
removing the device's
battery, then trying again.
· Make sure you are using the
manufacturer's cable.
· Make sure you insert the
USB cable properly into the
device and the USB port.
· Make sure that the device
does not have an autoinstall program or active
security settings.
Make sure you are not
leaving the device in your
vehicle during very hot or
cold temperatures.

Bluetooth audio does not
stream.

· This is a phone-dependent
feature.
· The device is not
connected.

Make sure you properly
connect the device to SYNC
and that you have pressed
play on your device.

SYNC does not recognize
music that is on my device.

· Your music files may not
contain the proper artist,
song title, album or genre
information.
· The file may be corrupted.
· The song may have copyright protection, which does
not allow it to play.

· Make sure that all song
details are populated.
· Some devices require you
to change the USB settings
from mass storage to MTP
class.

Vehicle Health Report and Services (Traffic, Directions and Information) issues
Issue

I received a text that I did
not activate Vehicle Health
Report.

Possible cause(s)

· You did not activate your
account on the website.
· You may have the wrong
VIN (vehicle identification
number) listed.

339

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Possible solution(s)

· This is a free feature, but
you must first register online
to use it.

SYNC™
Vehicle Health Report and Services (Traffic, Directions and Information) issues
Issue

Possible cause(s)

Possible solution(s)

· Make sure that your VIN is
correctly listed in your
account.
I am unable to retrieve the
report on the website, or I
receive a system error.

The preferred dealer
information did not load
correctly.

When you register your
account, you must choose a
preferred dealer. If it already
lists a dealer, try selecting
another dealer and logging
out. Log back in, change it
back to your preferred
dealer, and retrieve the
report.

I am unable to submit a
report.

· This could be due to your
phone's compatibility.
· Bad signal strength.
· You did not activate your
phone on the website.

· Update your cellular
number in your account on
the website.
· Make sure you have full
signal strength and that your
Bluetooth volume level has
been turned up.
· Try deleting your phone
and performing a clean
pairing.

I heard a commercial when
I tried to use Traffic, Directions and Information.

· You did not activate this
phone for this service.
· Your phone has ID blocker
active.

· This is a free feature, but
you must first register online
to use it.
· Turn off ID blocker on your
phone as the system recognizes you by your phone
number.
· Make sure the currently
connected phone is the
same one that is registered
on your SYNCMyRide
account.

340

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

SYNC™

Voice command issues
Issue

Possible cause(s)

Possible solution(s)

SYNC does not understand · You may be using the
wrong voice commands.
what I am saying.
· You may be speaking too
soon or at the wrong time.

· Review the phone voice
commands and the media
voice commands at the
beginning of their respective
sections.
· Be aware that SYNC's
microphone is either in your
rear view mirror or in the
headliner just above the
windshield.

SYNC does not understand · You may be using the
the name of a song or artist. wrong voice commands.
· You may be saying the
name differently than the
way you saved it.
· The system may not be
reading the name the same
way you are saying it.

· Review the media voice
commands at the beginning
of the media section.
· Say the song or artist
exactly as listed. If you say
"Play Artist Prince", the
system does not play music
by Prince and the Revolution
or Prince and the New
Power Generation.
· Make sure you are saying
the complete title, such as
"California remix featuring
Jennifer Nettles".
· If the song titles are in all
CAPS, you have to spell
them. LOLA requires you to
say "L-O-L-A".
· Do not use special characters in the title. The system
does not recognize them.

SYNC does not understand
or is calling the wrong
contact when I want to
make a call.

· Review the Phone voice
commands at the beginning
of the phone section.
· Make sure you are saying
the contacts exactly as they
are listed. For example, if
you save a contact as Joe
Wilson, say "Call Joe
Wilson".

· You may be using the
wrong voice commands.
· You may be saying the
name differently than the
way you saved it.
· Contacts in your phonebook may be very short and
similar, or they may contain
special characters.

341

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

SYNC™
Voice command issues
Issue

Possible cause(s)

Possible solution(s)

· Your phonebook contacts
may be in CAPS.

· The system works better if
you list full names, such as
"Joe Wilson" rather than
"Joe".
· Do not use special characters, such as 123 or ICE, as
the system does not recognize them.
· If a contact is in CAPS, you
have to spell it. JAKE
requires you to say "Call JA-K-E".

342

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)
GENERAL INFORMATION

WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any handheld device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving

E161891

Phone

Navigation (or Information if your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation)

Climate

Settings

Home

Information

Entertainment

343

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)
This system uses a four-corner strategy to
provide quick access several vehicle
features and settings. The touchscreen
provides easy interaction with your cellular
phone, multimedia, climate control and
navigation system. The corners display any
active modes within those menus, such as
phone status or the climate temperature.

Press to select any of the following:
• Driver Settings
• Recirculated Air
• Auto
• Dual
• Passenger Settings
• A/C
• Defrost

Note: Some features are not available while
your vehicle is moving.

SETTINGS

Note: Your system is equipped with a
feature that allows you to access and
control audio features for 30 minutes after
you switch the ignition off (and no doors
open).

E142607

Press to select any of the following:
• Clock
• Display
• Sound
• Vehicle
• Settings
• Help

PHONE
Press to select any of the following:
• Phone
• Quick Dial
• Phonebook
• History
• Messaging
• Settings

HOME
Press to access your home
screen. Depending on your
vehicle’s option package and software,
your screens may vary in appearance from
the descriptions in this section. Your
features may also be limited depending on
your market. Check with an authorized
dealer for availability.
E142613

NAVIGATION
Press to select any of the following:
• My Home
• Favorites
• Previous Destinations
• Point of Interest
• Emergency
• Previous Starting Point
• Latitude/Longitude
• Street Address
• Intersection
• City Center
• Map
• Edit Route Cancel Route
• Freeway Entrance/Exit

INFORMATION
E142608

Press to select any of the following:
• Services
• Travel Link
• Alerts
• Calendar
• Apps
ENTERTAINMENT

CLIMATE
344

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)
Press to select any of the following:
• AM
• FM
• SIRIUS
• CD
• USB
• BT Stereo
• SD Card
• A/V In

•

Using the Touch-Sensitive
Controls on Your System

•

•
•
•

To turn a feature on and off, just touch the
graphic with your finger. To get the best
performance from the touch-sensitive
controls:
• Do not press hard on the controls. They
are sensitive to light touch.
• Use your bare finger to touch the center
of a touch-control graphic. Touching
off-center of the graphic may affect
operation of a nearby control.
• Make sure your hands are clean and
dry.
• Since the touchscreen operates based
on the touch of a finger, you may have
trouble using it if you are wearing
gloves.
• Keep metal and other conductive
material away from the surface of the
touchscreen as this may cause
electronic interference (for example,
inadvertently turning on a feature other
than the one you meant to turn on).

•

Cleaning the Touchscreen Display
Use a clean, soft cloth such as one used
for cleaning glasses. If dirt or fingerprints
are still visible, apply a small amount of
alcohol to the cloth. Do not pour or spray
alcohol onto the display. Do not use
detergent or any type of solvent to clean
the display.

Support
The SYNC support team is available to
help you with any questions you are not
able to answer on your own.
Monday-Saturday, 8:30am-8:00pm EST.

Depending on your vehicle and option
package, you may also have these controls
on your bezel:
• Power: Switch the media or climate
features off and on.
• VOL: Control the volume of playing
media.

In the United States, call: 1-888-270-1055
In Canada, call: 1-800-565-3673
Times are subject to change due to
holidays.

345

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Fan: Control the speed of the climate
system fan.
Seek and Tune buttons: Use as you
normally would in media modes.
Eject: Eject a CD from the
entertainment system.
SOURCE: Touch the word repeatedly
to see all available media modes. The
screen does not change, but you see
the media change in the lower left
status bar.
SOUND: Touch the word to access the
Sound menu where you can adjust
settings such as: Bass, Treble,
Midrange, Balance and Fade, DSP
(Digital Signal Processing), Occupancy
Mode and Speed Compensated
Volume. (Your vehicle may not have
all of these sound options.)
Hazard flasher: Switch the hazard
flashers off and on.

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)
Safety Information

•

Do not leave playing devices in your
vehicle during extreme conditions as it
could cause them damage. See your
device's user guide for further
information.
For your safety, some SYNC functions
are speed-dependent. Their use is
limited to when your vehicle is traveling
at speeds under 3 mph (5 km/h).

Make sure that you review your device's
manual before using it with SYNC.

Speed-restricted Features
Some features of this system may be too
difficult to use while your vehicle is moving
so they are restricted from use unless your
vehicle is stationary.
• Screens crowded with information,
such as Point of Interest reviews and
ratings, SIRIUS Travel Link sports
scores, movie times or ski conditions.
• Any action that requires you to use a
keyboard is restricted, such as entering
a navigation destination or editing
information.
• All lists are limited so the user can view
fewer entries (such as phone contacts
or recent phone call entries).

Do not attempt to service or repair the
system. See an authorized dealer.
Do not operate playing devices if the
power cords or cables are broken, split
or damaged. Place cords and cables
out of the way, so they do not interfere
with the operation of pedals, seats,
compartments or safe driving abilities.

See the following chart for more specific
examples.
Restricted Features

Cellular Phone

Pairing a Bluetooth phone
Adding phonebook contacts or uploading phonebook
contacts (from a USB)
List entries are limited for phone contacts and recent
phone call entries

System Functionality

Editing the keypad code
Enabling Valet Mode

346

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)
Restricted Features

Editing settings while the rear view camera or active park
assist are active
Wi-Fi and Wireless

Editing wireless settings
Editing the list of wireless networks

Videos, Photos and Graphics Playing video
Editing the screen's wallpaper or adding new wallpaper
Text Messages

Composing text messages
Viewing received text messages
Editing preset text messages

Navigation

Using the keyboard to enter a destination
Demo navigation route
Adding or editing Address Book entries or Avoid Areas
The cellular profile, media device index,
and development log remain in your
vehicle unless you delete them and are
generally accessible only in your vehicle
when the cellular phone or media player
is connected. If you no longer plan to use
the system or your vehicle, we recommend
you perform a Master Reset to erase all
stored information.

Privacy Information
When you connect a cellular phone to
SYNC, the system creates a profile within
your vehicle that links to that cellular
phone. This profile helps in offering you
more cellular features and operating more
efficiently. Among other things, this profile
may contain data about your cellular
phone book, text messages (read and
unread), and call history, including history
of calls when your cell phone was not
connected to the system. In addition, if you
connect a media device, the system
creates and retains an index of supported
media content. The system also records a
short development log of approximately
10 minutes of all recent system activity.
The log profile and other system data may
be used to improve the system and help
diagnose any problems that may occur.

System data cannot be accessed without
special equipment and access to your
vehicle's SYNC module. Ford Motor
Company and Ford of Canada do not
access the system data for any purpose
other than as described absent consent, a
court order, or where required by law
enforcement, other government
authorities, or other third parties acting
with lawful authority. Other parties may
seek to access the information
independently of Ford Motor Company and
Ford of Canada. For further privacy
information, see the sections on 911
Assist®, Vehicle Health Report, and Traffic,
Directions and Information.

347

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)
Accessing and Adjusting Modes Through Your Right Vehicle Information
Display (If Equipped)

E145459

The display is located on the right side of
your instrument cluster. You can use your
steering wheel controls to view and make
minor adjustments to active modes
without taking your hands off the wheel.
For example:
• In Entertainment mode, you can view
what is now playing, change the audio
source, select memory presets and
make some adjustments.
• In Phone mode, you can accept or
reject an incoming call.
• If your vehicle is equipped with
Navigation, you can view the current
route or activate a route.
• In Climate mode, the driver side
temperature can be set as well as fan
speed.

E144811

Use the OK and arrow buttons on the right
side of your steering wheel to scroll
through the available modes:
Entertainment
E142611

Phone
E142609

Navigation
E142610

348

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)
Climate Control

When using voice commands, words and
icons may appear in the lower left status
bar indicating the status of the voice
session (such as Listening, Success, Failed,
Paused or Try Again).

E142612

You can make selections from the menu
by using the OK button. The selection
menu expands and different options
appear.
• Press the up and down arrows to scroll
through the modes.
• Press the right arrow to enter the mode.
• Press the left or right arrows to make
adjustments within the chosen mode.
• Press OK to confirm your selection.

How to Use Voice Commands with Your
System

E142599

What Can I Say?
To access the available voice commands
for the current session, do one of the
following:
• During a voice session, press the help
icon (?) in the lower left status bar of
the screen.
• Say, "What can I say?" for an
on-screen listing of the possible voice
commands associated with your
current voice session.
• Press the voice icon. After the tone, say,
"Help" for an audible list of possible
voice commands.

Note: If your vehicle is not equipped with
Navigation, Compass appears in the display
instead of Navigation. If you press the right
arrow to go into the Compass menu, you
can see the compass graphic. The compass
displays the direction in which the vehicle
is traveling, not true direction (for example,
if the vehicle is traveling west, the middle
of the compass graphic displays west; north
displays to the left of west though its true
direction is to the right of west).

Using Voice Recognition
This system helps you control many
features using voice commands. This
allows you to keep your hands on the
wheel and focus on what is in front of you.
The system provides feedback through
audible tones, prompts, questions and
spoken confirmations depending on the
situation and the chosen level of
interaction (voice settings).

Helpful Hints
•

•

The system also asks short questions
(confirmation prompts) when it is not sure
of your request or when there are multiple
possible responses to your request.

•
•

349

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Press the voice icon. After the
tone, speak your command
clearly.

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)
Basic commands
Say

If You Want To

"Phone"

Make calls.

"USB"

Access the device connected to your USB port.

"Bluetooth audio"

Stream audio from your phone.

"Line in"

Access the device connected to the auxiliary input jack.

"Cancel"

Cancel the requested action.

"SYNC"

Return to the main menu.

"Voice settings"

Adjust the level of voice interaction and feedback.

"Vehicle health report"

Run a vehicle health report.

"Services"

Access the SYNC Services portal.

"Mobile apps"

Access mobile applications.

"Help"

Hear a list of voice commands available in the current
mode.

Available through SYNC Services. See Information (page 390).

These commands can be said at any time during a voice session

"Main menu"
"List of commands"
"What can I say?"
"Next page"
"Previous page"
"Go back"
"Cancel"
"Exit"
"Help"

350

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)
Accessing a List of Available Commands
•

•

If you use the touchscreen, press the
Settings icon > Help > Voice
Command List.

If you use the steering wheel control,
press the voice icon. After the tone,
speak your command clearly.

Available Voice Commands

"Audio list of commands"

"Radio list of commands"

"Bluetooth audio list of commands"

"SD card list of commands"

"Browse list of commands"

"Sirius satellite list of commands"

"CD list of commands"

"Travel link list of commands"

"Climate control list of commands"

"USB list of commands"

"List of commands"

"Voice instructions list of commands"

"Navigation list of commands"

"Voice settings list of commands"

"Phone list of commands"

"Help"

These commands are only available when your vehicle is equipped with the navigation
system, and the navigation system SD card is in the card slot.
•

Voice Settings
Voice settings allow you to customize the
level of system interaction, help and
feedback. The system defaults to standard
interaction that uses candidate lists and
confirmation prompts as these provide the
highest level of guidance and feedback.

•

Interaction Mode: Novice mode
provides detailed interaction and
guidance while the advanced mode
has less audible interaction and more
tone prompts.
Confirmation Prompts: The system
uses these short questions to confirm
your voice request. If turned off, the
system simply makes a best guess as
to what you requested. The system
may still occasionally ask you to
confirm settings.
Phone and Media Candidate Lists:
Candidate lists are lists of possible
results from your voice commands. The
system creates these lists when it has
the same confidence level of several
options based on your voice command.

To access these settings using the
touchscreen:

351

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)
To access these settings using voice
commands:

Press the Settings icon > Settings >
then Voice Control.
2. Select from the following:
• Interaction Mode
• Confirmation Prompts
• Media Candidate Lists
• Phone Candidate Lists
• Voice Control Volume.

Press the voice icon. Wait for the
prompt "Please say a command".
Another tone sounds to let you know
the system is listening.
2. Say any of the following commands:

Voice Settings Using Voice Commands

"Interaction mode novice"
"Interaction mode advanced"
"Confirmation prompts on"
"Confirmation prompts off"
"Phone candidate lists on"
"Phone candidate lists off"
"Media candidate lists on"
"Media candidate lists off"
"Help"
not end. Instead, the voice system changes
to the Street field and asks you to say the
street name. You cannot use the buttons
not outlined in blue as voice commands.
If they are touched during a voice session,
the voice session ends.

Using Voice Commands with the
Touchscreen Options
Your voice system has a dual mode feature
which allows you to switch between using
voice commands and making on-screen
selections. This is most often available
when using navigation.

For example, you can choose from the
following on the Navigation home screen:
• My Home
• Favorites
• Previous Destinations
• Point of Interest (POI)
• Emergency
• Street Address
• Intersection
• Cancel Route.

Buttons outlined in blue indicate selections
that are part of the dual mode feature. For
example, if while you are in a voice session,
rather than saying the command "Enter
street name" to change the field, you can
press Street and the voice session does

352

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)
Some of the voice commands that are

available while viewing this screen are:

Destination

"Destination my home"
"Destination street address"
"Destination favorites"
"Destination previous destinations"
"Destination POI"
"Destination intersection"
"Destination emergency"
•
•

If you choose Street Address from the
navigation screen, you can choose from
the following:
• Number
• City

Street Name
State/Prov.

Some of the voice commands that are
available while viewing this screen are:

Street Address

"Enter house number"
"Change house number"
"Enter street name"
"Change street name"
"Enter city"
"Change city"
"Enter state"
"Change state"
•
•
•
•

If you choose Points of Interest from the
navigation screen, you can choose from
the following:
• Search Area
• Search By Name
• Fuel Station

Some of the voice commands that are
available while viewing this screen are:

353

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

ATM
All Restaurants
Accommodations
Parking.

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

Points of Interest or POI

"Destination "
"Search by name"
"Search by category"
"Change search area"
"Change state"
Note: These are just a sample of the voice
commands available within the Points of
Interest section; the categories themselves
are also technically voice commands.

•
•

City
State/Prov.

Some of the voice commands that are
available while viewing this screen are:

If you choose Intersection from the
navigation screen, you can choose from
the following:
• 1st Street
• 2nd Street

Intersection

"Enter first street name"
"Change first street name"
"Enter second street name"
"Change second street name"
"Enter city"
"Change city"
"Enter state"
"Change state"
The dual mode feature is also available
when the voice system displays a list of
items to pick from during a voice session,
where you would be able to touch the line
item or say "Line 2". If the system does not
understand a voice command, or there are
multiple options, the system displays a
voice command list for you.

354

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)
SETTINGS

A
B
C
D
E
F
E161968

Clock

Display

Sound

Vehicle

Settings

Help

Under this menu, you can set
your clock, access and adjust the
display, sound and vehicle
settings as well as access settings for
specific modes or the help feature.

E142607

1. Press the Settings icon > Clock.
2. Press + and - to adjust the time.
From this screen, you can also make other
adjustments such as 12-hour or 24-hour
mode, activate GPS time synchronization
and have the system automatically update
new time zones.

Clock
Note: You cannot manually set the date.
Your vehicle’s GPS does this for you.
Note: If the battery has been disconnected,
your vehicle needs to acquire a GPS signal
to update the clock. Once your vehicle
acquires the signal, it may take a few
minutes for the update to display the correct
time.

You can also turn the outside air
temperature display off and on. It appears
at the top center of the touchscreen, next
to the time and date.

355

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)
The system automatically saves any
updates you make to the settings.

Uploading Photos for Your Home
Screen Wallpaper

Display

Note: You cannot load photos directly from
your camera. You must access the photos
either from your USB mass storage device
or from an SD card.

You can adjust the touchscreen display
through the touchscreen or by pressing the
voice button on your steering wheel
controls and when prompted, say, "Display
settings".

Note: Photographs with extremely large
dimensions (such as 2048 x 1536) may not
be compatible and appear as a blank
(black) image on the display.

To access and make
adjustments using the
touchscreen, press the Settings
icon > Display.

Your system allows you to upload and view
up to 32 photos.

E142607

•
•

•

To access, press the Settings
icon > Display > Edit
E142607
Wallpaper, and then follow the
system prompts to upload your
photographs.

Brightness allows you to make the
screen display brighter or dimmer.
Mode allows you to set the screen to
a certain brightness or have the system
automatically change based on the
outside light level.
• If you select AUTO or NIGHT, you
have the options of turning the
display's Auto Dim feature on or off
and changing the Auto Dim Manual
Offset feature.
Edit Wallpaper
• You can have your touchscreen
display the default photo or upload
your own.

Only the photograph(s), which meets the
following conditions, display:
• Compatible file formats are as follows:
.jpg, .gif, .png, .bmp
• Each file must be 1.5 MB or less.
• Recommended dimensions: 800 x 384

Sound

E142607

Press the Settings icon >
Sound, then select from the
following:

Sound Settings

Bass

DSP

Midrange

Occupancy Mode

Treble

Speed Compensated Volume

Set Balance and Fade
*

Your vehicle may not have these sound settings.

356

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)
Vehicle

E142607

•
•
•
•

Rear View Camera
This menu allows you to access settings
for your rear view camera.

Press the Settings icon >
Vehicle, then select from the
following:

Ambient Lighting
Vehicle Health Report
Rear View Camera
Enable Valet Mode.

E142607

settings:
•
•
•

Ambient Lighting (If Equipped)
When you turn this feature on, ambient
lighting illuminates footwells and
cupholders with a choice of colors. To
access and make adjustments:

Rear Camera Delay
Visual Park Aid Alert
Guidelines.

You can find more information on the rear
view camera system in another chapter.
See Rear View Camera (page 182).
Enable Valet Mode
Note: If the system locks, and you need to
reset the PIN, enter 3681 and the system
unlocks.

E142607

Press the Settings icon > Vehicle >
Ambient Lighting.
2. Touch the desired color.
3. Use the scroll bar to increase or
decrease the intensity.

Valet mode allows you to lock the system.
No information is accessible until the
system is unlocked with the correct PIN.

To turn the feature on or off, press the
power button.

E142607

Press the Settings icon > Vehicle >
Enable Valet Mode.
2. When prompted, enter a four-digit PIN.

Vehicle Health Report
Turn Automatic Reminders on and off
and set the mileage interval at which you
would like to receive the reports. Press the
? for more information on these selections.

After you press Continue the system locks
until you enter the PIN again.

Settings

When done making your selections, press
Run Vehicle Health Report Now if you
want your report.

Access and adjust system settings, voice
features, as well as phone, navigation and
wireless settings.

You can find more information on Vehicle
Health Report in this chapter. See
Information (page 390).

System

E142607

357

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Press the Settings icon >
Vehicle > Rear View Camera,
then select from the following

Press the Settings icon >
Settings > System, then select
from the following:

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

System

Language

Select to have the touchscreen display in English, Spanish
or French.

Distance

Select to display units in kilometers or miles.

Temperature

Select to display units in Celsius or Fahrenheit.

System Prompt Volume

Adjust the volume of voice prompts from the system.

Touch Screen Button Beep

Select to have the system beep to confirm choices made
through the touchscreen.

Touch Panel Button Beep

Select to have the system beep to confirm button choices
made through the climate or audio system.

Keyboard Layout

Have the touchscreen keyboard display in QWERTY or
ABC format.

Install Applications

Install any downloaded applications or view the current
software licenses.

Master Reset

Select to restore factory defaults. This erases all personal
settings and personal data.

Voice Control

E142607

Press the Settings icon >
Settings > Voice Control, then
select from the following:
Voice Control

Interaction Mode

Standard interaction mode provides more detailed interaction and guidance. Advanced mode has less audible
interaction and more tone prompts.

Confirmation Prompts

Have the system ask you short questions if it has not
clearly heard or understood your request.

358

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)
Voice Control

Note: Even with confirmation prompts turned off, the
system may occasionally ask you to confirm settings.
Media Candidate Lists

Candidate lists are possible results from your voice
commands. The system simply makes a best guess at
your request with these turned off.

Phone Candidate Lists

Candidate lists are possible results from your voice
commands. The system simply makes a best guess at
your request with these turned off.

Voice Control Volume

This allows you to adjust the system’s voice volume level.

Media Player

E142607

Press the Settings icon >
Settings > Media Player, then
select from the following:
Media Player

Autoplay

When this feature is on, the system automatically switches
to the media source upon initial connection. This allows
you to listen to music during the indexing process. When
this feature is off, the system does not automatically
switch to the inserted media source.

Bluetooth Devices

Select to connect, disconnect, add or delete a device. You
can also set a device as your favorite so that the system
automatically attempts to connect to that device at every
ignition cycle.

Gracenote® Database Info

This allows you to view the version level of the Gracenote
Database.

Gracenote® Mgmt

With this feature on, the Gracenote Database supplies
metadata information for your music files. This overrides
information from your device. This feature defaults to off.

Cover Art Priority

With this feature on, the Gracenote Database supplied
cover art for your music files. This overrides any art from
your device. This feature defaults to Media Player.

359

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)
Navigation
E142607

Press the Settings icon >
Settings > Navigation, then
select from the following:

Navigation

Map Preferences

Turn breadcrumbs on and off.
Have the system display your turn list top to bottom or
bottom to top.
Turn the Parking POI notification on and off.

Route Preferences

Have the system display the shortest route, fastest route
or ecological route.
Have the system avoid freeways.
Have the system avoid tollroads.
Have the system avoid ferries or car trains.
Have the system use HOV (high-occupancy vehicle) lanes.

Navigation Preferences

Have the system use guidance prompts.
Have the system automatically fill-in State/Province
information.

Traffic Preferences

Have the system display areas where roadwork occurs.
Have the system display incident icons.
Have the system display areas where difficult driving
conditions may occur.
Have the system display areas with snow and ice on the
road may occur.
Have the system display any smog alerts.
Have the system display weather warnings.
Have the system display where there may be reduced
visibility.
Have the system turn on your radio for traffic announcements.

Avoid Areas

Enter specific areas that would like to avoid on planned
navigation routes.

360

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)
Phone
E142607

Press the Settings icon >
Settings > Phone, then select
from the following:

Phone

Bluetooth Devices

Connect, disconnect, add or delete a device, as well as
save it as a favorite.

Bluetooth

Turn Bluetooth on and off.

Do Not Disturb

Have all calls go directly to your voice mail and not ring
inside your vehicle. With this feature turned on, text
message notifications are also suppressed and do not ring
inside your vehicle.

911 Assist

Turn on or turn off the 911 Assist feature. See Information
(page 390).

Phone Ringer

Select the type of notification for phone calls - ring tone,
beep, text to speech, or have it be silent.

Text Message Notification

Select the type of notification for text messages - alert
tone, beep, text to speech, or have it be silent.

Internet Data Connection

If compatible with your phone, you can adjust your internet
data connection. Select to make your connection profile
with the personal area network or to turn off your
connection. You can also choose to adjust your settings
or have the system always connect, never connect when
roaming or query on connect. Press ? for more information.

Manage Phonebook

Access features, such as automatic phonebook download,
re-download your phonebook, add contacts from your
phone as well as delete or upload your phonebook.

Roaming Warning

Have the system alert you when in Roaming mode.
feature, everyone in your vehicle can also
gain access the internet if you have a USB
mobile broadband connection inside your
vehicle, your phone supports personal area
networking and if you park outside a
wireless hotspot.

Wireless & Internet
Your system has a Wi-Fi feature that
creates a wireless network within your
vehicle, thereby allowing other devices
(such as personal computers or phones)
in your vehicle to speak to each other,
share files or play games. Using this Wi-Fi

E142607

following:

361

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Press the Settings icon >
Settings > Wireless &
Internet, then select from the

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

Wi-Fi

Wi-Fi Settings

Wi-Fi Network (Client) Mode turns the Wi-Fi feature on
and off in your vehicle. Make sure you turn it on for
connectivity purposes.
Choose a Wireless Network allows you to use a previously stored wireless network. You can categorize by
alphabetical listing, priority and signal strength. You can
also choose to search for a network, connect to a network,
disconnect from a network, receive more information,
prioritize a network or delete a network.
Gateway (Access Point) Mode makes SYNC an access
point for a phone or a computer when turned on. This
forms the local area network within your vehicle for things,
such as game playing, file transfer and internet browsing.
Press ? for more information.
Gateway (Access Point) Settings allows you to view
and change settings for using SYNC as the internet
gateway.
Gateway (Access Point) Device List allows you to view
recent connections to your Wi-Fi system.

USB Mobile Broadband

Instead of using Wi-Fi, your system can also use a USB
mobile broadband connection to access the internet. (You
must turn on your mobile broadband device on your
personal computer before connecting it to the system.)
This screen allows you to set up what is your typical area
for your USB mobile broadband connection. (USB mobile
broadband settings may not display if the device is already
on.) You can select the following: Country, Carrier, Phone
Number, User Name and Password.

Bluetooth Settings

Shows you the currently paired devices as well as giving
you your typical Bluetooth options to connect, disconnect,
set as favorite, delete and add device. Bluetooth is a
registered trademark of the Bluetooth SIG.

Prioritize Connection
Methods

Choose your connection methods and change them as
needed. You can select to Change Order and have the
system either always attempt to connect using a USB
mobile broadband or using Wi-Fi.

362

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)
The
Wi-Fi

CERTIFIED Logo is a certification mark of
the Wi-Fi Alliance.
Help
Press the Settings icon > Help,
then select from the following:
E142607

E142626

Help

Where Am I?

View your vehicle's current location, if your vehicle is
equipped with navigation. If your vehicle is not equipped
with navigation, nothing displays.

System Information

Touchscreen system serial number
Your vehicle identification number (VIN)
Touchscreen system software version
Navigation system version
Map database version
Sirius satellite radio ESN
Gracenote® Database Information and Library version

Software Licenses

View the licenses for any software and applications
installed on your system.

Driving Restrictions

Certain features are not accessible when your vehicle is
moving.

911 Assist

Turn on and turn off the 911 Assist feature. See Information (page 390).
In Case of Emergency (ICE) Quick Dial: allows you to
save up to two numbers as ICE contacts for quick access
if there is an emergency. Select Edit to access your
phonebook and then select the desired contacts. The
numbers then appear as options on this screen for the ICE
1 and ICE 2 buttons. The ICE contacts you select appear
at the end of the 911 Assist call process.

Voice Command List

View categorized lists of voice commands.

363

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)
To access Help using the voice commands,
press the voice button, then, after the tone,

say "Help". The system provides allowable
voice commands for the current mode.

ENTERTAINMENT

A
B

C
D
E

E161892

AM 1, AM 2 and AM AST

FM 1, FM 2 and FM AST

SIRIUS

USB

Touch this button to scroll down for more options, such as SD Card, BT Stereo
and A/V In

These buttons change with the media mode you are in.

Radio memory presets and CD controls.

Note: Some features may not be available
in your area. Contact an authorized dealer
for more information.

Browsing Device Content
When listening to audio on a device, you
can browse through other devices without
having to change sources. For example, if
you are currently listening to audio on an
SD card, you can browse all the artists that
are stored on your USB device.

You can access these options using the
touchscreen or voice commands.

364

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)
Press the voice icon on the
steering wheel. When prompted,

you can say:

E142599

"BROWSE" within devices
*

"Browse"

"Browse games"

"Browse channels"
"Browse SD card"
**

"Browse Sirius channel guide"
"Browse USB"
"Help"
*

If you only say, "Browse", you can then say any commands in the following chart.

This command is only usable if you have an active subscription to SIRIUS® satellite
radio.

"BROWSE"
*

" Games"

" channels"
"SD card"

"Sirius Channel Guide"
"USB"

"Help"
*

This command is only usable if you have an active subscription to SIRIUS® satellite
radio.
**

For more commands in SD card or USB mode, see the "SD Card and USB Port" section
of this chapter.

365

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)
Your voice system allows you to change
audio sources with a simple voice
command. For example, if you are listening
to music on a USB device, then want to
switch to a satellite radio channel, simply
press the voice button on the steering
wheel controls and say the name of the

SIRIUS station (such as, "the Highway").
The following voice commands are
available at the top level of the voice
session no matter which current audio
source you are listening to (such as a USB
device or SIRIUS satellite radio).
Note: This is only available when your
MyFord Touch system language is set to
North American English.

Sample commands

"AM <530-1710>"

"FM <87.7-107.9"

"<530-1710>"

"<87.7-107.9"

"<0-233>"*

""*

"Play [genre] "**

"Play [playlist] "**

"Play [artist] "**

"Play [song] "**

"Play [album] "**

"Play by "

"Play "

"Sports games"*

This command is only usable if you have an active subscription to SIRIUS satellite radio.

The commands that have [ ] around the word means that the word is optional. For
example, if you say, "Play Metallica", this is the same as the voice command, "Play [artist]
".
HD Radio

AM/FM Radio

Touch this button to turn HD Radio on. The
light on the button illuminates when the
feature is on. HD Radio allows you to
receive radio broadcasts digitally, where
available, providing free, crystal-clear
sound. See HD Radio information later in
this chapter.

Touch the AM or FM tab to listen
to the radio.
E142611

To change between AM and FM presets,
just touch the AM or FM tab.
Memory Presets

Scan

Save a station by pressing and holding one
of the memory preset areas. There is a brief
mute while the radio saves the station.
Sound returns when finished.

Touch this button to go to the next strong
AM or FM radio station. The light on the
button illuminates when the feature is on.

366

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)
Options

Direct Tune

Sound Settings

Touch this button to manually enter the
desired station number. Touch Enter when
you are done.

Touch this button to adjust settings for:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Bass
Midrange
Treble
Balance and Fade
DSP (Digital Signal processing)
Occupancy Mode
Speed Compensated Volume.

HD Radio™ Information (If Available)
Note: HD Radio broadcasts are not
available in all markets.
HD Radio technology is the digital
evolution of analog AM/FM radio. Your
system has a special receiver that allows
it to receive digital broadcasts (where
available) in addition to the analog
broadcasts, it already receives. Digital
broadcasts provide a better sound quality
than analog broadcasts with free,
crystal-clear audio and no static or
distortion. For more information, and a
guide to available stations and
programming, please visit
www.hdradio.com.

Note: Your vehicle may not have all these
sound settings.
Set PTY for Seek/Scan
This allows you to select a category of
music you would like to search for. You can
then choose to either seek or scan for the
stations playing that category.

When HD Radio is on and you tune to a
station broadcasting HD Radio technology,
you may notice the following indicators on
your screen:

RDS Text Display
This allows you to view the information
broadcast by FM stations.
AST
AST (Autostore) allows you to have the
system automatically store the six
strongest stations in your current location.
TAG Button
This feature is available when HD Radio is
on, and allows you to tag a song to
download later. When you select On, TAG
appears on-screen when HD Radio is
active. You can touch TAG to save the
information of the song that is playing.
When you plug in your portable music
player, the information transfers, if
supported by your device. When you are
connected to iTunes®, the tags appear to
remind you of the songs you would like to
download. See HD Radio information later
in this chapter.

E142616

The HD Radio logo blinks when acquiring
a digital station and stays solid when
digital audio is playing. When this logo is
available, you may also see Title and Artist
fields on-screen.

367

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)
4. When you access iTunes® with your
portable music player, the tags appear
to you as a reminder. The system
allows you to tag up to approximately
100 songs. For a list of devices that
support tagging, see
www.SYNCMyRide.com,
www.SYNCMyRide.ca or
www.syncmaroute.ca.

The multicast indicator appears in FM
mode (only) if the current station is
broadcasting multiple digital broadcasts.
The highlighted numbers signify available
digital channels where new or different
content is available. HD1 signifies the main
programming status and is available in
analog and digital broadcasts. Other
multicast stations (HD2 through HD7) are
only available digitally.

When HD Radio broadcasts are active, you
can access the following functions:
• Scan allows you to hear a brief
sampling of all available stations. This
feature still works when HD Radio
reception is on, although it does not
scan for HD2-HD7 channels. You may
see the HD logo appear if the station
has a digital broadcast.
• Memory presets allow you to save an
active channel as a memory preset.
Touch and hold a memory preset slot
until the sound returns. There is a brief
mute while the radio saves the station.
Sound returns when finished. When
switching to an HD2 or HD3 memory
preset, the sound mutes before the
digital audio plays, because the system
has to reacquire the digital signal.

TAG allows you to save a song to
download later when you are on an
acquired HD Radio station and the feature
is on. To turn the feature on and use it:
1.

Press AM or FM > Options > TAG
Button > On.
2. When you hear a song you like, touch
TAG.
3. The system automatically saves the
song's information and transfers it to
your portable music player (if
supported) when you connect it to the
system. The system automatically
transfers the tag to your player (if
already connected) and a pop-up
confirms the transfer.

Note: As with any saved radio station, you
cannot access the saved station if your
vehicle is outside the station’s reception
area.

368

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)
HD Radio Reception and Station Troubleshooting
Potential reception issues

Reception area

If you are listening to a multicast station and you are on
the fringe of the reception area, the station may mute due
to weak signal strength.
If you are listening to HD1, the system switches back to
the analog broadcast until the digital broadcast is available
again. However, if you are listening to any of the possible
HD2-HD7 multicast channels, the station mutes and stays
muted unless it is able to connect to the digital signal
again.

Station blending

When the system first receives a station (aside from HD2HD7 multicast stations), it first plays the station in the
analog version. Once the receiver verifies the station is an
HD Radio station, it shifts to the digital version. Depending
on the station quality, you may hear a slight sound change
when the station changes from analog to digital. Blending
is the shift from analog to digital sound or digital back to
analog sound.

In order to provide the best possible
experience, use the contact form to report
any station issues found while listening to
a station broadcasting with HD Radio
technology. Independent entities own and
operate each station. These stations are
responsible for ensuring all audio streams
and data fields are accurate.

369

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

Potential station issues
Issues

Echo, stutter, skip or repeat
in audio.
Increase or decrease in
audio volume.

Cause

Action

This is poor time alignment No action required. This is a
by the radio broadcaster.
broadcast issue.

Sound fading or blending in The radio is shifting between No action required. The
and out.
analog and digital audio.
reception issue may clear up
as you continue to drive.

There is an audio mute
delay when selecting HD2 or
HD3, multicast preset or
Direct Tune.

The digital multicast is not No action required. This is
available until the HD Radio normal behavior. Wait until
broadcast is decoded. Once the audio is available.
decoded, the audio is available.

Cannot access HD2 or HD3
multicast channel when
recalling a preset or from a
direct tune.

The previously stored
No action required. The
multicast preset or direct
station is not available in
tune is not available in your your current location.
current reception area.

Text information does not
match currently playing
audio.

Data service issue by the
radio broadcaster.

Fill out the station issue
form at website listed
below.

There is no text information Data service issue by the
shown for currently selected radio broadcaster.
frequency.

Fill out the station issue
form at website listed

HD2-HD7 stations not found Pressing Scan disables
when Scan is pressed.
HD2-HD7 channel search.

No action required. This is
normal behavior.

below.

http://www.ibiquity.com/automotive/report_radio_station_experiences
Radio Voice Commands

HD Radio Technology manufactured under
license from iBiquity Digital Corp. U.S. and
foreign patents. HD Radio and the HD and
HD Radio logos are proprietary trademarks
of iBiquity Digital Corp. Ford Motor
Company and iBiquity Digital Corp. are not
responsible for the content sent using HD
Radio technology. Content may be
changed, added or deleted at any time at
the station owner's discretion.

If you are listening to the radio,
press the voice button on the
E142599
steering wheel controls. When
prompted, say any of the following
commands.
If you are not listening to the radio, press
the voice button and, after the tone, say
"Radio", then any of the following
commands.

370

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

"RADIO"

"<87.9-107.9>"

"FM autoset preset <#>"
"FM preset <#>"

"<87.9-107.9> HD"
"<530-1710>"

"FM 1"

"AM"

"FM 1 preset <#>"

"AM <530-1710>"

"FM 2"

"AM autoset"

"FM 2 preset <#>"

"AM autoset preset <#>"

"HD <#>"

"AM preset <#>"

"Preset <#>"

"Browse"

"Radio off"

"FM"

"Radio on"

"FM <87.9-107.9>"

"Set PTY"
1

"FM <87.9-107.9> HD <#>"

"Tune"

"FM autoset"

"Help"

If available

If you have said "Browse", see the "Browse" chart later in this section.

If you have said "Tune", see the following "Tune" chart.

"TUNE"

"<530-1710>"

"FM autoset"

"<87.9-107.9> HD <#>"

"FM autoset preset <#>"

"AM"

"FM preset <#>"

"AM <530-1710>"

"FM1"

"AM preset <#>"

"FM1 preset <#>"

"AM autoset"

"FM2"

"AM autoset preset <#>"

"FM2 preset <#>"

371

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)
"TUNE"

"<87.9-107.9>"

"HD <#>"

"FM"

"Preset <#>"

"FM <87.9-107.9>"

"Help"

"FM <87.9-107.9> HD <#>"
*

If available
•

SIRIUS® Satellite Radio (If
Activated)

E142611

•

Press the lower left corner of the
touchscreen, and then select the
SIRIUS tab.

Scan

Memory Presets

Touch this button to hear a brief sampling
of channels.

Save a channel by pressing and holding
one of the memory preset areas. There is
a brief mute while the radio saves the
channel. Sound returns when finished.

Options
Touch this button to view and adjust
various media settings.

ALERT

Sound Settings

Save the current song, artist, or team as a
favorite. The system alerts you when it
plays again on any channel.

Touch this button to adjust settings for:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Replay
Replay audio on the current channel. You
can replay approximately 45 minutes of
audio as long as you have remained tuned
to the current station. Changing stations
erases the previous audio.
While in replay mode:
• Press and release the seek buttons to
hear the previous or next song.
• Press and hold the seek buttons to
reverse or fast forward in the current
track.

Bass
Midrange
Treble
Balance and Fade
DSP (Digital Signal processing)
Occupancy Mode
Speed Compensated Volume.

Note: Your vehicle may not have all these
sound settings.
Set Category for Seek/Scan
This allows you to select a category of
music you would like to search for. You can
then choose to either seek or scan for the
stations playing that category.

372

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Press play or pause to play or pause
the audio.
Press Replay to return to live audio if
you have been using the feature to
replay audio.

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)
Parental Lockout

Touch Title or Artist to see song and
artists on other stations.

This allows you to lock and unlock
channels, change or reset your PIN or
unlock all channels. To use this feature,
you need your initial PIN, which is 1234.

SIRIUS Satellite Radio Information
Note: SIRIUS reserves the unrestricted right
to change, rearrange, add or delete
programming including canceling, moving
or adding particular channels, and its prices,
at any time, with or without notice to you.
Ford Motor Company shall not be
responsible for any such programming
changes.

Artist/Title/Team Alerts
This feature allows you to select Artists,
Titles and Teams that you would like the
system to alert you to when they are
playing on other channels. Press Edit Alerts
to delete or turn off alerts. You can also
set all alerts to on or off. When an alert
appears on the screen, you can choose to
Tune to the channel, to Cancel the alert or
to Disable Alerts. If you are listening to a
sporting event, you can save your favorite
teams so that the system can alert you
when they are playing on a satellite radio
channel.

E142593

SIRIUS satellite radio is a
subscription-based satellite radio service
that broadcasts a variety of music, sports,
news, weather, traffic and entertainment
programming. Your factory-installed
SIRIUS satellite radio system includes
hardware and a limited subscription term
that begins on the date of sale or lease of
your vehicle. See an authorized dealer for
availability.

Note: SIRIUS does not support the Alert
feature on all channels. Ford Motor
Company shall not be responsible for Alert
feature variation.
Electronic Serial Number (ESN)
SIRIUS requires this number when
communicating with you about your
account.

For more information on extended
subscription terms (a service fee is
required), the online media player and a
list of SIRIUS satellite radio channels, and
other features, please visit
www.siriusxm.com in the United States,
www.sirius.ca in Canada, or call SIRIUS at
1-888-539-7474.

Direct Tune
Touch this button to manually enter the
desired satellite channel number. Touch
Enter when you are done.
Browse
Touch this button to view a list of all
available stations. Scroll to see more
categories. Touch the station you want to
listen to.

Note: This receiver includes the eCos
real-time operating system. eCos is
published under the eCos License.

Touch Skip if you want to skip this
channel.
Touch Lock if you do not want anyone to
listen to this channel.

373

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)
Satellite Radio Electronic Serial Number
(ESN)

is on the System Information Screen (SR
ESN:XXXXXXXXXXXX). To access your
ESN, touch the bottom left corner of the
touchscreen. Touch SIRIUS > Options.

You need your ESN to activate, modify or
track your satellite radio account. The ESN

SIRIUS Satellite Radio Reception Factors and Troubleshooting
Potential reception issues

Antenna obstructions

For optimal reception performance, keep the antenna
clear of snow and ice build-up and keep luggage and other
materials as far away from the antenna as possible.

Terrain

Hills, mountains, tall buildings, bridges, tunnels, freeway
overpasses, parking garages, dense tree foliage and
thunderstorms can interfere with your reception.

Station overload

When you pass a ground-based broadcast-repeating
tower, a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and
the audio system may mute.

Satellite radio signal interfer- Your display may show ACQUIRING... to indicate the
ence
interference and the audio system may mute.

Troubleshooting tips
Radio display

Cause

Action

No action required. This
message should disappear
shortly.

Acquiring...

Radio requires more than
two seconds to produce
audio for the selected
channel.

Sat Fault/SIRIUS System
Failure.

There is an internal module If this message does not
or system failure present.
clear shortly, or with an ignition key cycle, your receiver
may have a fault. See an
authorized dealer for service.

Invalid Channel.

The channel is no longer
available.

Tune to another channel or
choose another preset.

Unsubscribed Channel.

Your subscription does not
include this channel.

Contact SIRIUS at 1-888539-7474 to subscribe to
the channel, or tune to
another channel.

374

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)
Troubleshooting tips
Radio display

Cause

Action

No Signal.

The signal is lost from the
SIRIUS satellite or SIRIUS
tower to your vehicle
antenna.

The signal is blocked. When
you move into an open area,
the signal should return.

Updating.

Update of channel
programming in progress.

No action required. The
process may take up to
three minutes.

Call SIRIUS
1-888-539-7474.

Your satellite service is no
longer available.

Contact SIRIUS at 1-888539-7474 to resolve
subscription issues.

No Channels Available.

All the channels in the
Use the channel guide to
selected category are either turn off the Lock or Skip
skipped or locked.
function on that station.

Subscription Updated.

SIRIUS has updated the
channels available for your
vehicle.

No action required.

If you are not listening to SIRIUS satellite
radio, press the voice button and, after the
tone, say "SIRIUS", then any of the
following commands.

SIRIUS Satellite Radio Voice
Commands
If you are listening to SIRIUS
satellite radio, press the voice
E142599
button on the steering wheel
controls. When prompted, say any of the
following commands.

"SIRIUS"

"<0-223>"

"SAT 2 preset <#>"

"SAT 3"

"Preset <#>"

"SAT 3 preset <#>"

"SAT"

"SIRIUS off"

"SAT preset <#>"

"SIRIUS on"

"SAT 1"

"Sports game"

375

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)
"SIRIUS"

"SAT 1 Preset <#>"

"Tune"

"SAT 2"

"Help"

If you have said "Sports game", see the following "Sports game" chart.

If you have said "Tune", see the following "Tune" chart.

"SPORTS GAME"

"Tune to the game"
"Tune to the game"
"Tune to the game"
"Tune to the game"
"Help"

"TUNE"

"<0-223>"
""
"Preset <#>"
"SAT"
"SAT 1"
"SAT 1 preset <#>"
"SAT 2"
"SAT 2 preset <#>"
"SAT 3"
"SAT 3 preset <#>"
"Help"

376

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)
CD

E142611

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Press the lower left corner of the
touchscreen, and then select the
CD tab.

You can also advance and reverse the
current track or current folder, if applicable.
Repeat

Bass
Midrange
Treble
Balance and Fade
DSP (Digital Signal processing)
Occupancy Mode
Speed Compensated Volume.

Note: Your vehicle may not have all these
sound settings.

Touch this button to repeat the currently
playing track, all tracks on the disc or turn
the feature off if already on.

Compression
Touch this button to turn the compression
feature on and off.

Shuffle
Touch this button to play the tracks or
entire albums in random order, or turn the
feature off if already on.

Browse
Touch this button to look through all
available CD tracks.

Scan
Touch this button to hear a brief sampling
of all available tracks.

CD Voice Commands
If you are listening to a CD, press
the voice button on the steering
wheel controls. When prompted,
say any of the following commands.

More Info

E142599

Touch this button to see disc information.

If you are not listening to a CD, press the
voice button and, after the tone, say "CD",
then any of the following commands.

Options
Sound Settings
Touch this button to adjust settings for:

"CD"

"Pause"
"Play"
"Play next track"
"Play previous track"
"Play track <1-512>"
"Repeat"
*

"Repeat folder"

377

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)
"CD"

"Repeat off"
"Repeat track"
"Shuffle"
*

"Shuffle CD"

"Shuffle folder"
"Shuffle off"
"Help"
*

This applies to WMA or MP3 files only.

SD Card Slot and USB Port
SD Card
Note: Your SD card slot is spring-loaded.
To remove the SD card, press the card in
and the system ejects it. Do not attempt to
pull the card to remove it as this could cause
damage.

E142620

SD logo is a trademark of SD-3C, LLC.

Note: The navigation system also uses this
card slot. See Navigation (page 403).

USB Port

E142619
E142621

The SD card slot is located either in the
center console or behind a small access
door in the instrument panel. To access
and play music from your device, press the
lower left corner of the touchscreen.

The USB ports are located either in the
center console or behind a small access
door in the instrument panel. To access
and play music from your device, press the
lower left corner of the touchscreen.

378

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)
•
•
•
•

This feature allows you to plug in media
playing devices, memory sticks, flash drives
or thumb drives, and charge devices if they
support this feature.
In order to playback video from your iPod®
or iPhone®, you must have a special
combination USB/RCA composite video
cable (which you can buy from Apple®).
When the cable is connected to your iPod®
or iPhone®, plug the other end into both
the RCA jacks and the USB port.

Balance and Fade
DSP (Digital Signal processing)
Occupancy Mode
Speed Compensated Volume.

Note: Your vehicle may not have all these
sound settings.
Media Player Settings allows you to
select more settings, which is under Media
Player. See Settings (page 355).
Device Information displays software
and firmware information about the
currently connected media device.

Playing Music from Your Device
Insert your device and select the
SD Card or USB tab once the
E142611
system recognizes it. You can
then select from the following options:

Update Media Index indexes your device
each time you connect it to make sure you
have the latest voice commands available
for all media on the device.

Repeat

Browse

This feature replays the currently playing
song or album.

This feature allows you to view the
contents of the device. It also allows you
to search by categories, such as genre,
artist or album.

Shuffle
Touch this button to play music on the
selected album or folder in random order.

If you want to view song information such
as Title, Artist, File, Folder, Album, and
Genre, touch the on-screen album art.

Similar Music

You can also touch What’s Playing to
hear how the system pronounces the
current band and song. This can be helpful
when using voice commands to make sure
the system correctly plays your request.

This feature allows you to choose music
similar to what is currently playing.
More Info
Touch this button to see disc information
such as current track, artist name, album
and genre.

Playing Video from Your Device
To access and play video from your device,
your vehicle's transmission must be in
position P (vehicle equipped with an
automatic transmission) or neutral
(vehicle equipped with a manual
transmission) with the ignition in accessory
mode. See Keyless Starting (page 144).

Options
Touch this button to view and adjust
various media settings.
Sound Settings allows you to adjust
settings for:
• Bass
• Midrange
• Treble

379

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)
SD Card and USB Voice Commands

of the following commands.

If you are listening to a USB
device or an SD card, press the
E142599
voice button on the steering
wheel controls. When prompted, say any

If you are not listening to a USB device or
an SD card, press the voice button and,
after the tone, say "USB" or "SD card",
then any of the following commands.

"USB" or "SD CARD"

"Browse"

"Play podcast episode "

"Next"

"Play similar music"

"Pause"

"Play song "

"Play"

"Play TV show "

"Play album "

"Play TV show episode "

"Play all"

"Play video "

"Play artist "

"Play video podcast episode "

"Play audiobook "

"Play video playlist "

"Play author "

"Previous"

"Play composer "

"Repeat all"

"Play folder "

"Repeat off"

"Play genre "

"Repeat one"

"Play movie "

"Shuffle"

"Play music video "

"Shuffle off"

"Play playlist "

"What's this?"

"Play podcast "

"Help"

If you have said you would like to browse your USB or SD card, the system prompts you
to specify what you would like to browse. When prompted, see the following "Browse"
chart.
**

These commands are only available in USB mode and are device-dependent.

380

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

"BROWSE"

"Album "

"All video podcasts"

"All albums"

"All videos"

"All artists"

"Artist "

"All audiobooks"

"Audiobook "

"All authors"

"Author "

"All composers"

"Composer "

"All folders"

"Folder "

"All genres"

"Genre "

"All movies"

"Playlist "

"All music videos"

"Podcast "

"All playlists"

"TV show "

"All podcasts"

"Video "

"All songs"

"Video playlist "

"All TV shows"

"All video playlists"
*

"Video podcast "

"Help"

These commands are only available in USB mode and are device-dependent.
It is also able to organize your indexed
media from your playing device by
metadata tags. Metadata tags, which are
descriptive software identifiers embedded
in the media files, provide information
about the file.

Supported Media Players, Formats
and Metadata Information
SYNC is capable of hosting nearly any
digital media player, including iPod®,
Zune™, plays from device players, and
most USB drives. Supported audio formats
include MP3, WMA, WAV and AAC.

If your indexed media files contain no
information embedded in these metadata
tags, SYNC may classify the empty
metadata tags as Unknown.

381

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)
In order to playback video from your iPod®
or iPhone®, you must have a special
combination USB/RCA composite video
cable (which you can buy from Apple®).
When the cable is connected to your iPod®
or iPhone®, plug the other end into both
the RCA jacks and the USB port.

WARNINGS
For safety reasons, do not connect
or adjust the settings on your
portable music player while your
vehicle is in motion.
Store the portable music player in a
secure location, such as the center
console or the glove box, when your
vehicle is in motion. Hard objects may
become projectiles in a crash or sudden
stop, which may increase the risk of serious
injury. The audio extension cable must be
long enough to allow the portable music
player to be safely stored while your
vehicle is in motion.

Bluetooth Audio
Your system allows you to stream audio
over your vehicle's speakers from your
connected, Bluetooth-enabled cellular
phone.

E142611

To access, press the lower left
corner on the touchscreen, then
select the BT Stereo tab.

Bluetooth Audio Voice Commands
If you are listening to a Bluetooth
audio device, press the voice
E142599
button on the steering wheel
control. When prompted, say "Next song",
"Pause", "Play" or "Previous song".
If you are not listening to a Bluetooth audio
device, press the voice button and, after
the tone, say "Next song", "Pause", "Play"
or "Previous song".

E142622

Your A/V inputs allow you to connect an
auxiliary audio/video source (such as a
gaming systems or a personal camcorder)
by connecting RCA cords (not included)
to these input jacks. The jacks are yellow,
red and white and are located either
behind a small access door on the
instrument panel or in your center console.

A/V Inputs
WARNINGS
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any handheld device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.

You can also use the A/V inputs as an
auxiliary input jack to play music from your
portable music player over your vehicle's
speakers. Plug in your 1/8 inch (3.5
millimeter) RCA adapter into the two left
A/V input jacks (red and white).
Press the lower left corner of the
touchscreen, and then select A/V In.

382

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)
7.

To use the auxiliary input jack feature,
make sure that your portable music player
is designed for use with headphones and
that it is fully charged. You also need an
audio extension cable with stereo male
1/8-inch (3.5 millimeter) connectors at one
end and a RCA jack at the other.
1.

4.
5.
6.

In order to playback video from your iPod®
or iPhone®, you must have a special
combination USB/RCA composite video
cable (which you can buy from Apple®).
When the cable is connected to your iPod®
or iPhone®, plug the other end into both
the RCA jacks and the USB port.

Switch off the engine, radio and
portable music player. Set the parking
brake and put the transmission in
position P (vehicle equipped with an
automatic transmission) or neutral
(vehicle equipped with a manual
transmission).
Attach one end of the audio extension
cable to the headphone output of your
player and the other end into the
adapter in one of the two left A/V input
jacks (white or red) inside the center
console.
Press the lower left corner on the
touchscreen. Select either a tuned FM
station or a CD (if there is a CD already
loaded into the system).
Adjust the volume as desired.
Turn the portable music player on and
adjust the volume to ½ the maximum.
Press the lower left corner on the
touchscreen. Select the A/V In tab.
(You should hear audio from your
portable music player although it may
be low.)

Troubleshooting
•

•

383

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Adjust the sound on your portable
music player until it reaches the level
of the FM station or CD by switching
back and forth between the controls.

Do not connect the audio input jack to
a line level output. The jack only works
correctly with devices that have a
headphone output with a volume
control.
Do not set the portable music player's
volume level higher than is necessary
to match the volume of the CD or FM
radio as this causes distortion and
reduces sound quality.
If the music sounds distorted at lower
listening levels, turn the portable music
player volume down. If the problem
persists, replace or recharge the
batteries in the portable media player.
Control the portable media player in
the same manner when used with
headphones, as the auxiliary input jack
does not provide control (such as Play
or Pause) over the attached portable
media player.

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)
PHONE

A
B
C
D
E
F
E161968

Phone

Quick Dial

Phonebook

History

Messaging

Settings
•
•
•

Hands-free calling is one of the main
features of SYNC®. Once you pair your
phone, you can access many options using
the touchscreen or voice commands. While
the system supports a variety of features,
many are dependent on your cellular
phone’s functionality.

Other features, such as text messaging
using Bluetooth and automatic phonebook
download, are phone-dependent features.
To check your phone’s compatibility, see
your phone’s user manual and visit
www.SYNCMyRide.com,
www.SYNCMyRide.ca or
www.syncmaroute.ca.

At a minimum, most cellular phones with
Bluetooth wireless technology support the
following functions:
• Answering an incoming call
• Ending a call
• Using privacy mode
• Dialing a number

384

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Redialing
Call waiting notification
Caller ID.

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)
Pairing Your Phone for the First
Time

5. The display indicates when the pairing
is successful.
SYNC may prompt you with more phone
options. For more information on your
phone's capability, see your phone's
manual and visit the website.

Pairing Subsequent Phones
Note: Put the transmission in position P.
Turn on your vehicle ignition and the radio.
1.

Press the Phone corner of the
touchscreen > Settings > BT Devices
> Add Device.
2. Make sure that Bluetooth is set to On
and that your cellular phone is in the
proper mode. See your phone's manual
if necessary.
3. When prompted on your phone's
display, enter the six-digit PIN provided
by SYNC on the screen. The display
indicates when the pairing is
successful.

The first thing you must do to use the
phone features of SYNC is to pair your
Bluetooth-enabled cellular phone with
SYNC. This allows you to use your phone
in a hands-free manner.
Note: Put the transmission in position P.
Turn on your vehicle ignition and the radio.

SYNC may prompt you with more phone
options. For more information on your
phone's capability, see your phone's
manual and visit the website.

Touch Add Phone in the upper left
corner of the touchscreen. Find SYNC
appears on the screen, and instructs
you to begin the pairing process from
your device.
2. Make sure that Bluetooth is set to On
and that your cellular phone is in the
proper mode. See your phone’s manual
if necessary.
Note: Select SYNC, and a six-digit PIN
appears on your device.

Making Calls
Press the voice button on your
steering wheel controls. When
E142599
prompted, say, "Call "
or say "Dial", then the desired number.

E142632

3. If you are prompted to enter a PIN on
your device, it does not support Secure
Simple Pairing. To pair, enter the PIN
displayed on the touchscreen. Skip the
next step.
4. When prompted on your phone’s
display, confirm that the PIN provided
by SYNC matches the PIN displayed
on your cellular phone.

Receiving Calls
During an incoming call, an audible tone
sounds. Call information appears in the
display if it is available.

385

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

To end the call or exit phone
mode, press and hold the phone
button.

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)
Certain smartphones may support
transferring street addresses when listed
with phone book contact information. If
your phone supports this feature, you can
select and use these addresses as
destinations and save them as favorites.

Accept the call by pressing
Accept on the touchscreen or
by pressing this phone button on
your steering wheel controls.
Reject the call by pressing
Reject on the touchscreen or by
E142632
pressing and holding this phone
button on your steering wheel controls.

History
After you connect your Bluetooth-enabled
phone to SYNC, you can access any
previously dialed, received or missed calls.
You can also choose to save these to your
Favorites or to Quick Dial.

Ignore the call by doing nothing. SYNC logs
it as a missed call.

Phone Menu Options

Note: This is a phone-dependent feature.
If your phone does not support downloading
call history using Bluetooth, SYNC keeps
track of calls made with the SYNC system.

Press the top left corner on your
touchscreen to select from the following
options:
Phone

Messaging

Touch this button to access the on-screen
numerical pad to enter a number and place
a call. During an active call, you can also
choose to:
• Mute the call
• Put the call on hold
• Turn on the privacy feature
• Join two calls
• End the call.

Send text messages using your
touchscreen. See Text messaging later
in this section.
Settings
Touch this button to access various phone
settings, such turning Bluetooth on and off,
managing your phonebook and more. See
Phone settings later in this section.

Quick Dial

Text Messaging

Set up favorite contacts from you
phonebook or history folder.

Note: Downloading and sending text
messages using Bluetooth are
phone-dependent features.

Phonebook

Note: Certain features in text messaging
are speed-dependent and not available
when your vehicle is traveling at speeds over
3 mph (5 km/h).

Touch this button to access and call any
contacts in your previously downloaded
phone book. The system places the entries
in alphabetical categories summarized at
the top of the screen.

Note: SYNC does not download read text
messages from your phone.

To turn on contact picture settings, if your
device supports this feature, press Phone
> Settings > Manage Phonebook >
Download photos from Phonebook >
On.

You can send and receive text messages
using Bluetooth, read them aloud and
translate text messaging acronyms, such
as LOL.

386

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)
1.

Touch the top left corner of the display
to access the Phone menu.
2. Select Messaging.
3. Choose from the following:
• Listen (speaker icon)
• Dial
• Send Text
• View
• Delete.

Touch the top left corner of the display
to access the Phone menu.
2. Touch Messaging > Send Text.
3. Enter a phone number or choose from
your phonebook.
4. You can select from the following
options:
• Send, which sends the message as it
is.
• Edit Text, which allows you to
customize the pre-defined message or
create a message on your own.

Composing a Text Message
Note: This is a speed-dependent feature.
It is unavailable when your vehicle is
traveling at speeds over 3 mph (5 km/h).

You can then preview the message, verify
the recipient as well as update the
message list, and send it to a connected
device (such as a USB drive).

Note: Downloading and sending text
messages using Bluetooth are
phone-dependent features.

Text message options

I’ll call you back in a few minutes.
I just left, I’ll be there soon.
Can you give me a call?
I’m on my way.
I’m running a few minutes late.
I’m ahead of schedule, so I’ll be there early.
I’m outside.
I’ll call you when I get there.
OK
Yes
No
Thanks

387

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)
Text message options

Stuck in traffic.
Call me later.
LOL
911 Assist

Receiving a Text Message

Turn on or turn off the 911 Assist feature.
See Information (page 390).

Note: If you select View and your vehicle is
traveling over 3 mph (5 km/h), the system
offers to read the message to you instead
of allowing you to view it while driving.

Phone Ringer
Select the ring tone you want to hear when
you receive a call. Choose from possible
system ring tones, your currently paired
phone’s ring tone, a beep, text-to-speech
or a silent notification.

When a new message arrives, an audible
tone sounds and the screen displays a
pop-up with the caller name and ID, if
supported by your phone. You can press:
• View to view the text message.
• Listen for SYNC to read the message
to you.
• Dial to call the contact.
• Ignore to exit the screen.

Text Message Notification
Select a text message notification, if
supported by your phone. Choose from
possible system alert tones,
text-to-speech or silent.

Phone Settings

Internet Data Connection

Press Phone > Settings.

Touch this tab to turn Bluetooth off or on.

If your phone is compatible, use this screen
to adjust your internet data connection.
Select to make your connection profile
with the personal area network or to turn
off your connection. You can also choose
to adjust your settings or have the system
always connect, never connect when
roaming or query on connect. Press ? for
more information.

Do Not Disturb

Manage Phonebook

Touch this tab if you want all calls to go
directly to your voice mail and not ring in
the vehicle. When this feature is on, text
message notifications do not ring inside
the cabin either.

Touch this button to access features such
as automatic phonebook download,
re-download your phonebook, add
contacts from your phone as well as delete
or upload your phonebook.

Bluetooth Devices
Touch this tab to connect, disconnect, add
or delete a device, as well as save it as a
favorite.
Bluetooth

388

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)
Roaming Warning

Phone Voice Commands

Touch this button to have the system alert
you when your phone is in roaming mode.

Press the voice button on the
steering wheel controls. When
E142599
prompted, say any of the
following commands:

"PHONE"

"Bluetooth off"

"Hold on"

"Bluetooth on"

"Join calls"

"Call"

"Listen to text message <#>"

"Call "

"Listen to text messages"

"Call at home"

"Messages"

"Call at work"

"Mute call"

"Call on cell"

"Pair phone"

"Call on other"

"Privacy on"

"Call voicemail"

"Read text message"

"Dial"

"Reply to text messages"

"Do not disturb off"

"Turn ringer off"

"Do not disturb on"

"Turn ringer on"

"Forward text messages"

"Unmute call"

"Go to hands free"
"Hold call off"
*

"Help"

These commands are only available during an active call.

If you say "Messages", see the following "Messages" chart for additional commands.

389

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

"MESSAGES"

"Call"
"Forward text messages"
"Listen to text message <#>"
"Listen to text messages"
"Reply to text messages"
"Help"

INFORMATION

A
B
C
D
E

E161889

SYNC Services

SIRIUS Travel Link

Alerts

Calendar

SYNC Applications

390

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)
Under the Information menu, you can
access features such as:
• SYNC Services
• SIRIUS Travel Link
• Alerts
• Calendar
• SYNC Applications

Note: The driver is ultimately responsible
for the safe operation of the vehicle, and
therefore, must evaluate whether it is safe
to follow the suggested directions. Any
navigation features are provided only as an
aid. Make your driving decisions based on
your observations of local conditions and
existing traffic regulations. Do not follow
the route suggestions if doing so would
result in an unsafe or illegal maneuver, if you
would be placed in an unsafe situation, or
if you would be directed into an area that
you consider unsafe. Maps used by this
system may be inaccurate because of errors,
changes in roads, traffic conditions or driving
conditions.

If your vehicle is equipped with
Navigation, press the
Information button to access
these features. If your vehicle is not
equipped with Navigation, press the corner
of the touchscreen with the green tab.
E142608

SYNC Services (If Equipped, U.S.
Only)

Note: SYNC Services requires activation
before use. Visit www.SYNCMyRide.com to
register and check your eligibility for
complimentary services. Standard phone
and message rates may apply. Subscription
may be required. You must also have the
active SYNC Services Bluetooth-enabled
cellular phone paired and connected to the
system in order to connect to, and use,
SYNC Services. See Phone (page 384).
Note: This feature does not function
properly if you have enabled caller ID
blocking on your cellular phone. Make sure
your cellular phone is not blocking caller ID
before using SYNC Services.

E142599

391

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)
1. Press the voice button.
2. When prompted, say "Services". This
initiates an outgoing call to SYNC
Services using your paired and
connected Bluetooth-enabled cellular
phone.
3. Once you connect to the service, follow
the voice prompts to request the
desired service, such as "Traffic" or
"Directions". You can also say, "What
are my choices?" to receive a list of
available services from which to
choose.
4. Say, "Services" to return to the Services
main menu or for help, say, "Help".

assistance in finding a location you can
say "Operator" at any time within a
Directions or Business search to speak
with a live operator. The system may
prompt you to speak with an operator
when it has difficulty matching your
voice request. The live operator can
assist you by searching for businesses
by name or by category, residential
addresses by street address or by
name or specific street intersections.
Operator Assist is a feature of your
SYNC Services subscription. For more
information on Operator Assist, visit
www.SYNCMyRide.com/support.
2. Follow the voice prompts to select your
Destination. After the route download
is finished, the phone call automatically
ends.

Connecting to SYNC Services Using
the Touchscreen

E142608

If your vehicle is equipped with
Navigation, press the
Information button.

If your vehicle is not equipped with
Navigation:
• Turn-by-turn directions appear in the
information display, in the status bar
of your touchscreen system and on the
SYNC Services screen. You also receive
driving instructions from audible
prompts.
• When on an active route, you can
select Route Summary or Route
Status using the touchscreen controls
or voice commands to view the Route
Summary Turn List or the Route
Status ETA. You can also turn voice
guidance on or off, cancel the route or
update the route.

If your vehicle is not equipped with
Navigation, press the green tab on your
touchscreen.
1.

Select Connect to Services to initiate
an outgoing call to SYNC Services
using your phone.
2. Once connected, follow the voice
prompts to request your desired
Service, such as "Traffic" or
"Directions". You can also say, "What
are my choices?" to receive a list of
available services from which to
choose.
3. Say, "Services" to return to the Services
main menu or for help, say, "Help".

If you miss a turn, SYNC automatically asks
if you want the route updated. Just say,
"Yes" when prompted and the system
delivers a new route to your vehicle.

Receiving Turn-by-Turn Directions
1.

If your vehicle is equipped with Navigation,
SYNC Services downloads your requested
destination to the navigation system. The
navigation system then calculates the
route and provides driving instructions.
See Navigation (page 403).

392

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)
Disconnecting from SYNC Services
1.

button on the steering wheel.
2. Say "Good-bye" from the SYNC
Services main menu.

Press and hold the hang-up phone

SYNC Services quick tips

Personalizing

You can personalize your Services feature to provide
quicker access to your most used or favorite information.
You can save address points, such as work or home. You
can also save favorite information like sports teams, such
as Detroit Lions, or a news category. You can learn more
about personalization by logging onto
www.SYNCMyRide.com.

Push to interrupt

Press the voice button at any time (while connected to
SYNC TDI Services) to interrupt a voice prompt or an audio
clip (such as a sports report) and say your voice command.

Portable

SYNC Services Voice Commands
When a route has been
downloaded (non-navigation
E142599
systems), press the voice button
on the steering wheel controls. When
prompted, say any of the following
commands:
"SERVICES"

"Cancel route"
"Navigation voice off"
"Navigation voice on"
"Next turn"
"Route status"
"Route summary"

393

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)
"SERVICES"

"Services"
"Update route"
"Help"
When you subscribe to SIRIUS Travel Link,
it can help you locate the best gas prices,
find movie listings, get current traffic alerts,
view the current weather map, get
accurate ski conditions and see scores to
current sports games.

SIRIUS Travel Link (If Equipped)
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any handheld device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.

If your vehicle is equipped with
Navigation, touch the i
E142608
(Information) button to access
these features. If your vehicle is not
equipped with Navigation, touch the corner
of the touchscreen with the green tab.
Traffic On Route and Traffic Nearby
Touch these buttons to identify traffic
incidents on your route, nearby your
vehicle’s current location or near any of
your favorite places, if programmed.

Note: In order to use SIRIUS Travel Link,
your vehicle must be equipped with
navigation and your navigation SD card
must be in the SD card slot.

Fuel Prices
Touch this button to view fuel prices at
stations close to your vehicle’s location or
on an active navigation route.

Note: A paid subscription is required to
access and use these features. Go to
www.siriusxm.com/travellink for more
information.

Movie Listings

Note: Visit www.siriusxm.com/traffic# and
click on Coverage map and details for a
complete listing of all traffic areas covered
by SIRIUS Travel Link.

Touch this button to view nearby movie
theaters and their show times, if available.

Note: Neither SIRIUS nor Ford is responsible
for any errors or inaccuracies in the SIRIUS
Travel Link services or its use in vehicles.

Touch this button to view the nearby
weather, current weather, or the five day
forecast for the chosen area. Select Map
to see the weather map, which can show
storms, radar information, charts and
winds. Select Area to select from a listing
of weather locations.

Weather

394

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)
Sports Info

Ski Conditions

Touch this button to view scores and
schedules from a variety of sports. You can
also save up to 10 favorite teams for easier
access. The score automatically refreshes
when a game is in progress.

Touch this button to view ski conditions
for a specific area.
SIRIUS Travel Link Voice Commands
Press the voice button on the
steering wheel controls. When
E142599
prompted, say any of the
following commands:

"SIRIUS TRAVEL LINK"

"5-day weather forecast"
"Fuel prices"
"Movie listings"
"Sports headlines"

"Sports schedules"
"Sports scores"

"Traffic"
"Weather"
"Weather map"
"Help"
*

If you say "Sports headlines", "Sports schedules" or "Sports scores", you can then say
any of the commands in the following chart.

Sports-related Commands

"Baseball"
"College basketball"
"College football"
"Golf"
"MLS"
"My teams"

395

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)
*

Sports-related Commands

"NBA"
"NFL"
"NHL"
"WNBA"
"Help"
*

If you want to hear headlines, schedules or scores from a particular sport, or your favorite
team(s), say the sport (or team), then "headlines", "schedules" or "scores".

Additional sports-related voice commands

"Baseball headlines"

"Motor sports schedule"

"Baseball schedule"

"My team headlines"

"Baseball scores"

"My teams schedule"

"College basketball headlines"

"My teams scores"

"College basketball schedule"

"NBA headlines"

"College basketball scores"

"NBA schedule"

"College football headlines"

"NBA scores"

"College football schedule"

"NFL headlines"

"College football scores"

"NFL schedule"

"Golf headlines"

"NFL scores"

"Golf leaderboard"

"NHL headlines"

"Golf schedule"

"NHL schedule"

"MLS headlines"

"NHL scores"

"MLS schedule"

"WNBA headlines"

"MLS scores"

"WNBA schedule"

"Motor sports headlines"

"WNBA scores"

"Motor sports order"

"Help"

396

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)
Alerts

WARNINGS
Do not wait for 911 Assist to make an
emergency call if you can do it
yourself. Dial emergency services
immediately to avoid delayed response
time, which could increase the risk of
serious injury or death after a crash. If you
do not hear 911 Assist within five seconds
of the crash, the system or phone may be
damaged or non-functional.

If your vehicle is equipped with
Navigation, touch the i
E142608
(Information) button to access
these features. If your vehicle is not
equipped with Navigation, touch the corner
of the touchscreen with the green tab.
Press Alerts, and then choose from any
of the following services:
• View the complete message
• Delete the message
• Delete All messages

Always place your phone in a secure
location in your vehicle so it does not
become a projectile or damaged in
a crash. Failure to do so may cause serious
injury to someone or damage the phone,
which could prevent 911 Assist from
working properly.

This screen displays any system messages
(such as an SD card fault).
Note: The system alerts you to any
messages by turning the information icon
yellow. After you read or delete the
messages, the icon returns to white.

Note: The SYNC 911 Assist feature must be
set on prior to the incident.
Note: Before setting this feature on, make
sure that you read the 911 Assist Privacy
Notice later in this section for important
information.

Calendar
If your vehicle is equipped with
Navigation, touch the i
(Information) button to access
these features. If your vehicle is not
equipped with Navigation, touch the corner
of the touchscreen with the green tab.
E142608

Note: If any user turns 911 Assist on or off,
that setting applies for all paired phones. If
911 Assist is turned off, either a voice
message plays or a display message (or
icon) comes on (or both) when your vehicle
is started after a previously paired phone
connects.

Press Calendar. You can view the current
calendar by day, week or month.

Note: Every phone operates differently.
While SYNC 911 Assist works with most
cellular phones, some may have trouble
using this feature.

911 Assist (If Equipped)
WARNINGS
Unless the 911 Assist setting is set on
before a crash, the system will not
dial for help, which could delay
response time, potentially increasing the
risk of serious injury or death after a crash.

397

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)
•

If a crash deploys an airbag (excludes knee
airbags and rear inflatable safety belts [if
equipped]) or activates the fuel pump
shut-off, your SYNC-equipped vehicle may
be able to contact emergency services by
dialing 911 through a paired and connected
Bluetooth-enabled phone. You can learn
more about the 911 Assist feature, visit
www.SYNCMyRide.com,
www.SYNCMyRide.ca or
www.syncmaroute.ca.

•

See Supplementary Restraints System
(page 33). Important information
regarding airbag deployment is in this
chapter.

In the Event of a Crash

See Roadside Emergencies (page 227).
Important information regarding the fuel
pump shut-off is in this chapter.

Not all crashes deploy an airbag or activate
the fuel pump shut-off (which would
trigger 911 Assist); however, SYNC tries to
contact emergency services if 911 Assist
triggers. If a connected phone sustains
damage or loses connection to SYNC,
SYNC searches for, and tries to connect
to, any available previously paired phone
and tries to make the call to 911.

Setting 911 Assist On
If your vehicle is equipped with
Navigation, touch the i
(Information) button to access
these features. If your vehicle is not
equipped with Navigation, touch the corner
of the touchscreen with the green tab.
E142608

Touch Apps > 911 Assist, then select On.
You can also access 911 Assist
by:
E142607

•
•

Pressing the Settings icon > Settings
> Phone > 911 Assist, or
Pressing the Settings icon > Help >
911 Assist.

To make sure that 911 Assist works
properly:
• SYNC must be powered and working
properly at the time of the incident and
throughout feature activation and use.
• The 911 Assist feature must be set on
prior to the incident.

398

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

You must pair and connect a
Bluetooth-enabled and compatible
phone to SYNC.
A connected Bluetooth-enabled phone
must have the ability to make and
maintain an outgoing call at the time
of the incident.
A connected Bluetooth-enabled phone
must have adequate network coverage,
battery power and signal strength.
The vehicle must have battery power
and be located in the U.S., Canada or
in a territory in which 911 is the
emergency number.

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)
Note: Your Vehicle Health Report feature
requires activation prior to use. Visit
www.SYNCMyRide.com to register. There
is no fee or subscription associated with
Vehicle Health Report, but you must register
to use this feature.

911 Assist May Not Work If
•
•
•

Note: This feature may not function
properly if you have enabled caller ID
blocking on your cellular phone. Before
running a report, review the Vehicle Health
Report Privacy Notice.

Vehicle Health Report (If Equipped)
WARNING
Always follow scheduled
maintenance instructions, regularly
inspect your vehicle, and seek repair
for any damage or problem you suspect.
Vehicle Health Report supplements, but
cannot replace, normal maintenance and
vehicle inspection. Vehicle Health Report
only monitors certain systems
electronically monitored by your vehicle
and will not monitor or report the status
of any other system, (such as brake lining
wear). Failure to perform scheduled
maintenance and regularly inspect your
vehicle may result in vehicle damage and
serious injury.

The system allows you to check your
vehicle’s overall health in the form of a
diagnostic report card. The Vehicle Health
Report contains valuable information, such
as:
• Vehicle diagnostic information
• Scheduled maintenance
• Open recalls and Field Service Actions
• Items noted during vehicle inspections
by your authorized dealer that still need
servicing.
Making a Report

Note: This feature is only available in the
United States.

E142608

399

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

If you want to run a report by
using the touchscreen, touch
Apps > Vehicle Health Report.

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)
To run a report by voice
command, press the voice
button on the steering wheel
and, when prompted, say "Vehicle health
report".

your cellular phone number or vehicle
information, do not run the feature or set
up your Vehicle Health Report profile at
www.SYNCMyRide.com. See
www.SYNCMyRide.com (Vehicle Health
Report Terms and Conditions, and Privacy
Statement) for more information.

E142599

CLIMATE
Press the lower right corner on the
touchscreen to access your climate control
features. Depending on your vehicle line
and option package, your climate screen
may look different from the screen shown
here.

E146187

Power: Touch to switch the system off and on. Outside air cannot enter your
vehicle when you turn off the system.

Passenger settings: Touch DUAL to switch passenger side temperature
controls on and off. Touch the + and - to adjust the temperature. Touch the
heated seat icon to control the heated seat.

Fan speed: Touch + or - to increase or decrease the volume of air circulated
in your vehicle.

400

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)
D

Recirculated air: Touch the button to switch between outside air and
recirculated air. When recirculated air is selected, the button illuminates and
the air currently in the passenger compartment recirculates. This may reduce
the time needed to cool the interior (when used with A/C) and may also reduce
unwanted odors from entering your vehicle. Recirculated air may turn off
automatically in all airflow modes except MAX A/C to reduce the possibility of
fogging.

MAX A/C: Touch to cool your vehicle with recirculated air. Touch again for
normal A/C operation. MAX A/C distributes air through instrument panel vents
and may help reduce odors from entering your vehicle. MAX A/C is more
economical and efficient than normal A/C mode.

A/C: Touch to turn air conditioning on or off. To improve air conditioning when
starting your vehicle, drive with the windows slightly open for two to three
minutes. Use A/C with recirculated air to improve cooling performance and
efficiency.

AUTO: Touch to turn on fully automatic operation. Select the desired
temperature using the temperature control. The system automatically adjusts
fan speed, air distribution, A/C operation, and outside or recirculated air, to heat
or cool the vehicle to maintain the selected temperature.

Rear defroster: Touch to turn the rear window defroster and heated mirrors
(if equipped).

Manual airflow distribution controls:Floor and Defrost: Distributes air
through the windshield defroster vents, demister vents, floor vents and rear
seat floor vents, and provides outside air to reduce window fogging. Panel:
Distributes air through the instrument panel vents. Panel and Floor: Distributes
air through the instrument panel vents, demister vents, floor vents and rear seat
floor vents. Floor: Distributes air through the demister vents, floor vents and
rear seat floor vents. Defrost: Distributes outside air through the windshield
air vents and automatically switches the air conditioning on. Touch to clear the
windshield of fog and thin ice. Touch again to return to the previous airflow
selection.

Driver settings: Depending on your vehicle and option package, you may have
the following features: Touch the + and - to adjust the temperature. Touch the
heated seat icon to control the heated seat. Touch MyTemp to select your
previously pre-set temperature setpoint. Touch and hold MyTemp store a new
pre-set for temperature setpoint.

Climate Control Voice Commands
Press the voice button on the
steering wheel controls. When
E142599
prompted, say any of the
following commands:

401

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

Climate Control Commands

"Climate automatic"
"Climate my temperature"
"Climate off"
"Climate on"
"Climate temperature <15.5-29.5> degrees"
"Climate temperature <60-85> degrees"
"Help"
There are additional climate control
commands but in order to access them,
you have to say "Climate" first. When the
system is ready to listen, you may say any
of the following commands:
"CLIMATE"

"A/C off"

"Maximum fan

"Temperature"

"A/C on"

"Minimum fan"

"Temperature <15.529.5> degrees"

"Automatic"

"My temp"

"Temperature <60-85>
degrees"

"Defrost off"

"Off"

"Temperature
decrease"

"Defrost on"

"On"

"Temperature high"

"Dual off"

"Panel off"

"Temperature increase"

"Fan decrease"

"Panel floor on"

"Temperature low"

"Fan increase"

"Panel on"

"Windshield floor on"

"Floor off"

"Rear defrost on"

"Windshield off"

"Floor on"

"Rear defrost off"

"Windshield panel on"

402

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)
"CLIMATE"

"MAX A/C off"

"Recirc off"

"Windshield panel floor
on"

"MAX A/C on"

"Recirc on"

"Help"

If you say "Temperature", you can then say any of the commands in the following chart.

"TEMPERATURE"

"<15.5-29.5> degrees"
"<60-85> degrees"
"High"
"Low"
"Help"
To set a destination, press the green corner
of your touchscreen, then the Dest button
when it appears. See Setting a
destination later in this chapter.

NAVIGATION
Note: The navigation SD card must be in
the SD card slot to operate the navigation
system. If you need a replacement SD card,
see an authorized dealer.

To view the navigation map and your
vehicle's current location, touch the green
bar in the upper right hand corner of the
touchscreen, or, press Dest, then Map. See
Map mode later in this chapter.

Note: The SD card slot is spring-loaded. To
remove the SD card, just push the card in
and release it. Do not attempt to pull the
card out to remove it; this could cause
damage.

Setting a Destination
Press the green corner of your touchscreen,
then the Dest button when it appears.
Choose any of the following:

Your navigation system is comprised of
two main features, destination mode and
map mode.

403

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

Destination

My Home

Street Address

Favorites

Intersection

Previous Destinations

City Center

Point of Interest (POI)

Map

Emergency

Edit Route Cancel Route
You can cancel the route or have the
system demo the route for you. Select
Route Prefs to set route preferences like
avoiding freeways, tollroads, ferries and
car trains as well as to use or not use
high-occupancy vehicle lanes.
(High-occupancy vehicle lanes also known
as carpool or diamond lanes. People who
ride in buses, vanpools or carpools use
these lanes.)

Enter the necessary information into
the highlighted text fields (in any
order). For address destination entry,
the Go! button appears once all the
necessary information has been
entered. Pressing the Go! button
makes the address location appear on
the map. If you choose Previous
Destination, the last 20 destinations
you have selected appear.
2. Select Set as Dest to make this your
destination. You can also choose to set
this as a waypoint (have the system
route to this point on the way to your
current destination) or save it as a
favorite. The system considers any
Avoid Areas selections in its route
calculation.
3. Choose from up to three different types
of routes, and then select Start Route.
• Fastest: Uses the fastest moving roads
possible.
• Shortest: Uses the shortest distance
possible.
• Eco Route: Uses the most fuel-efficient
route.

Note: If your vehicle is on a recognized road
and you do not press the Start Route
button, the system defaults to the Fastest
Route option and begins guidance.
During route guidance, you can press the
talking bubble icon that appears in the
upper right navigation corner (green bar)
if you want the system to repeat route
guidance information. When the system
repeats the last guidance instruction, it
updates the distance to the next guidance
instruction, since it detects when the
vehicle is moving.

404

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)
Point of Interest (POI) Categories
Main Categories

Food/Drink & Dining

Automotive

Travel & Transportation

Shopping

Financial

Entertainment & Arts

Emergency

Recreation & Sports

Community

Government

Health & Medicine

Domestic Services

Subcategories

Restaurant
Golf
Parking
Home & Garden
Personal Care Services
Auto Dealership
Government Office
Public Transit
Education
Pressing the Search By Name button
allows you to directly enter the point of
interest name into the system by using the
keyboard.

To expand these listings, press the + in
front of the listing.
When programming a point of interest
destination, the system allows you to sort
the resulting lists alphabetically, by
distance or by cityseekr listings (if
available).

cityseekr
Note: cityseekr point of interest information
is limited to approximately 912 cities (881
in the U.S., 20 in Canada and 11 in Mexico).

Pressing the Search Area button allows
you to search for points of interest nearby,
near a city or state or near a destination, if
a route is active.

405

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)
Attraction

E142639

This icon appears when your
selection exists in multiple
categories within the system.
E142634

E142640

cityseekr, when available, is a service that
provides more information about certain
points of interest such as restaurants,
hotels and attractions.

When you are viewing more information
for hotels, cityseekr also tells you if the
hotel has certain services and facilities
using icons.

When you have selected a point of interest,
the location and information appear, such
as address and phone number. If cityseekr
lists the point of interest, more information
is available, such as a brief description,
hotel check-in and checkout times or
restaurant hours.

For restaurants, cityseekr can provide
information such as star rating, average
cost, review, handicap access, hours of
operation, and website address.
For hotels, cityseekr can provide
information such as star rating, price
category, review, check in/out times, hotel
service icons and website address.

Press More Information for a longer
review, a list of services and facilities, the
average room or meal price as well as the
website link.

Setting Your Navigation
Preferences

This screen displays either a facility photo
(if available) or point of interest icons, such
as:

Select settings for the system to take into
account when planning your route.
Press the Settings icon >
Settings > Navigation.

Hotel
E142607

Map Preferences

E143884

Breadcrumbs

Coffeehouse

Display your vehicle’s previously traveled
route with white dots. Turn this feature ON
or OFF.

E142636

Food & Drink

Turn List Format
Have the system display your turn list Top
to Bottom or Bottom to Top.

E142637

Nightlife

E142638

406

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)
Parking POI Notification

Auto - Fill State/Province

Set the automatic parking points of
interest notification. Turn this feature ON
or OFF. When parking points of interest
notification is on, the icons display on the
map when you get close to your
destination. This may not be very useful in
dense areas, and may clutter the map
when other points of interest display.

Have the system automatically fill in the
state and province based on the
information already entered into the
system. Turn this feature ON or OFF.
Traffic Preferences
Avoid Traffic Problems
Choose how you want the system to
handle traffic problems along your route.
• Automatic: Have the system reroute
you to avoid traffic incidents that
develop and impact the current route.
The system does not provide a traffic
alert notification.
• Manual: Have the system always
provide a traffic alert notification for
traffic incidents along the planned
route. You have a choice to accept or
ignore the notification before making
the route deviation.

Route Preferences
Preferred Route
Choose to have the system display the
Shortest, Fastest or most Ecological route.
Always Use Preferred Route
Bypass route selection in destination
programming. The system only calculates
one route based on preferred route
settings.
Eco Time Penalty

Traffic Alert Notification

Select a low, medium or high cost for the
calculated Eco Route. The higher the
setting, the longer the time allotment is for
the route.

Have the system display traffic alert
notifications.
Other traffic alert features allows you to
turn on certain, or all, traffic icons on the
map such as road work, incident, accidents
and closed roads. Scroll down to view all
the different types of alerts. Turn these
features ON or OFF.

Avoid
These features allow you to choose to
have the system avoid freeways, toll roads,
ferries and car trains when planning your
route. Turn these features ON or OFF.

Avoid Areas

Use HOV Lanes

Choose areas which you want the system
to avoid when calculating a route for you.

Have the system use high-occupancy
vehicle lanes, if available, when planning
your route.

Press Add to program an entry. Once you
make a selection, the system tries to avoid
the area(s) if possible for all routes. To
delete a selection, choose the listing on
the screen. When the screen changes to
Avoid Areas Edit, you can press Delete
at the bottom right of the screen.

Navigation Preferences
Guidance Prompts
Have the system use Voice & Tones or
Tone Only on your programmed route.

407

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)
Map Mode
Press the green bar in the upper right area
of the touchscreen to view map mode. Map
mode shows advanced viewing comprised
of both 2D city maps as well as 3D
landmarks (when available).

E142643

3D map mode provides an
elevated perspective of the map.
This viewing angle can be adjusted
E142644
and the map can be rotated 180
degrees by touching the map twice, and
then dragging your finger along the shaded
bar with arrows at the bottom of the map.

2D city maps show detailed outlines of
buildings, visible land use and land
elements and detailed railway
infrastructure for the most essential cities
around the globe. These maps also contain
features, such as town blocks, building
footprints, and railways.

Re-centering the map by
pressing this icon whenever you
E146188
scroll the map away from your
vehicle’s current location.

3D landmarks appear as clear, visible
objects that are typically recognizable and
have a certain tourist value. The 3D
landmarks appear in 3D map mode only.
Coverage varies, and improves with
updated map releases.

Auto Zoom
Press the green bar to access map mode,
then select the + or - zoom button to bring
up the zoom level and Auto buttons on the
touchscreen. When you press Auto, Auto
Zoom turns on and Auto displays in the
bottom left corner of the screen in the map
scale. The map zoom level then
synchronizes with vehicle speed. The
slower your vehicle is traveling, the farther
in the map zooms; the faster your vehicle
is traveling, the farther the map zooms out.
To turn the feature off, just press the + or
- button again.
In 3D mode, rotate the map view by
swiping your finger across the shaded bar
with the arrows.

E142641

Change the appearance of the map display
by repeatedly pressing the arrow button in
the upper left corner of the screen. It
toggles between three different map
modes: Heading up, North up, and 3D.

Map Icons

Heading up (2D map) always
shows the direction of forward
travel to be upward on the screen.
E142642
This view is available for map
scales up to 2.5 miles (4 kilometers). The
system remembers this setting for larger
map scales, but shows the map in North
up only. If the scale returns below this level,
the system restores Heading up.

E142646

Vehicle mark shows the current
location of your vehicle. It stays
in the center of the map display,
except when in scroll mode.

Scroll cursor allows you to scroll
the map; the fixed icon is in the
center of the screen. The map
E142647
position closest to the cursor is in
a window on the top center part of the
screen.

408

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

North up (2D map) always shows
the northern direction to be
upward on the screen.

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)
Quick-touch Buttons

Address book entry default
icon(s) indicates the location on
the map of an address book entry.
E142648
This is the default symbol shown
after the entry has been stored to the
Address Book by any method other than
the map. You can select from any of the
22 icons available. You can use each icon
more than once.

When in map mode, touch anywhere on
the map display to access the following
options:
Set as Dest
Touch this button to select a scrolled
location on the map as your destination.
You may scroll the map by pressing your
index finger on the map display. When you
reach the desired location, simply let go
and then touch Set as Dest.

Home indicates the location on
the map currently stored as the
home position. You can only save
E142649
one address from the Address
Book as your Home entry. You cannot
change this icon.

Set as Waypoint
Touch this button to set the current
location as a waypoint.

POI (Point Of Interest) icons
indicate locations of any point of
interest categories you choose to
E142650
display on the map. You can
choose to display three point of interest
categories on the map at one time.

Save to Favorites
Touch this button to save the current
location to your favorites.
POI Icons

Starting point indicates the
starting point of a planned route.

Touch this button to select icons to display
on the map. You can select up to three
icons to display on the map at the same
time. Turn these ON or OFF.

E142651

Waypoint indicates the location
of a waypoint on the map. The
number inside the circle is different
E142652
for each waypoint and represents
the position of the waypoint in the route
list.

Cancel Route
Touch this button to cancel the active
route.

Destination symbol indicates the
ending point of a planned route.

View/Edit Route
Access these features when a route is
active:
• View Route
• Edit Destination/Waypoints
• Edit Turn List
• Detour
• Edit Route Preferences
• Edit Traffic Preferences
• Cancel Route.

E142653

E142654

Next maneuver point indicates
the location of the next turn on the
planned route.

No GPS symbol indicates that
insufficient GPS satellite signals
are available for accurate map
E142655
positioning. This icon may display
under normal operation in an area with
poor GPS access.

409

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)
Navigation Map Updates

Navteq is the digital map provider for the
navigation application. If you find map data
errors, you may report them directly to
Navteq by going to
http://mapreporter.navteq.com. Navteq
evaluates all reported map errors and
responds with the result of their
investigation by e-mail.

Annual navigation map updates are
available for purchase through your
dealership, by calling 1-800-NAVMAPS (in
Mexico, call 01-800-557-5539) or going
to www.navigation.com/ford. You need to
specify the make and model of your vehicle
to determine if there is an update available.

Navigation Voice Commands
When in navigation mode, press
the voice button on the steering
wheel controls. After the tone,
say any of the following commands:
E142599

Navigation System Voice Commands

"Cancel next waypoint"

"Navigation"

"Cancel route"

"Repeat instruction"

"Destination"

"Show 3D"

"Destination "

"Show heading up"

"Destination "

"Show map"

"Destination favorites"

"Show north up"

"Destination home"

"Show route"

"Destination intersection"

"Show turn list"

"Destination nearest "

"Voice off"

"Destination nearest POI"

"Voice on"

"Destination play nametags"

"Voice volume decrease"

"Destination POI"

"Voice volume increase"

"Destination POI category"

"Where am I?"

"Destination previous destination"

"Zoom in"

410

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)
Navigation System Voice Commands

"Destination street address"

"Zoom out"
"Help"

"Detour"
1

These commands are only available when a navigation route is active.

If you say "Destination", you can then say any command in the following "Destination"
chart.
3

If you say "Navigation", you can then say any command in the following "Navigation"
chart.

"DESTINATION"

""
""
"Favorites"
"Home"
"Intersection"
"Nearest "
"Nearest POI"
"Play nametags"
"POI category"
"Previous destination"
"Street address"
"Help"

"NAVIGATION"

"Destination"

"Zoom city"
"Zoom country"
"Zoom minimum"

411

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)
"NAVIGATION"

"Zoom maximum"
"Zoom province"
"Zoom state"
"Zoom street"
"Zoom to "
"Help"
*

If you say "Destination", you can then say any command in the "Destination" chart.

One-shot Destination Street Address
If your vehicle is equipped with the SD card
navigation feature, you have the ability to
enter in a street address using a feature
called one-shot street address. When you
say either "Navigation destination street
address" or "Destination street address",
the system asks you to say the full address.
The system displays an example
on-screen. You can then speak the address
naturally, such as "One two three four Main
Street, Anytown".

412

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Appendices
•

END USER LICENSE
AGREEMENT
SYNC® End User License
Agreement (EULA)
•

•

You have acquired a device ("DEVICE")
that includes software licensed by Ford
Motor Company and its affiliates
("FORD MOTOR COMPANY") from an
affiliate of Microsoft Corporation
("MS") . Those installed software
products of MS origin, as well as
associated media, printed materials,
and "online" or electronic
documentation ("MS SOFTWARE")
are protected by international
intellectual property laws and treaties.
The MS SOFTWARE is licensed, not
sold. All rights reserved.
The MS SOFTWARE may interface with
and/or communicate with, or may be
later upgraded to interface with and/or
communicate with additional software
and/or systems provided by FORD
MOTOR COMPANY. The additional
software and systems of FORD
MOTOR COMPANY origin, as well as
associated media, printed materials,
and "online" or electronic
documentation ("FORD SOFTWARE")
are protected by international
intellectual property laws and treaties.
The FORD SOFTWARE is licensed, not
sold. All rights reserved.

•

IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THIS END
USER LICENSE AGREEMENT ("EULA")
DO NOT USE THE DEVICE OR COPY
THE SOFTWARE. ANY USE OF THE
SOFTWARE, INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO USE ON THE DEVICE, WILL
CONSTITUTE YOUR AGREEMENT TO
THIS EULA (OR RATIFICATION OF ANY
PREVIOUS CONSENT).
GRANT OF SOFTWARE LICENSE: This
EULA grants you the following license:
•

413

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

The MS SOFTWARE and/or FORD
SOFTWARE may interface with and/or
communicate with, or may be later
upgraded to interface with and/or
communicate with additional software
and/or systems provided by third party
software and service suppliers. The
additional software and services of
third party origin, as well as associated
media, printed materials, and "online"
or electronic documentation ("THIRD
PARTY SOFTWARE") are protected by
international intellectual property laws
and treaties. The THIRD PARTY
SOFTWARE is licensed, not sold. All
rights reserved.
The MS SOFTWARE, FORD
SOFTWARE and THIRD PARTY
SOFTWARE hereinafter collectively
and individually will be referred to as
"SOFTWARE".

You may use the SOFTWARE as
installed on the DEVICE and as
otherwise interfacing with systems
and/or services provide by or through
FORD MOTOR COMPANY or its third
party software and service providers.

Appendices
•

Description of Other Rights and
Limitations
•

•

Speech Recognition: If the
SOFTWARE includes speech
recognition component(s), you should
understand that speech recognition is
an inherently statistical process and
that recognition errors are inherent in
the process. Neither FORD MOTOR
COMPANY nor its suppliers shall be
liable for any damages arising out of
errors in the speech recognition
process.
Limitations on Reverse Engineering,
Decompilation and Disassembly:
You may not reverse engineer,
decompile, or disassemble nor permit
others to reverse engineer, decompile
or disassemble the SOFTWARE, except
and only to the extent that such activity
is expressly permitted by applicable
law notwithstanding this limitation.
Limitations on Distributing,
Copying, Modifying and Creating
Derivative Works: You may not
distribute, copy, make modifications
to or create derivative works based on
the SOFTWARE, except and only to the
extent that such activity is expressly
permitted by applicable law
notwithstanding this limitation.
Single EULA: The end user
documentation for the DEVICE and
related systems and services may
contain multiple EULAs, such as
multiple translations and/or multiple
media versions (e.g., in the user
documentation and in the software).
Even if you receive multiple EULAs, you
are licensed to use only one (1) copy of
the SOFTWARE.

•

414

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

SOFTWARE Transfer: You may
permanently transfer your rights under
this EULA only as part of a sale or
transfer of the DEVICE, provided you
retain no copies, you transfer all of the
SOFTWARE (including all component
parts, the media and printed materials,
any upgrades, and, if applicable, the
Certificate(s) of Authenticity), and the
recipient agrees to the terms of this
EULA. If the SOFTWARE is an upgrade,
any transfer must include all prior
versions of the SOFTWARE.
Termination: Without prejudice to any
other rights, FORD MOTOR COMPANY
or MS may terminate this EULA if you
fail to comply with the terms and
conditions of this EULA.
Security Updates/Digital Rights
Management: Content owners use
the WMDRM technology included in
your DEVICE to protect their
intellectual property, included
copyrighted content. Portions of the
SOFTWARE on your DEVICE use
WMDRM software to access
WMDRM-protected content. If the
WMDRM software fails to protect the
content, content owners may ask
Microsoft to revoke the SOFTWARE's
ability to use WMDRM to play or copy
protected content. This action does
not affect unprotected content. When
your DEVICE downloads licenses for
protected content, you agree that
Microsoft may include a revocation list
with the licenses. Content owners may
require you to upgrade the SOFTWARE
on your DEVICE to access their content.
If you decline an upgrade, you will not
be able to access content that requires
the upgrade.

Appendices
•

•

supplements, add-on components, or
Internet-based services components
of the SOFTWARE after the date you
obtain your initial copy of the
SOFTWARE ("Supplemental
Components").

Consent to Use of Data: You agree
that MS, Microsoft Corporation, FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, third party
software and systems suppliers, their
affiliates and/or their designated agent
may collect and use technical
information gathered in any manner as
part of product support services related
to the SOFTWARE or related services.
MS, Microsoft Corporation, FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, third party
software and services suppliers, their
affiliates and/or their designated agent
may use this information solely to
improve their products or to provide
customized services or technologies to
you. MS, Microsoft Corporation, FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, third party
software and systems suppliers, their
affiliates and/or their designated agent
may disclose this information to others,
but not in a form that personally
identifies you.
Internet-Based Services
Components: The SOFTWARE may
contain components that enable and
facilitate the use of certain
Internet-based services. You
acknowledge and agree that MS,
Microsoft Corporation, FORD MOTOR
COMPANY, third party software and
service suppliers, their affiliates and/or
their designated agent may
automatically check the version of the
SOFTWARE and/or its components
that you are utilizing and may provide
upgrades or supplements to the
SOFTWARE that may be automatically
downloaded to your DEVICE.
Additional Software/Services: The
SOFTWARE may permit FORD MOTOR
COMPANY, third party software and
service suppliers, MS, Microsoft
Corporation, their affiliates and/or their
designated agent to provide or make
available to you SOFTWARE updates,

If FORD MOTOR COMPANY or third party
software and services suppliers provide or
make available to you Supplemental
Components and no other EULA terms are
provided along with the Supplemental
Components, then the terms of this EULA
shall apply.
If MS, Microsoft Corporation, their affiliates
and/or their designated agent make
available Supplemental Components, and
no other EULA terms are provided, then
the terms of this EULA shall apply, except
that the MS, Microsoft Corporation or
affiliate entity providing the Supplemental
Component(s) shall be the licensor of the
Supplemental Component(s).
FORD MOTOR COMPANY, MS, Microsoft
Corporation, their affiliates and/or their
designated agent reserve the right to
discontinue without liability any
Internet-based services provided to you or
made available to you through the use of
the SOFTWARE.

415

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Appendices
•

•

Links to Third Party Sites: The MS
SOFTWARE may provide you with the
ability to link to third party sites through
the use of the SOFTWARE. The third
party sites are not under the control of
MS, Microsoft Corporation, their
affiliates and/or their designated
agent. Neither MS nor Microsoft
Corporation nor their affiliates nor their
designated agent are responsible for
(i) the contents of any third party sites,
any links contained in third party sites,
or any changes or updates to third
party sites, or (ii) webcasting or any
other form of transmission received
from any third party sites. If the
SOFTWARE provides links to third
party sites, those links are provided to
you only as a convenience, and the
inclusion of any link does not imply an
endorsement of the third party site by
MS, Microsoft Corporation, their
affiliates and/or their designated
agent.
Obligation to Drive Responsibly:
You recognize your obligation to drive
responsibly and keep attention on the
road. You will read and abide with the
DEVICE operating instructions
particularly as they pertain to safety
and assumes any risk associated with
the use of the DEVICE.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS:
All title and intellectual property rights in
and to the SOFTWARE (including but not
limited to any images, photographs,
animations, video, audio, music, text and
"applets" incorporated into the
SOFTWARE), the accompanying printed
materials, and any copies of the
SOFTWARE, are owned by MS, Microsoft
Corporation, FORD MOTOR COMPANY, or
their affiliates or suppliers. The
SOFTWARE is licensed, not sold. You may
not copy the printed materials
accompanying the SOFTWARE. All title
and intellectual property rights in and to
the content which may be accessed
through use of the SOFTWARE is the
property of the respective content owner
and may be protected by applicable
copyright or other intellectual property
laws and treaties. This EULA grants you no
rights to use such content. All rights not
specifically granted under this EULA are
reserved by MS, Microsoft Corporation,
FORD MOTOR COMPANY, third party
software and service providers, their
affiliates and suppliers. Use of any on-line
services which may be accessed through
the SOFTWARE may be governed by the
respective terms of use relating to such
services. If this SOFTWARE contains
documentation that is provided only in
electronic form, you may print one copy of
such electronic documentation.

UPGRADES AND RECOVERY MEDIA:
If the SOFTWARE is provided by FORD
MOTOR COMPANY separate from the
DEVICE on media such as a ROM chip, CD
ROM disk(s) or via web download or other
means, and is labeled "For Upgrade
Purposes Only" or "For Recovery Purposes
Only" you may install one (1) copy of such
SOFTWARE onto the DEVICE as a
replacement copy for the existing
SOFTWARE, and use it in accordance with
this EULA, including any additional EULA
terms accompanying the upgrade
SOFTWARE.

EXPORT RESTRICTIONS: You
acknowledge that the SOFTWARE is
subject to U.S. and European Union export
jurisdiction. You agree to comply with all
applicable international and national laws
that apply to the SOFTWARE, including
the U.S. Export Administration Regulations,
as well as end-user, end-use and
destination restrictions issued by U.S. and
other governments. For additional
information, see
http://www.microsoft.com/exporting/.

416

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Appendices
Adobe

TRADEMARKS: This EULA does not grant
you any rights in connection with any
trademarks or service marks of FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, MS, Microsoft
Corporation, third party software or service
providers, their affiliates or suppliers.

Contains Adobe® [Flash® Player] or
[AIR®] technology by Adobe Systems
Incorporated. This [Licensee Product]
contains [Adobe® Flash® Player]
[Adobe® AIR®] software under license
from Adobe Systems Incorporated,
Copyright ©1995-2009 Adobe
Macromedia Software LLC. All rights
reserved. Adobe, Flash and AIR are
trademarks of Adobe Systems
Incorporated.

PRODUCT SUPPORT: Product support
for the SOFTWARE is not provided by MS,
its parent corporation Microsoft
Corporation, or their affiliates or
subsidiaries. For product support, please
refer to FORD MOTOR COMPANY
instructions provided in the documentation
for the DEVICE. Should you have any
questions concerning this EULA, or if you
desire to contact FORD MOTOR
COMPANY for any other reason, please
refer to the address provided in the
documentation for the DEVICE.

End User Notice
Microsoft® Windows® Mobile for
Automotive Important Safety
Information
This system Ford SYNC™ contains
software that is licensed to Manufacturer
FORD MOTOR COMPANY by an affiliate
of Microsoft Corporation pursuant to a
license agreement. Any removal,
reproduction, reverse engineering or other
unauthorized use of the software from this
system in violation of the license
agreement is strictly prohibited and may
subject you to legal action.

No Liability for Certain Damages:
EXCEPT AS PROHIBITED BY LAW, FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, ANY THIRD PARTY
SOFTWARE OR SERVICES SUPPLIERS,
MS, MICROSOFT CORPORATION AND
THEIR AFFILIATES SHALL HAVE NO
LIABILITY FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL,
CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL
DAMAGES ARISING FROM OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE. THIS
LIMITATION SHALL APPLY EVEN IF ANY
REMEDY FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL
PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL MS,
MICROSOFT CORPORATION AND/OR
THEIR AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR ANY
AMOUNT IN EXCESS OF U.S. TWO
HUNDRED FIFTY DOLLARS (U.S.
$250.00).
•

Read and follow instructions: Before
using your Windows Automotive- based
system, read and follow all instructions
and safety information provided in this end
user manual ("User's Guide"). Not
following precautions found in this User's
Guide can lead to an accident or other
serious consequences.
Keep User's Guide in vehicle: When kept
in the vehicle, the User's Guide will be a
ready reference for you and other users
unfamiliar with the Windows
Automotive-based system. Please make
certain that before using the system for
the first time, all persons have access to
the User's Guide and read its instructions
and safety information carefully.

THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES OTHER
THAN THOSE THAT MAY EXPRESSLY
BE PROVIDED FOR YOUR NEW
VEHICLE.

417

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Appendices
Use of Speech Recognition Functions:
Speech recognition software is inherently
a statistical process which is subject to
errors. It is your responsibility to monitor
any speech recognition functions included
in the system and address any errors.

WARNING
Operating certain parts of this
system while driving can distract
your attention away from the road,
and possibly cause an accident or other
serious consequences. Do not change
system settings or enter data non-verbally
(using your hands) while driving. Stop the
vehicle in a safe and legal manner before
attempting these operations. This is
important since while setting up or
changing some functions you might be
required to distract your attention away
from the road and remove your hands from
the wheel.

Navigation Features: Any navigation
features included in the system are
intended to provide turn by turn
instructions to get you to a desired
destination. Please make certain all
persons using this system carefully read
and follow instructions and safety
information fully.
Distraction Hazard: Any navigation
features may require manual (non-verbal)
setup. Attempting to perform such set-up
or insert data while driving can seriously
distract your attention and could cause an
accident or other serious consequences.
Stop the vehicle in a safe and legal manner
before attempting these operations.

General Operation
Voice Command Control: Functions
within the Windows Automotive-based
system may be accomplished using only
voice commands. Using voice commands
while driving allows you to operate the
system without removing your hands from
the wheel.

Let Your Judgment Prevail: Any
navigation features are provided only as
an aid. Make your driving decisions based
on your observations of local conditions
and existing traffic regulations. Any such
feature is not a substitute for your personal
judgment. Any route suggestions made by
this system should never replace any local
traffic regulations or your personal
judgment or knowledge of safe driving
practices.

Prolonged Views of Screen: Do not
access any function requiring a prolonged
view of the screen while you are driving.
Pull over in a safe and legal manner before
attempting to access a function of the
system requiring prolonged attention. Even
occasional short scans to the screen may
be hazardous if your attention has been
diverted away from your driving task at a
critical time.

Route Safety: Do not follow the route
suggestions if doing so would result in an
unsafe or illegal maneuver, if you would be
placed in an unsafe situation, or if you
would be directed into an area that you
consider unsafe. The driver is ultimately
responsible for the safe operation of the
vehicle and therefore, must evaluate
whether it is safe to follow the suggested
directions.

Volume Setting: Do not raise the volume
excessively. Keep the volume at a level
where you can still hear outside traffic and
emergency signals while driving. Driving
while unable to hear these sounds could
cause an accident.

418

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Appendices
Potential Map Inaccuracy: Maps used
by this system may be inaccurate because
of changes in roads, traffic controls or
driving conditions. Always use good
judgment and common sense when
following the suggested routes.

places you in an unsafe situation, or directs
you into an area that you consider to be
unsafe, do not follow such instructions; (c)
do not input destinations, or otherwise
manipulate the TeleNav Software, unless
your vehicle is stationary and parked; (d)
do not use the TeleNav Software for any
illegal, unauthorized, unintended, unsafe,
hazardous, or unlawful purposes, or in any
manner inconsistent with this Agreement;
(e) arrange all GPS and wireless devices
and cables necessary for use of the
TeleNav Software in a secure manner in
your vehicle so that they will not interfere
with your driving and will not prevent the
operation of any safety device (such as an
airbag).

Emergency Services: Do not rely on any
navigation features included in the system
to route you to emergency services. Ask
local authorities or an emergency services
operator for these locations. Not all
emergency services such as police, fire
stations, hospitals and clinics are likely to
be contained in the map database for such
navigation features.
TeleNav Software End User License
Agreement

You agree to indemnify and hold TeleNav
harmless against all claims resulting from
any dangerous or otherwise inappropriate
use of the TeleNav Software in any moving
vehicle, including as a result of your failure
to comply with the directions above.

Please read these terms and conditions
carefully before you use the TeleNav
Software. Your use of the TeleNav
Software indicates that you accept these
terms and conditions. If you do not accept
these terms and conditions, do not break
the seal of the package, launch, or
otherwise use the TeleNav Software.

2. Account Information
You agree: (a) when registering the
TeleNav Software, to provide TeleNav with
true, accurate, current, and complete
information about yourself, and (b) to
inform TeleNav promptly of any changes
to such information, and to keep it true,
accurate, current and complete.

TeleNav may revise this Agreement and
the privacy policy at any time, with or
without notice to you. You agree to visit
http://www.telenav.com from time to time
to review the then current version of this
Agreement and of the privacy policy.

3. Software License

1. Safe and Lawful Use

Subject to your compliance with the terms
of this Agreement, TeleNav hereby grants
to you a personal, non-exclusive,
non-transferable license (except as
expressly permitted below in connection
with your permanent transfer of the
TeleNav Software license), without the
right to sublicense, to use the TeleNav
Software (in object code form only) in
order to access and use the TeleNav
Software. This license shall terminate upon

You acknowledge that devoting attention
to the TeleNav Software may pose a risk
of injury or death to you and others in
situations that otherwise require your
undivided attention, and you therefore
agree to comply with the following when
using the TeleNav Software: (a) observe
all traffic laws and otherwise drive safely;
(b) use your own personal judgment while
driving. If you feel that a route suggested
by the TeleNav Software instructs you to
perform an unsafe or illegal maneuver,

419

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Appendices
4. Disclaimers

any termination or expiration of this
Agreement. You agree that you will use the
TeleNav Software only for your personal
business or leisure purposes, and not to
provide commercial navigation services to
other parties.

To the fullest extent permissible pursuant
to applicable law, in no event will TeleNav,
its licensors and suppliers, or agents or
employees of any of the foregoing, be
liable for any decision made or action
taken by you or anyone else in reliance on
the information provided by the TeleNav
Software. TeleNav also does not warrant
the accuracy of the map or other data used
for the TeleNav Software. Such data may
not always reflect reality due to, among
other things, road closures, construction,
weather, new roads and other changing
conditions. You are responsible for the
entire risk arising out of your use of the
TeleNav Software. For example but
without limitation, you agree not to rely on
the TeleNav Software for critical
navigation in areas where the well-being
or survival of you or others is dependent
on the accuracy of navigation, as the maps
or functionality of the TeleNav Software
are not intended to support such high risk
applications, especially in more remote
geographical areas.

3.1 License Limitations
You agree not to do any of the following:
(a) reverse engineer, decompile,
disassemble, translate, modify, alter or
otherwise change the TeleNav Software
or any part thereof; (b) attempt to derive
the source code, audio library or structure
of the TeleNav Software without the prior
express written consent of TeleNav; (c)
remove from the TeleNav Software, or
alter, any of TeleNav's or its suppliers'
trademarks, trade names, logos, patent or
copyright notices, or other notices or
markings; (d) distribute, sublicense or
otherwise transfer the TeleNav Software
to others, except as part of your permanent
transfer of the TeleNav Software; or (e)
use the TeleNav Software in any manner
that (i) infringes the intellectual property
or proprietary rights, rights of publicity or
privacy or other rights of any party, (ii)
violates any law, statute, ordinance or
regulation, including but not limited to laws
and regulations related to spamming,
privacy, consumer and child protection,
obscenity or defamation, or (iii) is harmful,
threatening, abusive, harassing, tortuous,
defamatory, vulgar, obscene, libelous, or
otherwise objectionable; and (f) lease, rent
out, or otherwise permit unauthorized
access by third parties to the TeleNav
Software without advanced written
permission of TeleNav.

TELENAV EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS AND
EXCLUDES ALL WARRANTIES IN
CONNECTION WITH THE TELENAV
SOFTWARE, WHETHER STATUTORY,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ALL
WARRANTIES WHICH MAY ARISE FROM
COURSE OF DEALING, CUSTOM OR
TRADE AND INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY
RIGHTS WITH RESPECT TO THE TELENAV
SOFTWARE. Certain jurisdictions do not
permit the disclaimer of certain warranties,
so this limitation may not apply to you.

420

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Appendices
5. Limitation of Liability

Commercial Arbitration Rules of the
American Arbitration Association, and the
judgment upon the award rendered by the
arbitrator may be entered by any court
having jurisdiction. Note that there is no
judge or jury in an arbitration proceeding
and the decision of the arbitrator shall be
binding upon both parties. You expressly
agree to waive your right to a jury trial.

TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER
APPLICABLE LAW, UNDER NO
CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL TELENAV OR
ITS LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS BE
LIABLE TO YOU OR TO ANY THIRD PARTY
FOR ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL OR
EXEMPLARY DAMAGES (INCLUDING IN
EACH CASE, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
DAMAGES FOR THE INABILITY TO USE
THE EQUIPMENT OR ACCESS DATA,
LOSS OF DATA, LOSS OF BUSINESS,
LOSS OF PROFITS, BUSINESS
INTERRUPTION OR THE LIKE) ARISING
OUT OF THE USE OF OR INABILITY TO
USE THE TELENAV SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
TELENAV HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

This Agreement and performance
hereunder will be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of
the State of California, without giving
effect to its conflict of laws provisions. To
the extent judicial action is necessary in
connection with the binding arbitration,
both TeleNav and you agree to submit to
the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of
the County of Santa Clara, California. The
United Nations Convention on Contracts
for the International Sale of Goods shall
not apply.

NOTWITHSTANDING ANY DAMAGES
THAT YOU MIGHT INCUR FOR ANY
REASON WHATSOEVER (INCLUDING,
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ALL DAMAGES
REFERENCED HEREIN AND ALL DIRECT
OR GENERAL DAMAGES IN CONTRACT,
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE) OR
OTHERWISE), THE ENTIRE LIABILITY OF
TELENAV AND OF ALL OF TELENAV'S
SUPPLIERS SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE
AMOUNT ACTUALLY PAID BY YOU FOR
THE TELENAV SOFTWARE. SOME
STATES AND/OR JURISDICTIONS DO NOT
ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION
OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES, SO THE ABOVE LIMITATIONS
OR EXCLUSIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO
YOU.

7. Assignment
You may not resell, assign, or transfer this
Agreement or any of your rights or
obligations, except in totality, in connection
with your permanent transfer of the
TeleNav Software, and expressly
conditioned upon the new user of the
TeleNav Software agreeing to be bound
by the terms and conditions of this
Agreement. Any such sale, assignment or
transfer that is not expressly permitted
under this paragraph will result in
immediate termination of this Agreement,
without liability to TeleNav, in which case
you and all other parties shall immediately
cease all use of the TeleNav Software.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, TeleNav
may assign this Agreement to any other
party at any time without notice, provided
the assignee remains bound by this
Agreement.

6. Arbitration and Governing Law
You agree that any dispute, claim or
controversy arising out of or relating to this
Agreement or the TeleNav Software shall
be settled by independent arbitration
involving a neutral arbitrator and
administered by the American Arbitration
Association in the County of Santa Clara,
California. The arbitrator shall apply the
421

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Appendices
8. Miscellaneous

8.5

8.1

If any provision herein is held
unenforceable, then such provision will be
modified to reflect the intention of the
parties, and the remaining provisions of
this Agreement will remain in full force and
effect

This Agreement constitutes the entire
agreement between TeleNav and you with
respect to the subject matter hereof.
8.2
Except for the limited licenses expressly
granted in this Agreement, TeleNav retains
all right, title and interest in and to the
TeleNav Software, including without
limitation all related intellectual property
rights. No licenses or other rights which are
not expressly granted in this Agreement
are intended to, or shall be, granted or
conferred by implication, statute,
inducement, estoppel or otherwise, and
TeleNav and its suppliers and licensors
hereby reserve all of their respective rights
other than the licenses explicitly granted
in this Agreement

8.6

8.3

The TeleNav Software utilizes map and
other data licensed to TeleNav by third
party vendors for the benefit of you and
other end users. This Agreement includes
end-user terms applicable to these
companies (included at the end of this
Agreement), and thus your use of the
TeleNav Software is also subject to such
terms. You agree to comply with the
following additional terms and conditions,
which are applicable to TeleNav's third
party vendor licensors:

The headings in this Agreement are for
convenience of reference only, will not be
deemed to be a part of this Agreement,
and will not be referred to in connection
with the construction or interpretation of
this Agreement. As used in this Agreement,
the words "include" and "including" and
variations thereof, will not be deemed to
be terms of limitation, but rather will be
deemed to be followed by the words
"without limitation".
9. Other Vendors Terms and Conditions

By using the TeleNav Software, you
consent to receive from TeleNav all
communications, including notices,
agreements, legally required disclosures
or other information in connection with the
TeleNav Software (collectively, "Notices")
electronically. TeleNav may provide such
Notices by posting them on TeleNav's
Website or by downloading such Notices
to your wireless device. If you desire to
withdraw your consent to receive Notices
electronically, you must discontinue your
use of the TeleNav Software.

NavTeq End User License Agreement
END USER TERMS

8.4

The content provided ("Data") is licensed,
not sold. By opening this package, or
installing, copying, or otherwise using the
Data, you agree to be bound by the terms
of this agreement. If you do not agree to
the terms of this agreement, you are not
permitted to install, copy, use, resell or
transfer the Data. If you wish to reject the
terms of this agreement, and have not

TeleNav's or your failure to require
performance of any provision shall not
affect that party's right to require
performance at any time thereafter, nor
shall a waiver of any breach or default of
this Agreement constitute a waiver of any
subsequent breach or default or a waiver
of the provision itself.
422

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Appendices
installed, copied, or used the Data, you
must contact your retailer or NAVTEQ
North America, LLC ("NT") within thirty
(30) days of purchase for a refund of your
purchase price. To contact NT, please visit
www.navteq.com.

reproduce, copy, modify, decompile,
disassemble or reverse engineer any
portion of this Data, and may not transfer
or distribute it in any form, for any purpose,
except to the extent permitted by
mandatory laws.

The Data is provided for your personal,
internal use only and may not be resold. It
is protected by copyright, and is subject to
the following terms (this "End User License
Agreement") and conditions which are
agreed to by you, on the one hand, and
NAVTEQ North America, LLC ("NT") and
its licensors (including their licensors and
suppliers) on the other hand.

License Limitations on Transfer: Your
limited license does not allow transfer or
resale of the Data, except on the condition
that you may transfer the Data and all
accompanying materials on a permanent
basis if: (a) you retain no copies of the
Data; (b) the recipient agrees to the terms
of this End User License Agreement; and
(c) you transfer the Data in the exact same
form as you purchased it by physically
transferring the original media (e.g., the
CD-ROM or DVD you purchased), all
original packaging, all Manuals and other
documentation. Specifically, Multi-disc
sets may only be transferred or sold as a
complete set as provided to you and not
as a subset thereof.

The Data for areas of Canada includes
information taken with permission from
Canadian authorities, including: © Her
Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada, ©
Queen's Printer for Ontario, © Canada Post
Corporation, GeoBase®.
NT holds a nonexclusive license from the
United States Postal Service ® to publish
and sell ZIP+4 ® information.

Additional License Limitations: Except
where you have been specifically licensed
to do so by NT in a separate written
agreement, and without limiting the
preceding paragraph, your license is
conditioned on use of the Data as
prescribed in this agreement, and you may
not (a) use this Data with any products,
systems, or applications installed or
otherwise connected to or in
communication with vehicles capable of
vehicle navigation, positioning, dispatch,
real time route guidance, fleet
management or similar applications; or (b)
with, or in communication with, including
without limitation, cellular phones,
palmtop and handheld computers, pagers,
and personal digital assistants or PDAs.

© United States Postal Service ® 2009.
Prices are not established, controlled or
approved by the United States Postal
Service ® The following trademarks and
registrations are owned by the USPS:
United States Postal Service, USPS, and
ZIP+4.
The Data for Mexico includes certain Data
from Instituto Nacional de Estadística y
Geografía.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
License Limitations on Use: You agree
that your license to use this Data is limited
to and conditioned on use for solely
personal, noncommercial purposes, and
not for service bureau, timesharing or other
similar purposes. Except as otherwise set
forth herein, you agree not to otherwise

423

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Appendices
OR SAVINGS, OR ANY OTHER DIRECT,
INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR INABILITY TO
USE THIS DATA, ANY DEFECT IN THIS
DATA, OR THE BREACH OF THESE TERMS
OR CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN
ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR
BASED ON A WARRANTY, EVEN IF NT OR
ITS LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF
THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
Some States, Territories and Countries do
not allow certain liability exclusions or
damages limitations, so to that extent the
above may not apply to you.

WARNING
This Data may contain inaccurate or
incomplete information due to the
passage of time, changing
circumstances, sources used and the
nature of collecting comprehensive
geographic Data, any of which may lead
to incorrect results.
No Warranty: This Data is provided to you
"as is" , and you agree to use it at your own
risk. NT and its licensors (and their
licensors and suppliers) make no
guarantees, representations or warranties
of any kind, express or implied, arising by
law or otherwise, including but not limited
to, content, quality, accuracy,
completeness, effectiveness, reliability,
fitness for a particular purpose, usefulness,
use or results to be obtained from this
Data, or that the Data or server will be
uninterrupted or error free.

Export Control: You agree not to export
from anywhere any part of the Data or any
direct product thereof except in
compliance with, and with all licenses and
approvals required under, applicable
export laws, rules and regulations,
including but not limited to the laws, rules
and regulations administered by the Office
of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S.
Department of Commerce and the Bureau
of Industry and Security of the U.S.
Department of Commerce. To the extent
that any such export laws, rules or
regulations prohibit NT from complying
with any of its obligations hereunder to
deliver or distribute Data, such failure shall
be excused and shall not constitute a
breach of this Agreement.

Disclaimer of Warranty: NT AND ITS
LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR
LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) DISCLAIM
ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
OF QUALITY, PERFORMANCE,
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR
NON-INFRINGEMENT. Some States,
Territories and Countries do not allow
certain warranty exclusions, so to that
extent the above exclusion may not apply
to you.

Entire Agreement: These terms and
conditions constitute the entire agreement
between NT (and its licensors, including
their licensors and suppliers) and you
pertaining to the subject matter hereof,
and supersedes in their entirety any and
all written or oral agreements previously
existing between us with respect to such
subject matter.

Disclaimer of Liability: NT AND ITS
LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR
LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT
BE LIABLE TO YOU IN RESPECT OF ANY
CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION,
IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OF THE
CAUSE OF THE CLAIM, DEMAND OR
ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY OR
DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, WHICH
MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR
POSSESSION OF THIS DATA; OR FOR ANY
LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE, CONTRACTS

424

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Appendices
Severability: You and NT agree that if any
portion of this agreement is found illegal
or unenforceable, that portion shall be
severed and the remainder of the
Agreement shall be given full force and
effect.

This Data is a commercial item as defined
in FAR 2.101

Governing Law: The above terms and
conditions shall be governed by the laws
of the State of Illinois, without giving effect
to (i) its conflict of laws provisions, or (ii)
the United Nations Convention for
Contracts for the International Sale of
Goods, which is explicitly excluded. You
agree to submit to the personal jurisdiction
of the State of Illinois for any and all
disputes, claims and actions arising from
or in connection with the Data provided to
you hereunder.

and is subject to the End User License
Agreement under
which this Data was provided.
If the Contracting Officer, federal
government agency, or any federal official
refuses to use the legend provided herein,
the Contracting Officer, federal
government agency, or any federal official
must notify NAVTEQ prior to seeking
additional or alternative rights in the Data.
Wi-Fi hotspot data provided by JiWire, ©
2013 JiWire.
Gracenote® Copyright

Government End Users: If the Data is
being acquired by or on behalf of the
United States government or any other
entity seeking or applying rights similar to
those customarily claimed by the United
States government, this Data is a
"commercial term" as that term is defined
at 48 C.F.R. ("FAR") 2.101, is licensed in
accordance with this End User License
Agreement, and each copy of Data
delivered or otherwise furnished shall be
marked and embedded as appropriate
with the following "Notice of Use", and be
treated in accordance with such Notice:

CD and music-related data from
Gracenote, Inc., copyright© 2000-2007
Gracenote. Gracenote Software, copyright
© 2000-2007 Gracenote. This product and
service may practice one or more of the
following U.S. Patents #5,987,525,
#6,061,680, #6,154,773, #6,161,132,
#6,230,192, #6,230,207, #6.240,459,
#6,330,593 and other patents issued or
pending. Some services supplied under
license from Open Globe, Inc. for U.S.
Patent: #6,304,523.
Gracenote and CDDB are registered
trademarks of Gracenote. The Gracenote
logo and logotype, and the "Powered by
Gracenote™" logo are trademarks of
Gracenote.

NOTICE OF USE
CONTRACTOR
(MANUFACTURER/SUPPLIER)
NAME:

Gracenote® End User License Agreement
(EULA)

NAVTEQ
CONTRACTOR
(MANUFACTURER/SUPPLIER)

This device contains software from
Gracenote, Inc. of 2000 Powell Street
Emeryville, California 94608
("Gracenote").

ADDRESS:
425 West Randolph Street, Chicago, IL
60606.

425

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Appendices
The software from Gracenote (the
"Gracenote Software") enables this device
to do disc and music file identification and
obtain music-related information, including
name, artist, track, and title information
("Gracenote Data") from online servers
("Gracenote Servers"), and to perform
other functions. You may use Gracenote
Data only by means of the intended End
User functions of this device.

become liable for any payment to you for
any information that you provide, including
any copyrighted material or music file
information. You agree that Gracenote
may enforce its respective rights,
collectively or separately, under this
agreement against you, directly in each
company's own name.
Gracenote uses a unique identifier to track
queries for statistical purposes. The
purpose of a randomly assigned numeric
identifier is to allow Gracenote to count
queries without knowing anything about
who you are. For more information, see the
web page at www.gracenote.com for the
Gracenote Privacy Policy.

This device may contain content belonging
to Gracenote's providers. If so, all of the
restrictions set forth herein with respect to
Gracenote Data shall also apply to such
content and such content providers shall
be entitled to all of the benefits and
protections set forth herein that are
available to Gracenote.

THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, EACH ITEM
OF GRACENOTE DATA AND THE
GRACENOTE CONTENT ARE LICENSED
TO YOU "AS IS". NEITHER GRACENOTE
MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR
WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
REGARDING THE ACCURACY OF ANY
GRACENOTE DATA FROM THE
GRACENOTE SERVERS OR GRACENOTE
CONTENT. GRACENOTE COLLECTIVELY
AND SEPARATELY RESERVE THE RIGHT
TO DELETE DATA AND/OR CONTENT
FROM THE COMPANIES' RESPECTIVE
SERVERS OR, IN THE CASE OF
GRACENOTE, CHANGE DATA
CATEGORIES FOR ANY CAUSE THAT
GRACENOTE DEEMS SUFFICIENT. NO
WARRANTY IS MADE THAT EITHER
GRACENOTE CONTENT OR THE
GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR
GRACENOTE SERVERS ARE ERROR-FREE
OR THAT THE FUNCTIONING OF THE
GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR
GRACENOTE SERVERS WILL BE
UNINTERRUPTED. GRACENOTE IS NOT
OBLIGATED TO PROVIDE YOU WITH ANY
ENHANCED OR ADDITIONAL DATA TYPES
THAT GRACENOTE MAY CHOOSE TO
PROVIDE IN THE FUTURE AND IS FREE
TO DISCONTINUE ITS ONLINE SERVICES
AT ANY TIME. GRACENOTE DISCLAIM ALL

You agree that you will use the content
from Gracenote ("Gracenote Content") ,
Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software,
and Gracenote Servers for your own
personal, non-commercial use only. You
agree not to assign, copy, transfer or
transmit the Gracenote Content,
Gracenote Software or any Gracenote
Data (except in a Tag associated with a
music file) to any third party. YOU AGREE
NOT TO USE OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE
CONTENT, GRACENOTE DATA, THE
GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, OR
GRACENOTE SERVERS, EXCEPT AS
EXPRESSLY PERMITTED HEREIN.
You agree that your non-exclusive licenses
to use the Gracenote Content, Gracenote
Data, the Gracenote Software, and
Gracenote Servers will terminate if you
violate these restrictions. If your licenses
terminate, you agree to cease any and all
use of the Gracenote Content, Gracenote
Data, the Gracenote Software, and
Gracenote Servers. Gracenote,
respectively, reserve all rights in Gracenote
Data, the Gracenote Software, and the
Gracenote Servers and Gracenote Content,
including all ownership rights. Under no
circumstances will either Gracenote
426

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Appendices
WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, AND
NON-INFRINGEMENT. NEITHER
GRACENOTE WARRANTS THE RESULTS
THAT WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR USE
OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY
GRACENOTE SERVER. IN NO CASE WILL
GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR ANY
CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL
DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS
OR LOST REVENUES FOR ANY REASON
WHATSOEVER.
© Gracenote 2007.
FCC ID: KMHSYNCG2
IC: 1422A-SYNCG2
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules and with RSS-210 of Industry
Canada. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions: (1) This device
may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) this device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
WARNING
Changes or modifications not
expressively approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to operate the
equipment. The term "IC" before the radio
certification number only signifies that
Industry Canada technical specifications
were met.
The antenna used for this transmitter must
not be co-located or operating in
conjunction with any other antenna or
transmitter.

427

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Scheduled Maintenance
Genuine Ford and Motorcraft®
Replacement Parts

General Maintenance Information
Why Maintain Your Vehicle?

Dealerships stock Ford, Motorcraft and
Ford-authorized branded re-manufactured
replacement parts. These parts meet or
exceed our specifications. Parts installed
at your dealership carry a nationwide 12
month or 12000 mile (20000 kilometer)
parts and labor limited warranty.

Carefully following the maintenance
schedule helps protect against major repair
expenses resulting from neglect or
inadequate maintenance and may help to
increase the value of your vehicle when
you sell or trade it. Keep all receipts for
completed maintenance with your vehicle.

If you do not use Ford authorized parts they
may not meet our specifications and
depending on the part, it could affect
emissions compliance.

We have established regular maintenance
intervals for your vehicle based upon
rigorous testing. It is important that you
have your vehicle serviced at the proper
times. These intervals serve two purposes;
one is to maintain the reliability of your
vehicle and the second is to keep your cost
of owning your vehicle down.

Convenience
Many dealerships have extended evening
and Saturday hours to make your service
visit more convenient and they offer one
stop shopping. They can perform any
services that are required on your vehicle,
from general maintenance to collision
repairs.

It is your responsibility to have all
scheduled maintenance performed and to
make sure that the materials used meet
the specifications identified in this owner's
manual. See Capacities and
Specifications (page 293).

Note: Not all dealers have extended hours
or body shops. Please contact your dealer
for details.

Failure to perform scheduled maintenance
invalidates warranty coverage on parts
affected by the lack of maintenance.

Protecting Your Investment
Maintenance is an investment that pays
dividends in the form of improved
reliability, durability and resale value. To
maintain the proper performance of your
vehicle and its emission control systems,
make sure you have scheduled
maintenance performed at the designated
intervals.

Why Maintain Your Vehicle at Your
Dealership?
Factory-Trained Technicians
Service technicians participate in extensive
factory-sponsored certification training to
help them become experts on the
operation of your vehicle. Ask your
dealership about the training and
certification their technicians have
received.

Your vehicle is equipped with the
Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor® system, which
displays a message in the information
display at the proper oil change interval.
This interval may be up to one year or
10000 miles (16000 kilometers).

428

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Scheduled Maintenance
When ENGINE OIL CHANGE DUE or OIL
CHANGE REQUIRED appears in the
information display, it is time for an oil
change. Make sure you perform the oil
change within two weeks or 500 miles
(800 kilometers) of the ENGINE OIL
CHANGE DUE or OIL CHANGE REQUIRED
message appearing. Make sure you reset
the Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor® after each
oil change. See Engine Oil Check (page
246).

We strongly recommend the use of only
genuine Ford, Motorcraft® or
Ford-authorized re-manufactured
replacement parts engineered for your
vehicle.
Additives and Chemicals
This owner's manual and the Ford
Workshop Manual list the recommended
additives and chemicals for your vehicle.
We do not recommend using chemicals or
additives not approved by us as part of
your vehicle’s normal maintenance. Please
consult your warranty information.

If your information display resets
prematurely or becomes inoperative, you
should perform the oil change interval at
six months or 5000 miles (8000
kilometers) from your last oil change.
Never exceed one year or 10000 miles
(16000 kilometers) between oil change
intervals.

Oils, Fluids and Flushing
In many cases, fluid discoloration is a
normal operating characteristic and, by
itself, does not necessarily indicate a
concern or that the fluid needs to be
changed. However, a qualified expert, such
as the factory-trained technicians at your
dealership, should inspect discolored fluids
that also show signs of overheating or
foreign material contamination
immediately.

Your vehicle is very sophisticated and built
with multiple, complex, performance
systems. Every manufacturer develops
these systems using different
specifications and performance features.
That is why it is important to rely upon your
dealership to properly diagnose and repair
your vehicle.

Make sure to change your vehicle’s oils and
fluids at the specified intervals or in
conjunction with a repair. Flushing is a
viable way to change fluid for many vehicle
sub-systems during scheduled
maintenance. It is critical that systems are
flushed only with new fluid that is the same
as that required to fill and operate the
system or using a Ford-approved flushing
chemical.

Ford Motor Company has recommended
maintenance intervals for various parts
and component systems based upon
engineering testing. Ford Motor Company
relies upon this testing to determine the
most appropriate mileage for replacement
of oils and fluids to protect your vehicle at
the lowest overall cost to you and
recommends against maintenance
schedules that deviate from the scheduled
maintenance information.

Owner Checks and Services
Make sure you perform the following basic
maintenance checks and inspections every
month or at six month intervals.

429

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Scheduled Maintenance

Check every month

Engine oil level.
Function of all interior and exterior lights.
Tires (including spare) for wear and proper pressure.
Windshield washer fluid level.

Check every six months

Battery connections. Clean if necessary.
Body and door drain holes for obstructions. Clean if necessary.
Cooling system fluid level and coolant strength.
Door weatherstrips for wear. Lubricate if necessary.
Hinges, latches and outside locks for proper operation. Lubricate if necessary.
Parking brake for proper operation.
Safety belts and seat latches for wear and function.
Safety warning lamps (brake, ABS, airbag and safety belt) for operation.
Washer spray and wiper operation. Clean or replace blades as necessary.
Multi-point Inspection
In order to keep your vehicle running right,
it is important to have the systems on your
vehicle checked regularly. This can help
identify potential issues and prevent major
problems. We recommend having the
following multi-point inspection performed
at every scheduled maintenance interval
to help make sure your vehicle keeps
running great.

430

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Scheduled Maintenance

Multi-point Inspection

Accessory drive belt(s)

Half-shaft dust boots

Battery performance

Horn operation

Clutch operation (if equipped)

Radiator, cooler, heater and A/C hoses

Engine air filter

Suspension components for leaks or
damage

Exhaust system

Steering and linkage

Exterior lamps and hazard warning system Tires (including spare) for wear and proper
**
operation
pressure
Fluid levels ; fill if necessary

Windshield for cracks, chips or pits

For oil and fluid leaks

Washer spray and wiper operation

Brake, coolant recovery reservoir, automatic transmission and window washer

If your vehicle is equipped with a temporary mobility kit, check the tire sealant expiration
Use By date on the canister. Replace as needed.
This means you do not have to remember
to change the oil on a mileage-based
schedule. Your vehicle lets you know when
an oil change is due by displaying ENGINE
OIL CHANGE DUE or OIL CHANGE
REQUIRED in the information display.

Be sure to ask your dealership service
advisor or technician about the multi-point
vehicle inspection. It is a comprehensive
way to perform a thorough inspection of
your vehicle. Your checklist gives you
immediate feedback on the overall
condition of your vehicle.

The following table provides examples of
vehicle use and its impact on oil change
intervals. It is a guideline only. Actual oil
change intervals depend on several factors
and generally decrease with severity of
use.

Normal Scheduled Maintenance
Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor®
Your vehicle is equipped with an Intelligent
Oil-Life Monitor that determines when you
should change the engine oil based on how
your vehicle is used. By using several
important factors in its calculations, the
monitor helps reduce the cost of owning
your vehicle and reduces environmental
waste at the same time.

431

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Scheduled Maintenance

When to expect the OIL CHANGE REQUIRED message
Miles (kilometers)

Vehicle use and example

Normal
Normal commuting with highway driving
No, or moderate, load or towing
Flat to moderately hilly roads
No extended idling

7500-10000
(12000-16000)

Severe
Moderate to heavy load or towing
Mountainous or off-road conditions
Extended idling
Extended hot or cold operation

5000-7499
(8000-11999)

Extreme

3000-4999
(4000-7999)

Maximum load or towing
Extreme hot or cold operation

At every oil change interval as indicated by the information display

Change engine oil and filter.

Rotate the tires.
Perform a multi-point inspection (recommended).
Inspect the automatic transmission fluid level. Consult your dealer for requirements.
Inspect the brake pads, shoes, rotors, drums, brake linings, hoses and parking brake.
Inspect the cabin air filter.
Inspect the engine cooling system strength and hoses.
Inspect the exhaust system and heat shields.
Inspect the rear axle and U-joints. Lubricate any areas with grease fittings (AWD
vehicles).
Inspect the half-shaft boots.
Inspect the steering linkage, ball joints, suspension, tire-rod ends, driveshaft and Ujoints. Lubricate any areas with grease fittings (AWD vehicles).

432

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Scheduled Maintenance
*

At every oil change interval as indicated by the information display

Inspect the tires, tire wear and measure the tread depth.
Inspect the wheels and related components for abnormal noise, wear, looseness or
drag.
*

Do not exceed one year or 10000 miles (16000 kilometers) between service intervals.

Reset the Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor after engine oil and filter changes. See Engine
Oil Check (page 246).

Other maintenance items

Every 20000 miles (32000 Replace cabin air filter.
km)
Every 30000 miles (48000 Replace engine air filter.
km)
At 100000 miles (160000
km)
Every 100000 miles
(160000 km)

Change engine coolant.
Replace spark plugs.

Inspect accessory drive belt(s).

Change automatic transmission fluid.
Every 150000 miles
(240000 km)

Replace accessory drive belt(s).

Replace timing belt (1.6L engine).
1

Perform these maintenance items within 3000 miles (4800 kilometers) of the last
engine oil and filter change. Do not exceed the designated distance for the interval.
2

Initial replacement at six years or 100000 miles (160000 kilometers), then every three
years or 50000 miles (80000 kilometers).
3

After initial inspection, inspect every other oil change until replaced.

If not replaced within the last 100000 miles (160000 kilometers).

433

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Scheduled Maintenance
Maintenance Schedule Log

Repair Order #:

Dealer stamp

Distance:

Engine hours (optional):

Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
E146852

Repair Order #:

Dealer stamp

Distance:

Engine hours (optional):

Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
E146852

434

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Scheduled Maintenance

Repair Order #:

Dealer stamp

Distance:

Engine hours (optional):

Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
E146852

Repair Order #:

Dealer stamp

Distance:

Engine hours (optional):

Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
E146852

Repair Order #:

Dealer stamp

Distance:

Engine hours (optional):

Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
E146852

435

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Scheduled Maintenance

Repair Order #:

Dealer stamp

Distance:

Engine hours (optional):

Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
E146852

Repair Order #:

Dealer stamp

Distance:

Engine hours (optional):

Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
E146852

Repair Order #:

Dealer stamp

Distance:

Engine hours (optional):

Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
E146852

436

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Scheduled Maintenance

Repair Order #:

Dealer stamp

Distance:

Engine hours (optional):

Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
E146852

Repair Order #:

Dealer stamp

Distance:

Engine hours (optional):

Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
E146852

Repair Order #:

Dealer stamp

Distance:

Engine hours (optional):

Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
E146852

437

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Scheduled Maintenance

Dealer stamp

Repair Order #:

Distance:

Engine hours (optional):

Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
E146852

Perform the services shown in the
following tables when specified or within
3000 miles (4800 kilometers) of the OIL
CHANGE REQUIRED message appearing
in the information display.
• Example 1: The OIL CHANGE
REQUIRED message comes on at 28751
miles (46270 kilometers). Perform the
30000 mile (48000 kilometer)
automatic transmission fluid
replacement.
• Example 2: The OIL CHANGE
REQUIRED message has not come on,
but the odometer reads 30000 miles
(48000 kilometers) (for example, the
Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor® was reset
at 25000 miles [40000 kilometers]).
Perform the engine air filter
replacement.

Special Operating Conditions
If you operate your vehicle primarily in any
of the following conditions, you need to
perform extra maintenance as indicated.
If you operate your vehicle occasionally
under any of these conditions, it is not
necessary to perform the extra
maintenance. For specific
recommendations, see your dealership
service advisor or technician.

Towing a trailer or using a car-top carrier

As required

Change engine oil and filter as indicated by the information
display and perform services listed in the Normal Scheduled Maintenance chart.

Inspect frequently, service
as required

Inspect and lubricate U-joints.

Every 30000 miles (48000 Change automatic transmission fluid.
km)

438

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Scheduled Maintenance

Extensive idling or low-speed driving for long distances, as in heavy commercial use
(such as delivery, taxi, patrol car or livery)

As required

Change engine oil and filter as indicated by the information
display and perform services listed in the Normal Scheduled Maintenance chart.

Inspect frequently, service
as required

Replace cabin air filter.

Replace engine air filter.
Every 30000 miles (48000 Change automatic transmission fluid.
km)
Every 60000 miles (96000 Replace spark plugs.
km)
*

This is an optional feature.

Operating in dusty or sandy conditions (such as unpaved or dusty roads)

Inspect frequently, service
as required

Replace cabin air filter.

Replace engine air filter.
Every 5000 miles (8000
km)

Inspect the wheels and related components for abnormal
noise, wear, looseness or drag.
Rotate tires, inspect tires for wear and measure tread
depth.

Every 5000 miles (8000
km) or six months

Change engine oil and filter.

Perform multi-point inspection.
Every 30000 miles (48000 Change automatic transmission fluid.
km)
*

This is an optional feature.

Reset your Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor after engine oil and filter changes. See Engine
Oil Check (page 246).

Exclusive use of E85 (flex fuel vehicles only)

Every oil change

If ran exclusively on E85, fill the fuel tank full with regular
unleaded fuel.

439

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Scheduled Maintenance
Special Operating Condition Log

Repair Order #:

Dealer stamp

Distance:

Engine hours (optional):

Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
E146852

Repair Order #:

Dealer stamp

Distance:

Engine hours (optional):

Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
E146852

440

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Scheduled Maintenance

Repair Order #:

Dealer stamp

Distance:

Engine hours (optional):

Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
E146852

Repair Order #:

Dealer stamp

Distance:

Engine hours (optional):

Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
E146852

Repair Order #:

Dealer stamp

Distance:

Engine hours (optional):

Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
E146852

441

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Scheduled Maintenance

Repair Order #:

Dealer stamp

Distance:

Engine hours (optional):

Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
E146852

If the available API SM or SN oils are not
available, then the oil change interval is
3000 miles (4800 kilometers).

Exceptions
There are some exceptions your Normal
Scheduled Maintenance:

Engine air filter and cabin air filter
replacement: The life of the engine air
filter and cabin air filter is dependent on
exposure to dusty and dirty conditions.
Vehicles operated in these conditions
require frequent inspection and
replacement of the engine air filter and
cabin air filter.

California fuel filter replacement: If you
register your vehicle in registered in
California, the California Air Resources
Board has determined that the failure to
perform this maintenance item does nullify
the emission warranty or limit recall liability
before the completion of your vehicle's
useful life. Ford Motor Company, however,
urges you to have all recommended
maintenance services performed at the
specified intervals and to record all vehicle
service.

Engine Coolant Change Record
Initial change: Six years or 100000 miles
(160000 kilometers) (whichever comes
first).
After initial change: Every three years or
50000 miles (80000 kilometers).

Hot climate oil change intervals:
Vehicles operating in the Middle East,
North Africa, Sub-Saharan Africa or
locations with similar climates using an
American Petroleum Institute (API)
Certified for Gasoline Engines (Certification
mark) oil of SM or SN quality, the normal
oil change interval is 5000 miles (8000
kilometers).

442

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Scheduled Maintenance
Engine Coolant Change Log

Repair Order #:

Dealer stamp

Distance:

Engine hours (optional):

Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
E146852

Repair Order #:

Dealer stamp

Distance:

Engine hours (optional):

Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
E146852

443

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Scheduled Maintenance

Repair Order #:

Dealer stamp

Distance:

Engine hours (optional):

Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
E146852

Repair Order #:

Dealer stamp

Distance:

Engine hours (optional):

Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
E146852

Repair Order #:

Dealer stamp

Distance:

Engine hours (optional):

Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
E146852

444

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Index

Audio Control...................................................62
MEDIA.......................................................................62
Seek, Next or Previous........................................62

A/C

Audio System.................................................105

See: Climate Control..........................................118

General Information..........................................105

About This Manual...........................................7

Accessories...................................................300

Audio unit - Vehicles With:
AM/FM/CD/SYNC/Satellite
Radio..............................................................106
Audio unit - Vehicles With: Premium
AM/FM/CD..................................................108
Audio unit - Vehicles With: Sony
AM/FM/CD....................................................110

Exterior style.......................................................300
Interior style........................................................300
Lifestyle................................................................300
Peace of mind....................................................300

Autolamps........................................................67
Automatic Climate Control.......................119
Automatic High Beam Control.................69

Protecting the Environment................................7

ABS
See: Brakes.............................................................171

ABS driving hints
See: Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock
Brakes..................................................................171

Menu Structure......................................................111

Activating the System........................................69
Manually Overriding the System....................70

Accessories
See: Replacement Parts
Recommendation.............................................11

Automatic Transmission.............................161
Automatic Transmission Adaptive
Learning............................................................164
Brake-Shift Interlock.........................................163
If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck In Mud or
Snow..................................................................164
SelectShift Automatic™
Transmission...................................................162
Understanding the Positions of Your
Automatic Transmission..............................161

ACC
See: Using Adaptive Cruise Control.............187

Active Park Assist.........................................179
Automatic Steering into Parking
Space.................................................................180
Deactivating the Park Assist Feature...........181
Troubleshooting the System...........................181
Using Active Park Assist...................................179

Adjusting the Headlamps.........................254

Automatic Transmission Fluid
Check............................................................250
Autowipers.......................................................65
Auxiliary Input Jack.......................................116
Auxiliary Power Points.................................141

Horizontal Aim Adjustment...........................255
Vertical Aim Adjustment.................................254

Adjusting the Steering Wheel....................62
Airbag Disposal................................................41
Air Conditioning

110 Volt AC Power Point....................................141
12 Volt DC Power Point......................................141
Locations................................................................141

See: Climate Control..........................................118

Alarm
See: Anti-Theft Alarm.........................................61

AWD

All-Wheel Drive.............................................166
Anti-Theft Alarm.............................................61

See: All-Wheel Drive.........................................166

Arming the Alarm..................................................61
Disarming the Alarm............................................61

Appendices.....................................................413
Audible Warnings and Indicators.............82

Blind Spot Monitor.......................................197
Blind Spot Information System (BLIS®)
with Cross Traffic Alert.................................197

Headlamps On Warning Chime......................82
Key in Ignition Warning Chime........................82
Keyless Warning Alert.........................................82
Parking Brake On Warning Chime..................82

Bonnet Lock
See: Opening and Closing the Hood...........241

Booster Seats...................................................16
Types of Booster Seats.......................................17

445

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Index
Cleaning Products.......................................262
Cleaning the Alloy Wheels.......................266
Cleaning the Engine...................................264
Cleaning the Exterior..................................262

Brake Fluid Check........................................250
Brakes.................................................................171
General Information............................................171

Breaking-In......................................................218
Bulb Specification Chart..........................260

Cleaning Plastic Exterior Parts.....................263
Exterior Chrome.................................................262
Underbody...........................................................263

Cleaning the Instrument Panel and
Instrument Cluster Lens........................265
Cleaning the Interior...................................264
Cleaning the Windows and Wiper
Blades...........................................................264
Clearing All MyKeys.......................................49
Climate...........................................................400

Cabin Air Filter................................................127
California Proposition 65..............................11
Capacities and Specifications................293
Technical Specifications.................................297

Car Wash
See: Cleaning the Exterior..............................262

Center Console..............................................143
Changing a Bulb...........................................257

Climate Control Voice Commands..............401

Climate Control..............................................118
Collision Warning System........................202

Lamp Assembly Condensation....................257
Replacing a Reverse Lamp Bulb..................258
Replacing the Headlamp Bulbs...................258
Replacing the License Plate Lamp
Bulb...................................................................260
Replacing the Tail, Brake, High-Mount
Brake Lamp, and Turn Signal Lamp
Bulbs..................................................................258

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION..........................202

Coolant Check
See: Engine Coolant Check............................247

Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator.......40
Creating a MyKey...........................................49
Programming/Changing Optional
Settings...............................................................49

Changing a Fuse............................................231

Cruise Control..................................................63

Fuses........................................................................231

Principle of Operation......................................186
Type 1........................................................................63
Type 2.......................................................................63

Changing a Road Wheel...........................288
Dissimilar Spare Wheel and Tire Assembly
Information.....................................................288
Stowing the flat tire...........................................291
Tire Change Procedure....................................289

Cruise control
See: Using Cruise Control................................186

Customer Assistance..................................221

Changing the 12V Battery..........................251
Changing the Engine Air Filter.................253

..................................................................................254
2.5L Engine...........................................................254
EcoBoost Engines..............................................253

Data Recording..................................................9
Event Data Recording...........................................9
Service Data Recording........................................9

Changing the Wiper Blades.....................252
Checking MyKey System Status..............50
Checking the Wiper Blades......................252
Child Restraint and Safety Belt
Maintenance..................................................31
Child Safety.......................................................13

Daytime Running Lamps............................68
Direction Indicators.......................................70
Driver Alert......................................................193
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION...........................193
USING DRIVER ALERT.....................................193

General Information.............................................13

Driver and Passenger Airbags...................34

Child Safety Locks..........................................23
Left-Hand Side......................................................24
Right-Hand Side...................................................24

Children and Airbags...........................................35
Proper Driver and Front Passenger Seating
Adjustment........................................................35

Child Seat Positioning...................................15
Cleaning Leather Seats.............................266

Driving Aids.....................................................193
Driving Hints...................................................218

446

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Index
Entertainment..............................................364

Driving Through Water................................218
DRL

A/V Inputs............................................................382
AM/FM Radio......................................................366
Bluetooth Audio.................................................382
Browsing Device Content...............................364
CD.............................................................................377
SD Card Slot and USB Port............................378
SIRIUS® Satellite Radio (If
Activated).........................................................372
Supported Media Players, Formats and
Metadata Information.................................381

See: Daytime Running Lamps........................68

E
Economical Driving......................................218
Electric Parking Brake..................................172
Applying the electric parking brake..............172
Applying the electric parking brake when
the vehicle is moving.....................................172
Battery With No Charge....................................174
Parking on a hill (vehicles with a manual
transmission) ..................................................172
Releasing the electric parking brake............173

EPB
See: Electric Parking Brake..............................172

Essential Towing Checks...........................214
Before Towing a Trailer.....................................215
Hitches....................................................................214
Launching or Retrieving a Boat or Personal
Watercraft (PWC).........................................215
Safety Chains.......................................................214
Trailer Brakes........................................................214
Trailer Lamps........................................................214
When Towing a Trailer......................................215

Emission Control System...........................157
On-Board Diagnostics (OBD-II)...................158
Readiness for Inspection/Maintenance
(I/M) Testing...................................................158

End User License Agreement...................413
SYNC® End User License Agreement
(EULA)...............................................................413

Engine Block Heater....................................148

Event Data Recording

Using the Engine Block Heater......................149

See: Data Recording..............................................9

Engine Coolant Check................................247

Export Unique Options..................................12
Exterior Mirrors.................................................73

Adding Engine Coolant....................................247
Checking the Engine Coolant........................247
Recycled Engine Coolant................................248
Severe Climates.................................................248
What you Should Know About Fail-Safe
Cooling..............................................................249

Auto-Dimming Feature......................................73
Blind Spot Monitor...............................................74
Fold-Away Exterior Mirrors................................73
Heated Exterior Mirrors.......................................73
Integrated Blind Spot Mirrors...........................74
Memory Mirrors.....................................................73
Power Exterior Mirrors.........................................73
Signal Indicator Mirrors......................................74

Engine Immobilizer
See: Passive Anti-Theft System.....................59

Engine Oil Check..........................................246
Adding Engine Oil..............................................246
Resetting the Oil Life Monitoring
System..............................................................246

Engine Oil Dipstick - 1.6L
EcoBoost™.................................................245
Engine Oil Dipstick......................................246
Engine Specifications................................293

Fastening the Safety Belts..........................26

Drivebelt Routing...............................................293

Floor Mats........................................................219
Fog Lamps - Front

Restraint of Pregnant Women........................26
Safety Belt Extension Assembly....................28
Safety Belt Locking Modes................................27

See: Front Fog Lamps........................................70

Ford Credit..........................................................11
(U.S. Only).................................................................11

447

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Index
Ford Extended Service Plan (ESP).......302

Head Restraints.............................................129

SERVICE PLANS (CANADA ONLY)............304
SERVICE PLANS (U.S. Only).........................302

Adjusting the Head Restraint.........................130
Tilting Head Restraints ....................................130

Front Fog Lamps............................................70
Front Passenger Sensing System............36
Fuel and Refueling.......................................152
Fuel Consumption.......................................156

Heated Seats..................................................135
Heated Windows and Mirrors..................126
Heated Exterior Mirror.......................................127
Heated Rear Window........................................126

Heating

Calculating Fuel Economy..............................156
Filling the Tank....................................................156

See: Climate Control..........................................118

Fuel Filter........................................................250
Fuel Quality.....................................................153

Hill Start Assist..............................................164

Choosing the Right Fuel...................................153
Octane Recommendations............................153

Hints on Controlling the Interior
Climate..........................................................124

Fuel Shutoff...................................................228
Fuses..................................................................231
Fuse Specification Chart............................231

Cooling the Interior Quickly.............................125
General Hints........................................................124
Heating the Interior Quickly............................125
Recommended Settings for Cooling ..........126
Recommended Settings for Heating...........125
Side Window Defogging in Cold
Weather.............................................................126

Using Hill Start Assist.......................................165

Passenger Compartment Fuse
Panel..................................................................238
Power Distribution Box.....................................231

Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock
Brakes..............................................................171
Hood Lock

Garage Door Opener
See: Universal Garage Door Opener............137

See: Opening and Closing the Hood...........241

Gauges................................................................77

Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge............78
Fuel Gauge..............................................................78
Information Display..............................................77
Left Information Display....................................79
Type 1 and 2.............................................................77
Type 3.......................................................................78

Ignition Switch...............................................144
In California (U.S. Only).............................222
Information Display Control.......................63
Cluster Display Control Features...................64

General Information on Radio
Frequencies...................................................42

Information Displays.....................................83

Intelligent Access.................................................42

Information....................................................390

Getting Assistance Outside the U.S. and
Canada.........................................................224
Getting the Services You Need................221

911 Assist...............................................................397
Alerts.......................................................................397
Calendar................................................................397
SIRIUS Travel Link.............................................394
SYNC Services (If Equipped, U.S.
Only)...................................................................391
Vehicle Health Report......................................399

General Information............................................83

Away From Home...............................................221

Global Opening and Closing......................73
Closing the Windows..........................................73
Opening the Windows........................................73

H
Hazard Warning Flashers..........................228
Headlamp Exit Delay....................................68

448

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Index

Information Messages..................................91
Active Park..............................................................92
Adaptive Cruise Control.....................................92
AdvanceTrac®.......................................................93
Airbag.......................................................................93
Alarm........................................................................93
Automatic Engine Shutdown..........................94
Auto Start-Stop....................................................93
AWD..........................................................................95
Battery and Charging System.........................95
Blind Spot Information and Cross Traffic
Alert System.....................................................96
Collision Warning System.................................96
Doors and Locks...................................................97
Driver Alert..............................................................97
Fuel............................................................................97
Hill Start Assist......................................................97
Keys and Intelligent Access.............................98
Lane Keeping System........................................99
Maintenance..........................................................99
MyKey.....................................................................100
Park Aid...................................................................101
Park Brake..............................................................101
Power Steering....................................................102
Remote Start........................................................102
Starting System .................................................102
Tire Pressure Monitoring System.................103
Traction Control..................................................103
Transmission........................................................103

Jump-Starting the Vehicle.......................228
Connecting the Jumper Cables....................229
Jump Starting......................................................229
Preparing Your Vehicle.....................................228
Removing the Jumper Cables.......................229

K
Keyless Entry....................................................55
SECURICODE™ KEYLESS ENTRY
KEYPAD...............................................................55

Keyless Starting............................................144
Ignition Modes.....................................................145

Keys and Remote Controls.........................42
Knee Airbag......................................................35

L
Lane Keeping System.................................194
Switching the System On and Off...............194

Lighting Control...............................................67
Headlamp Flasher................................................67
High Beams............................................................67

Lighting...............................................................67
Load Carrying................................................205
Load Limit......................................................205
Vehicle Loading - with and without a
Trailer................................................................205

Installing Child Seats.....................................18
Child Seats...............................................................18
Using Lap and Shoulder Belts..........................19
Using Lower Anchors and Tethers for
CHildren (LATCH).............................................21
Using Tether Straps.............................................23

Locking and Unlocking.................................52
Activating Intelligent Access ...........................53
Autolock Feature .................................................54
Auto Relock............................................................54
Battery Saver.........................................................55
Illuminated Entry..................................................54
Illuminated Exit.....................................................55
Luggage Compartment.....................................55
Power Door Locks................................................52
Remote Control.....................................................52
Smart Unlocks For Integrated Keyhead
Transmitter........................................................53
Smart Unlocks For Intelligent Access Keys
................................................................................53

Instrument Cluster.........................................77
Instrument Lighting Dimmer.....................68
Vehicles With Front Fog Lamps.....................68
Vehicles Without Front Fog Lamps..............68

Interior Lamps.................................................70
Front Interior Lamp..............................................70
Rear Interior Lamp.................................................71

Interior Luggage Compartment
Release...........................................................58
Interior Mirror....................................................74

Locks...................................................................52
Lug Nuts

Auto-Dimming Mirror..........................................75

Introduction.........................................................7

See: Changing a Road Wheel.......................288

449

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Index

Maintenance...................................................241

Oil Check

General Information..........................................241

See: Engine Oil Check......................................246

Manual Climate Control.............................118
Manual Seats..................................................131
Manual Transmission.................................160

Opening and Closing the Hood...............241
Ordering Additional Owner's
Literature......................................................225
Obtaining a French Owner’s Manual..........225

Parking Your Vehicle...........................................161
Recommended Shift Speeds........................160
Reverse...................................................................160
Using the Clutch.................................................160

Overhead Console........................................143

Media Hub.........................................................117
Memory Function..........................................132

Parking Aid.......................................................177

Easy Entry and Exit Function..........................133
Linking a Pre-Set Position to your Remote
Control or Intelligent Access Key.............133
Saving a Pre-Set Position................................133

Front Sensing System.......................................178
Rear Sensing System.........................................177

Parking Aids.....................................................177
Passive Anti-Theft System.........................59

Message Center

SecuriLock®...........................................................59

PATS

See: Information Displays.................................83

Mirrors

See: Passive Anti-Theft System.....................59

See: Heated Windows and Mirrors..............126
See: Windows and Mirrors.................................72

Perchlorate.........................................................11
Personal Safety System™..........................32

Mobile Communications Equipment.......12
Moonroof...........................................................75

How Does the Personal Safety System
Work?...................................................................32

Bounce-Back..........................................................76
Opening and Closing the Moonroof..............76
Venting the Moonroof.........................................76

Phone..............................................................384
Making Calls........................................................385
Pairing Subsequent Phones..........................385
Pairing Your Phone for the First
Time...................................................................385
Phone Menu Options.......................................386
Phone Settings...................................................388
Phone Voice Commands...............................389
Receiving Calls...................................................385
Text Messaging..................................................386

Motorcraft Parts..........................................294
MyFord Touch™...........................................343
General Information.........................................343

MyKey Troubleshooting...............................50
MyKey™............................................................48
Principle of Operation........................................48

Power Door Locks

Navigation......................................................403

Power Seats.....................................................131

See: Locking and Unlocking.............................52

cityseekr................................................................405
Map Mode............................................................408
Navigation Map Updates................................410
Navigation Voice Commands........................410
Point of Interest (POI) Categories..............405
Quick-touch Buttons.......................................409
Setting a Destination.......................................403
Setting Your Navigation
Preferences....................................................406

Power Lumbar......................................................132

Power Steering Fluid Check....................250
Power Windows..............................................72
Accessory Delay....................................................72
Bounce-Back..........................................................72
One-Touch Down.................................................72
One-Touch Up.......................................................72
Window Lock..........................................................72

450

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Index

Running-In

Rear Seat Armrest........................................136
Rear Seats.......................................................134
Rear View Camera.......................................182

Running Out of Fuel....................................154

See: Breaking-In..................................................218
Refilling With a Portable Fuel
Container..........................................................155

Using the Rear View Camera System.........183

Rear View Camera
See: Rear View Camera....................................182

Safety Belt Height Adjustment.................28
Safety Belt Minder.........................................29

Recommended Towing Weights.............212
Refueling..........................................................153
Easy Fuel™ Capless Fuel System................154

Belt-Minder®.........................................................29

Remote Control..............................................42

Safety Belts......................................................25
Principle of Operation.........................................25

Car Finder................................................................46
Integrated Keyhead Transmitters ..................42
Intelligent Access Key.........................................43
Remote Start ........................................................46
Replacing the Battery.........................................44
Sounding a Panic Alarm....................................46
Using the Key Blade............................................43

Safety Belt Warning Lamp and Indicator
Chime..............................................................29
Conditions of operation.....................................29

Safety Precautions.......................................152
Satellite Radio................................................113
Satellite Radio Electronic Serial Number
(ESN)..................................................................114
Satellite Radio Reception Factors.................114
SIRIUS® Satellite Radio Service....................114
Troubleshooting...................................................115

Remote Start..................................................127
Automatic Settings............................................127
Heated and Cooled Devices...........................128
Last Settings........................................................128

Scheduled Maintenance..........................428

Removing a Headlamp..............................255
Repairing Minor Paint Damage..............263
Replacement Parts
Recommendation.........................................11

Engine Coolant Change Record...................442
Exceptions............................................................442
General Maintenance Information.............428
Normal Scheduled Maintenance.................431
Special Operating Conditions......................438

Collision Repairs.....................................................11
Scheduled Maintenance and Mechanical
Repairs...................................................................11
Warranty on Replacement Parts.....................12

Seats.................................................................129
Security..............................................................59
Settings...........................................................355

Replacing a Lost Key or Remote
Control.............................................................47
Reporting Safety Defects (Canada
Only)..............................................................226
Reporting Safety Defects (U.S.
Only)..............................................................225
Roadside Assistance...................................227

Clock.......................................................................355
Display...................................................................356
Settings..................................................................357
Sound.....................................................................356
Vehicle....................................................................357

Side Airbags.....................................................38
Side Curtain Airbags.....................................39
Sitting in the Correct Position..................129
Snow Chains

Vehicles Sold In Canada : Getting Roadside
Assistance........................................................227
Vehicles Sold In Canada : Using Roadside
Assistance........................................................227
Vehicles Sold In The U.S.: Getting Roadside
Assistance........................................................227
Vehicles Sold In The U.S. : Using Roadside
Assistance........................................................227

See: Using Snow Chains.................................287

Special Notices................................................12
New Vehicle Limited Warranty.........................12
Special Instructions..............................................12

Speed Control
See: Cruise Control............................................186

Roadside Emergencies...............................227

451

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Index
Stability Control............................................176

Tire Care..........................................................269

Principle of Operation.......................................176

Glossary of Tire Terminology.........................270
Information About Uniform Tire Quality
Grading.............................................................269
Information Contained on the Tire
Sidewall.............................................................271
Temperature A B C............................................270
Traction AA A B C..............................................269
Treadwear............................................................269

Starter Switch
See: Ignition Switch...........................................144

Starting a Gasoline Engine.......................145
Automatic Engine Shutdown........................146
Failure to Start.....................................................146
Guarding Against Exhaust Fumes...............148
Important Ventilating Information..............148
Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is
Moving................................................................147
Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is
Stationary.........................................................147
Vehicles with an Ignition Key..........................145
Vehicles with Keyless Start.............................145

Tire Pressure Monitoring System...........283
Changing Tires With a Tire Pressure
Monitoring System.......................................284
Understanding Your Tire Pressure
Monitoring System ......................................284

Tires

Starting and Stopping the Engine.........144

See: Wheels and Tires.....................................269

General Information..........................................144

Towing a Trailer..............................................212

Start-Stop.......................................................150

Load Placement..................................................212

Disabling Auto StartStop..................................151
Enabling Auto StartStop.................................150

Towing the Vehicle on Four
Wheels...........................................................216

Steering............................................................201

Emergency Towing.............................................216
Recreational Towing..........................................216

Electric Power Steering....................................201

Steering Wheel...............................................62
Storage Compartments.............................143
Sunroof

Towing...............................................................212
Traction Control.............................................175

See: Moonroof.......................................................75

Transmission Code Designation............296
Transmission..................................................160
Transmission

Principle of Operation.......................................175

Sun Visors..........................................................75
Illuminated Vanity Mirror....................................75

Supplementary Restraints System.........33

See: Transmission..............................................160

Principle of Operation.........................................33

Transporting the Vehicle............................216

Symbols Glossary.............................................7
SYNC™ Applications and Services.......322

911 Assist...............................................................322
SYNC AppLink....................................................328
SYNC Services: Traffic, Directions &
Information (TDI).........................................325
Vehicle Health Report......................................324

SYNC™ Troubleshooting..........................337

Under Hood Overview - 1.6L
EcoBoost™.................................................243
Under Hood Overview - 2.0L
EcoBoost™.................................................244
Under Hood Overview - 2.5L...................245
Unique Driving Characteristics................150
Universal Garage Door Opener................137

USB Port............................................................117

SYNC™...........................................................305
General Information.........................................305

HomeLink Wireless Control System............137

Technical Specifications
See: Capacities and Specifications............293

The Better Business Bureau (BBB) Auto
Line Program (U.S. Only).......................223

452

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Index
Using Adaptive Cruise Control.................187

Using Traction Control................................175

Blocked Sensor....................................................191
Changing the Set Speed.................................190
Detection Issues.................................................190
Disengaging the System..................................189
Following a Vehicle............................................188
Hilly Condition Usage.......................................190
Low Speed Automatic Cancellation...........190
Overriding the System......................................189
Resuming the Set Speed................................190
Setting a Speed...................................................187
Setting the Gap Distance................................188
Switching the System Off...............................190
Switching the System On................................187
Switching to Normal Cruise Control............192
System Not Available........................................191

System Indicator Lights and
Messages...........................................................175

Using Voice Recognition...........................307
Initiating a Voice Session................................307
System Interaction and Feedback.............308

Utilizing the Mediation/Arbitration
Program (Canada Only).........................223

V
Vehicle Care...................................................262
General Information.........................................262

Vehicle Certification Label.......................295
Vehicle Identification Number................295
Vehicle Storage.............................................267

Using All-Wheel Drive................................166

Using MyKey With Remote Start
Systems..........................................................50
Using Snow Chains.....................................287
Using Stability Control................................176

Battery....................................................................267
Body........................................................................267
Brakes....................................................................268
Cooling system...................................................267
Engine.....................................................................267
Fuel system..........................................................267
General...................................................................267
Miscellaneous.....................................................268
Removing Vehicle From Storage.................268
Tires........................................................................268

AdvanceTrac® .....................................................176

Ventilated Seats............................................135

Using SYNC™ With Your Media
Player............................................................329

Heated and ventilated seat air filter
replacement (if equipped).........................135

Driving In Special Conditions With
All-Wheel Drive (AWD)...............................166

Using Cruise Control...................................186
Switching Cruise Control Off.........................186
Switching Cruise Control On..........................186

Ventilation

Accessing Your Play Menu..............................333
Connecting Your Digital Media Player to the
USB Port...........................................................329
Media Menu Features.......................................332
Media Voice Commands.................................329
System Settings.................................................335
What's Playing?.................................................329

See: Climate Control..........................................118

VIN
See: Vehicle Identification Number............295

Voice Control...................................................63

Using SYNC™ With Your Phone...........309
Accessing Features through the Phone
Menu...................................................................314
Accessing Your Phone Settings.....................317
Making Calls..........................................................312
Pairing a Phone for the First Time................310
Pairing Subsequent Phones...........................310
Phone Options during an Active Call..........313
Phone Voice Commands.................................310
Receiving Calls.....................................................313
System Settings..................................................319
Text Messaging....................................................315

453

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Index

W
Warning Lamps and Indicators.................79
Adaptive Cruise Control.....................................79
Anti-Lock Braking System.................................79
Auto Start-stop.....................................................79
Battery......................................................................79
Blind Spot Monitor...............................................79
Brake System.........................................................79
Cruise Control.......................................................80
Direction Indicator...............................................80
Door Ajar.................................................................80
Electric Park Brake..............................................80
Engine Coolant Temperature..........................80
Engine Oil................................................................80
Fasten Safety Belt...............................................80
Front Airbag...........................................................80
Front Fog Lamps..................................................80
Heads Up Display..................................................81
High Beam...............................................................81
Hood Ajar.................................................................81
Lane Keeping Aid..................................................81
Low Fuel Level........................................................81
Low Tire Pressure Warning................................81
Parking Lamps.......................................................81
Powertrain Fault....................................................81
Service Engine Soon............................................81
Stability Control....................................................82
Stability Control Off............................................82
Trunk Ajar................................................................82

Washer Fluid Check....................................250
Washers
See: Cleaning the Exterior..............................262
See: Wipers and Washers.................................65

Waxing.............................................................263
Wheel Nuts
See: Changing a Road Wheel.......................288

Wheels and Tires.........................................269
Technical Specifications.................................292

Windows and Mirrors....................................72
Windshield Washers.....................................66
Windshield Wipers........................................65
Intermittent Wipe................................................65
Speed Dependent Wipers................................65

Wipers and Washers.....................................65

454

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7)

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.5
Linearized                      : No
Author                          : Unknown
Create Date                     : 2013:01:07 20:40:46Z
Modify Date                     : 2013:02:13 13:32:15-05:00
XMP Toolkit                     : Adobe XMP Core 5.2-c001 63.139439, 2010/09/27-13:37:26
Format                          : application/pdf
Title                           : Untitled
Creator                         : Unknown
Producer                        : XEP 4.16 build 20090723
Trapped                         : False
Creator Tool                    : Unknown
Metadata Date                   : 2013:02:13 13:32:15-05:00
Document ID                     : uuid:76d82a38-4382-4015-a074-d5f9c95bbcc4
Instance ID                     : uuid:442258c6-1652-4c5c-99b7-f124012af717
Page Mode                       : UseOutlines
Page Count                      : 458

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

Ford 2013 Fusion Owners Manual

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation